Adding upstream version 86.0.1.upstream/86.0.1upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

404 files changed, 40951 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..419fc632dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point -->
+<!-- rights.locale-direction instead of the usual local.dir entity, so RTL can skip translating page. -->
+<!ENTITY rights.locale-direction "ltr">
+<!ENTITY rights.pagetitle       "about:rights">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-header    "Sobre os seus direitos">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro "O &brandFullName; é um software livre e de código aberto, construído por uma comunidade de milhares de pessoas por todo o mundo. Existem algumas coisas que deve saber:">
+
+<!-- Note on pointa / pointb / pointc form:
+     These points each have an embedded link in the HTML, so each point is
+     split into chunks for text before the link, the link text, and the text
+     after the link. If a localized grammar doesn't need the before or after
+     chunk, it can be left blank.
+
+     Also note the leading/trailing whitespace in strings here, which is
+     deliberate for formatting around the embedded links. -->
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1a "O &brandShortName; está disponível sob os termos da ">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1b "Mozilla Public License">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1c ". Isto significa que pode utilizar, copiar e distribuir o &brandShortName; para outras pessoas.  Também pode modificar o código fonte do &brandShortName; de acordo com as suas necessidades. A Mozilla Public License também lhe dá o direito de distribuir as suas versões modificadas.">
+
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2a "A Mozilla não lhe cede quaisquer direitos para as marcas registadas ou logótipos da Mozilla e SeaMonkey. Informação adicional sobre as marcas registadas pode ser encontrada ">
+
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2aa "A &vendorShortName; não lhe cede quaisquer direitos para as marcas registadas ou logótipos do &quot;&brandFullName;&quot;. Informação adicional sobre as marcas registadas pode ser encontrada ">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2b "aqui">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2c ".">
+
+<!-- point 2d is technically point 3. in the list -->
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2d "Algumas funcionalidades no &brandShortName;, tais como o Relator de erros, dão-lhe a opção de fornecer feedback à &vendorShortName;. Ao escolher enviar feedback, dá ao &vendorShortName; a autorização para usar o feedback para melhorar as suas aplicações, para publicar o feedback nos seus websites, e para distribuir o feedback.">
+
+<!-- point 2da is technically point 3. in the list -->
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2da "Algumas funcionalidades no &brandShortName;, tais como o Relator de erros, dão-lhe a opção de fornecer feedback à &vendorShortName;. Ao escolher enviar feedback, dá ao &vendorShortName; a autorização para usar o feedback para melhorar as suas aplicações, para publicar o feedback nos seus websites, e para distribuir o feedback.">
+
+<!-- point 3 text for official branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3a "As políticas de privacidade dos produtos da &vendorShortName; podem ser encontradas ">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3b "aqui">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3c ".">
+
+<!-- point 4 text for official branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights2.intro-point4a "O &brandShortName; oferece serviços de informação opcionais sobre websites, tais como serviços de Extras ou de navegação segura; no entanto, não podemos garantir que estes são 100&#037; fiáveis ou livres de erros. Para mais detalhes, incluindo informação sobre como desativar os serviços, podem ser encontrados nos ">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4b "termos do serviço">
+<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4c ".">
+
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-header "Serviços de websites do &brandFullName;">
+
+<!-- Note that this paragraph references entities from extensions.dtd,
+     preferences.dtd, pref-smartupdate.dtd, and pref-security.dtd,
+     so that we can refer to text the user sees in the UI, without
+     this page being forgotten every time those strings are updated.  -->
+<!-- intro paragraph for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-a "O &brandFullName; oferece serviços web opcionais (&quot;Serviços&quot;) que estão disponíveis para sua utilização com esta versão binária do &brandShortName;, tal como descrito abaixo.  Alguns destes serviços (tais como os serviços de sugestões e atualização de extras, o serviço de navegação segura ou a funcionalidade de notificação de navegação com conhecimento da localização) estão ativas por predefinição.  Se não quiser utilizar qualquer um destes serviços ou os termos abaixo não são aceitáveis, instruções para desativar uma determinada funcionalidade ou serviços podem ser encontradas ">
+<!-- intro paragraph for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-aa "O &vendorShortName; oferece serviços web opcionais (&quot;Serviços&quot;) que estão disponíveis para sua utilização com esta versão binária do &brandShortName;, tal como descrito abaixo. Alguns destes serviços (tais como os serviços de sugestões e atualização de extras, o serviço de navegação segura ou a funcionalidade de notificação de navegação com conhecimento da localização) estão ativas por predefinição.  Se não quiser utilizar qualquer um destes serviços ou os termos abaixo não são aceitáveis, instruções para desativar uma determinada funcionalidade ou serviços podem ser encontradas ">
+<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-b "aqui">
+<!ENTITY rights3.webservices-c ". Outras funcionalidades e serviços podem ser ativados ou desativados nas preferências da aplicação.">
+
+<!-- add-on related points for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-a "Serviços de extras: ">
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-b "Por definição, o &brandShortName; irá sugerir extras na página &view.discover.label; e procurar por atualizações em intervalos regulares.  Se quiser desativar estas funcionalidades para evitar a comunicação de informação sobre extras instalados para o servidor, siga estes passos:">
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-term1 "Abrir preferências da aplicação">
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-term2 "Selecionar o painel &smart.label; na categoria &advance.label;">
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-term3 "Desmarque as opções para &quot;&autoAddOnsUpdates.label;&quot; e &quot;&enablePersonalized.label;&quot;">
+<!ENTITY rights.addons-term4 "Os serviços de extras estão agora desativados">
+
+<!-- safe browsing points for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-a "Navegação segura: ">
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-b "A desativação da funcionalidade de navegação segura não é recomendável dado que pode resultar na visita de sites inseguros.  Se quiser desativar completamente a funcionalidade, siga estes passos:">
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term1 "Abrir preferências da aplicação">
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term2 "Selecionar o painel principal &security.label;">
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term3 "Desmarque as opções para &quot;&blockAttackSites.label;&quot; e &quot;&blockWebForgeries.label;&quot;">
+<!ENTITY rights.safebrowsing-term4 "A navegação segura está agora desativada">
+
+<!-- location aware browsing points for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-a "Navegação com conhecimento da localização: ">
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-b "é sempre de indicação explícita.  Não serão enviadas quaisquer informações de localização sem a sua permissão.  Se quiser desativar completamente a funcionalidade, siga este passos:">
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term1 "Abrir as preferências da aplicação">
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term2 "Selecionar o painel principal &security.label;">
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term3 "Selecione a opção para &quot;&geoDisabled.label;&quot;">
+<!ENTITY rights.locationawarebrowsing-term4 "A navegação com conhecimento da localização está agora desativada">
+
+<!-- points 0-6 text for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term0 "A &vendorShortName; e a Mozilla, os seus contribuidores, licenciantes e parceiros trabalham para fornecer os serviços mais precisos e atualizados.  No entanto, não podemos garantir que esta informação é abrangente e livre de erros.  Por exemplo, o serviço de navegação segura poderá não identificar alguns sites perigosos e identificar alguns sites seguros com erro e, no serviço de localização, todas as localizações devolvidas pelos nossos fornecedores do serviço são apenas estimativas, Nem nós, nem os nossos fornecedores do serviço garantem a exatidão das localizações fornecidas.">
+
+<!-- points 0-6 text for branded builds -->
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term0a "A &vendorShortName; juntamente com seus contribuidores, licenciantes e parceiros trabalham para fornecer os serviços mais precisos e atualizados.  No entanto, não podemos garantir que esta informação é abrangente e livre de erros.  Por exemplo, o serviço de navegação segura poderá não identificar alguns sites perigosos e identificar alguns sites seguros com erro e, no serviço de localização, todas as localizações devolvidas pelos nossos fornecedores do serviço são apenas estimativas, Nem nós, nem os nossos fornecedores do serviço garantem a exatidão das localizações fornecidas.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term1 "A &vendorShortName; pode descontinuar ou alterar os serviços a qualquer momento.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term2 "É convidado a usar os Serviços que acompanham a versão do &brandShortName;, e tem todos os direitos necessários para o fazer. A &vendorShortName; e os seus licenciantes reservam todos os outros direitos nos Serviços. Estes termos não têm a intenção de limitar quaisquer direitos dados sobre as licenças de código aberto aplicáveis ao &brandShortName; e às correspondentes versões dos códigos fonte do &brandShortName;.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term2a "É convidado a usar os Serviços que acompanham a versão do &brandShortName;, e tem todos os direitos necessários para o fazer. A &vendorShortName; e os seus licenciantes reservam todos os outros direitos nos Serviços. Estes termos não têm a intenção de limitar quaisquer direitos dados sobre as licenças de código aberto aplicáveis ao &brandShortName; e às correspondentes versões dos códigos fonte do &brandShortName;.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term3 "Os serviços são fornecidos &quot;tal como estão.&quot;  A &vendorShortName;, os seus contribuidores, licenciantes e distribuidores, renunciam a todas as garantias, sejam elas expressas ou implícitas, incluindo sem limites, garantias que o serviço é comercial e serve para os seus objetivos pessoais.  Você é responsável por selecionar os Serviços para os seus propósitos assim como a qualidade e o desempenho dos Serviços. Algumas jurisdições não permitem a exclusão ou a limitação de garantias implícitas, como tal este aviso poderá não ser adequado para si.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term4 "Exceto quando necessário por lei, a &vendorShortName;, os seus contribuidores, licenciantes e distribuidores não poderão ser responsabilizados por qualquer dano indireto, especial, acidental, consequente, punitivo, exemplares ou danos diretos decorrentes da utilização do &brandShortName; e os seus serviços.  A responsabilidade coletiva sob estes termos, não poderá exceder $500 (quinhentos dólares). Algumas jurisdições não permitem a exclusão ou a limitação de alguns danos e, como tal, esta exclusão e limitação poderá não ser aplicada a si.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term5 "A &vendorShortName; poderá atualizar os termos conforme necessário de tempos a tempos. Estes termos não poderão ser alterados ou cancelados sem o acordo escrito da &vendorShortName;.">
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term6 "Estes termos são regidos pelas leis do estado da California, U.S.A., excluindo conflitos de provisão de leis. Se algum destes termos for identificado como inválido ou sem valor jurídico, as restantes porções manterão a sua força e efeito. No evento de um conflito entre uma versão traduzida destes termos e a versão em Inglês, a versão em Inglês é a que prevalece.">
+
+<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term6a "Estes termos são regidos e interpretados de acordo com as leis da Alemanha e todas as disputas que surjam em conexão com estes Termos devem ser submetidas à jurisdição exclusiva do tribunal competente na Alemanha. Se algum destes termos for identificado como inválido ou sem valor jurídico, as restantes porções manterão a sua força e efeito. No evento de um conflito entre uma versão traduzida destes termos e a versão em Inglês, a versão em Inglês é a que prevalece.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d334bce685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+buttonLabel = Conheça os seus direitos
+buttonAccessKey = S
+notifyRightsText = O %S é um software livre e de código aberto da Fundação Mozilla sem fins lucrativos.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notifyRightsText2): Please check if the usage of vendorShortName in your translated 
+# content is still correct too.
+notifyRightsText2 = O %S é um software livre e de código aberto da associação alemã registada como SeaMonkey e.V.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a314e12604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Link Toolbar Title -->
+
+<!ENTITY linkToolbar.label "Barra de navegação do website">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbar.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbar.tooltip "Barra de navegação do website">
+<!-- Link Toolbar visibility options -->
+
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.label "Mostrar sempre">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.label "Mostrar apenas se necessário">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.label "Ocultar sempre">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.accesskey "O">
+<!-- Toolbar buttons, menus, and menuitems -->
+
+<!ENTITY topButton.label "Topo">
+<!ENTITY upButton.label "Cima">
+<!ENTITY firstButton.label "Primeiro">
+<!ENTITY prevButton.label "Anterior">
+<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Seguinte">
+<!ENTITY lastButton.label "Último">
+
+<!ENTITY documentButton.label "Documento">
+
+<!ENTITY tocButton.label "Índice">
+<!ENTITY chapterButton.label "Capítulos">
+<!ENTITY sectionButton.label "Secções">
+<!ENTITY subSectionButton.label "Subsecções">
+<!ENTITY appendixButton.label "Anexos">
+<!ENTITY glossaryButton.label "Glossário">
+<!ENTITY indexButton.label "Índice">
+
+<!ENTITY moreButton.label "Mais">
+
+<!ENTITY helpButton.label "Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Pesquisar">
+
+<!ENTITY authorButton.label "Autor(es)">
+<!ENTITY copyrightButton.label "Copyright">
+
+<!ENTITY bookmarkButton.label "Marcadores">
+
+<!ENTITY alternateButton.label "Outras versões">
+
+<!ENTITY feedButton.label "Subscrever">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mac/platformNavigationBindings.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mac/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e3a0547b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mac/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: RTL languages may wish to switch these -->
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.keyCode "VK_LEFT">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.keyCode "VK_RIGHT">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]">
+
+<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.commandKey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27bf63b5d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label             "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey         "M">
+<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key               "M">
+
+<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label             "Contacto…">
+<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey         "C">
+
+<!ENTITY sendPage.label                  "Enviar página…">
+<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey              "v">
+
+<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.label       "Enviar esta página…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.accesskey   "s">
+<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.label       "Enviar esta ligação…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.accesskey   "g">
+<!ENTITY contextSendImage.label          "Enviar imagem…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendImage.accesskey      "n">
+<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.label          "Enviar vídeo…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.accesskey      "i">
+<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.label          "Enviar áudio…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.accesskey      "i">
+<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.label          "Enviar frame…">
+<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.accesskey      "v">
+
+<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.label               "Enviar ligação…"> 
+<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.accesskey           "n">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eeeddda77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY no-properties.label   "Nenhuma propriedade aplicada.">
+
+<!ENTITY caption.label         "Propriedades do elemento">
+<!ENTITY image-sec.label       "Propriedades da imagem">
+<!ENTITY image-url.label       "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY image-desc.label      "Descrição:">
+<!ENTITY image-alt.label       "Texto alternativo:">
+<!ENTITY image-width.label     "Largura:">
+<!ENTITY image-height.label    "Altura:">
+<!ENTITY image-filesize.label  "Tamanho do ficheiro:">
+<!ENTITY image-filesize.value  "Desconhecido">
+<!ENTITY insdel-sec.label      "Inserir/apagar propriedades">
+<!ENTITY insdel-cite.label     "Informações:">
+<!ENTITY insdel-date.label     "Data:">
+<!ENTITY link-sec.label        "Propriedades da ligação">
+<!ENTITY link-url.label        "Endereço:">
+<!ENTITY link-target.label     "Abre em:">
+<!ENTITY link-type.label       "Tipo de destino:">
+<!ENTITY link-lang.label       "Idioma de destino:">
+<!ENTITY link-rel.label        "Relação:">
+<!ENTITY link-rev.label        "Relação invertida:">
+<!ENTITY misc-sec.label        "Outras propriedades">
+<!ENTITY misc-lang.label       "Idioma do texto:">
+<!ENTITY misc-title.label      "Título:">
+<!ENTITY misc-tblsummary.label "Tabela de sumário:">
+<!ENTITY quote-sec.label       "Propriedades da citação">
+<!ENTITY quote-cite.label      "Info:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61cc88dbe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+sameWindowText=Mesma janela
+newWindowText=Nova janela
+parentFrameText=Frame parente
+sameFrameText=Mesmo frame
+embeddedText=Embutido
+unableToShowProps=Nenhuma propriedade disponível.
+altTextMissing=Em falta
+altTextBlank=Vazio
+imageSize=%S KB (%S bytes)
+imageSizeUnknown=Desconhecido (não está em cache)
+imageWidth=%Spx
+imageHeight=%Spx
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations
+#                    %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name
+languageRegionFormat=%1$S (%2$S)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca8ebe29a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/navigator.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the browser main menu items --> 
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate commandkeys --> 
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.title): DONT_TRANSLATE --> 
+<!ENTITY mainWindow.title "&brandShortName;">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifier) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> 
+<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifier "&brandShortName;">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - ">
+
+<!ENTITY mainWindow.titleprivate "Navegação privada">
+
+<!ENTITY editPageCmd.label "Editar página">
+<!ENTITY editPageCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY editPageCmd.commandkey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY navbarCmd.label "Barra de navegação">
+<!ENTITY navbarCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.label     "Barra de ferramentas de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.accesskey "m">
+
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.label "Fechar janela">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY minimizeButton.tooltip       "Minimizar">
+<!ENTITY restoreButton.tooltip        "Restaurar">
+
+<!ENTITY feedsMenu.label "Subscrever esta página">
+<!ENTITY feedsMenu.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip                  "Barra de menus">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbar.tooltip         "Barra de ferramentas de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY navigationToolbar.tooltip        "Barra de navegação">
+
+<!ENTITY editBookmark.done.label "Feito">
+<!ENTITY editBookmark.cancel.label "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY editBookmark.removeBookmark.accessKey "R">
+
+<!-- Toolbar items --> 
+<!ENTITY backButton.label             "Anterior">
+<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip           "Retroceder uma página">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.label          "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip        "Avançar uma página">
+<!ENTITY reloadButton.label           "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY reloadButton.tooltip         "Recarregar página atual">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.label             "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip           "Parar o carregamento desta página">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.label           "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.tooltip         "Escreva uma palavra no campo esquerdo e depois clique Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY goButton.label               "Ir">
+<!ENTITY goButton.tooltip             "Escreva uma localização no campo esquerdo e depois clique Ir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label            "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip          "Imprimir esta página">
+
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip             "Ir para a página inicial do &vendorShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2            "Ir para a página inicial do &brandShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY locationBar.tooltip          "Introduza o termo da pesquisa, palavra chave, ou endereço web">
+<!ENTITY locationBar.accesskey        "d">
+<!ENTITY locationBar.title            "Localização">
+<!ENTITY proxyIcon.tooltip            "Arraste e largue este ícone para criar uma ligação para esta página">
+
+<!ENTITY searchItem.title             "Pesquisar">
+
+<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.label        "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.tooltip      "Lista de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.label             "Início">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarItem.label   "Itens da barra de ferramentas marcadores">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarChevron.tooltip "Mostrar mais marcadores">
+
+<!-- Statusbar -->
+<!ENTITY  statusText.label            "Feito">
+
+<!ENTITY popupIcon.tooltiptext      "Desbloquear janelas pop-up deste site">
+
+<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.label      "Ver informação de segurança">
+<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.accesskey  "s">
+<!ENTITY viewCertificate.label       "Ver certificado">
+<!ENTITY viewCertificate.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY viewCertManager.label       "Abrir gestor de certificados">
+<!ENTITY viewCertManager.accesskey   "g">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomIn.tooltiptext          "Maior">
+<!ENTITY zoomOut.tooltiptext         "Menor">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db1bdda5ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+nv_done=Feito
+nv_timeout=Expirado
+nv_stopped=Parado
+openFile=Abrir ficheiro
+uploadFile=Carregar ficheiro
+
+droponhomebutton=Largue uma ligação ou ficheiro para torná-lo na sua página inicial
+droponhometitle=Definir página inicial
+droponhomemsg=Deseja tornar este documento a sua página inicial?
+droponhomeokbutton=Tornar página inicial
+
+jserror=Ocorreu um erro nesta página. Faça duplo clique aqui para detalhes.
+
+#SessionHistory.js
+nothingAvailable=(Nada disponível)
+
+#nsBrowserStatusHandler.js
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: %S is the security certifiate issuer
+securityButtonTooltipSecure=Assinado por %S
+securityButtonTooltipMixedContent=Aviso: contém conteúdo não autenticado
+securityButtonTooltipInsecure=Mostra a informação de segurança da página atual
+
+# menu_close labels
+tabs.closeTab.label=Fechar separador
+tabs.closeTab.accesskey=c
+tabs.close.label=Fechar
+tabs.close.accesskey=c
+
+tabs.recentlyClosed.format=%1$S %2$S
+
+windows.recentlyClosed.format=%1$S %2$S
+
+tabs.closeWarningTitle=Confirmar fecho
+tabs.closeWarning=Esta janela do navegador tem %S separadores abertos. Deseja fechá-la e todos os seus separadores?
+tabs.closeButton=Fechar todos os separadores
+tabs.closeWarningPromptMe=Avisar-me ao fechar múltiplos separadores
+tabs.historyItem=Agrupar separadores
+
+menuOpenAllInTabs.label=Abrir tudo em separadores
+
+# urlbarBindings.xml
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: This is for the location bar drop-down string:
+#   "Search " + search_engine_name + " for " + user_input
+#   e.g. "Search Google for abc"
+# DO NOT change the %S order when translate, the first %S must be the search engine name.
+searchFor=Pesquisar no %S por "%S"
+
+# Star button
+starButtonOn.tooltip=Editar este marcador
+starButtonOff.tooltip=Adicionar página aos marcadores
+
+# Edit Bookmark UI
+editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedTitle=Página adicionada aos marcadores
+editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedDescription=O %S irá memorizar esta página por si.
+editBookmarkPanel.bookmarkedRemovedTitle=Marcador removido
+editBookmarkPanel.editBookmarkTitle=Editar este marcador
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label)
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. Replacement for #1 is
+# the number of bookmarks to be removed.
+# If this causes problems with localization you can also do "Remove Bookmarks (#1)"
+# instead of "Remove #1 Bookmarks".
+editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label=Remover marcador;Remover #1 marcadores
+
+# bookmark dialog strings
+
+bookmarkAllTabsDefault=[Nome da pasta]
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addKeywordTitleAutoFill): %S will be replaced by the page's title
+# Used as the bookmark name when saving a keyword for a search field.
+addKeywordTitleAutoFill=Pesquisar %S
+
+extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.name=Tema predefinido do SeaMonkey
+extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.description=Este tema utiliza o estilo e as cores do sistema para se ajustar às outras aplicações.
+
+extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.name=SeaMonkey Modern
+extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.description=Um tema contemporâneo para todos os componentes.
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8183c2d276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- File Menu -->
+<!ENTITY tabCmd.label "Separador de navegação">
+<!ENTITY tabCmd.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY tabCmd.commandkey "t">
+<!ENTITY openCmd.label "Abrir localização web…">
+<!ENTITY openCmd.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY openCmd.commandkey "l">
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Abrir ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.commandkey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "Fechar outros separadores">
+<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "t">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeTabsToTheEnd.label): This should indicate the
+direction in which tabs are closed, i.e. locales that use RTL mode should say
+left instead of right. -->
+<!ENTITY  closeTabsToTheEnd.label "Fechar separadores à direita">
+<!ENTITY  closeTabsToTheEnd.accesskey "i">
+
+<!ENTITY uploadFile.label "Carregar ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY uploadFile.accesskey "f">
+
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Configuração de página…">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "u">
+
+<!-- Edit Menu -->
+<!ENTITY findOnCmd.label "Localizar nesta página…">
+
+<!-- View Menu -->
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label "Mostrar/ocultar">
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.label "Barra de separadores">
+<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.label "Barra de estado">
+<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.label "Barra de componentes">
+<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.accesskey "c">
+
+<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.label "Ecrã completo">
+<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.label "Utilizar estilo">
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.label "Nenhum">
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.label "Estilo pré-definido">
+<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Mudar direção da página">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Fonte da página">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.commandkey "u">
+<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.label "Informação da página">
+<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.commandkey "i">
+
+<!-- Go Menu -->
+<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Ir">
+<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]">
+<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.label "Início">
+<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY historyCmd.label "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY historyCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyCmd.key): This is used only on the mac. -->
+<!ENTITY historyCmd.key "H">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (history.commandKey): This is used on platforms other
+     than the mac instead of historyCmd.key. -->
+<!ENTITY history.commandKey "h">
+<!ENTITY recentTabs.label "Separadores fechados recentemente">
+<!ENTITY recentTabs.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY recentTabs.commandkey "t">
+<!ENTITY recentWindows.label "Janelas fechadas recentemente">
+<!ENTITY recentWindows.accesskey "J">
+<!ENTITY recentWindows.commandkey "y">
+<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.label "Restaurar sessão anterior">
+<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.label "Separadores de outros computadores">
+<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.accesskey "o">
+
+<!-- Bookmarks Menu -->
+<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.label "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.label "Adicionar aos marcadores">
+<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.label "Adicionar ficheiro aos marcadores…">
+<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.commandkey "d">
+<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.label "Adicionar separadores…">
+<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.label "Gerir marcadores…">
+<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.commandkey "b">
+
+<!-- Tools Menu -->
+<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.label "Pesquisar na Web">
+<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY searchInternet.commandKey "s">
+<!ENTITY translateMenu.label "Traduzir página">
+<!ENTITY translateMenu.accesskey "T">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieMessageTitle.label "Permissões do cookie alteradas">
+<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.label "Gerir cookies guardados">
+<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.accesskey "k">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.label "Permitir cookies deste website">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesMsg.label "Os cookies deste website serão sempre permitidos.">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.label "Permitir cookies de sessão deste website">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesMsg.label "Este website apenas pode definir cookies para a sessão atual.">
+<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.label "Utilizar permissões predefinidas de cookies">
+<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultMsg.label "Os cookies deste website serão aceites ou rejeitados baseado nas predefinições.">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.label "Bloquear cookies deste website">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesMsg.label "Os cookies deste website serão sempre rejeitados.">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieImageMessageTitle.label "Permissões da imagem alteradas">
+<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.label "Gerir permissões da imagem">
+<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.label "Permitir imagens deste website">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesMsg.label "As imagens deste website serão sempre transferidas.">
+<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.label "Utilizar permissões predefinidas de imagem">
+<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultMsg.label "As imagens deste website serão transferidas com base nas predefinições.">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.label "Bloquear imagens deste website">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesMsg.label "As imagens deste website nunca serão transferidas.">
+
+<!ENTITY popupsMessageChangeTitle.label "Permissões dos pop-ups alteradas">
+<!ENTITY popupAllowCmd.label "Permitir janelas pop-up deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupAllowCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY popupAllowMsg.label "Os pop-ups deste site serão sempre mostrados.">
+<!ENTITY popupDefaultCmd.label "Utilizar as permissões de pop-ups predefinidas">
+<!ENTITY popupDefaultCmd.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY popupDefaultMsg.label "Os pop-ups deste site serão mostrados com base nas definições predefinidas.">
+<!ENTITY popupBlockCmd.label "Bloquear pop-ups deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupBlockCmd.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY popupBlockMsg.label "Os pop-ups deste site não serão mostrados.">
+<!ENTITY popupsManage.label "Gerir janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY popupsManage.accesskey "G">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.label "Gestor de cookies">
+<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.label "Gestor de imagens">
+<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY popupsManager.label "Gestor de janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY popupsManager.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.label "Limpar dados privados…">
+<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.accesskey "v">
+
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.macCommandKey ".">
+<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.commandKey "i">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1ddc63712
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!--
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+-->
+
+<!-- Note to localizers, don't localize the strings 'width' or 'height' -->
+<!ENTITY  pageInfoWindow.dimensions  "width: 100ch; height: 30em;">
+
+<!ENTITY  copy.key               "C">
+<!ENTITY  copy.label             "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY  copy.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY  selectall.key          "A">
+<!ENTITY  selectall.label        "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY  selectall.accesskey    "t">
+<!ENTITY  openHelpMac.key        "?">
+<!ENTITY  closeWindow.key        "w">
+<!ENTITY  copyLinks.label           "Copiar ligações">
+<!ENTITY  copyLinks.accesskey       "l">
+<!ENTITY  openInNewTab.label        "Abrir num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY  openInNewTab.accesskey    "s">
+<!ENTITY  openInNewWindow.label     "Abrir numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY  openInNewWindow.accesskey "j">
+
+<!ENTITY  generalTab            "Geral">
+<!ENTITY  generalTab.accesskey  "G">
+<!ENTITY  generalTitle          "Título:">
+<!ENTITY  generalURL            "Endereço:">
+<!ENTITY  generalType           "Tipo:">
+<!ENTITY  generalMode           "Modo de renderização:">
+<!ENTITY  generalSize           "Tamanho:">
+<!ENTITY  generalReferrer       "URL de referência:">
+<!ENTITY  generalSource         "Origem da cache:">
+<!ENTITY  generalModified       "Modificado:">
+<!ENTITY  generalEncoding2      "Codificação de texto:">
+<!ENTITY  generalMetaName       "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  generalMetaContent    "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY  generalSecurityDetails           "Detalhes">
+<!ENTITY  generalSecurityDetails.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY  formsTab              "Formulários">
+<!ENTITY  formsTab.accesskey    "F">
+<!ENTITY  formAction            "Ação do formulário">
+<!ENTITY  formMethod            "Método">
+<!ENTITY  formName              "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  formEncoding          "Codificação:">
+<!ENTITY  formTarget            "Destino:">
+<!ENTITY  formFields            "Campos:">
+<!ENTITY  formLabel             "Etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY  formFName             "Nome do campo">
+<!ENTITY  formType              "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY  formCValue            "Valor atual">
+
+<!ENTITY  linksTab              "Ligações">
+<!ENTITY  linksTab.accesskey    "L">
+<!ENTITY  linkName              "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  linkAddress           "Endereço">
+<!ENTITY  linkType              "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY  linkTarget            "Destino">
+<!ENTITY  linkAccessKey         "Chave de acesso">
+
+<!ENTITY  mediaTab              "Multimédia">
+<!ENTITY  mediaTab.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY  mediaURL              "Endereço:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaAlt              "Texto alternativo:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaLocation         "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaText             "Texto associado:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaAltHeader        "Texto alternativo">
+<!ENTITY  mediaAddress          "Endereço">
+<!ENTITY  mediaType             "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY  mediaSize             "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY  mediaCount            "Contar">
+<!ENTITY  mediaDimensions       "Dimensões especificadas:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaPhysDimensions   "Dimensões reais:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaTitle            "Título:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaDimension        "Dimensões:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaLongdesc         "Descrição longa:">
+<!ENTITY  mediaBlockImage.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY  mediaSaveAs           "Guardar como…">
+<!ENTITY  mediaSaveAs.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY  mediaSaveAs2.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY  mediaPreview          "Pré-visualizar multimédia:">
+
+<!ENTITY  feedTab               "Fontes">
+<!ENTITY  feedTab.accesskey     "F">
+<!ENTITY  feedSubscribe         "Subscrever">
+<!ENTITY  feedSubscribe.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY  permTab               "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY  permTab.accesskey     "P">
+<!ENTITY  permUseDefault        "Utilizar predefinições">
+<!ENTITY  permAskAlways         "Perguntar sempre">
+<!ENTITY  permAllow             "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY  permAllowSession      "Permitir para a sessão">
+<!ENTITY  permBlock             "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY  permissionsFor        "Permissões para:">
+<!ENTITY  permImage             "Carregar imagens">
+<!ENTITY  permPopup             "Abrir janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY  permCookie            "Definir cookies">
+<!ENTITY  permNotifications     "Mostrar notificações">
+<!ENTITY  permInstall           "Instalar extensões ou temas">
+<!ENTITY  permGeo               "Partilhar localização">
+
+<!ENTITY  securityTab           "Segurança">
+<!ENTITY  securityTab.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY  securityHeader        "Informação de segurança para esta página">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.certView "Ver certificado">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.unknown   "Desconhecido">
+
+
+<!ENTITY  securityView.identity.header   "Identidade do website">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.identity.owner    "Proprietário:">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.identity.domain   "Site:">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.identity.verifier "Verificado por:">
+
+<!ENTITY  securityView.identity.validity "Expira em:">
+
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.header                   "Privacidade e histórico">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.history                  "Já visitei este website hoje?">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.cookies                  "Este website está a armazenar informação (cookies) no meu computador?">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.viewCookies              "Ver cookies">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.viewCookies.accessKey    "k">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.passwords                "Existem palavras-passe guardadas para este website?">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.viewPasswords            "Ver palavras-passe guardadas">
+<!ENTITY  securityView.privacy.viewPasswords.accessKey  "u">
+
+<!ENTITY  securityView.technical.header                 "Detalhes técnicos">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f0cae0369
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+pageInfo.page.title=Info da página - %S
+pageInfo.frame.title=Informação do frame - %S
+
+noPageTitle=Página sem título:
+pageTitle=%S:
+unknown=Desconhecido
+default=Pré-definido
+notSet=Não especificado
+yes=Sim
+no=Não
+
+mediaImg=Imagem
+mediaVideo=Vídeo
+mediaAudio=Áudio
+mediaBGImg=Fundo
+mediaBorderImg=Limite
+mediaListImg=Marca
+mediaCursor=Cursor
+mediaObject=Objeto
+mediaEmbed=Embutida
+mediaLink=Ícone
+mediaInput=Introdução
+mediaFileSize=%S KB
+mediaSize=%Spx × %Spx
+mediaSelectFolder=Selecione uma pasta para guardar as imagens
+mediaBlockImage=Bloquear imagens de %S
+mediaUnknownNotCached=Desconhecido (não está em cache)
+mediaImageType=Imagem %S
+mediaAnimatedType=Imagem animada %S
+
+mediaAnimatedImageType=Imagem %S (animada, %S frames)
+mediaDimensions=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx
+mediaDimensionsScaled=%Spx \u00D7 %Spx (escalado para %Spx \u00D7 %Spx)
+
+generalQuirksMode=Modo quirks
+generalStrictMode=Modo de compatibilidade
+generalNotCached=Não está em cache
+generalDiskCache=Cache do disco
+generalMemoryCache=Memória cache
+generalSize=%S KB (%S bytes)
+generalMetaTag=Meta (1 etiqueta)
+generalMetaTags=Meta (%S etiquetas)
+generalSiteIdentity=Este website é propriedade de %S\nFoi verificado por %S
+
+formTitle=Formulário %S:
+formUntitled=Formulário sem nome:
+formDefaultTarget=Nenhum (abre na mesma janela)
+formChecked=Verificado
+formUnchecked=Não verificado
+formPassword=••••••••
+
+linkAnchor=Âncora
+linkArea=Área
+linkSubmission=Envio de formulário
+linkSubmit=Enviar dados
+linkRel=Item relacionado
+linkStylesheet=Folha de estilo
+linkRev=Reverter ligação
+linkX=XLink simples
+linkScript=Script
+linkScriptInline=inline
+
+feedRss=RSS
+feedAtom=Atom
+feedXML=XML
+
+securityNoOwner=Este site não fornece informações acerca do proprietário.
+securityOneVisit=Sim, uma vez
+securityNVisits=Sim, %S vezes
+securityNoEncryption=Ligação não encriptada
+securityNone1=O website %S não suporta encriptação para a página que está a ver.
+securityNone2=Informação enviada através da Internet sem encriptação pode ser vista por outras pessoas enquanto esta está em trânsito.
+securityNone3=A página que está a visualizar não está encriptada.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (securityEncryptionWithBits): %1$S is the name of the encryption standard,
+# %2$S is the key size of the cipher.
+securityEncryptionWithBits=Ligação encriptada (%1$S, %2$S bit keys)
+securityEncryption1=A página que está a visualizar foi encriptada antes de ser transmitida pela Internet.
+securityEncryption2=A encriptação torna muito difícil, para pessoas não autorizadas, a visualização da informação que viaja entre computadores. É por isso muito pouco provável que alguém leia esta página enquanto ela viaja pela Internet.
+securityMixedContent=Ligação parcialmente encriptada
+securityMixed1=Partes da página que está a visualizar não estavam encriptadas antes de serem transmitidas através da Internet.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (securityVisitsNumber):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# See: https://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of visits and can be used in all plural forms as needed, e.g.
+# for '1': 'Yes, #1 time'
+securityVisitsNumber=Sim, uma vez;Sim, #1 vezes
+securityNoVisits=Não
+
+permissions.useDefault=Utilizar predefinição
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1534dbf3cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# navigator.properties
+#
+# all.js
+#
+browser.startup.homepage=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/start/
+browser.throbber.url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/
+
+browser.translation.service=http://translate.google.com/translate?prev=/language_tools&u=
+browser.translation.serviceDomain=translate.google.com
+browser.validate.html.service=http://validator.w3.org/check?charset=%28detect+automatically%29&doctype=Inline&uri=
+
+#config.js
+#
+startup.homepage_override_url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/seamonkey%VERSION%/
+
+# This is the default set of web based feed handlers shown in the reader
+# selection UI
+browser.contentHandlers.types.0.title=Feedly
+browser.contentHandlers.types.0.uri=http://www.feedly.com/home#subscription/feed/%s
+browser.contentHandlers.types.1.title=My Yahoo!
+browser.contentHandlers.types.1.uri=http://add.my.yahoo.com/rss?url=%s
+browser.contentHandlers.types.2.title=AOL Reader
+browser.contentHandlers.types.2.uri=http://reader.aol.com/#quickadd/%s
+browser.contentHandlers.types.3.title=Digg Reader
+browser.contentHandlers.types.3.uri=http://digg.com/reader/search/%s
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25cbe03303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  untitledTab            "(Sem nome)">
+<!ENTITY  newTab.label           "Novo separador">
+<!ENTITY  newTab.accesskey       "N">
+<!ENTITY  closeTab.label         "Fechar separador">
+<!ENTITY  closeTab.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY  closeOtherTabs.label   "Fechar outros separadores">
+<!ENTITY  closeOtherTabs.accesskey         "o">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeTabsToTheEnd.label): This should indicate the
+direction in which tabs are closed, i.e. locales that use RTL mode should say
+left instead of right. -->
+<!ENTITY  closeTabsToTheEnd.label "Fechar separadores à direita">
+<!ENTITY  closeTabsToTheEnd.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY  reloadAllTabs.label    "Recarregar todos os separadores">
+<!ENTITY  reloadAllTabs.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY  reloadTab.label        "Recarregar separador">
+<!ENTITY  reloadTab.accesskey         "R">
+<!ENTITY  bookmarkGroup.label    "Adicionar este grupo de separadores aos marcadores">
+<!ENTITY  bookmarkGroup.accesskey  "i">
+<!ENTITY  closeTabButton.tooltip   "Fechar separador atual">
+<!ENTITY  newTabButton.tooltip   "Abrir um novo separador">
+<!ENTITY  listAllTabs.tooltip    "Listar todos os separadores">
+<!ENTITY  undoCloseTab.label    "Anular fecho de separador">
+<!ENTITY  undoCloseTab.accesskey  "u">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e902f9689
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+tabs.loading=A carregar…
+tabs.untitled=Sem título
+tabs.closeWarningTitle=Confirmar ao fechar outros separadores
+tabs.closeWarning=Vai fechar %S outro(s) separador(es). Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningOther):
+# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for
+# multiple tabs.
+tabs.closeWarningOther=;Está prestes a fechar #1 outros separadores. Tem a certeza de que pretende continuar?
+tabs.closeButton=Fechar outros separadores
+tabs.closeWarningPromptMe=Avisar-me quando eu tentar fechar outros separadores
+
+tabs.closeWarningTitleAll=Confirmar fechar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningAll):
+# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for
+# multiple tabs.
+tabs.closeWarningAll=;Esta janela do navegador tem #1 separadores abertos. Deseja fechá-la e todos os respetivos separadores?
+tabs.closeButtonAll=Fechar todos os separadores
+tabs.closeWarningPromptMeAll=Avisar ao fechar múltiplos separadores
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.openWarningTitle, tabs.openWarningMultipleBranded, tabs.openButtonMultiple, tabs.openWarningPromptMeBranded):
+# These items were moved from /chrome/common/places/places.properties.
+# Now they are not specific to bookmarks.
+tabs.openWarningTitle=Confirmar abertura
+tabs.openWarningMultipleBranded=Vai abrir %S separadores.  Isto pode tornar o %S lento enquanto as páginas são carregadas.  Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+tabs.openButtonMultiple=Abrir separadores
+tabs.openWarningPromptMeBranded=Avisar-me quando abrir múltiplos separadores poderá tornar o %S lento
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a043fc2183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+taskbar.tasks.newTab.label=Abrir novo separador
+taskbar.tasks.newTab.description=Abre um novo separador.
+taskbar.tasks.newWindow.label=Abrir nova janela
+taskbar.tasks.newWindow.description=Abre uma nova janela.
+taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.label=Abrir janela privada
+taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.description=Abre uma nova janela privada.
+taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.label=Abrir correio e grupos de notícias
+taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.description=Abre a janela de correio e grupo de notícias.
+taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.label=Compor uma nova mensagem
+taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.description=Compõe uma nova mensagem.
+taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.label=Abrir livro de endereços
+taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.description=Abre o seu livro de endereços.
+taskbar.tasks.openEditor.label=Abrir nova página de composição
+taskbar.tasks.openEditor.description=Abre uma nova página de composição.
+taskbar.frequent.label=Frequente
+taskbar.recent.label=Recente
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/unix/platformNavigationBindings.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/unix/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a9fc590c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/unix/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: RTL languages may wish to switch these -->
+
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.keyCode "VK_LEFT">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.keyCode "VK_RIGHT">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a910b0d4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY validatePage.label            "Validar esta página">
+<!ENTITY validatePage.accesskey        "V">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteDebugging.label     "Permitir depuração remota">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteDebugging.accesskey "P">
+
+<!ENTITY devToolsCmd.keycode             "VK_F12">
+<!ENTITY devToolsCmd.keytext             "F12">
+
+<!ENTITY devtoolsConnect.label           "Ligar…">
+<!ENTITY devtoolsConnect.accesskey       "g">
+
+<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.label         "Consola do navegador">
+<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.commandkey    "Ζ">
+<!ENTITY browserConsoleCmd.accesskey     "C">
+
+<!ENTITY responsiveDesignTool.label      "Vista de design responsivo">
+<!ENTITY responsiveDesignTool.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY responsiveDesignTool.commandkey "M">
+
+<!ENTITY eyedropper.label                "Selecionador de cores">
+<!ENTITY eyedropper.accesskey            "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (scratchpad.label): This menu item label appears
+  -  in the Tools menu. See bug 653093.
+  -  The Scratchpad is intended to provide a simple text editor for creating
+  -  and evaluating bits of JavaScript code for the purposes of function
+  -  prototyping, experimentation and convenient scripting.
+  -
+  -  It's quite possible that you won't have a good analogue for the word
+  -  "Scratchpad" in your locale. You should feel free to find a close
+  -  approximation to it or choose a word (or words) that means
+  -  "simple discardable text editor". -->
+
+<!ENTITY scratchpad.label                "Bloco de rascunho">
+<!ENTITY scratchpad.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY scratchpad.keycode              "VK_F4">
+<!ENTITY scratchpad.keytext              "F4">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (browserToolboxMenu.label): This is the label for the
+  -  application menu item that opens the browser toolbox UI in the Tools menu. -->
+
+<!ENTITY browserToolboxMenu.label        "Caixa de ferramentas do navegador">
+<!ENTITY browserToolboxMenu.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY browserToolboxCmd.commandkey    "I">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (browserContentToolboxMenu.label): This is the label for the
+  -  application menu item that opens the browser content toolbox UI in the Tools menu.
+  -  This toolbox allows to debug the chrome of the content process in multiprocess builds.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY browserContentToolboxMenu.label     "Caixa de ferramentas de conteúdo do navegador">
+<!ENTITY browserContentToolboxMenu.accesskey "C">
+
+<!ENTITY devToolbarCloseButton.tooltiptext   "Fechar barra de ferramentas de programador">
+<!ENTITY devToolbarMenu.label                "Barra de ferramentas de programador">
+<!ENTITY devToolbarMenu.accesskey            "d">
+
+<!ENTITY webide.label                        "WebIDE">
+<!ENTITY webide.accesskey                    "W">
+<!ENTITY webide.keycode                      "VK_F8">
+<!ENTITY webide.keytext                      "F8">
+
+<!ENTITY devToolbar.keycode                  "VK_F2">
+<!ENTITY devToolbar.keytext                  "F2">
+
+<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.label            "Alternar ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.accesskey        "t">
+<!ENTITY devToolboxMenuItem.keytext          "I">
+
+<!ENTITY devToolbarToolsButton.tooltip       "Alternar ferramentas de programador">
+
+<!ENTITY getMoreDevtoolsCmd.label            "Obter mais ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY getMoreDevtoolsCmd.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/win/platformNavigationBindings.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/win/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b293ef4d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/browser/win/platformNavigationBindings.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: RTL languages may wish to switch these -->
+
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.keyCode "VK_LEFT">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.keyCode "VK_RIGHT">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e44b970ce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE the following declarations were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd which was removed
+     by bug 1408044. -->
+
+<!ENTITY about.version                "versão">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.beforeLink): note that there is no space
+     between this phrase and the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase, so if
+     your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.credits.beforeLink     "Veja uma lista de ">
+<!ENTITY about.credits.linkTitle      "colaboradores">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.credits.afterLink): note that there is no space
+     between the linked about.credits.linkTitle phrase and this phrase, so if
+     your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.credits.afterLink      " para o Projeto Mozilla.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.beforeTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between this phrase and the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.license.beforeTheLink  "Leia a ">
+<!ENTITY about.license.linkTitle      "informação de licenciamento">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.license.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.license.linkTitle phrase and this phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of
+     this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.license.afterTheLink   " para este produto.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.beforeTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between this phrase and the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end of this
+     entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.beforeTheLink "Leia as ">
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.linkTitle     "notas de lançamento">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.relnotes.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.relnotes.linkTitle phrase and this phrase,
+     so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the start of
+     this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.relnotes.afterTheLink  " para esta versão.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink): note that there is
+     no space between this phrase and the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle
+     phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the end
+     of this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.beforeTheLink "Veja a ">
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.linkTitle     "configuração da compilação">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (about.buildconfig.afterTheLink): note that there is no
+     space between the linked about.buildconfig.linkTitle phrase and this
+     phrase, so if your locale needs a space between words, add it at the
+     start of this entity. -->
+<!ENTITY about.buildconfig.afterTheLink  " utilizada para esta versão.">
+
+<!ENTITY about.buildIdentifier        "Identificador de compilação: ">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE end of declarations that were copied from
+     mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (channel.description.start,channel.description.end):
+     channel.description.start and channel.description.end create one sentence,
+     with the current channel label inserted in between.
+     example: You are currently on the _Stable_ update channel. -->
+<!ENTITY channel.description.start  "De momento, está no canal de atualização ">
+<!ENTITY channel.description.end    " .">
+<!ENTITY about.userAgent            "User agent: ">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9c8f41c02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: where ".private" and ".normal" variants exist,
+   - the former is shown in a private browsing window and the latter in
+   - a regular (non-private) browsing window. -->
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.private       "Está numa janela de navegação privada">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.normal        "Gostaria de iniciar a navegação privada?">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.private      "O &brandShortName; não irá memorizar qualquer histórico para esta janela.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.normal       "Você não está numa janela de navegação privada.">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.common.description  "Na janela de navegação privada, o &brandShortName; não guarda o histórico de navegação, pesquisa, transferências, formulários, cookies e ficheiros temporários.  Contudo, os marcadores criados ou transferências efetuadas serão mantidos.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.track.warn          "Apesar de não ser registado o histórico de navegação, a sua entidade empregadora ou fornecedor de serviços da Internet poderão monitorizar as páginas acedidas.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.label     "Saber mais">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.info          "Ao terminar, feche esta janela para sair da navegação privada.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.label         "Fechar esta janela">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.accesskey     "c">
+
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.start.info          "Para iniciar a navegação privada, clique no botão abaixo ou selecione Ficheiro - Nova - Janela privada no menu.">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.label       "Abrir nova janela privada">
+<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.accesskey   "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..edc81a205e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle       "Restaurar sessão">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle      "Deseja restaurar a sua sessão?">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: If "closed unexpectedly" sounds too awkward in the translation,
+                        you may translate "crash" instead (even though it's IT-speak) -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc      "A última sessão do &brandShortName; terminou inesperadamente. As nossas desculpas pela inconveniência. Pode restaurar os separadores e as janelas da sua anterior sessão, ou iniciar uma nova sessão.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies       "Se o &brandShortName; fechar repetidamente:">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome    "Tente desativar extensões adicionadas recentemente no gestor de extras.">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent   "Tente restaurar a sua sessão sem qualquer página web que suspeite ser a causadora do erro:">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton  "Restaurar sessão anterior">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "a">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton   "Iniciar nova sessão">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access  "n">
+
+<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader  "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader     "Janelas e separadores">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: &#37;S will be replaced with a number. -->
+<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel    "Janela &#37;S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ccbc7d48f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.otherComputers.label): Keep this in sync with syncTabsMenu.label from navigator.dtd -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.otherComputers.label               "Separadores de outros computadores">
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.searchText.label                   "Digite aqui para localizar separadores…">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.context.openTab.accesskey, tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey;
+     tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey, tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey):
+     Only one of each of these pairs will show at a time (based on selection), so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.label                   "Abrir este separador">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.accesskey               "A">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.label          "Abrir separadores selecionados">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey      "o">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.label         "Criar marcador para este separador…">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.label      "Criar marcadores para os separadores selecionados…">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey  "C">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.label               "Atualizar lista">
+<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.accesskey           "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3a795a349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Zoom">
+<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Selecionar zoom (&#037;):">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11d7f4b04d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page,
+a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced
+by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. -->
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle  "Ligação insegura">
+<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "Esta ligação não é de confiança">
+
+<!-- Localization note (certerror.introPara1) - The string "#1" will
+be replaced at runtime with the name of the server to which the user
+was trying to connect. -->
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara1 "Pediu ao &brandShortName; para se ligar com segurança a <b>#1</b>, mas não podemos confirmar que a sua ligação é segura.">
+
+<!-- Localization note (certerror.introPara1a) - The text content of the span
+tag will be replaced at runtime with the name of the server to which the user
+was trying to connect. -->
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara1a "Pediu ao &brandShortName; para se ligar com
+segurança a <span class='hostname'/>, mas não podemos confirmar que a sua ligação
+é segura.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Normalmente, quando tenta estabelecer uma ligação segura, os websites mostram a identificação de segurança para lhe provar que está a ir para o sítio certo. No entanto, a identidade deste website não pode ser verificada.">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "O que devo fazer?">
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "Se se costuma ligar a este website regularmente sem problemas, este erro pode significar que alguém está a tentar fazer-se passar por este website e como tal não deve continuar.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.badStsCertExplanation "Este site utiliza HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) para especificar que o &brandShortName; apenas pode estabelecer uma ligação segura. Como resultado, não é possível adicionar uma exceção para este certificado.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "Isto parece estranho e quero voltar para a página inicial">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "Eu compreendo os riscos">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "Se compreender o que se está a passar, pode dizer ao &brandShortName; para começar a confiar na identificação deste website. <b>Mesmo que confie no website, este erro pode significar que alguém está a manipular a sua ligação.</b>">
+<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Não adicione uma exceção a menos que saiba de uma boa razão para este website não ter uma identificação de confiança.">
+<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Adicionar exceção…">
+
+<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Detalhes técnicos">
+
+<!ENTITY dnsNotFound.pageTitle "Servidor não encontrado">
+<!ENTITY malformedURI.pageTitle "URL inválido">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f589454978
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY errorConsole.title   "Consola de erros">
+
+<!ENTITY errFile.label        "Ficheiro fonte:">
+<!ENTITY errLine.label        "Linha:">
+<!ENTITY errColumn.label      "Coluna:">
+
+<!ENTITY all.label            "Tudo">
+<!ENTITY all.accesskey        "T">
+<!ENTITY errors.label         "Erros">
+<!ENTITY errors.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY warnings.label       "Avisos">
+<!ENTITY warnings.accesskey   "v">
+<!ENTITY messages.label       "Mensagens">
+<!ENTITY messages.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY clear.label          "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY clear.accesskey      "L">
+<!ENTITY codeEval.label       "Código:">
+<!ENTITY codeEval.accesskey   "o">
+<!ENTITY evaluate.label       "Avaliar">
+<!ENTITY evaluate.accesskey   "l">
+<!ENTITY filter2.label        "Filtro:">
+<!ENTITY filter2.accesskey    "i">
+
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label         "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.commandkey    "C">
+<!ENTITY sortFirst.label       "Ordenação, primeiro > último">
+<!ENTITY sortFirst.accesskey   "r">
+<!ENTITY sortLast.label        "Ordenação, último > primeiro">
+<!ENTITY sortLast.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.commandkey   "w">
+<!ENTITY focus1.commandkey     "l">
+<!ENTITY focus2.commandkey     "d">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip       "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY modeToolbar.tooltip   "Modo Barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY entryToolbar.tooltip  "Barra de ferramentas Javascript">
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label     "Mostrar/ocultar">
+<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY toolbarMode.label     "Modo">
+<!ENTITY toolbarMode.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY toolbarEval.label     "Entrada JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY toolbarEval.accesskey "J">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ecd7b320e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/console/console.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+typeError=Erro:
+typeWarning=Aviso:
+typeMessage=Mensagem:
+errFile=Ficheiro fonte: %S
+errLine=Linha: %S
+errLineCol=Linha: %S, coluna: %S
+errCode=Código fonte:
+errTime=Marca temporal: %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (evaluationContextChanged): The message displayed when the
+# browser console's evaluation context (window against which input is evaluated)
+# changes.
+evaluationContextChanged=O contexto de avaliação da consola foi alterado, provavelmente porque a janela de destino foi fechada ou porque abriu a janela principal a partir da janela de consola do navegador.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4694a0e89a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Context Menu -->
+<!ENTITY popupWindowRejectCmd.label     "Recusar janelas pop-up deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowRejectCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowAllowCmd.label      "Permitir janelas pop-up deste site">
+<!ENTITY popupWindowAllowCmd.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label       "Abrir ligação num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey   "s">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label            "Abrir ligação numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey        "j">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.label     "Abrir ligação numa janela privada">
+<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label    "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label           "Abrir frame numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey       "j">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label      "Abrir frame num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey  "s">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.label           "Adicionar uma palavra-chave para esta pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY keywordfield.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label     "Mostrar apenas este frame">
+<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label              "Recuar">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label           "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label                "Cima">
+<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey            "i">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label              "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey          "c">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey         "r">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.label                "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey            "P">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label         "Recarregar frame">
+<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "Ver fonte da seleção">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label    "Ver fonte MathML">
+<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label      "Ver código fonte da página">
+<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label     "Ver código fonte do frame">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label        "Ver informação da página">
+<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey    "i">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label       "Ver informação do frame">
+<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey   "i">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label            "Ajustar imagem à janela">
+<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey        "j">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label         "Recarregar imagem">
+<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey     "e">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label           "Ver imagem">
+<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey       "V">
+<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.label       "Ver informação da imagem">
+<!ENTITY viewImageInfoCmd.accesskey   "f">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label           "Ver vídeo">
+<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey       "d">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label         "Ver imagem de fundo">
+<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey     "f">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.label     "Definir como fundo do ambiente de trabalho…">
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label        "Adicionar esta página aos marcadores…">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey    "m">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label        "Adicionar esta ligação aos marcadores…">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey    "l">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label       "Adicionar este frame aos marcadores">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey   "m">
+<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label          "Guardar página como…">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label            "Guardar página">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey        "p">
+<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey       "s">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label         "Guardar frame como…">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label           "Guardar frame">
+<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.label          "Imprimir frame…">
+<!ENTITY printFrameCmd.accesskey      "p">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label          "Guardar ligação como…">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label            "Guardar ligação">
+<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey        "r">
+<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label         "Guardar imagem como…">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label           "Guardar imagem">
+<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label           "Guardar vídeo como…">
+<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label           "Guardar áudio como…">
+<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label            "Copiar localização da ligação">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label           "Copiar imagem">
+<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey       "p">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label        "Copiar localização do vídeo">
+<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label        "Copiar localização do áudio">
+<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label            "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label           "Copiar endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label          "Esta moldura">
+<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey      "o">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label              "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey          "p">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.label             "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.label              "Sem som">
+<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey          "m">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label            "Repor som">
+<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.label        "Velocidade de reprodução">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.label     "Câmara lenta (½×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.label     "Velocidade normal">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.label     "Velocidade rápida (1¼×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate125.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.label     "Alta velocidade (1½×)">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.label     "Dupla velocidade">
+<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY mediaLoop.label              "Repetir">
+<!ENTITY mediaLoop.accesskey          "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: The access keys for "Show Controls" and
+"Hide Controls" are the same because the two context-menu
+items are mutually exclusive. -->
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label      "Mostrar controlos multimédia">
+<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label      "Ocultar controlos multimédia">
+<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label        "Ecrã completo">
+<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey    "E">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.label         "Guardar captura como…">
+<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.accesskey     "a">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.label         "Mostrar estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoShowStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.label         "Ocultar estatísticas">
+<!ENTITY videoHideStats.accesskey     "t">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey             "c">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label        "Mudar direção da página">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey    "g">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Mudar direção do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "x">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label     "Adicionar ao dicionário">
+<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.label      "Anular adicionar ao dicionário">
+<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label          "Ignorar palavra">
+<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey      "v">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label         "Verificação ortográfica">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey     "o">
+<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label       "(Nenhuma sugestão)">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label        "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey    "I">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label     "Transferir mais dicionários…">
+<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "d">
+
+<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.label          "Preencher credencial">
+<!ENTITY fillLoginMenu.accesskey      "e">
+<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.label       "Preencher palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY fillPasswordMenu.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.label       "Preencher nome de utilizador">
+<!ENTITY fillUsernameMenu.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY noLoginSuggestions.label     "(Sem sugestões de credenciais)">
+<!ENTITY viewSavedLogins.label        "Ver credenciais guardadas">
+
+<!-- Developer Tools -->
+<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.label          "Inspecionar elemento">
+<!ENTITY devtoolsInspect.accesskey      "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b738914588
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# context menu strings
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (searchSelected): %1$S is the search engine,
+# %2$S is the selection string.
+searchSelected=Pesquisar por "%2$S" em %1$S
+searchSelected.accesskey=s
+
+blockImage=Bloquear imagens de %S
+blockImage.accesskey=B
+unblockImage=Desbloquear imagens de %S
+unblockImage.accesskey=b
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b95dc44cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's
+  toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY dialog.title             "Personalizar barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY dialog.dimensions        "width: 92ch; height: 36em;">
+<!ENTITY instructions.description "Pode adicionar ou remover itens arrastando-os para ou das barras de ferramentas.">
+<!ENTITY show.label               "Mostrar:">
+<!ENTITY iconsAndText.label       "Ícones e texto">
+<!ENTITY icons.label              "Ícones">
+<!ENTITY text.label               "Texto">
+<!ENTITY useSmallIcons.label      "Utilizar ícones pequenos">
+<!ENTITY restoreDefaultSet.label  "Restaurar conjunto predefinido">
+<!ENTITY addNewToolbar.label      "Adicionar nova barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY saveChanges.label        "Feito">
+<!ENTITY undoChanges.label        "Desfazer alterações">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..acbf7deda3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/customizeToolbar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Strings below used to be in mozilla-central's
+#   toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/customizeToolbar.properties
+enterToolbarTitle=Nova barra de ferramentas
+enterToolbarName=Introduza um nome para esta barra de ferramentas:
+enterToolbarDup=Já existe uma barra de ferramentas com o nome "%S". Por favor introduza um nome diferente.
+enterToolbarBlank=Tem que introduzir um nome para criar uma nova barra de ferramentas.
+separatorTitle=Separador
+springTitle=Espaço flexível
+spacerTitle=Espaço
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fddc60a42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Gestor de dados">
+
+<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a">
+
+<!ENTITY select.all.label "Todos os tipos de dados">
+<!ENTITY select.cookies.label "Apenas cookies">
+<!ENTITY select.permissions.label "Apenas permissões">
+<!ENTITY select.preferences.label "Apenas preferências">
+<!ENTITY select.passwords.label "Apenas palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY select.storage.label "Apenas armazenamento">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Domínios de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Domínio">
+
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Esquecer sobre este domínio">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Esquecer dados globais">
+<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY data.search.key "k">
+
+<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY tab.storage.label "Armazenamento">
+<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Formulário de dados">
+<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Esquecer">
+
+<!-- cookies -->
+<!ENTITY cookies.description "Este domínio guardou os seguintes cookies no seu computador:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Website">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Nome do cookie">
+<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Expira em">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Detalhes do cookie selecionado">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Conteúdo:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Domínio:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Caminho:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Enviar para:">
+<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Expira em:">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "Ao remover, bloquear os websites listados de definir cookies no futuro">
+<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "w">
+
+<!-- permissions -->
+<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Utilizar predefinições">
+<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Perguntar sempre">
+<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Nunca guardar">
+<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSameDomain "Permitir para o mesmo domínio">
+<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Permitir para a sessão">
+<!ENTITY perm.Block "Bloquear">
+
+<!ENTITY perm.host.placeholder "Digite o nome do servidor">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.label "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY perm.button.add.accesskey "A">
+
+<!-- preferences -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.description "As preferências de conteúdo são uma forma do &brandShortName; guardar as suas definições, como os níveis de zoom, para um determinado website.">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Website">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Nome da preferência">
+<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Valor">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- passwords -->
+<!ENTITY pwd.description "Tem as seguintes palavras-passe guardadas para este domínio:">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Website">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Nome de utilizador">
+<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Palavra-passe">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Copiar palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- storage -->
+<!ENTITY storage.description "Este domínio utiliza os seguintes armazenamentos web no seu computador:">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.host.label "Website">
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.type.label "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY storage.tree.size.label "Tamanho">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- form data -->
+<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Pesquisar o campo de dados">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Nome do campo">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Valor introduzido">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Contagem">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "Primeira utilização">
+<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Última utilização">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "R">
+
+<!-- forget -->
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Permissões">
+<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Preferências de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY forget.storage.label "Armazenamento">
+<!ENTITY forget.storage.accesskey "z">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Formulário de dados">
+<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Esquecer estes dados">
+<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "E">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..930b5d3007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# cookies
+cookies.expireAtEndOfSession=No fim da sessão
+
+cookies.secureOnly.httponly=Apenas ligações encriptadas e sem acesso a script
+cookies.secureOnly.all=Apenas ligações encriptadas
+cookies.anyConnection.httponly=Qualquer tipo de ligação e sem acesso a script
+cookies.anyConnection.all=Qualquer tipo de ligação
+
+cookies.deleteSelected=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os cookies selecionados?
+cookies.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover cookies selecionados
+cookies.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# permissions
+perm.allowXULXBL.label=Utilizar marcação XUL/XBL
+perm.cookie.label=Definir cookies
+perm.geo.label=Partilhar localização
+perm.image.label=Carregar imagens
+perm.indexedDB.label=Guardar bases de dados locais
+perm.install.label=Instalar extras
+perm.offline-app.label=Aplicações web offline
+perm.object.label=Executar plugins
+perm.login-saving.label=Guardar palavras-passe
+perm.plugins.label=Ativar plugins
+perm.popup.label=Abrir janelas pop-up
+perm.script.label=Executar scripts
+perm.stylesheet.label=Carregar folhas de estilo
+perm.trackingprotection.label=Atividade de monitorização
+
+perm.type.default=Selecione o tipo
+perm.validation.invalidurl=O url introduzido não é válido
+
+# passwords
+pwd.hidePasswords=Ocultar palavras-passe
+pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey=s
+pwd.showPasswords=Mostrar palavras-passe
+pwd.showPasswords.accesskey=s
+pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt=Tem a certeza que pretende mostrar as suas palavras-passe?
+
+pwd.deleteSelected=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar as palavra-passe selecionadas?
+pwd.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover palavras-passe selecionadas
+pwd.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# preferences
+prefs.deleteSelected=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar as preferências selecionadas?
+prefs.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover preferências selecionadas
+prefs.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# storage
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for disk usage of any storage
+#   e.g. storageUsage: "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+storageUsage=%1$S %2$S
+
+storage.deleteSelected=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os armazenamentos de Internet selecionados?
+storage.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover armazenamentos selecionados
+storage.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# form data
+fdata.deleteSelected=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar as entradas de formulários do histórico selecionadas?
+fdata.deleteSelectedTitle=Remover dados de formulários selecionado
+fdata.deleteSelectedYes=&Remover
+
+# forget
+forget.desc.domain.pre=Esquecer todos os dados dos seguintes tipos e associados ao domínio "%S":
+forget.desc.domain.post=Todos os dados dos seguintes tipos e associados ao domínio "%S" foram apagados:
+forget.desc.global.pre=Esquecer todos os dados globais dos seguintes tipos:
+forget.desc.global.post=Todos os dados globais dos seguintes tipos foram apagados:
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f19184e32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/datetimepicker.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- first day of week to display in datepicker, a value from 0 to 6,
+     0 = Sunday, 1 = Monday, etc. -->
+<!ENTITY firstdayofweek.default "1">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7220a6111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.title  "Cliente predefinido">
+<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro  "Usar o &brandShortName; como o cliente predefinido para:">
+
+<!ENTITY browser.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY email.label "E-mail">
+<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY feeds.label "Fontes">
+
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Verificar sempre ao iniciar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "V">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd03445304
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManager.title           "Gestor de transferências">
+
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip                 "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip               "Barra de pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder              "Pesquisar transferências">
+<!ENTITY search.label                    "Pesquisar transferências">
+<!ENTITY search.accesskey                "s">
+<!ENTITY search.key                      "f">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label             "Limpar lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip           "Remove as transferências concluídas, canceladas e falhadas da lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey         "L">
+
+<!ENTITY col.name.label                  "Nome">
+<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey              "N">
+<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip                "Nome do ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY col.status.label                "Estado">
+<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip              "Estado">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label            "Pausar/Retomar/Voltar a tentar">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey        "u">
+<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip          "Pausar/Retomar/Voltar a tentar">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label            "Cancelar/remover">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip          "Cancelar/remover">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.label              "Progresso">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip            "Progresso">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label         "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey     "p">
+<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip       "Tempo restante">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.label           "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey       "T">
+<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip         "Transferido">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label          "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey      "d">
+<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip        "Velocidade">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label           "Tempo decorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip         "Tempo decorrido">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.label             "Iniciado a">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip           "Iniciado a">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.label               "Concluído a">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip             "Concluído a">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label          "&#037;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey      "&#037;">
+<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip        "Progresso (&#037;)">
+<!ENTITY col.source.label                "Fonte">
+<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip              "Fonte">
+
+<!ENTITY view.columns.label              "Mostrar colunas">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey          "c">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label               "Ordenar por">
+<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey           "r">
+
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label             "Não ordenados">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label        "Ordenar A > Z">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label       "Ordenar Z > A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey   "Z">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label                 "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey             "P">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label                "Retomar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey            "R">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label                 "Tentar novamente">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label                "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label                "Remover de lista">
+<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey            "e">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir pasta respetiva">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Ir para a página de transferência">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "I">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar ligação da transferência">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label            "Propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey        "s">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.unblock2.label):
+     This command is shown in the context menu when downloads are blocked.
+     -->
+<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.label               "Permitir transferência">
+<!ENTITY cmd.unblock2.accesskey           "e">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5f7a42994e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUnknown):
+# Indicates that the download stat is unknown.
+# You should never see this in the ui.
+stateUnknown=Desconhecido
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDownloading):
+# Indicates that the download is in progress.
+stateDownloading=A transferir
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateUploading):
+# Indicates that the upload is in progress.
+stateUploading=A carregar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateStarting):
+# Indicates that the download is starting.
+# You won't probably ever see this in the ui.
+stateStarting=A iniciar…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateNotStarted):
+# Indicates that the download has not started yet.
+# You won't probably ever see this in the ui.
+stateNotStarted=Não iniciada
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateScanning):
+# Indicates that an external program is scanning the download for viruses.
+stateScanning=A procurar vírus…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateFailed):
+# Indicates that the download failed because of an error.
+stateFailed=Falhou
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statePaused):
+# Indicates that the download was paused by the user.
+statePaused=Pausada
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCanceled):
+# Indicates that the download was canceled by the user.
+stateCanceled=Cancelada
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateCompleted):
+# Indicates that the download was completed.
+stateCompleted=Concluída
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedParentalControls):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked by the Parental Controls feature of
+# Windows.  "Parental Controls" should be consistently named and capitalized
+# with the display of this feature in Windows.  The following article can
+# provide a reference for the translation of "Parental Controls" in various
+# languages:
+# http://windows.microsoft.com/en-US/windows-vista/Set-up-Parental-Controls
+stateBlockedParentalControls=Bloqueada pelos controlos parentais
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateBlockedPolicy):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked on Windows because of the "Launching
+# applications and unsafe files" setting of the "security zone" associated with
+# the target site.  "Security zone" should be consistently named and capitalized
+# with the display of this feature in Windows.  The following article can
+# provide a reference for the translation of "security zone" in various
+# languages:
+# http://support.microsoft.com/kb/174360
+stateBlockedPolicy=Bloqueada pela sua política local de segurança
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (stateDirty):
+# Indicates that the download was blocked after scanning.
+stateDirty=Bloqueada: Poderá conter vírus ou spyware
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedMalware, blockedPotentiallyUnwanted,
+#                    blockedUncommon2):
+# These strings are shown in the panel for some types of blocked downloads, and
+# are immediately followed by the "Learn More" link, thus they must end with a
+# period.  You may need to adjust "downloadDetails.width" in "downloads.dtd" if
+# this turns out to be longer than the other existing status strings.
+# Note: These strings don't exist in the UI yet.  See bug 1053890.
+blockedMalware=Este ficheiro contém um vírus ou malware.
+blockedPotentiallyUnwanted=Este ficheiro pode prejudicar o seu computador.
+blockedUncommon2=Este ficheiro não é geralmente transferido.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (unblockHeaderUnblock, unblockHeaderOpen,
+#                    unblockTypeMalware, unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2,
+#                    unblockTypeUncommon2, unblockTip2, unblockButtonOpen,
+#                    unblockButtonUnblock, unblockButtonConfirmBlock):
+# These strings are displayed in the dialog shown when the user asks a blocked
+# download to be unblocked.  The severity of the threat is expressed in
+# descending order by the unblockType strings, it is higher for files detected
+# as malware and lower for uncommon downloads.
+unblockHeaderUnblock=Tem a certeza que pretende permitir esta transferência?
+unblockHeaderOpen=Tem certeza de que pretende abrir este ficheiro?
+unblockTypeMalware=Este ficheiro contém um vírus ou outro malware que pode prejudicar o seu computador.
+unblockTypePotentiallyUnwanted2=Este ficheiro está disfarçado de transferência útil, mas irá efetuar alterações inesperadas aos seus programas e definições.
+unblockTypeUncommon2=Este ficheiro não é geralmente transferido e pode não ser seguro para abrir. Pode conter vírus ou fazer alterações inesperadas aos seus programas e definições.
+unblockTip2=Pode procurar por uma fonte de transferência alternativa ou tentar novamente mais tarde.
+unblockButtonOpen=Abrir
+unblockButtonUnblock=Permitir transferência
+unblockButtonConfirmBlock=Remover ficheiro
+
+fileExecutableSecurityWarning=“%S” é um ficheiro executável. Os ficheiros executáveis podem conter vírus ou outro tipo de código malicioso que pode prejudicar o seu computador. Tenha cuidado ao abrir este ficheiro. Tem a certeza que pretende executar “%S”?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle=Abrir ficheiro executável?
+fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk=Não perguntar novamente
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (otherDownloads3):
+# This is displayed in an item at the bottom of the Downloads Panel when
+# there are more downloads than can fit in the list in the panel. Use a
+# semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+otherDownloads3=%1$S ficheiro a transferir;%1$S ficheiros a transferir
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (downloadsTitleFiles, downloadsTitlePercent): Semi-colon list of
+# plural forms. See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# %1$S number of files; %2$S overall download percent (only for downloadsTitlePercent)
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %2$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 2% of 1 file - Download Manager; 22% of 11 files - Download Manager
+downloadsTitleFiles=%1$S ficheiro - Gestor de transferências;%1$S ficheiros - Gestor de transferências
+downloadsTitlePercent=%2$S%% de %1$S ficheiro - Gestor de transferências;%2$S%% de %1$S ficheiros - Gestor de transferências
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitle):
+# %1$S is the file name, %2$S is the download state
+# examples: coolvideo.ogg - Finished; seamonkey-nightly.zip - Paused
+progressTitle=%1$S - %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (progressTitlePercent):
+# %1$S is download percent, %2$S is the file name, %3$S is the download state
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+# examples: 42% of coolvideo.ogg - Paused; 98% of seamonkey-nightly.zip - Downloading
+progressTitlePercent=%1$S%% de %2$S - %3$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentFormat): %1$S is download percent
+# %% will appear as a single % sign, so %1$S%% is the percent number plus the % sign
+percentFormat=%1$S%%
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (speedFormat):
+# %1$S rate number; %2$S rate unit
+# units are taken from toolkit's downloads.properties
+# example: 2.2 MB/sec
+speedFormat=%1$S %2$S/seg
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit
+# example: 1 minute; 11 hours
+timeSingle=%1$S %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeDouble):
+# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit
+# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes; 1 day, 22 hours
+timeDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeElapsedSingle): %1$S time number; %2$S time unit
+# example: 1 minute elapsed; 11 hours elapsed
+timeElapsedSingle=%1$S %2$S decorridos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (timeElapsedDouble):
+# %1$S time number; %2$S time unit; %3$S time sub number; %4$S time sub unit
+# example: 11 hours, 2 minutes elapsed; 1 day, 22 hours elapsed
+timeElapsedDouble=%1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S decorrido
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (sizeSpeed):
+# %1$S is transfer progress; %2$S download speed
+# example: 1.1 of 11.1 GB (2.2 MB/sec)
+sizeSpeed=%1$S (%2$S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (statusActive): — is the "em dash" (long dash)
+# %1$S download status; %2$S time remaining
+# example: Paused — 11 hours, 2 minutes remaining
+statusActive=%1$S — %2$S
+
+fromSource=De %S
+toTarget=Para %S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffedc9c1a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY progress.title                  "Transferência em progresso…">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.key                 "w">
+<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip               "Pausa">
+<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip              "Retomar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip               "Voltar a tentar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip              "Cancelar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.label                  "Abrir a pasta respetiva">
+<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label      "Ir para a página de transferência">
+<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey  "I">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label      "Copiar ligação da transferência">
+<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label             "Fechar esta janela ao terminar a transferência.">
+<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey         "F">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ad35dac29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY feedPage.title "A ver fonte">
+<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Subscrever agora">
+<!ENTITY feedMessenger "Notícias e blogues">
+<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Marcadores dinâmicos">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5782e6dfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+linkTitleTextFormat=Ir para %S
+addHandler=Adicionar "%S" (%S) como um leitor de fontes?
+addHandlerAddButton=Adicionar leitor de fontes
+addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey=A
+handlerRegistered="%S" já está registado como um leitor de fontes
+subscribeNow=Subscrever agora
+chooseApplicationMenuItem=Escolher aplicação…
+chooseApplicationDialogTitle=Escolha a aplicação
+alwaysUse=Utilizar sempre %S para subscrever fontes
+mediaLabel=Ficheiros multimédia
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the size of the enclosed media.
+#   e.g. enclosureSizeText : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+enclosureSizeText=%1$S %2$S
+
+bytes=bytes
+kilobytes=KB
+megabytes=MB
+gigabytes=GB
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next three strings explains to the user what they're
+# doing.
+#   e.g. alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts : "Always use Miro to subscribe to video podcasts."
+#   %S = application to use (Miro, iTunes, ...)
+alwaysUseForFeeds=Utilizar sempre %S para subscrever fontes.
+alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts=Utilizar sempre o %S para subscrever podcasts.
+alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts=Utilizar sempre o %S para subscrever podcasts de vídeo.
+
+subscribeFeedUsing=Subscrever esta fonte através de
+subscribeAudioPodcastUsing=Subscrever este podcast usando o
+subscribeVideoPodcastUsing=Subscrever este podcast de vídeo com
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed1=Esta é uma "fonte" com conteúdo frequentemente alterado neste website.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1=Este é um "podcast" com conteúdo frequentemente alterado neste website.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1=Este é um "podcast de vídeo" com conteúdo frequentemente alterado neste website.
+
+feedSubscriptionFeed2=Pode subscrever esta fonte para receber atualizações se o seu conteúdo for alterado.
+feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2=Pode subscrever este podcast para receber atualizações se o seu conteúdo for alterado.
+feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2=Pode subscrever este vídeo podcast para receber atualizações e o seu conteúdo for alterado.
+
+# Protocol Handling
+# "Add %appName (%appDomain) as an application for %protocolType links?"
+addProtocolHandler=Adicionar %S (%S) como aplicação para ligações %S?
+addProtocolHandlerAddButton=Adicionar aplicação
+# "%appName has already been added as an application for %protocolType links."
+protocolHandlerRegistered=%S já foi adicionado como uma aplicação para ligações %S.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6d1868e338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY loadError.label        "Erro ao carregar página">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.title      "Protocolo Gopher">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.shortDesc  "gopher não é protocolo registado.">
+<!ENTITY gopherAddon.longDesc   "O endereço especifica o protocolo gopher que já não é suportado, pelo que o navegador não consegue ligar à página. Pode obter um extra compatível para aceder a partir dos extras da Mozilla.">
+<!ENTITY goToAddOn.label        "Ir para a página de extras">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bde0f86f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and
+  Decisions</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by
+  Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click
+  the Help button in one of those windows.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected
+  in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes
+  information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what
+  the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete
+  details on the certificate&apos;s contents.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+  <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to
+    view.</li>
+  <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li>
+  <li>Click View.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several
+  kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following
+    uses</strong>: See
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a>
+    for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses
+    can include any of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        you to websites.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify
+        a website server to browsers.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify someone else, for example so you can send that person
+        encrypted email.</li>
+      <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate
+        Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more
+        information about OCSP, see
+        <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to
+        identify a certificate authority&mdash;that is, a service that issues
+        certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about
+    the certificate:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity
+        that the certificate identifies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which
+        the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li>
+      <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational
+        unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li>
+      <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate&apos;s serial
+        number.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that
+    provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority
+    (CA) that issued the  certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the
+    certificate is valid.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate&apos;s fingerprints.
+    A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical
+    function to the certificate contents. A certificate&apos;s fingerprint can
+    be used to verify  that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3>
+
+<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more
+  detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information
+  for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name,
+  select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and
+  read the field&apos;s value under Field Value:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain,
+    with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate
+    chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive
+    certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+    can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the
+    certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected
+    under Certificate Fields.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form
+  wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot
+  interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2>
+
+<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software
+  device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption
+  and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears
+  when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use
+  when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as
+  generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one
+  of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your
+  machine.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart
+  card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the
+  name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you
+  must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate
+  Manager know that you want to use it.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security
+  device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or
+  aren&apos;t available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2>
+
+<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a>
+  that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make
+  backup copies of your private
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the
+  certificate enrollment process.</p>
+
+<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of
+  such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a
+  backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of
+  decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your
+  corresponding public key.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying
+    the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate
+    to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK.
+
+    <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the
+      backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don&apos;t trust the CA that is
+    requesting the backup copy, don&apos;t request a certificate from it. Click
+    Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a
+    certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to
+  use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or
+  lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key
+  exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading
+  email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2>
+
+<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and
+  its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can
+  put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under
+  lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption
+  problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p>
+
+<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose
+  your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it
+  for. For example:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you
+    will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new
+    certificate. </li>
+  <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not
+    be able to read any of your encrypted email&mdash;including both encrypted
+    messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received.
+    In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key
+    associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the
+    messages encrypted with that key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid
+  future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don&apos;t forget.</p>
+
+<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather
+  than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form
+  of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is
+  sometimes called
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p>
+
+<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that
+  can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this
+  case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog
+  box, which displays two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a
+  certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting
+    identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the
+    Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the
+    web site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+    that issued the certificate.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The
+  certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a
+  website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box.
+  Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website
+  you want to visit.</p>
+
+<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are
+  displayed:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified
+    by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the
+    certificate&apos;s serial number and validity dates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that
+    issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2>
+
+<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on
+  your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include
+  certificates that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>.
+  To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate
+  Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance
+  of those certificates.</p>
+
+<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA&apos;s
+  certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that
+  CA to issue.</p>
+
+<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to
+  specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can
+  select any of the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates
+    for some sites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be
+    extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have
+    negative consequences.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to
+    send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate
+    identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you
+    should consider carefully the CA&apos;s procedures for identifying
+    prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your
+    purposes before selecting this option.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting
+    this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify
+    the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access
+    to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access
+    privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard
+    disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain
+    that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is
+  operating it. Make sure the CA&apos;s policies and procedures are
+  appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA
+  issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions,
+  make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA
+  provides.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you
+    are about to download. If you decide you don&apos;t want to download this
+    certificate, click Cancel.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>One of the windows listed here may appear when you attempt to go to a
+  website that supports the use of <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified
+      by an Unknown Authority</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet
+      Valid</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority">Website Certified by an Unknown
+  Authority</h3>
+
+<p>Many websites use certificates to identify themselves when you visit the
+  site. If Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t recognize the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"> certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  that issued a website&apos;s certificate, it displays an alert that allows
+  you to examine the new website certificate and decide what to do.</p>
+
+<p>Use the buttons to perform the following actions:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: Examine the website&apos;s
+    certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Cancel the operation. Certificate Manager
+    will not recognize the certificate as legitimate identification and will not
+    connect to the website.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: Accept the certificate and connect to the website.
+    Choose for how long the certificate should be accepted:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Accept this certificate permanently</strong>: Certificate
+        Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate identification
+        until the certificate expires.</li>
+      <li><strong>Accept this certificate temporarily for this session</strong>:
+        Certificate Manager will recognize the certificate as legitimate
+        identification only during your current &brandShortName; session. You
+        will see the alert again if you restart &brandShortName; and attempt to
+        visit the website.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important note for server administrators</strong>: This alert may be
+  triggered by a server that is not configured correctly. To find out if this
+  is the case, the server administrator or webmaster for the site you are
+  attempting to visit should check the status of any required intermediate CAs
+  and if necessary, install the missing certificate in the server.</p>
+
+<p>If you decide to contact the website&apos;s webmaster about this issue, you
+  can include the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The server administrator can obtain more information about intermediate
+    CAs from here:
+    <a href="http://knowledge.verisign.com/search/solution.jsp?id=vs2119">What
+    is the purpose of the Intermediate CA certificate?</a></li>
+  <li>If the server is using a VeriSign certificate, the server administrator
+    can download the appropriate certificate from here:
+    <a href="http://www.verisign.com/support/ssl-certificates-support/install-ssl-certificate.html">SSL
+    Certificates Support</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>For advanced users</strong>: To ensure that Certificate Manager
+  trusts all certificates issued by a given CA, you can edit the trust
+  settings for the corresponding CA certificate. To do so, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+  <li>Click the Authorities tab.</li>
+  <li>Select the CA certificate whose trust settings you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button and select the appropriate trust settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="server_certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner
+  of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
+  server certificate has expired. The first thing you should do is make sure
+  the time and date displayed by your computer is correct. If your
+  computer&apos;s clock is set to a date that is after the expiration date,
+  Certificate Manager treats the website&apos;s certificate as expired.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Expired Server Certificate dialog
+  box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Continue</strong>: If you have reason to believe the
+    certificate&apos;s expiration is an inadvertent error, you may choose to
+    click Continue to accept the certificate anyway for this session, and let
+    the webmaster for the site know about the problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
+      site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="server_certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3>
+
+<p>Like a credit card, a driver&apos;s license, and many other forms of
+  identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is
+  valid for a specified period of time.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager warns you when you attempt to visit a website whose
+  server certificate&apos;s validity period has not yet started. The first
+  thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your own
+  computer is correct. If your computer&apos;s clock is set to the wrong date,
+  Certificate Manager may treat the server certificate as not yet valid even
+  if this is not the case.</p>
+
+<p>If your computer&apos;s clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision
+  about whether to trust the site. This decision depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun before
+  beginning to use them.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Server Certificate Not Yet Valid dialog
+  box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, including its validity period, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
+    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
+    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about the
+    problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the
+      site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3>
+
+<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the
+  name of the server in the form of the site&apos;s domain name. For example,
+  the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the
+  domain name in a server&apos;s certificate doesn&apos;t match the actual
+  domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to
+  intercept your communication with the website.</p>
+
+<p>The decision whether to trust the site anyway depends on what you intend to
+  do at the site and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will
+  make sure that the host name for a website certificate matches
+  the website&apos;s actual host name.</p>
+
+<p>You can take these actions from the Domain Name Mismatch dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To examine information about the
+    certificate, click View Certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you have reason to believe the problem is an
+    inadvertent error, you may choose to click OK to accept the certificate
+    anyway for this session, and let the webmaster for the site know about
+    the problem.
+
+    <p>Be cautious about any actions you take while you are visiting the site,
+      and treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you suspect that there may be a significant
+    problem and you don&apos;t want to risk visiting the site at all, click
+    Cancel (in which case Certificate Manager will not connect you to the
+    site).</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway for this session, you should
+  be cautious about what you do on the website, and you should treat any
+  information you find there as potentially suspect.</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb40dc9dd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Certificate Manager</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more
+  information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s
+      Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your
+  certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected
+    certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to
+    protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your
+    choice.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>These actions do not require a certificate to be selected:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more
+    certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import,
+    Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the
+    backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in
+    <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file
+    to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you
+    set when you backed up the certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the
+    certificates stored in the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+    Device</a>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+      Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+      Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+      stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only
+      back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security
+      Device.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup
+  Password</h3>
+
+<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are
+  backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in
+  the Certificate Manager.</p>
+
+<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up
+  certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that
+  have previously been backed up.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password
+    into this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup
+    password again. If you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you
+    did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try
+    typing the new password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up
+  and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or
+  access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for
+  example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank
+  or investment accounts over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a certificate backup password that
+  is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you
+  a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed,
+  however.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record the password in a safe place&mdash;and
+  not anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible to someone else. If you forget
+  this password, you can&apos;t import the backup of your certificate.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the
+  <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate
+  Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day for reading old
+  email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private
+  key.</p>
+
+<h2 id="other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Other People&apos;s tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays email certificates you have on file that identify other
+  people.</p>
+
+<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager
+  imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to
+  send encrypted messages to those people.</p>
+
+<p>Other people&apos;s certificates are listed under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting someone else&apos;s certificate from the
+  <a href="#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s</a> tab in the
+  Certificate Manager, make sure you won&apos;t need it again some day to send
+  encrypted email to that person or to verify digital signatures on messages
+  from that person.</p>
+
+<h2 id="web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>The Websites tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have
+  on file that identify websites.</p>
+
+<p>Website certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that
+  issued them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one certificate, hold down the Control key and click
+    their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform the following actions, select one or more certificates and click
+  one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or
+    don&apos;t trust for identification purposes.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate
+  Trust Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a website certificate from the
+  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate Manager
+  and click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust
+  settings</q>. Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected
+  certificate for identifying the website and setting up an encrypted
+  connection.</p>
+
+<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was
+    issued by</strong>: Provides information about the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a>
+    that issued this certificate.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you
+        select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this
+        certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up
+        an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to
+        visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any,
+        warnings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>:
+        If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust
+        this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or
+        setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and
+        then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning
+        messages before you can access the site.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust
+    settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website
+    certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different
+    kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example,
+    you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the
+    authority.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_web_site_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a website certificate from the
+  <a href="#web_site_certificates">Websites</a> tab in the Certificate
+  Manager, make sure that you won&apos;t need it again for the purposes of
+  identifying a website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p>
+
+<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities
+  (CAs)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued
+  them:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you can&apos;t see CA certificate names under an organization&apos;s
+    name, double-click the name.</li>
+  <li>To select a CA certificate, click its name.</li>
+  <li>To select more than one CA certificate, hold down the Control key and
+    click their names.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To perform these actions, select the certificates on which you want to act
+  and click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected
+    certificates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate
+    Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these
+    settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that
+    are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To ensure that an entire
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are
+  all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p>
+
+<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You
+  can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its
+  trust settings.</p>
+
+<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The
+  root certificate is the one that lists itself as the the issuer.</p>
+
+<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an
+  intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked
+  as trusted in your browser, you don&apos;t have to indicate what purposes you
+  trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust
+  settings of their roots.</p>
+
+<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>When you select a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and
+  click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust
+  settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA
+  to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not
+  trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p>
+
+<p>The settings have these effects:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect
+    this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates
+    issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate
+    Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of
+    signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate
+    Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li>
+  <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>:
+    Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the
+    purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox,
+    Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this
+    CA.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p>
+
+<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the
+  <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager,
+  make sure that you won&apos;t need it again to validate certificates issued
+  by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA,
+  Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that
+  CA.</p>
+
+<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window.
+  For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the
+  Device Manager, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+  Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security
+  devices managed by each module below the module&apos;s name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item
+  appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on
+  a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate
+  button:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you
+    have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to
+    enter the master password for the device depends on the
+    <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password
+    Timeout</a> settings.</li>
+  <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After
+    you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it
+    contains will not be available until you log in again.</li>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the
+    selected security device.</li>
+  <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify
+    the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module,
+    you should first install the module software on your computer and if
+    necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions
+    provided by the vendor.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a
+    module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available
+    for use by the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS
+    Mode</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9cf8d6c461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to
+  use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related
+  to certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate 
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and
+      Decisions</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view
+  Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3>
+
+<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The
+  option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate
+  to present among those you may have on file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want
+    the browser to select a certificate without asking you.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser
+    to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards&mdash;they help other
+  people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and
+  organizations.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage
+  Certificates.</p>
+
+<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3>
+
+<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your
+  certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your
+  browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use
+  additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security
+  Devices.</p>
+
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bed2c6fa2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,2498 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with
+  &brandShortName; Composer</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish
+  them on the web. You don&apos;t have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as
+  easy to use as a word processor.</p>
+
+<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages,
+  colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on
+  the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with
+  other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program
+  they use.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23"
+  alt="" /></div>
+<div style="margin-left: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to
+      Your Web Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in
+      Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on
+      the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your
+      New Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that
+  allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What
+  You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look
+  to the reader as you&apos;re creating it. It is not necessary for you to know
+  HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from
+  the toolbars and menus.</p>
+
+<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the
+  HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the
+  &lt;HTML&gt; Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the
+  Composer window.</p>
+
+<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once
+  you&apos;ve started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would
+  in a word processor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer
+    window containing a blank page opens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a page you&apos;re currently viewing in the
+  browser</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the browser window of the page you&apos;re viewing, open the File
+    menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the
+    page you&apos;re viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the New button in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer
+    window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li>
+  <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example,
+    <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most
+  recent file you&apos;ve been working on by opening the File menu, choosing
+  Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a
+  document in HTML format preserves the document&apos;s formatting, such
+  as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images.
+  Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but
+  preserves the document&apos;s text.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the
+    Composition toolbar.
+
+    <p>If you haven&apos;t already given your page a title, Composer prompts
+      you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser
+      window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in the browser. The
+      document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of bookmarks
+      if you bookmark the page.</p>
+
+    <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location
+      where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html
+      extension in the filename.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images
+  and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally
+  on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you
+  must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See
+  <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information
+  on changing Composer&apos;s setting for saving pages.</p>
+
+<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are
+  connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in
+  Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the
+  page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won&apos;t see the
+  image in the local version of the document.</p>
+
+<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li>
+  <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the
+    file.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the
+  text-only format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File
+  menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which
+  you&apos;re working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p>
+
+<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the
+    Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer
+    prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer
+    window remains open behind the new browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting
+      Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color,
+      Style, and Font</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or
+      Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing
+      Text</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal
+      Lines</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special
+      Characters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML
+      Elements and Attributes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing
+      Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs,
+  Headings, and Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin,
+    or select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and
+        style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after
+        the text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to
+        begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom
+        margins.</li>
+      <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the
+        paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while
+        Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q>
+        that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for
+        more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> 
+
+        <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This
+          format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a
+          horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in
+          italics.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code
+        examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a
+        fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces,
+        tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted
+        style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout
+        of the original text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To format text as a heading:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you
+    want to format.</li>
+  <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of
+    heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q>
+    for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so
+    forth.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To apply a list item format:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want
+    to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li>
+  <li>Choose the list style:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it
+        (as in this list).</li>
+      <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li>
+      <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two
+        styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the
+        Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the
+        definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition
+        text appears indented.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of
+  text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List
+  <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" />
+  or Bulleted List
+  <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" />
+  buttons on the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you
+    want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to
+    apply a new style to the entire list.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li>
+  <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered
+    lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can
+    change the bullet style.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a
+  list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p>
+
+<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or
+  aligning to the left or right:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text
+    you want to align.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment
+    option.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align
+  text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2>
+
+<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and
+    press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to
+    end the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the
+    list items.</li>
+  <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted
+    list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the
+    next list item.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list
+  items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or
+  Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a
+  list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press
+  <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p>
+
+<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of
+    the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists
+    will also become part of the merged list.</li>
+  <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to
+    merge the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and
+  Font</h2>
+
+<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text you want to format.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to
+        use fonts specified by the reader&apos;s browser, select Variable
+        Width or Fixed Width.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and
+          Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers.
+          If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed
+          using a different computer.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font
+        size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative
+        to the surrounding text).</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as
+        italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for
+        example, Code.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the
+        color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes,
+        you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for
+        example, <q>blue</q>). You&apos;ll find the official W3C list of CSS
+        supported color names
+        <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>,
+        and another list of commonly supported color names 
+        <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the background color of the page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li>
+  <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color
+  last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color
+  block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one
+  color for separate lines of text.</p>
+
+<p>You can also use an image as a background. See
+  <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text
+  Styles</h2>
+
+<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text
+    styles.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li>
+  <li>Continue typing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2>
+
+<p>To find text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow
+    the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether
+        you are searching forward or backwards.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the
+        insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first
+    occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next
+    occurrence.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find and replace text in the page you&apos;re currently working on:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and
+    Replace dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether
+        the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don&apos;t select this
+        option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower
+        case.</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the
+        page and then start again from the top.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end
+        to the beginning of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the
+    next occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text.
+    Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next
+    occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document
+    with the replacement text.</li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2>
+
+<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a
+  document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>)
+  in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize a line&apos;s height, length, width, alignment, and
+  shading.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage,
+        the line&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s
+        or browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line&apos;s height
+        (in pixels).</li>
+      <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line
+        by adding a bevel shading.</li>
+      <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the
+        line (left, center, or right).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time
+    you insert a horizontal line.</li>
+  <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced
+    Edit. See the section,
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>,
+    for details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to
+  show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select
+  everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to
+  display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>
+  dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2>
+
+<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency
+  symbols:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character
+    to appear.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the
+    Insert Character dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a category of characters.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the
+        Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an
+        accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select
+        Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols
+        or fractions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to
+    insert.</li>
+  <li>Click Insert. 
+
+    <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window)
+      while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it
+      again.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and
+  Attributes</h2>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert
+  additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are
+  not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to change it.
+  To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or
+    select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose
+    HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then
+    click Insert.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes,
+    JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the &lt;HTML&gt;
+    Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.
+    (If you don&apos;t see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose
+    Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property
+  Editor</h3>
+
+<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images,
+  and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or
+  modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it&apos;s best not to do
+  so.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object&apos;s Advanced Property Editor.
+    The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the
+    current properties for the selected object:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional HTML attributes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the
+        &lt;style&gt; attribute. For more information on using CSS styles
+        in Composer, see
+        <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter
+        JavaScript events.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the
+    attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute&apos;s name
+    or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of
+    the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field
+    at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added
+    when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in
+    the list, and click Remove Attribute.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the
+      Attribute list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2>
+
+<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you
+  should first check the document&apos;s HTML formatting to make sure it
+  conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less
+  likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually
+  checking your web pages in the browser doesn&apos;t ensure that your document
+  will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p>
+
+<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document
+  conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses
+  the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document&apos;s HTML
+  syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides
+  information on how to correct errors.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To validate your document&apos;s HTML syntax:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved
+    changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li>
+  <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q>
+    and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Typically, you won&apos;t need to change the editing mode from the default
+  (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document&apos;s HTML source
+  code, you may want to change editing modes.</p>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views.
+  Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but
+  displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p>
+
+<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a
+    checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document
+    will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to
+    show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons
+    are hidden.</li>
+  <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag
+    icons.</li>
+  <li><strong>&lt;HTML&gt; Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit
+    the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the
+    document, the Normal mode reappears.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the
+    document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except
+    that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java,
+  embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of
+  the editing modes. To display these items in their active
+  state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to
+  load the page into a browser window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+      Properties</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and
+      Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and
+      Deleting Tables</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a
+      Table</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2>
+
+<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted
+  rows and columns. To insert a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want.
+    <ul>
+      <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either
+        percentage of the window or pixels.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no
+    border.
+  
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate
+      tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+      is viewed in a browser.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see
+  <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s
+  Properties</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the
+  Insert menu and choose Table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table&apos;s Properties</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire
+  table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table button
+    <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the
+    toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table
+    Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li>
+  <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and
+        columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of
+        window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the
+        table&apos;s width changes whenever the Composer window&apos;s or
+        browser window&apos;s width changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels,
+        the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding
+        (the space between the contents of the cell and its border).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display
+          tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page
+          is viewed in a browser.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within
+        the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the
+        drop-down list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for
+        the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced
+    Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose
+    Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the
+        drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns,
+        or cells.</li>
+      <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then
+        choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal
+        alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list
+        for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the
+        cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don&apos;t wrap</q> from the
+        drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you
+        insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell
+        background or leave it as transparent.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript
+          events, click Advanced Edit to display the
+          <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+          Editor</a>
+        </p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or
+    click OK to confirm them.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one
+  or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click
+  anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color
+  icon in the Format toolbar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used,
+  select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker.
+  This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows,
+  Columns, and Cells</h2>
+
+<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns,
+  or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to
+  maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while
+  you perform editing tasks.</p>
+
+<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table
+    within a table cell.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or,
+    select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To
+    select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select.
+    To select individual cells in a table, hold down the
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+    on the cells you want to select.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li>
+  <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and
+    choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then
+    choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined
+    cell into the first of the two cells.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a>
+  for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and
+  columns.</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table
+  Editing Behavior</h3>
+
+<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the
+  table&apos;s structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever
+  needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain
+  the table&apos;s original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise,
+  deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline
+  appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose
+    Composer.</li>
+  <li>Under Editing, set the following preference:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or
+        deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don&apos;t get an
+        irregularly shaped table.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win">Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2>
+
+<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of
+  cells:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere
+    inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose
+    Table.</li>
+  <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then
+        drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to
+        select a row; up or down to select a column.</li>
+      <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+        <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep
+        pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>
+        as you click to select additional cells.</li>
+      <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a
+        cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li>
+      <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down
+        to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to
+        select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>
+        and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting
+  Tables</h2>
+
+<p>To move a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click inside the table.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu&apos;s cut, copy, and
+    paste options.</li>
+  <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and
+    then choose Table.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2>
+
+<p>To convert text into a table:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that
+    Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li>
+  <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the
+    Convert to Table dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into
+    columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as
+    the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to
+    ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li>
+  <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove
+    the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you
+    don&apos;t want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this
+    option.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text
+  is converted to a table.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web
+  Page</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into
+      Your Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images
+  into your web page. You can also use them to
+  <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image,
+  Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web,
+  it&apos;s best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references to images once you insert them.</p>
+
+<p>To insert an image:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to
+    appear.</li>
+  <li>Click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the
+    Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File
+    to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+  <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will
+    appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is
+    loading or when image loading is disabled. 
+
+    <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for
+    example, alignment) in the
+    <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto
+  your page.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a
+  paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve inserted an image into your page, you can edit its
+  properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height,
+  width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing
+  the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button
+    <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar
+    to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of
+        the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your
+        hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you
+        to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to
+          images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save
+          the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not
+          available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+          compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked,
+        the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a
+        link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only
+        available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message
+        compose window.)</li>
+      <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in
+        place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief
+        description of the image. It&apos;s a good practice to specify
+        alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have
+        image loading turned off.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option
+        if the image does not require alternate text or if you don&apos;t want
+        to include it.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes
+        you&apos;ve made to the dimensions and return the image to its original
+        size.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new
+        height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting
+        doesn&apos;t affect the original image file, just the image inserted
+        in your page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it&apos;s
+        a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image&apos;s aspect
+        ratio (so that it doesn&apos;t appear distorted). If you choose this
+        option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not
+        both.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding
+        the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a
+        solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels.
+        Specify zero for no border.</li>
+      <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you&apos;ve placed your
+        image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you
+        want text positioned relative to the image.</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map
+        settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define
+        a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or
+        select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose
+        File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked,
+        displays the link highlight color around the image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page
+      Properties and Meta Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+      Backgrounds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta
+  Tags</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title,
+  author, and description of the document you&apos;re currently working on.
+  This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since
+  search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view
+  this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and
+  choosing Page Info.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the
+        window title when someone views the page through a browser. This
+        is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title
+        that conveys what your page is about.</li>
+      <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the
+        document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the
+        document by using a web search tool to search on name. 
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in
+          Composer&apos;s <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then
+          you won&apos;t have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the
+        document&apos;s contents.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and
+  Backgrounds</h2>
+
+<p>You can change the background color or specify a background
+  image for the page you&apos;re currently working on. These choices
+  affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing
+  the page through a browser.</p>
+
+<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin
+  from the Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li>
+  <li>Edit any of the following properties:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you
+        want your page to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+        for text and links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color
+        from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link
+        appears in the pane on the right.</li>
+      <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the
+        background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image
+        file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard
+        drive or network. 
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+          background color selections.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web
+        server so that others can view them. 
+
+        <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in
+          the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location
+          on your hard disk or a web server.</p>
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a
+          full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking
+          to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard
+          disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in
+          order to enable this checkbox.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events,
+  click Advanced Edit to display the
+  <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property
+  Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page
+  background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within
+      the Same Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other
+      Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing
+      Links</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same
+  Page</h2>
+
+<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader
+  can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an
+  <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the
+  anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you
+    want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor
+    Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30
+    characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores
+    ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a
+    name.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the
+    anchor&apos;s location:
+    <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see
+    the Link Properties dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to an HTML file on your computer,
+        click Choose File to locate it.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a named anchor (target), select
+        it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li>
+      <li>If you&apos;re creating a link to a level heading (for example,
+        Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently
+        available in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File
+  menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can
+  use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in
+  the page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2>
+
+<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or
+  on your workplace&apos;s network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically
+  use relative references for links once you create them.</p>
+
+<p>To create a link to another page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or
+    select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Define your link:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you&apos;ve already selected an image
+        file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or
+        file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you
+        want to use as the link.</li>
+      <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or
+        remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you&apos;re not sure of
+        the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for
+        it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL
+        from the browser&apos;s Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a
+        named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link
+        to.</li>
+      <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked,
+        Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page&apos;s location.
+        This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web
+        server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to
+        keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other,
+        regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server.
+
+        <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full
+          (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages
+          on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p>
+
+        <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order
+          to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open
+          the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If
+        checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to
+        the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location
+        is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the
+        Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit
+    to display the
+    <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>.
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click
+    the link to make sure it works as expected.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging
+  the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For
+  example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail
+  window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac">
+  or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a
+  web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the
+  link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog
+  box.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2>
+
+<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in
+  your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window
+  displays the page that the image is linked to.</p>
+
+<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select an image on your page.</li>
+  <li>Click the Link button
+    <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" />
+    on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li>
+  <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading
+    within the page</a>, or to a
+    <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window
+  into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around
+  images used as links:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the linked image.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included
+  as part of the link:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li>
+  <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+ 
+<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1>
+
+<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages,
+  but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote
+  computer called a web server.</p>
+
+<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your
+  pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide
+  space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server
+  where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system
+  administrator.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published
+      Document</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the
+      Filename or Publishing Location</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default
+      Publishing Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing
+      Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+      Problems</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It&apos;s best to first save or publish your page
+  before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to
+  automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To publish a document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer
+    document.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to publish the document remotely, click the
+    Publish button.
+
+    <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the
+      document&apos;s publishing settings and starts publishing the document.
+      While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status
+      dialog box.</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays
+        the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter
+        information about the document&apos;s remote publishing location. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+        information. When you&apos;re done entering information, click Publish.
+      </li>
+      <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish
+        tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the
+        document&apos;s filename. See
+        <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more
+        information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the
+    page&apos;s links and make sure there are no missing images.</li>
+  <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you&apos;re ready to update
+    the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the
+  document&apos;s <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate
+  that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the
+  document locally (on your computer&apos;s hard disk), click the Save button.
+  You&apos;ll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk
+  for the document.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding
+  Broken Links or Missing Images</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file
+    extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG
+    file extension. Don&apos;t use spaces or other special symbols in your
+    filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase
+    letters and numbers.</li>
+  <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the
+    web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you
+    published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish
+    Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images
+    and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see
+  <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2>
+
+<p>To update a published document:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location
+    of the document you want to update by entering the document&apos;s HTTP
+    address (the document&apos;s web address) in the browser&apos;s
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to update the remote page with your changes, click
+    Publish in Composer&apos;s toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you&apos;ve published on a
+  web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create
+  subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service
+  provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find
+  information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+  provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites
+  such as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or
+  Publishing Location</h2>
+
+<p>To change a document&apos;s filename or publishing location:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then
+    select the document from the list.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update
+      by entering the document&apos;s HTTP address (the document&apos;s web
+      address) in the browser&apos;s Location Bar.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Open Composer&apos;s File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays
+    the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li>
+  <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use.
+    To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See
+    <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more
+    information.</li>
+  <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can
+  set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you
+  use, so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you want to
+  publish.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click New Site.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to
+    this publishing site. 
+
+    <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents
+      related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site
+      name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents
+      you publish at each site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to
+    you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This
+    URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. 
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL
+    that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this
+    site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP
+    or web hosting service.</li>
+  <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using
+    Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to enter it each time you
+    publish pages at this site.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing
+  Site</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use
+  only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site
+  you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the
+  default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you
+  specifically choose an alternate site.</p>
+
+<p>Regardless of how many sites you&apos;ve set up, you can always publish a
+  document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer&apos;s
+  File menu. See
+  <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename
+  or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list. 
+
+    <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that
+      one as the default site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Set as Default.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2>
+
+<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site&apos;s settings from Composer.
+  If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site&apos;s
+  settings.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a publishing site&apos;s settings, begin from a Composer
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer
+    displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove Site.
+
+    <p>Composer only removes the site&apos;s settings; the remote site itself
+      is not affected.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing
+  Problems</h2>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing
+  Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you
+  determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p>
+
+<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your
+  hard disk by opening Composer&apos;s File menu, and choosing Save. You
+  can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To
+  quickly locate the file later, open Composer&apos;s File menu, and
+  choose Recent Pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+  Settings</h3>
+
+<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li>
+  <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are
+    correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you&apos;re not
+    sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing
+        settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the
+        settings.</li>
+      <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing
+        address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the
+        publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or
+        the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as
+        <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your
+        user name. 
+
+        <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the
+          publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+          For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned
+          site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3>
+
+<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the
+  filenames:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it&apos;s
+    acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid
+    potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use
+    lowercase letters in your filenames. 
+
+    <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become
+      case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember
+      files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of
+      uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+
+    <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the
+      filename&apos;s web address into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, you
+      must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same
+      combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Don&apos;t use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ )
+    or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li>
+  <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li>
+  <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3>
+
+<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages 
+  Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box.
+  You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what
+  to do to fix the problem.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+  <p>Error Messages:</p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to
+    publish.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var>
+    doesn&apos;t exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is
+    already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your
+    connection and try again later.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this
+    location.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon
+    near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to
+    save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p>
+  <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too
+    long.</tt></a></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> 
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files
+    failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical
+    reasons might be:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location on the web is not accessible.</li>
+    <li>The file&apos;s location was changed or the file was deleted or
+      moved to another location.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken
+      images will appear with this icon
+      <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the
+      page. To correct the image&apos;s address, double-click the broken
+      image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the
+      correct address.</li>
+    <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on
+      the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd>
+      on your keyboard.</li>
+    <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides
+      is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li>
+    <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct
+      location of the CSS file. To fix the file&apos;s address in Composer,
+      click the HTML Source tab and edit the file&apos;s location in the HTML
+      source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar
+      with HTML tags.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn&apos;t exist on this
+      site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+    <p>or</p>
+    <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another
+      subdirectory</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote
+    subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only
+    publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing
+    location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an
+    existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p>
+
+  <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name
+      of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li>
+    <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed
+      the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing
+      location.</li>
+    <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a
+      subdirectory at the publishing site.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete
+      subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they
+      recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on
+      FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service
+      provider&apos;s website. FTP programs are also available from shareware
+      sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Don&apos;t use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or
+      <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q>
+      or <q>.htm</q>.</li>
+    <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a
+      subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again
+      later.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For
+    example:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li>
+    <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li>
+    <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet
+      might not be functioning correctly.</li>
+    <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable
+      due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li>
+    <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical
+      problems.</li>
+  </ul>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered
+      them correctly. See
+      <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing
+      Settings</a> for more information.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+    <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware,
+      telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning
+      properly.</li>
+    <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are
+      attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but
+      cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting
+      service may be experiencing technical problems.</li>
+    <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web
+      server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a
+    location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites
+    where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the
+      Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the
+      Publish dialog box.</li>
+    <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their
+      site.</li>
+    <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In
+      the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li>
+    <li>Use Netscape My Webpage <a href="http://mywebpage.netscape.com/">
+      <tt>http://mywebpage.netscape.com/</tt></a> to host your web pages, up
+      to 20 megabytes for free.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner
+      of any window to go online.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but
+    your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the
+    <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q>
+    state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p>
+
+  <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at
+    the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName;
+    window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as
+    <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the
+      icon should look like this:
+      <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li>
+    <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a
+      web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can
+      successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file
+      <var>filename</var>.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server&apos;s hard
+    disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated
+    to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your
+      publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+      particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs
+      in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s website.
+      FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet
+      Downloads.</li>
+    <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your
+      disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy
+      your needs.</li>
+    <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the
+      network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different
+      location that has more disk space, or if you can request that
+      additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing
+      location.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<div class="errorMessage">
+  <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p>
+
+  <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;">
+    <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt>
+  </div>
+
+  <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the
+    filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server
+    computer that you are trying to publish to.</p>
+
+  <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than
+      32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32
+      characters.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes Composer&apos;s publishing settings. For
+  information on Composer&apos;s general and new page settings, see
+  <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want
+  to publish a document. These settings apply to the current
+  document.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page
+    dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Publish tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you&apos;ve
+    created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To
+    create a new site, click New Site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s page title as
+    it appears in the browser window&apos;s title bar when you view the page in
+    the browser. The document&apos;s page title also appears in your list of
+    bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document&apos;s filename. Make
+    sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename.
+
+    <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you&apos;re
+      publishing to has the same filename as one you&apos;re uploading, the
+      newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be
+      asked to confirm the action.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this
+    blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing
+    directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote
+    subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory
+    at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from
+    the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so
+    you can select from a list of remote locations you&apos;ve previously
+    used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must
+      already exist at the remote server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked,
+    Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this
+    page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as
+    the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a
+    remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing
+    directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete
+  published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer
+  Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a
+  particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP
+  programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider&apos;s
+  website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such
+  as ZDNet Downloads.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for
+  the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote
+  site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you
+  publish to this location.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box
+    appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Settings tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for
+    this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this
+    publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with
+    either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to
+    as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are
+      published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter,
+      ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete
+    address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the
+    home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as
+    part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this
+      URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so that you don&apos;t have to
+    enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3>
+
+<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and
+  delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default
+  publishing site.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
+    Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing
+    site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list
+    of available publishing sites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the
+    default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is
+    the remote location that you most often use for publishing
+    documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to
+    the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an
+    alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box.
+
+    <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the
+      File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing
+      destination.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings
+    from Composer.</li>
+  <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer
+    to this publishing site.</li>
+  <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided
+    to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin
+    with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>.
+
+    <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents
+      are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to
+      enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP
+    address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a
+    filename or subdirectory as part of the URL.
+
+    <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases,
+      this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure
+      what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave
+      it blank.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to
+    your ISP or network.</li>
+  <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user
+    name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your
+    password securely using Password Manager so you don&apos;t have to enter
+    it each time you publish pages at this site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on Composer&apos;s publishing settings, see
+  <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2>
+
+<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for
+  table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Composer category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum
+    number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the
+    HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add
+    linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This
+    preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser
+    window.</em></li>
+  <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving
+    pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style
+    Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as
+    the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the
+    document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is
+    saved.
+
+    <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all
+      related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when
+      you save the page to your hard disk.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If
+    checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you
+    click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not
+    checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs
+    more information in order to publish the page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>:
+    Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table&apos;s
+    layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where
+    needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells,
+    Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with
+    empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number
+    of cells.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>:
+    Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer
+    documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+    formatting with CSS inline styles for elements.
+
+    <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01
+      formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more
+      maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers.
+      If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without
+      CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p>
+
+    <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for
+      selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format
+      toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the
+      page. (These features are not available if this preference is not
+      enabled.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a
+     paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new
+     paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return
+     </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If
+     deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd
+     class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2>
+
+<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and
+  background images that apply to every document you create.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the
+    HTML source code for each new page you create.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reader&apos;s default colors</strong>: Select this if you always
+    want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer&apos;s browser
+    for text and link elements.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to
+    specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for
+    each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each
+    element.</li>
+  <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image
+    file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or
+    network. 
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override
+      background color.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and
+  choose Page Title and Properties.</p>
+
+<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open
+  the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af607a226d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to enable or disable
+  Java:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable Java</strong>: Select this to allow &brandShortName; to
+    interpret pages containing Java. Java is used on some Web page to
+    incorporate interactive and multimedia content.</li>
+  <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to
+    use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;&apos;
+    ones.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts &amp;
+  Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Scripts &amp; Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how
+  JavaScript and plugins are used:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: Select these checkboxes to turn
+    JavaScript on:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web pages opened
+        in the browser.</li>
+      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Toggles JavaScript for web
+        pages opened in Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control
+    how JavaScript can be used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows
+        to be resized or moved.</li>
+      <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed
+        under or on top of other windows.</li>
+      <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be
+        hidden.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be
+        changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li>
+      <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or
+        animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse
+        cursor is placed over them).</li>
+      <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click
+        menus<span class="mac"> or, if you&apos;re using a one-button mouse,
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by
+        webpages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Check this checkbox to control how
+    plugins are used:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in
+        Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about plugins, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use
+  the keyboard to <span class="noMac">navigate and </span>search for text in
+  web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac"><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd>
+    or <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li>
+  <li class="noMac"><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, and selection
+    lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or
+    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, check
+    boxes, and selection lists.</li>
+  <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If
+    checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type
+    and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether
+    you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked,
+    you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the
+    Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn&apos;t found</strong>: If
+    checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn&apos;t
+    found in the web page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of
+    inactivity</strong>: If checked, cancels the search after a few seconds of
+    keyboard inactivity.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory
+  and disk cache:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type in the amount of disk cache you want to
+    allocate for &brandShortName;. Disk cache is saved to your hard disk
+    (drive) and can be used again even if you have turned your computer
+    off.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cache Folder</strong>: Shows the current location of the disk
+    cache folder 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder
+        location for the disk cache.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the
+    network</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages
+    designed for prefetching can load faster</strong>: Select this to decrease
+    the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web page
+    that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see the
+    online
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link
+    Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you
+  have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the
+  proxy.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the
+    proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you
+    have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration
+    URL.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file.
+
+        <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the
+          online
+          <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End
+          User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+    don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery
+    was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+        the proxy server.</li>
+      <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click
+        on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+        <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+      <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses
+        that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a
+        comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3>
+
+<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use
+  a SOCKS proxy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>,
+    <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>Gopher Proxy</strong>: Enter the name
+    or numeric IP address of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you&apos;re using the same settings
+      for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings
+      for all protocols</q>.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address
+    of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy,
+        select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version
+        of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to
+        use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is
+        recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based
+  networking:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>:
+    Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original
+        version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of
+        HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient
+        use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching,
+        multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over
+        cache expiration and replacement policies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Keep-Alive</strong>: Select this to keep a connection
+        open to make additional HTTP requests, increasing speed.</li>
+      <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to
+        enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be
+        sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with 
+          HTTP 1.1.</p></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software
+  Installation</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences
+  panel. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable software
+  installation and update notification:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Allow web sites to install extensions and updates</strong>:
+    Select this if you want to allow web sites to install extensions and
+    updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before each
+    installation.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to open the Allowed Sites
+    dialog box, where you can view and edit the list of web sites that you
+    want to allow to install software:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this to add a typed web site to the
+        list of allowed sites.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Click this to remove a selected web
+        site.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the
+        web sites in the current list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically check for updates to</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: Select this to be notified when
+        new versions of &brandShortName; are available. Your personal
+        information is not shared when verifying your version of
+        &brandShortName;. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a
+        <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new
+        versions.</li>
+      <li><strong>Installed add-ons</strong>: Select this to be notified when a
+        new version of one of your installed add-ons is available. Choose
+        whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or a
+        <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Add-on Manager</strong>: Click this to open the
+    Add-on Manager, where you can view and manage all your installed
+    extensions and themes.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel
+  on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;.
+  Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the
+  scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function
+  is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the 
+  horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal
+  scrolling</strong>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use
+    along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse
+    wheel behavior:
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Scroll the document by</strong>: Choose this to scroll the
+        document by the number of lines (or characters for horizontal movement)
+        typed in the field.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Use system default</strong>: Choose this to use your
+            system&apos;s default setting&mdash;the number of lines (characters)
+            you may have previously entered will be overridden.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scroll a page up (left) or a page down (right)</strong>:
+        Choose this to scroll up or down one page at a time. This setting allows
+        faster, but less accurate scrolling through a page with your mouse
+        wheel.</li>
+      <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>:
+        Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to
+        previous pages you&apos;ve visited.</li>
+      <li><strong>Make the text larger or smaller</strong>: Choose this to use
+        the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of text on a web page.
+        This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the
+        screen.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different
+      function.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting
+    in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2>
+
+<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development
+  component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel.
+  If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by
+  flashing it or its border:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the
+    highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border
+    will appear around the element.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around
+        the element.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time
+      (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li>
+      <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval
+        (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the
+        selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the
+        whole element&mdash;including its border&mdash;to flash.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce19154d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you
+  are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the
+    preferences you want to view.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section: 
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup
+  options and customize the user interface:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the
+    components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li>
+  <li>Show toolbars as: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text
+        underneath each of the toolbar buttons..</li>
+      <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar
+        buttons only.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons
+        only.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have 
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor
+    is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some
+    websites.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to
+    change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;.
+    Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page.
+    <strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new language
+    setting to take effect.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence
+  how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Website Icons:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see
+        site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon
+        <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+        alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the
+        Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li>
+      <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page does not
+        define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website
+        icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a
+        &quot;favicon&quot; on the server and use that instead.</li>
+      <li>Display website icons in bookmarks menu and toolbar:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Never show icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select this if
+            you only want to see the default icons but not the website&apos;s
+            own icon in the bookmarks menu or the personal toolbar.</li>
+          <li><strong>Only when website was loaded recently</strong>: Select
+            this to show the website&apos;s own icon only if the website has
+            been recently loaded and the icon is currently in the
+            browser&apos;s cache.</li>
+          <li><strong>Always load website icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select
+            this to always load website icons to be displayed in the bookmarks
+            menu or personal toolbar, even if it&apos;s not in the cache.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth
+    scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled
+    will&mdash;instead of an immediate jump&mdash;smoothly scroll the content
+    down to the next page.</li>
+  <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select
+    this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone
+    images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized
+    image will make it appear at full size.</li>
+  <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if you
+    want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using the
+    &quot;Zoom&quot; function. If this is not selected, the whole page,
+    including images, will be zoomed.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts
+  and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy &amp;
+  Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how
+  content appears to you.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the
+  selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance,
+    to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose
+    <q>Western.</q>  For a language/script not yet in the list, choose <q>Other
+    Languages.</q>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text
+        should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can
+        also specify what font size you want for proportional text.
+        Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary
+        in width.</li>
+      <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use
+        for web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for
+        web pages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier)
+        and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in
+        width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li>
+      <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you
+        want to be shown on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select
+    this checkbox to keep a web page&apos;s font and size settings instead of
+    your own preferences.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text
+  colors on web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select
+    a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system
+        color settings.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color
+    for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined
+        links on web pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and
+    backgrounds</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web
+        page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and
+        backgrounds.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background
+        image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors,
+        ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a2fc4bc01f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Choose Browser.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#history">History</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of
+  the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with
+    the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you
+    open a new window or tab:
+    <ol>
+      <li>
+        <ul>
+          <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser
+            will display at startup.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new browser window.</li>
+          <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed
+            when opening a new tab.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Select one of the following checkboxes:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank
+            page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home
+            page (specified below).</li>
+          <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the
+            page you were viewing right before you last exited
+            &brandShortName;.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ol>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set
+    &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click
+        this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Home Page</strong>: In the field, type the web page you want as
+    your home page or do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page
+        currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser
+        tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of
+        tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button,
+        the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location
+        field.
+        
+        <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use
+          Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p>
+      
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the
+        the default home page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk
+        that you want to load as your home page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</strong>:
+    Select any of the available checkboxes to see them on your
+    toolbars.
+
+    <p>The Go, Search, and Print buttons appear in the Navigation Toolbar near
+      the upper-right corner of the browser window. All other buttons appear
+      in the Personal Toolbar. For information about adding your own bookmarks
+      to this toolbar, see
+      <a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal
+      Toolbar</a>.</p>
+
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure three history settings
+  for the browser.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Remember visited pages for the last [__] days</strong>: Type
+        the number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track of the web
+        pages you have previously visited. For example, if you set this number
+        to 10 days, pages 10 days old or less will be kept in the history
+        list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of sites
+    visited.</li>
+  <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of
+        sites in the Location bar menu.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and
+  character encoding for displaying web pages and choose if and how your typing
+  is spell checked:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to
+        move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference
+        for the listed languages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for
+        displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list.
+        If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language
+        code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below
+        the list. See the online document
+        <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes
+        for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of
+        language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your
+        changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected
+        language.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Use the drop-down list
+        to select the character encoding you want for displaying web
+        pages.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Spelling</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When typing check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down
+        list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and
+  other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents).
+  It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each
+  type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will
+  narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description
+  or the currently selected action.</p>
+<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you
+  can also choose a web application to handle the type, choose
+  <!-- a feature (like <a href="glossary.xhtml#live_bookmark">Live Bookmarks</a> for
+  feeds) or --> a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in &brandShortName; to
+  handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p>
+<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current
+  handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the
+  handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local
+    application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select
+    <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li>
+  <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li>
+  <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting
+    <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the
+    <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong>
+    preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will
+    save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when
+    you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on
+    your computer to save it to.</li>
+  <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when
+    encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be
+    shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle
+    that specific file from there.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you
+  choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your
+  chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded
+  inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle
+  it. See also
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the
+  Location Bar.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>:
+        Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from
+        your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Match only website&apos;s you&apos;ve typed
+            previously</strong>: Shows only websites that you&apos;ve typed in
+            the Location Bar and not sites that were opened in other ways, such
+            as clicking a link on a web page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you
+            type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically
+            complete your web address using the visited website it most closely
+            matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this
+            option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your
+            hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your
+            browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li>
+          <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in
+            the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of
+            matching visited web addresses.
+            <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off
+            <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q>
+            matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be
+            shown in the drop-down list.</span></li>
+        </ul></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Internet Search Engine</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Show default search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down list item,
+        allowing you to search with the default search engine for words you
+        enter.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page
+        is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to
+        automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to
+        the end of a web page location that can&apos;t be found. For more
+        detailed information about this feature, see the online document
+        <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html">
+        Domain Guessing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web
+        location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically
+        search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text
+        you&apos;ve typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web
+        search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>
+        <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar. See the online
+        document
+        <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/internet-keywords.html">
+        Internet Keywords</a> for a more technical description about this
+        feature. <strong>Note</strong>: The search engine used can not be
+        changed by the <a href="#internet_search">Internet Search
+        Preferences</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search
+  using &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the
+        search engine you want use for web searching.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search Results</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are
+        available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the
+        Sidebar and show your search results.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web
+        search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search
+        results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on
+        selected words in a web page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when
+        searching in &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one
+        or more search engines from a list when searching in
+        &brandShortName;.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed
+  Browsing:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select
+        this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one
+        browser tab is open.</li>
+      <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to
+        make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a
+        New Tab</q> to open a link.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group
+        to be opened in new tabs.</li>
+      <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a
+        bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span>
+        <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web
+        page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab
+        when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the
+        <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and
+        pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the
+        middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing
+        <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the
+          link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p>
+      </li>
+
+      <li><strong>
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location
+        bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type
+        the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd
+        class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that
+    certain links open in a new window by default (either through the target
+    attribute in HTML or through embedded JavaScript), you may want to
+    override this:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+        current tab of the active window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
+        (This is the default and does not override the webpage design).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is
+    called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like
+    a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the
+    page will be loaded:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the
+        current tab of the active window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked
+        page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li>
+      <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new window.
+        (This is the default).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="win">
+  <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser
+    option in <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance
+    Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p>
+
+  <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when
+    you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p>
+
+  <ul>
+    <li>If you launch &brandShortName; by command line, do not use command-line
+      parameters that open windows.</li>
+    <li>Nothing is set in the
+      <a href= "cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+      - Appearance</a>.</li>
+    <li>Set <q>Links from other applications</q> preference to <q>A new tab in
+      the current window</q>.</li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName;
+  handles files you download from web pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display
+        the Download Manager, which displays the status for current and
+        previous downloads. The status of all downloads is kept in a single
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a
+        progress dialog box, which display the status for your current
+        download. The status of each download is kept in a separate
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to
+        download files invisibly. No status is given for all your
+        downloads.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Prompt for download location and default to</strong>: Select
+        this if you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to
+        be saved. Choose one of the following folders to be the default
+        location for the file:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Last download folder</strong>: The default location will
+            be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li>
+          <li><strong>Specified download folder</strong>: The default location
+            will be your Current Download Folder.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically download files to specified download
+        folder</strong>: Select this if you want files to be saved to your
+        Current Download Folder without &brandShortName; prompting you for
+        the download location.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+    
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Current Download Folder</strong>: Use the button to navigate
+    to a folder that you want to use as your specified download folder.</li>
+</ul>
+    
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when
+        a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file
+        in the file locator. To listen to the sound you&apos;ve chosen, click
+        Preview.</li>
+      <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is
+        completed.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see
+  <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+  Downloads</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b097ec5ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+  
+<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1>
+
+<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p>
+
+<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without
+  your permission. They vary in size, but usually don&apos;t cover the whole
+  screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping
+  up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows
+  preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you
+  must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound, as
+  well as display an icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> in the status bar. You can use this icon to add a website
+  you&apos;re viewing to an exceptions list so that the site is allowed to
+  again display popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some web
+  sites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. 
+  Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to
+  use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the
+  list of allowed sites. For more information, see
+  <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp;
+  Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn&apos;t always work</strong>: Although
+  &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may
+  use other methods to show popups.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you&apos;ve
+  enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific sites to display popups.
+  Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup Manager,
+  and then choose Allow Popups From This Site.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and
+  through the popup control icon.</p>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - Popup Windows</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If
+ you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security Preferences category, click Popup
+    Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp;
+    Security to expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent
+    popups from appearing in the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allowed Sites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of
+    web sites that you want to allow to display popups.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Allowed websites</strong>: The list of allowed websites
+        appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or remove
+        websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you
+        want to add to the list.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected website.</li>
+      <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this to remove all of the websites
+        in the current list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time
+    the browser blocks a popup, select this option and type the location of the
+    sound file.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Select</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file instead of
+        typing its location in the field.</li>
+      <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen
+        sound.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this
+    to display an icon
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+    icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon
+      <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup
+      control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another
+      website.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Using the popup control icon to add allowed websites</strong>: You
+  can use the popup control icon to quickly add a website to the list of
+  allowed websites. Click the icon
+  <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control
+  icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is
+  already filled in. Click Add and then click OK to confirm your addition.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere
+  with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see
+  <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cef3ad7776
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1119 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information
+  only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security
+  of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not,
+  however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it
+  represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and
+  security protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1>
+
+<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features
+  like Sidebar, bookmarks, and Tabbed Browsing.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;&apos;s
+  browser component.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+      Themes</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How
+      &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and
+      Resizing Sidebar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual
+      Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually
+  updated.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing
+  Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the
+  View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+  submenu.</p>
+
+<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize
+  Sidebar&apos;s frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge
+  of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches
+  the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr style="vertical-align: top;">
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with
+      handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">
+      <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+  <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar&apos;s frame</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li>
+  <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To view a tab:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a tab&apos;s title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The
+    Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title
+  and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>To add a new tab:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize
+    Sidebar from the menu</li>
+  <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the
+    left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li>
+  <li>Click Add.</li>
+  <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar,
+  &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll
+  through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar
+  until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll
+  up.</p>
+  
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list
+    on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview.
+    After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up
+    window.</li>
+  <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar,
+    click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar
+    Directory.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in
+    the lower part of the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark
+    (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the
+    menu).</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its
+  name and choose Hide Tab.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar
+  Tabs</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar
+    from the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information
+    and options for customizing the tab.
+    
+    <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab&mdash;in
+      addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company,
+      organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>After you follow the tab provider&apos;s instructions, close the
+    customization window (or follow the provider&apos;s instructions to close
+    it).</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab&apos;s placement.</li>
+  <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you
+    like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Remove.</li>
+  <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window.
+  Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window.
+  Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org,
+  icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr> 
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You don&apos;t need to have several windows open to visit several web pages;
+  thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close,
+  and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to
+  another window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3>
+
+<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can
+  change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You
+  can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser
+  tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page
+  is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in
+  &brandShortName;, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and
+    then Browser Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new
+    tab</q> icon
+    <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/>
+    on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible,
+    right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page
+    link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li>
+  <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the
+    Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">
+    Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to
+      open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser
+      Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if
+    you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the
+    Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what
+  you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName;
+  window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the
+  tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be
+  moved. Alternately, you can use
+  <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard
+  shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text box has
+  focus.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of
+  browser tabs in the current window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of
+    Tabs</q>.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to
+    create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page,
+  see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+  Browser</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3>
+
+<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li>
+  <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2">
+      <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td>
+    <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being
+      viewed.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and
+    choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs,
+    right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and
+  Themes</h2>
+  
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default
+      Colors</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser
+  or in a font chosen by the web pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script.
+    For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script
+    (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for
+    proportional text.</li>
+  <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select
+    fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also
+    specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li>
+  <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li>
+  <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as
+    equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts
+  other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow
+  documents to use other fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3>
+
+<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the
+  default colors set by your browser or by the pages&apos; authors.</p>
+
+<p>To change the default colors:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible
+    in this category, click to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and
+    Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also
+    specify that links should be underlined.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the
+  authors&apos; intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring
+  the colors specified</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the
+  source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable
+  syntax highlighting</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different
+  theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the
+  Add-on Manager.</p>
+
+<p>From the View menu:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from
+    the menu.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>From the Add-on Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-on Manager.</li>
+  <li>Click the Themes button in the toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Use Theme button.</li>
+  <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4">
+      <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable&mdash;you decide what you
+  want to keep there.</p>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr> 
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4 id="turning_buttons_on_and_off">Turning Buttons On and Off</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click Browser.</li>
+  <li>Under <q>Select the buttons you want to see in the toolbars</q>,
+    choose the buttons that you want on your toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar
+  Bookmarks</h4>
+
+<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing
+  groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal
+  Toolbar:</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the
+    Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the
+    icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal
+    Toolbar. For more information, see
+    <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark
+    Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon
+  <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif" alt="image
+  of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have
+  checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+  Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p>
+
+<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You
+  may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p>
+
+<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding
+  Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p>
+
+<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite
+  bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the
+  Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for
+  work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li>
+  <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is
+    <q>New Folder</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the
+    toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the
+  folder you designated.</p>
+
+<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li>
+  <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal
+  Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p>
+
+<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li>
+  <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li>
+  <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Standard buttons on the Personal Toolbar such as
+  Bookmarks, Search, Go, Print and Home cannot be rearranged, but they can
+  be <a href="#turning_buttons_on_and_off">turned off and on</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar
+  quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal
+  Toolbar or to a folder.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3>
+
+<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It
+  includes the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more
+    information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li>
+  <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load
+    status information.</li>
+  <li>Cookie notification icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/permissions/taskbar-cookie.gif"
+    alt="cookie notification icon"/>: 
+    Appears when a website has used a cookie in a way that requires you to be
+    notified. For more information, see
+    <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification">Cookie
+    Notification</a>.</li>
+  <li>Work Offline
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.gif"
+    alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.gif"
+    alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working
+    offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from
+    attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web
+    pages or automatically check email.</li>
+  <li>Lock icon (Example:
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"
+    alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page
+    was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more
+    information, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+    Security for a Web Page</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to
+  switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p>
+  
+<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3>
+
+<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p>
+
+<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar,
+    click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using
+    this method.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select
+  the toolbars you want to show.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual
+      Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or
+      Importing a Bookmark List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3>
+
+<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather
+  than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take
+  you directly to the pages you want to see.</p>
+
+<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on
+  Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what&apos;s listed
+  in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and
+  organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p>
+
+<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a
+  bookmark:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to
+  them.</p>
+
+<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and
+    choose Bookmark This Page.</li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to
+    provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark:
+    <ol>
+      <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of
+        these options: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want
+            a different name.</li>
+          <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you
+            want a different URL.</li>
+          <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you
+            want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location
+            Bar (see
+            <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark
+            Keywords</a>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create
+            your bookmark.</li>
+          <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in
+            which to create your bookmark.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li>
+    </ol>
+  
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a
+      window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a
+      single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current
+      window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>In a bookmarks folder you&apos;ve created on the Personal
+        Toolbar.</li>
+      <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks
+        folders.
+        <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar,
+          see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal
+          Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="Image table">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select
+    the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on
+    the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab.
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p>
+<ul>
+  <li>The bookmark icon
+    <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+    alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific
+    icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences -
+    Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li>
+  <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be
+    accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and
+    the Bookmarks menu.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage
+  Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the
+  Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks
+  tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To
+    put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The
+    new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li>
+  <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to sort.</li>
+  <li>To sort bookmarks by Name, open the Edit menu and select Sort Folder by
+    Name.</li>
+  <li>To sort bookmarks in other ways, open the Edit menu and select Sort
+    Folder. In the dialog, choose how you want the list sorted.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open
+      <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4>
+
+<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the
+  bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a
+  folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list),
+  add descriptive information, or set a 
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for
+  changes.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Use the pull down lists and the textfield under <q>Check this location
+    for updates</q> to specify how often you want &brandShortName; to check the
+    bookmarked page for changes.</li>
+  <li>To be notified when the bookmarked page changes, choose from the options
+    in the <q>Notification</q> section.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search
+    Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then
+    click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose
+    from the following Search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only
+        part of the word or phrase for which you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching for.</li>
+      <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn&apos;t contain" to exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL
+        (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to
+        find or exclude.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for
+        later use.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search
+  results window.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a
+  Bookmark List</h3>
+
+<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a
+  copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit
+  it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p>
+  
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder.
+    Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p>
+
+<p>You can also import bookmarks from other sources. For example, you can
+  import bookmarks from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other browsers, or
+  from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an
+  HTML file.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog that appears, choose whether you want to import bookmarks
+    from earlier versions of &brandShortName;, or from a bookmarks file on your
+    computer.</li>
+  <li>Click Continue.</li>
+  <li>If you have chosen to import bookmarks from an earlier version of
+    &brandShortName;, select the profile you want to import bookmarks from,
+    then click Continue. If you have chosen to import bookmarks from a
+    file, navigate to and select the bookmarks file you want to import, then
+    click Open.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The imported bookmarks are treated as a group of new bookmarks and added to
+  the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark
+  folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and
+  folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName;
+  Starts Up</h2>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which
+      Components Open at Launch</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a
+    blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open
+    automatically when you launch your browser.
+  <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the
+    Location Bar.</p></li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3>
+
+<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the
+  Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be
+  the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To specify your home page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Browser category.</li>
+  <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Type your home page&apos;s URL (web address) in the Location
+        field.</li>
+      <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the
+        browser window your home page.</li>
+      <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer&apos;s hard
+        drive.</li>
+   </ul>
+ </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark
+  icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.gif"
+  alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page
+  button on the Personal Toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components
+  Open at Launch</h3>
+
+<p>You can choose components (such as Mail &amp; Newsgroups and Composer) to
+  launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Appearance category.</li>
+  <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad2bc9b439
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1>
+
+<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in
+  developing and debugging Web applications. Some of these are optional
+  installs. To access these tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web
+  Development.</p>
+
+<ul class="separate">
+  <li id="js_console">
+    <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems
+    with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in
+    Web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, 
+    CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can 
+    also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">
+    XUL</a> and JavaScript code.
+  </li>
+  <li id="inspector">
+    <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be
+    used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL
+    application.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+    
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM
+        Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM
+        Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li>
+      <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404).
+      <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest&apos;s
+        Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li>
+      -->
+      <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3:
+        <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The
+        DOM Inspector</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li id="venkman">
+    <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility
+    allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping,
+    breakpoints and many other features.
+
+    <p>Online resources:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript
+        Debugger Homepage</a></li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning
+        the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging
+        JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li>
+      <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development
+        Homepage</a></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..18676c48a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve been using Microsoft&reg; Internet Explorer, you&apos;ll find
+  that it&apos;s easy to begin using &brandShortName; for
+  <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>,
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much more.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+      and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName;
+  and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Internet Explorer</th>
+      <th>&brandShortName;</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody class="tbody-default">
+    <tr>
+      <td>Internet Options</td>
+      <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Temporary Internet Files</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Favorites</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Address Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Refresh</td>
+      <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Links Bar</td>
+      <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Copy Shortcut</td>
+      <td>Copy Link Location</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2>
+
+<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the
+  Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p>
+
+<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed
+    Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for
+    each website you want to visit, you can open multiple websites within the
+    same window and tab between them. You can also
+    <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as
+    your home page</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window
+    Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder
+    windows.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>:
+    Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such
+    as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other
+    options.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile
+    Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own
+    bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you
+    must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or
+    if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets
+    you view detailed information about each cookie and remove cookies you
+    don&apos;t want to be stored on your computer. You can also control which
+    websites are allowed to store cookies on your computer.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image
+    Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites,
+    or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the
+    amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2>
+
+<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you
+  quick access to several useful features:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong><a href="mail_help.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></strong>:
+    Conveniently manage all your Internet communications. You can set up and
+    maintain multiple  business and personal mail accounts and Internet
+    newsgroups, all from one window. You can
+    <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a>
+    mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books">Address
+    Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or
+    <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a>
+    contact information from other popular mail programs.</li>
+  <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>:
+    Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page
+    editor.</li>
+  <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with
+    other people over IRC networks.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName;
+  share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see
+  the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard
+  Shortcuts</a>.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..882162b7f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Glossary</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only,
+  and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description
+  of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of
+  the technologies described.</div>
+
+<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1>
+
+<dl>
+
+<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password,
+  certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to
+  validate an identity over a computer network. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client
+  authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a>
+  address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a
+  bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or
+  choosing the bookmark&apos;s name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a></dd>
+
+<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that
+  identifies a certificate authority. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>,
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored
+  on your computer&apos;s hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The
+  browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link
+  or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the
+  cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the
+  original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy
+  rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download
+  time.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card.
+  A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity
+  and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate,
+  belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the
+  digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key
+  that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is
+  issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate
+  authority (CA)</a>. A certificate&apos;s validity can be verified by checking
+  the CA&apos;s <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called
+  digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and
+  security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service
+  that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or
+  entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes
+  certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular
+  intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using
+  certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate
+  Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>,
+  <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A
+  password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have
+  previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when
+  you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a
+  certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and
+  public-key cryptography. See also
+  <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of
+  certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate
+  identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate
+  can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a
+  <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd>
+  A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of
+  the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to
+  the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change,
+  even by a single character, the function produces a different number.
+  Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates
+  have not been tampered with.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage
+  certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage
+  Certificates.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of
+  renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to
+  expire.</dd>
+
+<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a
+  certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose
+  own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as
+  trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the
+  certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally,
+  if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been
+  activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by
+  looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or
+  in the browser&apos;s Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail,
+  Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won&apos;t
+  recognize the identity it certifies.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends
+  requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client
+  software runs is also described as a client.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>,
+  for example with a name and password or with a
+  <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some
+  digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure
+  Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server
+  authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate
+  that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client
+  (or the identity of the person using the client) using the
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom
+  left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch
+  between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser,
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your
+  computer by some <a href="#web_site">websites</a>. When you visit such a
+  site, the site asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your hard
+  disk. Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends the site the
+  cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of information
+  about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set your
+  cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much information
+  you are willing to let websites store on them. See also
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser
+  that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked
+  certificates that is generated and signed by a
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can
+  download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it
+  to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use
+  for authentication.</dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of
+  rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and
+  <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a
+  <em>cipher.</em></dd>
+
+<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling
+  (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example,
+  cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information
+  flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that
+  has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd>
+  See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both
+  the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique
+  for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes
+  the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital
+  signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you
+  approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data
+  has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has
+  nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used
+  for similar legal purposes. See also
+  <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>,
+  <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially
+  formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key
+  pairs&mdash;four keys altogether&mdash;corresponding to two separate
+  certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and
+  the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and
+  decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of
+  information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not
+  intended.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in
+  a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between
+  computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or
+  <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted
+  information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate
+  key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for
+  encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations.
+  See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>,
+  <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for
+  encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a
+  <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key,
+  constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing
+  Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for
+  implementations of cryptographic modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software
+  that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations
+  (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the
+  US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd>
+
+<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>A <a href="#cookie">cookie</a>
+  from one site that gets stored on your computer when you visit a different
+  site. Sometimes a <a href="#web_site">website</a> displays content that is
+  hosted on another website. That content can be anything from an image to text
+  or an advertisement. The second website that hosts such elements also has the
+  ability to store a cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit
+  it directly. Also known as <q>third-party cookie</q>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>
+  contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A
+  standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another
+  over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="gopher">Gopher</dt><dd>A protocol used to search and retrieve
+  information on Internet <a href="#server">servers</a>, common before the
+  emergence of the <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is
+  used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A
+  <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation
+  directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally).
+  Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are
+  considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don&apos;t
+  install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the
+  download dialog box.</dd>
+
+<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display
+  every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to
+  refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of
+  the site.</dd>
+
+<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used
+  for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the
+  text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web
+  page.</dd>
+
+<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to
+  transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between
+  browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure
+  version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the
+  privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route
+  over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail
+  server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to
+  them on the server rather than on your computer&apos;s hard disk. Using IMAP
+  rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access
+  your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from
+  any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than
+  using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only.
+  Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or
+  <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow
+  websites to gather information about you (for example by means of
+  <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose
+  to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website
+  provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the
+  information is actually gathered.</dd>
+
+<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers
+  that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as
+  <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in
+  1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and,
+  in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals.
+  Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging,
+  usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address
+  of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on
+  the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address.
+  <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that
+  is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP
+  addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd>
+
+<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with
+  other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution
+  that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd>
+
+<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun
+  Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of
+  computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate
+  version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can
+  automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd>
+
+<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to
+  construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to
+  make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons.
+  JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a
+  separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work
+  correctly.</dd>
+
+<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a
+  <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or
+  decrypt data. A person&apos;s public key, for example, allows other people to
+  encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted
+  with the corresponding private key. See also
+  <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard
+  protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books,
+  across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP
+  directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd>
+
+<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons)
+  near the top of a browser window where you can type a
+  <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt
+  information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a>
+  uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by
+  Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to
+  access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use
+  one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to
+  access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to
+  your personal information. You can set or change your master password from
+  the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a
+  separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>,
+  <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity
+  as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might
+  pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a site that takes
+  credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also
+  <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top
+  of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd>
+
+<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of
+  a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature
+  provides one form of nonrepudiation. A
+  <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows
+  software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of
+  file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by
+  signed code to local system resources.</dd>
+
+<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as
+  code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules
+  that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to
+  perform an online check of a certificate&apos;s validity each time the
+  certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a
+  list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer
+  must be online for OCSP to work.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based
+  authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and
+  password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the
+  browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by
+  storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering them for you
+  automatically when you visit such sites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar
+  that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It
+  contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add
+  or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders
+  containing groups of bookmarks.</dd>
+
+<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in
+  which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims&apos;
+  personal information.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that
+  governs security devices such as smart cards. See also
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart
+  card</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer
+  that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using
+  the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>,
+  <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>,
+  PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11
+  module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some
+  form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in
+  software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>),
+  which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services
+  and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate
+  Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install
+  additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other
+  hardware devices.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services
+  that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a
+  networked environment.</dd>
+
+<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of
+  <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new
+  capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video
+  clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application
+  installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser
+  installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself
+  (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on
+  a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash
+  Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd>
+
+<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol
+  that requires you to download new messages to your local
+  computer&mdash;although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With
+  POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom
+  folders, on one computer only. By contrast,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages
+  and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any
+  computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd>
+
+<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of
+  <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is
+  kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the
+  corresponding public key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that
+  acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of
+  other clients.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd>
+  One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography.
+  The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data
+  sent to the public key&apos;s owner, who then decrypts the data with the
+  corresponding private key.</dd>
+
+<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of
+  well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a
+  person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity
+  electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved:
+  a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private
+  key</a>. The public key is published as part of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a
+  particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data
+  encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key.
+  </dd>
+
+<dt id="roaming_profile">roaming profile</dt><dd>A user profile (or parts of
+  it) stored on a remote <a href="#server">server</a> and used for sharing the
+  same settings and data across multiple computers.</dd>
+
+<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a
+  self-signed certificate at the top of a
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also
+  <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows
+  users to search for and retrieve specific information from the
+  <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may
+  search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use
+  librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval.
+  Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a
+  search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that
+  provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can
+  store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one
+  example of a security device implemented in hardware.
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own
+  built-in security device, called the
+  <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is
+  always available while the browser is running. Each security device is
+  protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web
+  pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different
+  computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a
+  server.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of
+  identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a>
+  by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See
+  also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A
+  certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a
+  <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server&apos;s identity using
+  the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose
+  corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign
+  transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender.
+  Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be
+  used to sign email messages at the same time as an
+  <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be
+  used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key
+  pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only.
+  A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an
+  <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key,
+  constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software,
+  that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and
+  designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size
+  of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing
+  cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing
+  cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a>
+  standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that
+  sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a>
+  server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network
+  so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default
+  <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by
+  <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys
+  associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software
+  security device stores the master key used by
+  <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords,
+  website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also
+  <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master
+  key</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example,
+  a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or
+  a computer can identify itself as a site called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> when
+  it is not. Spoofing is one form of
+  <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual
+  authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a
+  <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated
+  and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and
+  below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>,
+  <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols.
+  The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport
+  Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also
+  <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom
+  of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the
+  <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on
+  the right.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization,
+  or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In
+  particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified
+  entity&apos;s <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other
+  characteristics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely
+  describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a
+  <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose
+  certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also
+  <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root
+  CA</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method
+  that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given
+  message.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that
+  data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that
+  the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same
+  data.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet
+  Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety
+  of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become
+  a global standard.</dd>
+
+<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>See
+  <a href="#foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>See <a href="#ssl">SSL
+  (Secure Sockets Layer).</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security
+  device</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when
+  you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains
+  information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd>
+
+<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In
+  the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust
+  usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the
+  <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued
+  the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a
+  CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless
+  you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use
+  the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of
+  certificates you do or don&apos;t trust specific CAs to issue.</dd>
+
+<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address
+  that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web.
+  For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the
+  browser&apos;s <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access
+  <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web
+  pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet
+  address or Web address.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that
+  is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may
+  contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd>
+
+<dt id="web_site">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by
+  hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A
+  website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to
+  other websites.</dd>
+
+<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A
+  portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages
+  stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by
+  <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as
+  &brandShortName;).</dd>
+
+<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet
+  protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface
+  with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for
+  describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of
+  a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C
+  document
+  <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A
+  language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into
+  some other format.</dd>
+
+<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language
+  for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd>
+
+</dl>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aba6a30544
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<!--  HELP Glossary SECTION -->
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Gopher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#gopher"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="roaming profile" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#roaming_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c745f7c1a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,2150 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings"
+         nc:name="Account Settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding"
+         nc:name="adding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books"
+         nc:name="address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages"
+         nc:name="attaching files to messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#adding">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages"
+         nc:name="inserting images to web pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account"
+         nc:name="creating a new mail account"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account"
+         nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements"
+         nc:name="inserting table elements"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#address_books">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries"
+         nc:name="adding address book entries"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a new address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists"
+         nc:name="creating mailing lists"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting"
+         nc:name="exporting address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing"
+         nc:name="importing address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories"
+         nc:name="LDAP directories"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching"
+         nc:name="searching your address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates"
+         nc:name="backing up certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks"
+         nc:name="bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser"
+         nc:name="browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously"
+         nc:name="browsing anonymously"
+          nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="changing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="creating bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="exporting bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="organizing bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="searching bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="using bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting"
+         nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks"
+         nc:name="what are bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#browser">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page"
+         nc:name="changing your home page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups"
+         nc:name="controlling popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode"
+         nc:name="Full screen mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages"
+         nc:name="opening pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences"
+         nc:name="Browser Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page"
+         nc:name="start page"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components"
+         nc:name="start up components"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache"
+         nc:name="cache"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates"
+         nc:name="Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager"
+         nc:name="Cookie Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages"
+         nc:name="copy"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Customizing"
+         nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cache">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings"
+         nc:name="changing cache settings"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Certificates">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority"
+         nc:name="certificate authority"
+          nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting"
+         nc:name="getting certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences"
+         nc:name="Certificate Preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication"
+         nc:name="Selecting for client authentication"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using"
+         nc:name="Using Certificates"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation"
+         nc:name="certificate validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:web_site"
+         nc:name="website identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own"
+         nc:name="Your own identity"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Composer">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables"
+         nc:name="adding tables"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor"
+         nc:name="Advanced Property Editor"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color"
+         nc:name="changing text color"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font"
+         nc:name="changing text font"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html"
+         nc:name="checking html"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links"
+         nc:name="creating links"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages"
+         nc:name="creating new pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties"
+         nc:name="editing image properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes"
+         nc:name="editing modes"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text"
+         nc:name="finding replacing text"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists"
+         nc:name="formatting lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs"
+         nc:name="formatting paragraphs"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general preferences"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines"
+         nc:name="inserting horizontal lines"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images"
+         nc:name="inserting images"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles"
+         nc:name="removing text styles"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages"
+         nc:name="saving pages in composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors"
+         nc:name="setting page colors"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties"
+         nc:name="setting page properties"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters"
+         nc:name="special characters"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists"
+         nc:name="working with lists"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by"
+         nc:name="stored cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using"
+         nc:name="using cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cookies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about"
+         nc:name="about cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:foreign"
+         nc:name="foreign cookies"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site"
+         nc:name="managing cookies per site"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:notification_icon"
+         nc:name="notification icon"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences"
+         nc:name="cookie preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing"
+         nc:name="removing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing"
+         nc:name="viewing cookies"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#CRLs">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:about"
+         nc:name="about CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:auto_upates_for"
+         nc:name="CRL auto update"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:managing"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:Next_Update_date"
+         nc:name="Next Update date"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="CRLs:preferences"
+         nc:name="CRL preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="device_manager"
+         nc:name="Device Manager"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector"
+         nc:name="DOM Inspector"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager"
+         nc:name="Download Manager"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="downoad manager preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses"
+         nc:name="e-mail addresses"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption"
+         nc:name="encryption"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole"
+         nc:name="error console"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and"
+         nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="e-mail address in messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#encryption">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about"
+         nc:name="about encryption and signing"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages"
+         nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information"
+         nc:name="storing sensitive information"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email"
+         nc:name="encryption settings"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page"
+         nc:name="security of a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="file_types"
+         nc:name="file types"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages"
+         nc:name="Filing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Links As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type"
+         nc:name="Find Text As You Type"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode"
+         nc:name="FIPS mode"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer"
+         nc:name="Font changing in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="GIF"
+         nc:name="GIF, inserting"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper applications"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="home_page"
+         nc:name="home page"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML"
+         nc:name="HTML"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking"
+         nc:name="HTTP Networking"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#HTML">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer"
+         nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images"
+         nc:name="images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP"
+         nc:name="IMAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import"
+         nc:name="import"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="intermediate_server_CA_certificates"
+         nc:name="intermediate server CA certificates"
+         nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and"
+         nc:name="e-mail and images"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:managing"
+         nc:name="managing images"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper"
+         nc:name="set as wallpaper"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#IMAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about"
+         nc:name="about IMAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings"
+         nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="IMAP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#import">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book"
+         nc:name="import address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list"
+         nc:name="import bookmarks"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates"
+         nc:name="import certificates"
+         nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:crls"
+         nc:name="import CRLs"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="import:mail"
+         nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="java"
+         nc:name="Java"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Venkman"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Debugger"
+         nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences"
+         nc:name="JavaScript Preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts"
+         nc:name="keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keywords"
+         nc:name="keywords"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer"
+         nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general"
+         nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help"
+         nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts"
+         nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages"
+         nc:name="languages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP"
+         nc:name="LDAP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon"
+         nc:name="lock icon"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#languages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content"
+         nc:name="language and international content"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences"
+         nc:name="User interface languages"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#LDAP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book"
+         nc:name="adding directories to address book"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings"
+         nc:name="directory server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings"
+         nc:name="LDAP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mail"
+         nc:name="mail security settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel"
+         nc:name="mouse wheel"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard"
+         nc:name="Account Setup Wizard"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts"
+         nc:name="adding accounts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion"
+         nc:name="address autocompletion"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages"
+         nc:name="addressing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences"
+         nc:name="addressing preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings"
+         nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files"
+         nc:name="attaching files"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings"
+         nc:name="changing account settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding"
+         nc:name="Character Encoding"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window"
+         nc:name="Compose window"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages"
+         nc:name="composing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings"
+         nc:name="copies and folder settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders"
+         nc:name="copying folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters"
+         nc:name="creating filters"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders"
+         nc:name="creating folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages"
+         nc:name="creating HTML mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Disk_Space_settings"
+         nc:name="Disk Space settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages"
+         nc:name="filing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages"
+         nc:name="forwarding messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="general mail preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages"
+         nc:name="getting new messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients"
+         nc:name="HTML mail recipients"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options"
+         nc:name="HTML mail sending options"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source"
+         nc:name="HTML Message Source"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings"
+         nc:name="identity settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout"
+         nc:name="mail window layout"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching"
+         nc:name="message searching"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings"
+         nc:name="POP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders"
+         nc:name="renaming folders"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages"
+         nc:name="replying to messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments"
+         nc:name="saving attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts"
+         nc:name="saving messages drafts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages"
+         nc:name="sending messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options"
+         nc:name="sending options"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages"
+         nc:name="sorting and threading messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books"
+         nc:name="using address books"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments"
+         nc:name="using attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages"
+         nc:name="using HTML in messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments"
+         nc:name="viewing attachments"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline"
+         nc:name="working offline"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#master_password">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing"
+         nc:name="Changing master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting"
+         nc:name="Forgetting your master password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences"
+         nc:name="Master Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout"
+         nc:name="Master Password Timeout"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="navigation"
+         nc:name="navigation"
+         nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started"
+         nc:name="getting started with newsgroups"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings"
+         nc:name="newsgroup server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="OSCP"
+         nc:name="OSCP"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline"
+         nc:name="Offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Offline">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="offline preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups"
+         nc:name="Offline Mail and News"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="page_info"
+         nc:name="page info"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager"
+         nc:name="Password Manager"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="phishing"
+         nc:name="phishing"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="plugins"
+         nc:name="plugins"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP"
+         nc:name="POP"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords"
+         nc:name="Passwords"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popups"
+         nc:name="popups"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences"
+         nc:name="preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="print"
+         nc:name="print"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles"
+         nc:name="profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages"
+         nc:name="publishing pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#password_manager">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords"
+         nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password"
+         nc:name="Master Password"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#passwords">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing"
+         nc:name="Choosing a Good Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences"
+         nc:name="Password Preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically"
+         nc:name="Remembering Automatically"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password"
+         nc:name="Timeout for Master Password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#POP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="POP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences"
+         nc:name="popup window preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance"
+         nc:name="appearance preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache"
+         nc:name="cache preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates"
+         nc:name="certificates preferences"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors"
+         nc:name="colors preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content"
+         nc:name="content preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies"
+         nc:name="cookies preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads"
+         nc:name="Downloads preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts"
+         nc:name="fonts preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications"
+         nc:name="helper application preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history"
+         nc:name="history preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images"
+         nc:name="image preferences"
+         nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search"
+         nc:name="internet search preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript"
+         nc:name="JavaScript preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard"
+         nc:name="keyboard preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages"
+         nc:name="languages preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator"
+         nc:name="Browser preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords"
+         nc:name="passwords preferences"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows"
+         nc:name="popup windows preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies"
+         nc:name="proxies preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:smart_browsing"
+         nc:name="smart browsing preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#smart_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:validation"
+         nc:name="validation preferences"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about"
+         nc:name="about privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and"
+         nc:name="cookies and privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address"
+         nc:name="IP address"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences"
+         nc:name="privacy preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting"
+         nc:name="protecting your privacy"
+         nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy"
+         nc:name="viewing site policy"
+         nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#profiles">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating"
+         nc:name="creating a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting"
+         nc:name="deleting a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing"
+         nc:name="managing profiles"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming"
+         nc:name="renaming a profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="profiles:roaming"
+         nc:name="roaming profile"
+         nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#proxies">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced"
+         nc:name="advanced proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences"
+         nc:name="proxy preferences"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting"
+         nc:name="setting proxy values"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings"
+         nc:name="publish page settings"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips"
+         nc:name="publish page tips"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password"
+         nc:name="resetting master password"
+         nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts"
+         nc:name="return receipts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="return receipts preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using"
+         nc:name="using return receipts"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save"
+         nc:name="save"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security"
+         nc:name="security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices"
+         nc:name="security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="server_certificate_problems"
+         nc:name="server certificate problems"
+         nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings"
+         nc:name="settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules"
+         nc:name="security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search"
+         nc:name="search"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar"
+         nc:name="Sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages"
+         nc:name="signing e-mail messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards"
+         nc:name="smart cards"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP"
+         nc:name="SMTP"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="software_installation"
+         nc:name="software installation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#save">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="save:messages"
+         nc:name="saving and printing messages"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode"
+         nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks"
+         nc:name="search bookmarks"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences"
+         nc:name="search preferences"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message"
+         nc:name="checking security before sending message"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page"
+         nc:name="checking security for a web page"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages"
+         nc:name="checking security for received messages"
+         nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences"
+         nc:name="security preferences"
+         nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_devices">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security devices"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#security_modules">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing"
+         nc:name="Managing security modules"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#settings">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate"
+         nc:name="certificate settings"
+         nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail"
+         nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL"
+         nc:name="SSL settings"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="settings:validation"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs"
+         nc:name="adding sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description"
+         nc:name="what is Sidebar?"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing"
+         nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs"
+         nc:name="removing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs"
+         nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories"
+         nc:name="search categories"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from"
+         nc:name="searching from Sidebar"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs"
+         nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SMTP">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different"
+         nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings"
+         nc:name="SMTP server settings"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#SSL">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences"
+         nc:name="SSL preferences"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols"
+         nc:name="SSL protocols"
+         nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation"
+         nc:name="Tab Key Navigation"
+         nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing"
+         nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags"
+         nc:name="Tags"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="themes"
+         nc:name="themes"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar"
+         nc:name="toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs"
+         nc:name="bookmarking tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs"
+         nc:name="closing tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction"
+         nc:name="using tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs"
+         nc:name="moving tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs"
+         nc:name="opening tabs"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up"
+         nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is"
+         nc:name="what is tabbed browsing"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#Tags">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences"
+         nc:name="tag preferences"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#toolbar">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar"
+         nc:name="hiding a toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar"
+         nc:name="navigation toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar"
+         nc:name="personal toolbar"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages"
+         nc:name="uploading pages"
+         nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation"
+         nc:name="validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:about"
+         nc:name="about validation"
+         nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:auto_updating_CRLs"
+         nc:name="auto updating CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:CRLs"
+         nc:name="CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:managing_CRLs"
+         nc:name="managing CRLs"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP"
+         nc:name="OCSP"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings"
+         nc:name="validation settings"
+         nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#validation_settings"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages"
+         nc:name="web pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline"
+         nc:name="Working Offline"
+         nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_pages">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying"
+         nc:name="copying web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts"
+         nc:name="customizing fonts"
+         nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within"
+         nc:name="finding text within a web page"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history"
+         nc:name="web page history"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating"
+         nc:name="navigating web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching"
+         nc:name="searching web pages"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping"
+         nc:name="stopping"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22cae57917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3285a45e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers"
+  nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users"
+  nc:link="forieusers.xhtml">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+    <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="terms"
+        nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="favorites"
+        nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="key-features"
+        nc:name="Browser Features"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="more-features"
+        nc:name="Other Features"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+    </rdf:li>
+    <rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts"
+        nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+        nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+    </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+  </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+    <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+      <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default"
+        nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser"
+        nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+    </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+  </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser">
+  <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="browser:default"
+         nc:name="default browser"
+         nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/>
+       </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"
+         nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help"
+	 nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ieusers">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences"
+         nc:name="Terminology Differences"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites"
+         nc:name="About Your IE Favorites"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software"
+         nc:name="Other Features"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/>
+     </rdf:li>
+     <rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts"
+         nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts"
+         nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser"
+         nc:name="default browser preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s">
+   <nc:subheadings>
+     <rdf:Seq><rdf:li>
+       <rdf:Description ID="System"
+         nc:name="System Preferences"
+	 nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system"/>
+     </rdf:li></rdf:Seq>
+   </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a39a88cec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css");
+
+body {
+	margin: 2ex;
+	font-family: sans-serif;
+	font-size: 0.75em;
+	max-width: 120ex;
+}
+
+dd { margin-left: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; }
+dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; }
+tt { font-size: 10pt; }
+
+:link:hover,
+:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; }
+
+h1 { font-size: 20pt; }
+h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; }
+h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; }
+
+kbd { font-family: sans-serif; }
+
+.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey;
+  width: 100%; }
+
+.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; }
+
+.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff;
+  border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; }
+
+.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) {
+  background-color: #eeeeee;
+}
+
+.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; }
+
+.commandColumn { width: 40%; }
+.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; }
+.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; }
+
+p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; }
+
+.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
+
+.contentsBox {
+	margin-top: 12px;
+	background-color: #cccccc;
+	border: 1px solid black;
+	width: 300px;
+	padding: 1em;
+}
+
+.contentsBox > ul {
+	list-style-type: none;
+}
+
+a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after {
+	content: url("images/web-links.png");
+}
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8adee5157
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>

+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">

+<head>

+

+<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8">

+  <title>Usando a janela de ajuda</title>

+  <link type="text/css" href="helpFileLayout.css" rel="stylesheet">

+</head>

+<body>

+<h1 id="help_window_top">Usando a janela de ajuda</h1>

+<p>Esta secção descreve como usar a janela de ajuda (a janela onde este

+texto e a barra lateral à esquerda são apresentados).</p>

+<p>Para ajuda, suporte e informação, clique nas ligações apresentadas

+no fundo do <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Centro de Ajuda e Suporte</a>.</p>

+<div class="contentsBox">Nesta secção:

+<ul>

+  <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Procurar o tópico que deseja</a></li>

+  <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Seguir os seu passos e Imprimir</a></li>

+  <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Usar os botões de ajuda</a></li>

+  <li><a href="#search_tips">Procurar dicas</a></li>

+</ul>

+</div>

+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Procurar o tópico que deseja</h2>

+<ul>

+  <li>Os tópicos principais são apresentados na barra lateral

+esquerdar. Clique num tópico para ler sobre ele. Para ver os

+sub-tópicos, faça duplo clique ou clique no sinal mais à esquerda<span

+ class="noMac"></span><span class="mac"></span>.</li>

+  <li>Escreva uma palavra ou frase na campo de procura para ser

+apresentado uma lista de tópicos relacionados.

+    <p>Se a sua procura não tiver nenhum resultado, tente escrever

+menos palavras ou uma combinação diferente de palavras.</p>

+  </li>

+</ul>

+<p>Para ver informação relacionada com o tópico de ajuda que está a

+ler, clique em ligações na janela de ajuda tal como faria numa página

+web normal.</p>

+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Seguir os seu passos e Imprimir</h2>

+<p>Para seguir os seus passos na Ajuda, clique nos botões em cima do

+lado esquerdo da janela de Ajuda:</p>

+<p><img alt="" src="images/help_nav.png" height="38" width="124"></p>

+<ul>

+  <li>Clique no botão Retroceder para voltar para trás em páginas que

+visitou anteriormente. Funciona tal e qual como o botão retroceder da

+janela principal do Seamonkey.</li>

+  <li>Clique no botão Avançar para seguir em frente pelas páginas que

+visitou anteriormente. Funciona tal e qual como o botão avançar da

+janela principal do Seamonkey.<br>

+  </li>

+  <li>Clique no botão Home para ver o Centro de Ajuda e Suporte, que

+inclui ligações para opções de suporte e recursos baseados na web.</li>

+</ul>

+<p>Em alternativa, imprima as instruções que deseja seguir:</p>

+<ul>

+  <li>Para imprimir a página interia que é apresentada na janela de

+Ajuda, clique no botão imprimir perto do canto superior direito da

+janela de ajuda:

+    <p><img alt="" src="images/help_print.gif" height="31" width="37"></p>

+  </li>

+  <li>Para imprimir apenas uma porção da página, primeiro clique e

+arraste a área seleccionada que deseja imprimir e depois clique no

+botão imprimir.</li>

+</ul>

+<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Usar os botões de ajuda</h2>

+<p>Muitas janelas especializadas no SeaMonkey e caixas de diálogo

+incluem um botão de Ajuda.</p>

+<p>Clique em qualquer botão de ajuda para ver informação detalhada

+sobre a janela em que aparece.</p>

+<h2 id="search_tips">Procurar dicas</h2>

+<p>Se não encontrar o que procura aqui estão algumas dicas:</p>

+<ul>

+  <li>Tenha a certeza que procura algo relacionado como o SeaMonkey;

+isto não é uma pesquisa geral na Internet.</li>

+  <li>Tente aumentar a sua procura—não seja muito específico; os termos

+podem ser escritos de maneira diferente do que a sua procura.</li>

+  <li>Ao mesmo tempo, deve evitar ser muito amplo nos seus termos de

+procura: uma palavra como <q>web</q> provavelmente irá ter muitas

+respostas.</li>

+</ul>

+<p>Copyright © 2003-2008 Contribuintes no projecto Mozilla.</p>

+</body>

+</html>

diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/Thumbs.db b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/Thumbs.db
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..009bf388d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/Thumbs.db
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b401120e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e0c46300df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a8457a591b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..771674caac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e057575a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eb43a5754b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/frown.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fde0f6907
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73b523d02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5236e7f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a40004b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..06cf2fd047
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..82f512dbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0afa995c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..271a55164d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..763503f8f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e385cc4792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b8e2a49873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6892be58b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d842c2f9a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4231dbd31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2721565883
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..011b6fd8ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6756ead790
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21d8ed2446
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c23aca63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46577e4dbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..945dd4fed4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d799d351a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sick.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3e4b331c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b2077ae5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/smile.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..759da1eb1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60a8126325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce912d26d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f4dc956c08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4f73645e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..863aba0466
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..620055136a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/images/wink.png
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d211f33d60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1099 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+  Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies
+  settings to all accounts, the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings
+  dialog box, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or
+    change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies &amp; Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization &amp; Storage</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="account_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Account
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as
+  your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already
+  viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings
+    panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li>
+  <li>For any type of account but Blogs &amp; News Feeds:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to
+        address (only if different from your email address), and organization
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to
+        all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use
+        HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., &lt;b&gt;bold&lt;/b&gt;
+        (optional).</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you
+        choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image
+        format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides
+        any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the
+        signature file (optional).
+
+        <p>More signature options are located in
+          <a href="#addressing">Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your
+        vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to
+        edit the card information (optional).</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>For Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this
+        checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs
+        &amp; news messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed
+        checks. You can also check for new blogs &amp; news messages at any time
+        by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the
+        web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName;
+        to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed)
+        instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is
+        slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the
+        article content.</li>
+      <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder
+        whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions
+        dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs
+        &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="server_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Server
+  Settings</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups can work with two types of mail
+  servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet
+  service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet
+  service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you
+  choose which one to use.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet
+      Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office
+      Protocol (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access
+  Protocol (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on
+  your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an
+  updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations.
+  Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message
+  headers only.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local
+  computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the
+  messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are
+  deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages
+  might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn&apos;t work as well
+  as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can&apos;t access all mail
+  folders from multiple locations.</p>
+
+<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only
+  the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these
+  features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server
+    settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong>
+        if your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are
+    unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>:
+    Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this
+    folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended
+    unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system
+    administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed
+    only when you compact folders.</li>
+  <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted
+    messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail &amp; Newsgroups. Choose this
+    if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever
+    you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server
+    (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the
+    <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a>
+    through this button.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by
+  the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box,
+  contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin
+  from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li>
+  <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set
+    additional IMAP options, such as:
+    <ul>
+      <li>the IMAP server directory path</li>
+      <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li>
+      <li>support for subfolders</li>
+      <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this
+        directory</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+  and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If
+    you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP
+    server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you
+    specified when you created this account. To change the server type
+    associated with this account, you must delete the account and then
+    re-create it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this
+    account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the
+    server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you
+    created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options
+    to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection,
+        without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong>
+        if your incoming server doesn&apos;t support any type of security.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5 and APOP. If you
+    are unsure if your server supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically check this account for
+    new messages whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups doesn&apos;t download the new messages until you
+    click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this
+    setting if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately
+    each time it checks the server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to
+    only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new
+    mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q>
+    command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about
+    your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a
+    copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your
+    computer.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server automatically after the number of days you
+        enter here.</li>
+      <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove
+        messages from the server once you delete them.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the
+    Trash folder whenever you quit Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be
+    put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not
+  already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you
+    chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your
+    newsgroup server settings.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified
+    when you created this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you
+    created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from
+    this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator
+    that the server name you entered is correct.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your
+    service provider or system administrator, leave this setting
+    unchanged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose &quot;SSL/TLS&quot; if your
+    news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or
+    &quot;None&quot; if it doesn&apos;t support it. If you are unsure, contact
+    your service provider or system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting
+    to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this
+    setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the
+    number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting,
+    you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>:
+    Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a
+    limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this
+    server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in,
+    but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you
+    are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to
+    authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server
+    doesn&apos;t ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li>
+  <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly
+    displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about
+    the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read
+    in each newsgroup.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+    select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+    default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it&apos;s
+    likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME
+    charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international
+    newsgroups.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies
+  &amp; Folders</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, and for
+  storing copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message
+  templates.</p>
+
+<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups stores copies of your
+  outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the
+  Drafts folder and message templates in the Templates folder for the
+  current account.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies &amp; Folders, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account, and click Copies &amp; Folders. You see the Copies
+    &amp; Folders panel.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select where to store copies of your
+    outgoing mail and newsgroup messages. If you don&apos;t want to use the
+    default Sent folder for the current account, click Other and then choose
+    an account and then choose the folder for storing copies.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to
+    always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the
+    address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just
+    add your address to this list. Separate addresses with comma (,).</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message
+    drafts. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Drafts folder for the
+    current account, click Other and then choose another account and folder
+    for storing drafts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store
+    message templates. If you don&apos;t want to use the default Templates
+    folder for the current account, click Other and then choose another account
+    and folder for storing templates.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose
+    this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a confirmation
+    dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a
+    dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you
+    where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups is saving the draft or
+    template.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies,
+  and how a signature you defined is included.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as
+    the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item
+    unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can
+    include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page.
+    However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally,
+      you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply
+      button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: 
+    Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the 
+    drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above
+    the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically
+    selected.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you
+        choose where you want your signature to be placed. It&apos;s only
+        applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a
+        signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message.
+    The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature
+    placement.</li>
+  <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a
+    signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message.
+    The signature is placed according to your reply settings when
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings
+  specified for all <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in
+  the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if
+  necessary.</p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when
+  you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the account and click the Composition &amp; Addressing
+    category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select
+    this if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically complete
+    addresses you type with the domain from your account&apos;s address.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>:
+    This is the default. Select this if you don&apos;t want to override the
+    global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then
+    choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different
+    LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If
+    necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server
+    settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more
+    information, see <a
+    href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+    and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates
+  when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for
+  whom you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings -
+  Synchronization &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>Synchronization &amp; Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set
+  up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the
+  Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP,
+  or News) associated with the account.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings
+      (Blogs)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+      &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences
+  for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for an IMAP
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select
+    this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you
+    are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders
+    created or subscribed to.</li>
+  <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the
+    folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for
+      an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em>
+      whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>:
+    When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em>
+    messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless
+    a size limit is specified.</li>
+  <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of
+    messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years)
+    are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the
+    offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server,
+    only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this
+    option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being
+    downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing
+    this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been
+    downloaded.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section
+  describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has
+  the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space
+  preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space
+  preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to
+    free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply
+    to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global
+      Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3>
+
+<p>Messages from blogs &amp; news feeds accounts are only stored in your local
+  machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether
+  your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are
+  options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a
+  blogs &amp; news feeds account, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs &amp; news feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk
+  space:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to
+    keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very
+    high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and
+    could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the
+    maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this
+    option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number
+    of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to
+    save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization &amp;
+  Storage Settings (News)</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a
+  News account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for a News account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the
+    newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a
+    href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting
+    Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify
+  which messages you don&apos;t want to download locally:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download
+    message bodies from messages you haven&apos;t already read.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to
+    conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded.
+    Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to
+    only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter
+    here.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You
+  can configure this process with the options listed below
+  <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently
+  deleted</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never
+    delete messages automatically based on their age.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the
+    number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these
+    messages are deleted.</li>
+  <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>:
+    Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to
+  delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with
+  the option to keep all messages.</p> 
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny
+    &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>:
+    Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that
+    are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only).
+    Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder
+  Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or
+  messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to
+  <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk
+  Settings</h2>
+  
+<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings
+  for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a>.</p>
+  
+<ul>  
+  <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>:
+    Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li>
+  <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address
+    book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down
+    box]</strong>:
+    Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently
+    classified as junk mail.</li>
+  <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter
+    like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to
+    trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li>
+  <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>:
+    Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a
+    special folder.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use
+        the default Junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own
+        custom-named junk folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from
+        this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as
+        junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete
+        old junk messages after a grace period.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for
+  outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt
+  settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts.
+  These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this
+    account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt
+    preferences specified by <a
+    href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you
+    change the return receipt preferences for this account.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return
+        receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all
+        outgoing messages from this mail account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt
+        confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a
+          filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation
+          messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and
+          using filters, see <a
+          href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+          Message Filters</a>.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return
+        receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for
+        this account.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if
+        you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for
+        return receipts from others.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how
+        you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail &amp; Newsgroup Account
+  Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you
+  must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see
+  <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+    Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail &amp; Newsgroup Account
+  Settings is to select two certificates:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send
+    to other people.</li>
+  <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt
+    messages they send to you.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Depending on the policies of the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both
+  purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must
+  specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p>
+
+<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you
+  send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital
+  signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p>
+
+<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security
+  panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you
+    send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you
+    want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate
+    must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is
+  selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual
+  message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in
+  the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of
+  the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For
+  details, see
+  <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3>
+
+<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to
+  specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt &amp; decrypt messages sent to
+    you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong
+    certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on
+    file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use
+    encryption, or only occasionally.</li>
+  <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use
+    encryption. If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the
+    message won&apos;t be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for
+    that message only.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind
+  before you send an individual message.</p>
+
+<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the
+  Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the
+  window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see
+  <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting a New Message.</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="local_folders">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Local
+  Folders</h2>
+
+<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send
+  while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local
+  Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on
+  your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you
+  want to keep.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders
+    account.</li>
+  <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where
+    mail for this account is stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing
+  Server (SMTP)</h2>
+
+<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended
+  recipients.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click on any Mail window.</li>
+  <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroup Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or
+      add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with
+      your ISP or system administrator)<br/>
+      You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in
+      the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server
+    configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your
+    outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li>
+  <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be
+    connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified
+    encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections
+    on a non-standard port.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use name and password</strong>: If your SMTP server requires
+    authentication to send mail, select this option and enter your user name.
+    The first time you send mail, you will be prompted for your password. At
+    that time you can instruct &brandShortName; to save your password for
+    future sessions.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you
+    want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are
+    unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or
+    system administrator.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection</strong>: There are two methods for
+    establishing a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure
+    connection</a> to your outgoing server. Pick the one your server supports
+    (if you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will
+    get an error message when sending mail).
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS, if available</strong>: &brandShortName; will try to
+        negotiate encryption using the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. If the server
+        doesn&apos;t support it, an unencrypted connection is used.</li>
+      <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism
+        will usually run on the standard SMTP port 25.</li>
+      <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the
+        SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this
+        is 465.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0354a81449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Address Books</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your
+      Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address
+      Book</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+      Card</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address
+      Books and Directories</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing
+      LDAP Directories</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you
+  typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides you with two address books:
+  the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses&mdash;and you can
+  create additional address books as well. You can also import address books
+  from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The
+  contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory,
+  which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores
+  email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored
+  address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an
+  industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory
+  services such as corporate address books.</p>
+
+<h4>Personal Address Book</h4>
+
+<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can
+  create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p>
+
+<h4>Collected Addresses</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email
+  addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing
+  messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p>
+
+<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4>
+
+<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email
+  addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books.
+  LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases
+  of email addresses, which is especially useful with
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic
+  address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q>
+    and choose whether you want:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Personal Address Book.</li>
+      <li>Collected Addresses.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4>
+
+<p>To open the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book
+    icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4>
+
+<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book
+    window.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the
+    following display options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide)
+        or check (show).</li>
+      <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names
+        displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li>
+      <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address
+  Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address
+  books:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a
+    message you&apos;ve received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q>
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book
+    card.</li>
+  <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient&apos;s address
+    to your address book (if enabled).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by
+    selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book
+    you want to copy them to.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides a default personal address
+  book, but you can create additional address books.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
+    You see the Address Book window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose
+    Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2>
+
+<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email
+  addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee
+  prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and
+    choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to
+    which you want to add a card.)</li>
+  <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information:
+        <ul>
+          <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to
+            appear in the address book).</li>
+          <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the
+            Compose window).</li>
+          <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li>
+          <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li>
+          <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this
+            recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that
+            include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient
+            can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then
+            choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not sure, choose
+            Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If
+            Mail &amp; Newsgroups still can&apos;t determine the correct
+            format, Mail &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending
+            format when you send the message.</li>
+          <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this
+            sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your
+            message window.</li>
+          <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li>
+          <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street
+        address, phone number, and URL.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information,
+          &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when
+          you view this entry&apos;s address book card in your address book.
+          Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map
+          to the address.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you
+        want.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any
+  email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the
+  drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly
+  address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you
+  want.</p>
+
+<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li>
+  <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book
+        in which to store the list.</li>
+      <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a
+        message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li>
+      <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li>
+      <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of
+        the Compose window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears
+  underneath the address book you added it to.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear
+    to the right of the mailing list name.</li>
+  <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click the Delete button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address
+  book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria
+  to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p>
+
+<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address,
+  begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the
+    address book or directory that you want to search.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email
+    address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email
+    address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the
+      search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3>
+
+<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are
+  not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from
+  the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced
+    Address Book Search dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through
+    which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to search for
+    entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria)
+    that you choose.</li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want
+    to sort by.</li>
+  <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click
+    Properties.</li>
+  <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries
+    and click Compose.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or
+  computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can
+  import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep
+  in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of
+  &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so
+  there&apos;s no need to import them.</p>
+
+<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook,
+  Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated
+  (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p>
+
+<p>You can also
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import mail
+  messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and Outlook
+  Express.</p>
+
+<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import
+    Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import
+  it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with
+  another program that can import address books. You can export an address
+  book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited
+  (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p>
+
+<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you
+    want to save the address book file.</li>
+  <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif,
+    comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li>
+  <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the
+    appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the
+  directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use
+  the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p>
+
+<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by
+  your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the
+  information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address
+  book.</p>
+
+<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You
+    see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog
+    box General tab:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for
+        example, InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+      <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server,
+        such as ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+      <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base
+        distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific
+        country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to
+        Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on
+        within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+        Corporation, c=US).</li>
+      <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP
+        server. The default is 389.</li>
+      <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+        authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP
+        server binds anonymously.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting
+        if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are
+        unsure, contact your system administrator.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting
+        lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the
+        directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches
+        to display for autocompletion.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one
+        of the following:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by
+            searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+          <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+            the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is
+            the least restrictive search.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to
+        matching results that are within the specified scope of the
+        search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address
+  Book window.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a directory:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click
+    Edit Directories.</li>
+  <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you
+    want to delete and click Delete.</li>
+  <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use
+  so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while
+  working offline, see
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example,
+    InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+  <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as
+    ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+  <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here
+    restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP
+    restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization
+    to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+    Corporation, c=US).</li>
+  <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server.
+    The default is 389.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+    authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server
+    binds anonymously.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your
+    LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure,
+    contact your system administrator.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets
+    you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory
+    server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for
+    autocompletion.</li>
+  <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+        the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+      <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the
+        base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least
+        restrictive search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to
+    matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1208d1ad6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting
+  started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs
+      &amp; news feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing
+      to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp;
+      news feeds messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog
+      post</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing
+      feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using
+      different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs &amp; news
+  feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs &amp; News feeds.</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed
+    Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right
+        pane.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and
+        choose Subscribe.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs
+        &amp; News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li>
+      <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+        Settings option. In the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog,
+        click on a Blogs &amp; News Feeds account main section, and then
+        click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed
+    properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list
+    where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge
+    multiple feeds in one list item.</li>
+  <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to
+    display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs
+  &amp; news feeds from a browser window</h2>
+
+<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed
+  discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png"
+  style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You
+  can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it
+  added to your first Blogs &amp; News Feeds account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp; news feeds
+  messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your Blogs &amp; News account, you see the list of feeds to
+  which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for
+  new messages.</p>
+
+<p>To read blogs &amp; news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a blogs &amp; news account to see its feeds. (If there are
+    no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the
+    article, which you can click to open a browser window with the
+    corresponding webpage.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs &amp; News account and each
+  individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the
+  full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed
+  Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short
+    version of this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its
+    default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs
+    &amp; News account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2>
+
+<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also,
+  there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won&apos;t
+  normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component.
+  Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account
+  and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2>
+
+<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will
+  usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs
+  &amp; News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs &amp; News feed
+  collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p>
+
+<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export
+    feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select
+    OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+  <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs &amp;
+    feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs &amp;
+  news account, you can edit it.</p>
+
+<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the
+    <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li>
+  <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web
+    page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for
+    each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs &amp; news
+  account, you can remove it.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the
+    feed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> don&apos;t confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs
+  &amp; News account. Removing a feed doesn&apos;t delete the folder in which
+  the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder
+  until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get
+  a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your
+  feeds</a> later in this section.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs
+  &amp; news feeds accounts</h2>
+
+<p>A single blogs &amp; news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in
+  it, so you don&apos;t strictly need more than one blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. However, you may want to create several blogs &amp; news feeds
+  accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you
+    can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your
+    feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to
+    put in it all your feeds with general news.</li>
+  <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This
+    way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account
+    (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2>
+
+<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it.
+  However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section
+  helps you to better organize your feeds:</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing
+      folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading
+      multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another
+      folder</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3>
+
+<p>Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts:
+  <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide
+    the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li>
+  <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts work pretty
+    much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got
+    through the feeds.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed
+  messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and
+  folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them
+  connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that
+  removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor
+  will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are
+  stored into the folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders
+  in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</h3>
+
+<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  accounts just like with any other account type. See
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>,
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> and
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or copying a
+  folder</a> for more details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple
+  feeds in a single folder</h3>
+
+<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from
+  more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in
+  that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds account
+    to manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click
+    the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3>
+
+<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag &amp; drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li>
+  <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it
+    downloads articles/items.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn&apos;t move
+  existing articles from the folder in which they have been
+  downloaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d94e71a5e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your
+  Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple
+  business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one
+  window &mdash; the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the
+    &brandShortName; browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting
+      Started with &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+      Programs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating
+      HTML Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling
+      Junk Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with
+      Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started
+      with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account
+      Setup Wizard</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+      Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings
+      for an Account</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup
+  Wizard</h2>
+
+<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, first open
+  the Window menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups. If you haven&apos;t
+  already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling
+  you to set up an account.</p>
+
+<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account.
+  If you don&apos;t know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service
+  provider (ISP) or help desk.</p>
+
+<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn&apos;t appear
+  automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail
+  window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details,
+  see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+  Additional Mail, News &amp; Blogs &amp; News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail
+  Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3>
+
+<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you
+  the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your user name</li>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li>
+  <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should
+  give you the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>newsgroup server name</li>
+  <li>account name</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard.
+
+    <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of
+      new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that
+      follow correspond to the windows you&apos;ll see when you&apos;re setting
+      up an ISP or email provider account.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want
+    to set up, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate
+    for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.
+    <ul>
+      <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all
+        service providers can support both options. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li>
+      <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global
+        Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for
+        this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if
+        the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own
+        directory.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail
+          server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of
+          your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been
+          explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you.
+          For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host.
+          If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names
+    provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This
+    window is not available for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to
+    refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered
+    is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP
+    or system administrator. When you are sure that it&apos;s correct, click
+    Finish to set up your account.</li>
+  <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail
+  &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for
+  the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve
+  mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting
+  New Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional
+  Mail and News Accounts</h2>
+
+<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change
+  information for an existing account, including:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and
+    download preferences)</li>
+  <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li>
+  <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform
+    these tasks:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail,
+        news or blogs &amp; news feeds account. Be sure to type the account
+        information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens
+        with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li>
+      <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to make the selected account appear at the top of your list of
+        accounts in the Mail Window. The change takes effect the next time you
+        open Mail &amp; Newsgroups.
+
+        <p>The default account is the one that you want to log into and (for
+          IMAP accounts only) automatically check for new messages when you
+          start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. (For POP accounts, you must always click
+          the Get Msg button to get new messages.)</p>
+        
+        <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can&apos;t set a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account as default.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of
+        the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail
+        server. See
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click headings under any account&apos;s name and modify the corresponding
+    settings in the panel on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+  Account</h2>
+
+<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings
+    dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email
+    address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the
+    corresponding settings:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on
+        the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.
+
+        <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type
+          (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing
+          account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can
+          then reopen the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and
+          recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add
+          Account.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Copies &amp; Folders</strong>: These settings determine
+        whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you
+        want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message
+        templates. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail
+        &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies &amp; Folders</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Composition &amp; Addressing</strong>: These settings allow
+        you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a
+        message. You can also override the global directory server settings
+        specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Synchronization &amp; Storage (IMAP and News accounts
+        only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline
+        (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and
+        conserve disk space. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs &amp; news feeds accounts
+        only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk
+        space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk
+        Space Settings (POP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk
+        Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to
+        digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital
+        signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in
+        mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your
+        messages remain private while they are in transit over the
+        Internet. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+  Programs</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from
+  Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import
+  address books from these programs, see
+  <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing
+  Address Books</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook
+  Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator
+  mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new
+  folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail
+  folders still remain in their original location).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d2bcf3e05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+      Discussions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a
+  newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called
+  discussion groups).</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another
+    newsgroup account.</li>
+  <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup,
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup.
+    You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders
+  located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow
+  the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the
+  Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and
+  subscribing to folders, see
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders
+  With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which
+  you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in
+  each newsgroup.</p>
+
+<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are
+    no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the
+    responses below the original message. You can click any header to display
+    its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new
+    thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a
+    message</a> in response.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose.</li>
+  <li><a href="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+  Discussions</h2>
+
+<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply.</li>
+  <li><a href="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a>
+    your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All.</li>
+  <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q>
+    drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you
+    enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2>
+
+<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in a thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li>
+  <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for
+    messages in additional threads.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the
+    View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups only displays the watched threads
+    that contain unread messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to
+    viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To ignore a message thread:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in the thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies
+    posted to the thread will appear as read.</li>
+  <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then
+    choose Ignored Threads.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2>
+
+<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must
+  first set up access to that server.</p>
+
+<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail
+  window and choose New, then Account.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set
+    up is a newsgroup account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve set up access to the new server, you can
+  <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that
+  server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa095d2e39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,3932 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only.
+  It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of
+  your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however,
+  address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a
+  recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security
+  protection on the Internet.</div>
+
+<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your
+  Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple
+  business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one
+  window &mdash; the Mail &amp; Newsgroups window.</p>
+
+<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the
+    &brandShortName; browser window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting
+      Started with &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_messages">Reading Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sending_messages">Sending Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_address_books">Using Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+      Programs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+      Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting Started
+      with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_offline">Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Account Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account
+      Setup Wizard</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+      Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings
+      for an Account</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup
+  Wizard</h2>
+
+<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, first open
+  the Window menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups. If you haven&apos;t
+  already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling
+  you to set up an account.</p>
+
+<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account.
+  If you don&apos;t know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service
+  provider (ISP) or help desk.</p>
+
+<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn&apos;t appear
+  automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail
+  window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details,
+  see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up
+  Additional Mail, News &amp; Blogs &amp; News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail
+  Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3>
+
+<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you
+  the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your user name</li>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li>
+  <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should
+  give you the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>your email address</li>
+  <li>newsgroup server name</li>
+  <li>account name</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs &amp; news feeds account, begin
+  from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard.
+
+    <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of
+      new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that
+      follow correspond to the windows you&apos;ll see when you&apos;re setting
+      up an ISP or email provider account.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want
+    to set up, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate
+    for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for
+    for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.
+    <ul>
+      <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all
+        service providers can support both options. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li>
+      <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global
+        Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for
+        this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if
+        the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own
+        directory.</li>
+      <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP).
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail
+          server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of
+          your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been
+          explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you.
+          For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host.
+          If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names
+    provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This
+    window is not available for the Blogs &amp; News Feeds account type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to
+    refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li>
+  <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered
+    is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP
+    or system administrator. When you are sure that it&apos;s correct, click
+    Finish to set up your account.</li>
+  <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail
+  &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for
+  the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve
+  mail, see <a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional
+  Mail and News Accounts</h2>
+
+<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change
+  information for an existing account, including:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and
+    download preferences)</li>
+  <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li>
+  <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform
+    these tasks:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail,
+        news or blogs &amp; news feeds account. Be sure to type the account
+        information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens
+        with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li>
+      <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to make the selected account appear at the top of your list of
+        accounts in the Mail Window. The change takes effect the next time you
+        open Mail &amp; Newsgroups.
+
+        <p>The default account is the one that you want to log into and (for
+          IMAP accounts only) automatically check for new messages when you
+          start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. (For POP accounts, you must always click
+          the Get Msg button to get new messages.)</p>
+        
+        <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can&apos;t set a blogs &amp; news feeds
+          account as default.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this
+        button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of
+        the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail
+        server. See
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click headings under any account&apos;s name and modify the corresponding
+    settings in the panel on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+  Account</h2>
+
+<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings
+    dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email
+    address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the
+    corresponding settings:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on
+        the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.
+
+        <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type
+          (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing
+          account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can
+          then reopen the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and
+          recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add
+          Account.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Copies &amp; Folders</strong>: These settings determine
+        whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you
+        want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message
+        templates. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail
+        &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies &amp; Folders</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Composition &amp; Addressing</strong>: These settings allow
+        you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a
+        message. You can also override the global directory server settings
+        specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition &amp; Addressing</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Synchronization &amp; Storage (IMAP and News accounts
+        only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline
+        (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and
+        conserve disk space. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization
+        &amp; Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs &amp; news feeds accounts
+        only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk
+        space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more
+        information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk
+        Space Settings (POP)</a> or <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk
+        Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to
+        digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital
+        signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in
+        mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your
+        messages remain private while they are in transit over the
+        Internet. For more information, see
+        <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View
+      the Mail Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images,
+      Scripts, and Plugins</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2>
+
+<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display
+  them in the Inbox by opening Mail &amp; Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox
+  for the IMAP account.</p>
+
+<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve
+  your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in
+  full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP
+  server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of
+  messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p>
+  
+<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically
+  check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups.
+  While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking
+  Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>For blogs &amp; feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it
+  will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new
+  items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and
+  to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to
+  notify you when new messages have arrived.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server
+    Settings category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings
+    section:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox
+        if you want to check this account automatically for new messages
+        whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn&apos;t download new messages
+        until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download
+        any new messages</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail
+        checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get
+        Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound or display
+  an alert when new mail arrives, see <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages
+  for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts.
+
+    <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password
+      before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already
+      stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups doesn&apos;t prompt you for this information.)</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window)
+  and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you for your password
+  the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own
+  computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you
+  choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar,
+    search bar, or the status bar.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane
+    window layout to use.</li>
+  <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane
+    view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open
+    the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort
+    by.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the
+    column.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with
+  all its responses:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date
+    column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select
+    Threaded.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by
+  the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion
+  for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the
+  Sort by submenu.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q>
+  in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the
+  threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The
+  thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in
+  this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected,
+  &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort
+  them by clicking on a column header.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed
+  thread where you&apos;ve read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file).
+    Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by
+    Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li>
+  <li>Change the filename&apos;s extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml,
+    depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To print a selected message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts,
+  and Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not
+  display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books
+  whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in
+  <a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+  Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can show remote
+  content.</p>
+
+<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change
+  this setting:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the
+    list.)
+    <ul>
+      <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</q>
+        to enable plugins.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and
+      Newsgroup Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message
+      Composition Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your
+      Message Was Opened</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a
+      Message Draft</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using
+      Templates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of
+  the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the
+    Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the
+    Address Book.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - 
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for
+  composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different
+  editor for each of your accounts.) See <a
+  href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an
+  Account</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for
+  them to be published in blogs &amp; news feeds accounts. If you want to
+  publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you
+  will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some
+  cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p>
+
+<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text
+  styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted
+  lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be
+  able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the
+  plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while
+  clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an
+  as-needed basis.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup
+  messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or
+  HTML by default in the <a
+  href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings).</p>
+
+<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail
+  toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Mail Toolbar
+
+    <p>You can click the following buttons:</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address
+        books.</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See
+        <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+      <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message
+        text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether
+        your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or
+        both).</li>
+      <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li>
+  <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this
+    area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the
+    Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li>
+  <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an
+  additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in
+  &brandShortName; Composer.</p>
+
+<p>For help using the HTML editor, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web
+  Pages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To address a mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Type the name in the addressing area.
+
+    <p>If you have <a
+      href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+      autocompletion</a> enabled (it&apos;s enabled by default), type the first
+      few letters of the recipient&apos;s name and wait for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and
+      immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+      class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail &amp; Newsgroups try to complete
+      the address.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the
+      same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For
+      example, multiple entries might be:</p>
+
+    <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the
+    <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See
+    <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the
+    Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the
+        other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon
+        copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different
+        email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li>
+      <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li>
+      <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so
+        that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead
+        of the original newsgroup.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the
+  email address contained in a message you&apos;re reading, and then selecting
+  Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the
+  Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p>
+
+<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is
+  based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new
+  message. However, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also allows you to
+  change the account a message is sent from while you&apos;re composing a
+  message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select
+  the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of
+  the account where you sent the message from.</p>
+
+<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose
+  window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and
+  completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by
+  showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple
+  matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want to use an address that Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an
+  alternate address.</p>
+
+<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>While you&apos;re composing a message, you can select these additional
+  message sending options from the Options menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you
+    choose the recipient&apos;s email address from your Address Books or a
+    remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory,
+    enter the first few letters of the recipient&apos;s first or last name to
+    start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to
+    address your message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text
+    before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li>
+  <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the
+    spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection
+    of the message text shown as quoted text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a
+    confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep
+    in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt.
+    This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a
+    per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all
+    messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML
+    (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it&apos;s unknown whether
+    the recipient&apos;s mail program can display an HTML message. The format
+    you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the
+    Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the
+    message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for
+    this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an
+    additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default
+    Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li>
+  <li><strong>Security</strong>: Choose this to change the default security
+    options for this message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>An additional message formatting option is available from the Edit menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the
+    plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of
+    quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted
+    text to the number of characters specified by the
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>
+    preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a
+    message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original
+    message contains long lines.
+
+    <p>You use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit
+      menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing
+      messages. Select the Composition &amp; Addressing panel of the account
+      and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text
+      editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor
+      occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose
+      or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed
+      basis.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To reply to a mail message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to
+  specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+    Addressing</a> category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when
+    replying</q>.</li>
+  <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below
+    the quote</q> is the default.</li>
+  <li>If you have decided to <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a
+    signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply
+    above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature
+    is placed:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature
+        at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your
+        signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit
+      it</a> when replying to a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2>
+
+<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included
+  in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an
+  <em>attachment</em>.</p>
+
+<p>To forward a message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li>
+  <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As
+    Attachment.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward
+      inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the
+      signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message,
+  select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then
+  choose Inline or Attachment.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message
+  Was Opened</h2>
+
+<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed
+  (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that
+  supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind
+  that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if
+  you&apos;ve requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not
+  include a return receipt request, since news servers don&apos;t support this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+  Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for
+  return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual
+  accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return
+    Receipt.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of
+  your mail accounts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+    Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message
+  Draft</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save
+    as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the
+    current account.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save
+      it as a draft.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    draft.</li>
+  <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft
+    button.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you
+    can complete it later.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts
+      folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for
+  editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    drafts.</li>
+  <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2>
+
+<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you
+  send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a
+  template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a
+  Mail compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set
+    the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other
+    default formatting you want.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting
+      you want.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then
+    choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates
+    folder for the current mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To compose a message using a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you
+    created the message template.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send
+    it.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template
+      from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message
+    templates.</li>
+  <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying
+      Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the
+      Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail
+      Question Dialog Box</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and
+  tables&mdash;just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able
+  to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups allows you
+  to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text)
+  formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have.
+  In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or
+  plain-text messages by default, and how Mail &amp; Newsgroups should handle
+  messages when it&apos;s not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted
+  mail.</p>
+
+<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing
+  messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li>
+  <li>Go to the Composition &amp; Addressing panel and select <q>Compose
+    messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose
+    window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML
+  Elements</h3>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert
+  additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message.
+  If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to
+  change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then
+    open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter
+    HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert
+    menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and
+    text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and
+    JavaScript to objects.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the
+  Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>By default, Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages
+  when it&apos;s not known whether the recipient&apos;s mail program can
+  display HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list).
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages,
+      not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not
+  be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to
+  a different format when you click Send:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li>
+  <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the
+    submenu:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups chooses the
+        appropriate format for the message text. If it can&apos;t determine the
+        format, it asks you to choose a format.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display
+        formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to
+        display the message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have
+        trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only
+        if you are sure the recipient&apos;s mail program can display
+        HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk
+        space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the
+        recipient&apos;s mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>When you&apos;ve finished composing the message, click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books
+  prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual&apos;s
+    card on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted
+    as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read
+    HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or
+    tables).
+
+    <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no
+      formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not
+      sure, choose Unknown.</p>
+
+    <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups determines
+      the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail &amp; Newsgroups still
+      can&apos;t determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a
+      sending format when you send the message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message
+  Source for HTML Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message
+  you&apos;ve received:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question
+  Dialog Box</h2>
+
+<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to
+  someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display
+  HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and
+  plain-text formats.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose
+    Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to
+      attach a file.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your
+    hard drive that you want to attach.</li>
+  <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your
+  desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web
+    page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser,
+  you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send
+  Page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that
+  &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see
+  the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file
+  types, Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another
+  application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that
+  can open files of the same type as the attachment&apos;s file format. For
+  example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on
+  your computer that can open .DOC files.</p>
+
+<p>To open an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li>
+  <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to
+    do with the attachment:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can
+        open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that
+        application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open
+        the attachment.</li>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; can&apos;t find an application on your hard disk
+        that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You
+        won&apos;t be able to open the  attachment, but at least you can save
+        it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open
+        it.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper
+        applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine
+        how different file types are opened by other applications from within
+        &brandShortName;. For more information, see
+        <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+        Downloads</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail
+  server, all attachments remain on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>To save an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>,
+    select the attachment that you want to save.</li>
+  <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the
+    pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and
+    then click OK. Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it
+    to the specified location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click
+  <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+  <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose
+  Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the
+  attachments to be saved.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and
+      from the Trash</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2>
+
+<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP.
+  Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users
+  can set different options for deleting messages.</p>
+
+<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty
+    Trash.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered
+      at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings
+    category under the account name.</li>
+  <li>Select the <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a>
+    you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the
+  Trash</h2>
+
+<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use
+  the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or
+  other folders:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete. Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages permanently:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your
+      Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address
+      Book</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book
+      Card</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address
+      Books and Directories</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing
+      LDAP Directories</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you
+  typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family.
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides you with two address books:
+  the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses&mdash;and you can
+  create additional address books as well. You can also import address books
+  from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The
+  contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory,
+  which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores
+  email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored
+  address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an
+  industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory
+  services such as corporate address books.</p>
+
+<h4>Personal Address Book</h4>
+
+<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can
+  create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p>
+
+<h4>Collected Addresses</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email
+  addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing
+  messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p>
+
+<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4>
+
+<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email
+  addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books.
+  LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases
+  of email addresses, which is especially useful with
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+  autocompletion</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic
+  address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q>
+    and choose whether you want:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Personal Address Book.</li>
+      <li>Collected Addresses.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4>
+
+<p>To open the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book
+    icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4>
+
+<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book
+    window.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the
+    following display options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide)
+        or check (show).</li>
+      <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names
+        displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li>
+      <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address
+  Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address
+  books:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a
+    message you&apos;ve received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q>
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book
+    card.</li>
+  <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient&apos;s address
+    to your address book (if enabled).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by
+    selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book
+    you want to copy them to.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups provides a default personal address
+  book, but you can create additional address books.</p>
+
+<p>To create a new address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any
+    &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
+    You see the Address Book window.
+
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose
+    Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2>
+
+<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email
+  addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee
+  prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and
+    choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to
+    which you want to add a card.)</li>
+  <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information:
+        <ul>
+          <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to
+            appear in the address book).</li>
+          <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the
+            Compose window).</li>
+          <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li>
+          <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li>
+          <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this
+            recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that
+            include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient
+            can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then
+            choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not sure, choose
+            Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail &amp;
+            Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If
+            Mail &amp; Newsgroups still can&apos;t determine the correct
+            format, Mail &amp; Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending
+            format when you send the message.</li>
+          <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this
+            sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your
+            message window.</li>
+          <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li>
+          <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street
+        address, phone number, and URL.
+
+        <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information,
+          &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when
+          you view this entry&apos;s address book card in your address book.
+          Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map
+          to the address.</p>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you
+        want.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any
+  email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the
+  drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card
+  Properties</h3>
+
+<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly
+  address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you
+  want.</p>
+
+<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li>
+  <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book
+        in which to store the list.</li>
+      <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a
+        message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li>
+      <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li>
+      <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of
+        the Compose window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears
+  underneath the address book you added it to.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2>
+
+<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear
+    to the right of the mailing list name.</li>
+  <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click the Delete button.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the
+    small triangle beside the address book title.</li>
+  <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address
+  book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria
+  to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p>
+
+<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address,
+  begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the
+    address book or directory that you want to search.</li>
+  <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email
+    address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email
+    address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the
+      search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3>
+
+<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are
+  not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from
+  the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced
+    Address Book Search dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through
+    which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to search for
+    entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria)
+    that you choose.</li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want
+    to sort by.</li>
+  <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click
+    Properties.</li>
+  <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries
+    and click Compose.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or
+  computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can
+  import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep
+  in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of
+  &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so
+  there&apos;s no need to import them.</p>
+
+<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook,
+  Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated
+  (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p>
+
+<p>You can also <a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import mail
+  messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and Outlook
+  Express.</p>
+
+<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import
+    Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2>
+
+<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import
+  it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with
+  another program that can import address books. You can export an address
+  book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited
+  (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p>
+
+<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li>
+  <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you
+    want to save the address book file.</li>
+  <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif,
+    comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li>
+  <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the
+    appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li>
+  <li>Click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP
+  Directories</h2>
+
+<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the
+  directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use
+  the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p>
+
+<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by
+  your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the
+  information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address
+  book.</p>
+
+<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You
+    see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog
+    box General tab:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for
+        example, InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+      <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server,
+        such as ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+      <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base
+        distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific
+        country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to
+        Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on
+        within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+        Corporation, c=US).</li>
+      <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP
+        server. The default is 389.</li>
+      <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+        authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP
+        server binds anonymously.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting
+        if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are
+        unsure, contact your system administrator.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li>
+  <li>Type the following information:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting
+        lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the
+        directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches
+        to display for autocompletion.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one
+        of the following:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by
+            searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+          <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+            the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is
+            the least restrictive search.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to
+        matching results that are within the specified scope of the
+        search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address
+  Book window.</p>
+
+<p>To delete a directory:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click
+    Edit Directories.</li>
+  <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you
+    want to delete and click Delete.</li>
+  <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use
+  so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while
+  working offline, see
+  <a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example,
+    InfoSpace Directory).</li>
+  <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as
+    ldap.infospace.com.</li>
+  <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here
+    restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP
+    restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization
+    to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications
+    Corporation, c=US).</li>
+  <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server.
+    The default is 389.</li>
+  <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to
+    authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server
+    binds anonymously.</li>
+  <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your
+    LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure,
+    contact your system administrator.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets
+    you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory
+    server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for
+    autocompletion.</li>
+  <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching
+        the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li>
+      <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the
+        base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least
+        restrictive search.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to
+    matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a
+      Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in
+      Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other
+      Users (IMAP Only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through
+      Messages</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the folder.</li>
+  <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your
+    new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter
+  will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a
+  folder within the same mail account.</p>
+
+<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag
+        the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved
+        becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name
+        of another account.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the
+        folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder
+        you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2>
+
+<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the
+    destination folder.</li>
+  <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or
+      POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message
+      is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders
+  by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message
+  list over another folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+  (IMAP Only)</h2>
+
+<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the
+  same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the
+  same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail
+  server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your
+  system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders
+  are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p>
+
+<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing
+  information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select
+    a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view.
+
+    <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail
+      account cannot be shared.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li>
+  <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and
+    password.
+
+    <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows
+      you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available,
+      you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot
+      change them.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their
+    folder access privileges.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy
+        their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy
+        messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread.
+        See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+        Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read
+        privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy
+        or move messages into the folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write
+        privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder
+        permissions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a
+  distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p>
+
+<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared
+  folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the shared folder.</li>
+  <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder
+    Location.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li>
+  <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li>
+  <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell
+    message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking
+    the link you pasted into the message.
+
+    <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to
+      subscribe to your shared folder.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3>
+
+<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To
+  subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP
+    mail account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You
+    see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them.
+  You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create
+  your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to
+  automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example,
+  you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are
+  tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See
+  <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3>
+
+<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost
+  priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select
+  one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard.
+  Press 0 to remove all tags.</p>
+
+<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select Tags from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For
+  example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the
+  tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to
+  another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if
+  your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist
+  when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag
+    can be up to 32 characters long.</li>
+  <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and
+    select a new color.</li>
+  <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at
+    the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your
+  mail accounts.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the
+  default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag
+  settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns
+    icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag
+    type, to sort messages by date.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags
+    from this message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You might want to mark a message you&apos;ve read as unread if you later
+  want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p>
+
+<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread.
+    Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png"
+    alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a
+    <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the
+    Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Read column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for
+  <a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline
+  use</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to
+    indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not
+    visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png"
+    alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by
+  filtering displayed messages.</p>
+
+<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an
+  option from the submenu.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a>
+    to view tagged messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Custom views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have
+    four preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5
+    Days</q>, and <q>Not Junk</q>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify
+    settings for custom views.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change message view from the View box
+  in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu,
+  choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3>
+
+<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching
+  certain criteria.</p>
+
+<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li>
+  <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and
+    click Edit.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the message view.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view 
+    setting applies automatically.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can
+  create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to
+  automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria
+  you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically
+  moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a
+  per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of
+    messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the filter.</li>
+  <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you
+    to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking
+    mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means
+    that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the
+    filter.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the
+    messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add
+    or remove additional actions.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose
+      <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It
+      could be that you don&apos;t want all filters to be run if one or more
+      messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all
+      messages from your boss&apos;s email address as <q>Important</q>, and
+      you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their
+      subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you
+      don&apos;t want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder,
+      even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first
+      message filter you define should match your boss&apos;s email address,
+      and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and
+      <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then
+    select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a
+    new folder.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder
+    in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering
+    incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any
+  time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder
+  to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply
+  filters to the selected message (if any).</p>
+
+<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to
+        the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it
+        off.</li>
+      <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box
+        to make your changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Delete.</li>
+      <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In
+        the filter list, click a filter&apos;s name, and click <q>Move Up</q>
+        or <q>Move Down</q> to move it.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message
+          in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message
+          being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new
+    filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages
+  that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or
+  move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or
+  moved folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to
+  another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a
+  Specific Sender</h3>
+
+<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For
+  example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your
+  child&apos;s teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set
+  up a filter to do this.</p>
+
+<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the
+    message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter
+    From.</li>
+  <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender&apos;s email
+    address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the
+    filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the
+    matching criteria.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from
+    the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other
+    actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li>
+  <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will
+    provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the
+    <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where
+    you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the
+    specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a
+  single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of
+  criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail
+  folder, newsgroup, or account.</p>
+
+<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel
+    when you are done.</li>
+  <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text
+    throughout the rest of the message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text
+    or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject
+    or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or
+      sender contains the search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the
+    selected folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3>
+
+<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are
+  not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search
+    Messages dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or
+    folder through which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search local system</q> to search only messages from newsgroups
+    or IMAP accounts that have been saved locally.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The checkbox will be disabled if it&apos;s not
+      possible to search remotely stored messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select which matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups will use to search for
+    messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that
+    you choose.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that
+    you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click
+        Open, or double-click the message.</li>
+      <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you
+        want to sort by.</li>
+      <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder,
+        select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File
+        drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account,
+        the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is
+        within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li>
+      <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then
+        click Delete.</li>
+      <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message
+        and click Open Message Folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls
+to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and
+      Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your
+  incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The
+  feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train
+  &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of
+  mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If
+  &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p>
+
+<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk
+    messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected
+    message(s):
+    <ul>
+      <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q>
+        or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li>
+      <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li>
+      <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/>
+
+        <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you
+          do not see it, click the right-most button (
+          <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and
+          select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear
+      in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected
+      message.</p>
+  </li>
+  
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+  <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify
+    incoming messages. (See
+    <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>.
+    Details on the other settings there can be found in the 
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a>
+    preference panel description.)
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white
+    listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book
+    of the infected computer).</li>
+  <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels
+    messages either as junk or not junk.</li>
+  <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu
+    and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls
+  when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail
+  Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not
+  Junk.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2>
+
+<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the 
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp;
+  Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the
+  account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk
+  Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run
+  after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing
+  scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to
+  your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk
+  to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be
+  classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if
+  you are on a moderated mailing list).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2>
+
+<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which
+  a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into
+  divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames,
+  passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince
+  recipients to respond.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases, you&apos;ll receive a link to a phishing page via an email
+  which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up
+  at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>
+  can look very similar to a genuine one, it&apos;s safer to use a bookmark
+  you&apos;ve created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead
+  of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged
+  URL if you&apos;re asked to log in or provide private information on a
+  website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it
+  encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the
+  message window.</p>
+
+<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not
+  Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p>
+
+<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL,
+  &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website
+  is opened.</p>
+
+<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of
+  the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or
+  the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the
+  actual URL.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk
+  Mail detection.</p>
+
+<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document
+  <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy:
+  Phishing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other
+  Programs</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from
+  Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import
+  address books from these programs, see
+  <a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook
+  Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator
+  mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new
+  folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail
+  folders still remain in their original location).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2>
+
+<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+      Discussions</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a
+  newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called
+  discussion groups).</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another
+    newsgroup account.</li>
+  <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup,
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup.
+    You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders
+  located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow
+  the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the
+  Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and
+  subscribing to folders, see
+  <a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+  (IMAP Only)</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which
+  you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in
+  each newsgroup.</p>
+
+<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are
+    no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the
+    responses below the original message. You can click any header to display
+    its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new
+    thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a
+    message</a> in response.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a
+    newsgroup.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose.</li>
+  <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> your
+    message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing
+  Discussions</h2>
+
+<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply.</li>
+  <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> your
+    message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All.</li>
+  <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q>
+    drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you
+    enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2>
+
+<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in a thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li>
+  <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for
+    messages in additional threads.</li>
+  <li>When you&apos;re ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the
+    View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups only displays the watched threads
+    that contain unread messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to
+    viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To ignore a message thread:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message in the thread.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies
+    posted to the thread will appear as read.</li>
+  <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then
+    choose Ignored Threads.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2>
+
+<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2>
+
+<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must
+  first set up access to that server.</p>
+
+<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail
+  window and choose New, then Account.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set
+    up is a newsgroup account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve set up access to the new server, you can
+  <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that
+  server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting
+  started with Blogs &amp; News Feeds</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs
+      &amp; news feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing
+      to blogs &amp; news feeds from a browser window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp;
+      news feeds messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog
+      post</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing
+      feeds</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using
+      different blogs &amp; news feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs &amp; news
+  feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs &amp; News
+  account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs &amp; News feeds.</p>
+
+<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed
+    Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this:
+    <ul>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right
+        pane.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+        account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and
+        choose Subscribe.</li>
+      <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs
+        &amp; News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li>
+      <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account
+        Settings option. In the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog,
+        click on a Blogs &amp; News Feeds account main section, and then
+        click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed
+    properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list
+    where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge
+    multiple feeds in one list item.</li>
+  <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to
+    display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs
+  &amp; news feeds from a browser window</h2>
+
+<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed
+  discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png"
+  style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You
+  can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it
+  added to your first Blogs &amp; News Feeds account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs &amp; news feeds
+  messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you open your Blogs &amp; News account, you see the list of feeds to
+  which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for
+  new messages.</p>
+
+<p>To read blogs &amp; news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click a blogs &amp; news account to see its feeds. (If there are
+    no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li>
+  <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the
+    article, which you can click to open a browser window with the
+    corresponding webpage.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs &amp; News account and each
+  individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the
+  full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed
+  Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short
+    version of this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its
+    default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs
+    &amp; News account.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2>
+
+<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also,
+  there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won&apos;t
+  normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component.
+  Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account
+  and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2>
+
+<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will
+  usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p>
+ 
+<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email
+  message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service
+  implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2>
+
+<p>If you have set up a
+  <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs &amp; News
+  account</a>, you can export or import Blogs &amp; News feed collections using
+  the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p>
+
+<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export
+    feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select
+    OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click
+    Save.</li>
+  <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs &amp;
+    feeds account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs &amp;
+  news account, you can edit it.</p>
+
+<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the
+    <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li>
+  <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web
+    page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for
+    each article.
+    
+    <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth
+      traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the
+      feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in
+      the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2>
+
+<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs &amp; news
+  account, you can remove it.</p>
+
+<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs &amp; news account, begin from the
+  Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News account to
+    manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You
+    may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual
+    feed.</li>
+  <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the
+    feed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note:</strong> don&apos;t confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs
+  &amp; News account. Removing a feed doesn&apos;t delete the folder in which
+  the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder
+  until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get
+  a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your
+  feeds</a> later in this section.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs
+  &amp; news feeds accounts</h2>
+
+<p>A single blogs &amp; news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in
+  it, so you don&apos;t strictly need more than one blogs &amp; news feeds
+  account. However, you may want to create several blogs &amp; news feeds
+  accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you
+    can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your
+    feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to
+    put in it all your feeds with general news.</li>
+  <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This
+    way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account
+    (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2>
+
+<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it.
+  However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section
+  helps you to better organize your feeds:</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing
+      folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading
+      multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another
+      folder</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3>
+
+<p>Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts:
+  <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide
+    the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li>
+  <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts work pretty
+    much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got
+    through the feeds.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed
+  messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and
+  folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them
+  connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that
+  removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor
+  will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are
+  stored into the folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders
+  in Blogs &amp; News Feeds accounts</h3>
+
+<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs &amp; News Feeds
+  accounts just like with any other account type. See
+  <a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>,
+  <a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> and
+  <a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or copying a folder</a> for more
+  details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple
+  feeds in a single folder</h3>
+
+<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from
+  more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in
+  that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs &amp; News Feeds account
+    to manage, or a feed inside it.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the
+    <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>.
+    to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li>
+  <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click
+    the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li>
+  <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3>
+
+<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Drag &amp; drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li>
+  <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it
+    downloads articles/items.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn&apos;t move
+  existing articles from the folder in which they have been
+  downloaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting
+      Up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All
+      Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+      Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your
+      Accounts for Working Offline</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for
+      Offline Viewing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+      Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+      Reconnecting Later</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos; offline feature lets you
+  download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the
+  Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and
+  you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily
+  disconnect from your company&apos;s network while traveling or switching
+  locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The
+  offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later
+  send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p>
+
+<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so
+  most of these offline features aren&apos;t relevant for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups lets you easily:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also
+  lets you:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for
+  Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to automatically
+  download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online,
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your
+  messages with the server.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this
+  section does not apply for POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you
+    want to use offline, select Synchronization &amp; Storage. (This category
+    is not available for POP accounts.)</li>
+  <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this
+    computer</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie
+    icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be
+    available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders
+  created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an
+  <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual
+  folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the
+  <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline.
+  After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains open so
+  you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by
+  replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the
+  Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+  <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an
+  Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that POP accounts don&apos;t allow you to manage folders on the POP
+  server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to
+    download for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li>
+  <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the
+    folder&apos;s messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when
+    you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li>
+  <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages
+  in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working
+  offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the
+    Cookie icon) to go back online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the
+  offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while
+  working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if
+  you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account
+  settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use
+  the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p>
+
+<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and
+        then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li>
+      <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the
+        <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click
+        each message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages
+    from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the
+    selected messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If
+    the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages.
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the
+  lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go
+  offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups remains
+  open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p>
+
+<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q>
+  menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster
+  access.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups saves any
+  messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder
+  under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the
+  File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName;
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you
+  reconnect, use the Preferences command on the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu to change your <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline
+  preferences</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading
+  Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2>
+
+<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your
+  computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you&apos;ve
+  downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your
+  local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory
+  server.</p>
+
+<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Make sure you&apos;re online.</li>
+  <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to
+    download (replicate).</li>
+  <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server
+    Properties dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Click the Offline tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li>
+  <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to
+    start the download.
+
+    <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may
+      take a while, so please be patient.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory
+  or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After
+  you&apos;ve been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may
+  wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To
+  update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts
+  for Working Offline</h2>
+
+<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and
+  Disk Space preferences in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog
+  box. Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these preferences each time you
+  want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for
+  an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p>
+
+<p>Here&apos;s a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts
+  for offline use:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization
+    &amp; Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items
+    (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information.
+
+    <p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings. See the sections
+      below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>,
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and
+      <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a>
+      accounts.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+      preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline,
+      and then choose Offline Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now
+    from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to
+    download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail
+      messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See
+    <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+    Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+  Viewing</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must
+  first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for
+  offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you
+  want to use offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase
+  download time and disk space used.</p>
+
+<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage category for the account you
+    want to change.</li>
+  <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups
+    for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that
+      you&apos;ve already <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a>
+      to. POP accounts and local mail folders don&apos;t appear in the
+      list.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available
+    for offline use.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once set, you don&apos;t need to change these settings each time you want to
+  go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so
+  before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using
+  the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and
+  Sync</a> command.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and
+  Synchronizing Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use,
+  you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven&apos;t yet
+  selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail
+ window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+  <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want
+    to download.
+
+    <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail
+      messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the
+      checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven&apos;t yet selected
+      items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline,
+    check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li>
+  <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is
+    complete</q>.</li>
+  <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See
+    <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline
+    Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you&apos;ve
+    already selected items for download.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups begins downloading the
+    selected items.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode.
+  Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline
+  indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of
+  the Mail window to go offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and
+  Reconnecting Later</h2>
+
+<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p>
+
+<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/>
+    in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts
+    you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li>
+  <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to
+    work offline without downloading messages, click Don&apos;t Download.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading
+  offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  download behavior when going offline, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category,
+  select Network &amp; Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when
+  going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png"
+    alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync
+    Now.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the
+  server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups&apos;
+  behavior when going online, open the
+  <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+  menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization &amp; Storage
+  category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages,
+  or to not send unsent messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58a435403d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,838 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a
+      Folder</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in
+      Folders</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other
+      Users (IMAP Only)</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through
+      Messages</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the name of the folder.</li>
+  <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your
+    new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter
+  will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2>
+
+<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a
+  folder within the same mail account.</p>
+
+<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag
+        the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved
+        becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name
+        of another account.</li>
+      <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the
+        folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder
+        you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2>
+
+<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these
+  methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the
+    destination folder.</li>
+  <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or
+      POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message
+      is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder
+    from the drop-down list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders
+  by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message
+  list over another folder.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users
+  (IMAP Only)</h2>
+
+<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the
+  same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the
+  same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail
+  server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your
+  system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders
+  are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p>
+
+<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing
+  information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select
+    a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view.
+
+    <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail
+      account cannot be shared.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li>
+  <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li>
+  <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and
+    password.
+
+    <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows
+      you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available,
+      you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot
+      change them.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their
+    folder access privileges.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy
+        their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy
+        messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread.
+        See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging
+        Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li>
+      <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read
+        privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy
+        or move messages into the folder.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write
+        privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder
+        permissions.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a
+  distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p>
+
+<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared
+  folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the shared folder.</li>
+  <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder
+    Location.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li>
+  <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li>
+  <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell
+    message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking
+    the link you pasted into the message.
+
+    <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to
+      subscribe to your shared folder.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3>
+
+<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To
+  subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP
+    mail account.</li>
+  <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li>
+  <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You
+    see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click
+    Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail
+    window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them.
+  You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create
+  your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to
+  automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example,
+  you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are
+  tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See
+  <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more
+  information.</p>
+
+<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3>
+
+<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost
+  priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail
+  window.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select
+  one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard.
+  Press 0 to remove all tags.</p>
+
+<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select Tags from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For
+  example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the
+  tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to
+  another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if
+  your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist
+  when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p>
+
+<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag
+    can be up to 32 characters long.</li>
+  <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and
+    select a new color.</li>
+  <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at
+    the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your
+  mail accounts.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the
+  default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag
+  settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns
+    icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag
+    type, to sort messages by date.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li>
+  <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags
+    from this message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You might want to mark a message you&apos;ve read as unread if you later
+  want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p>
+
+<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread.
+    Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png"
+    alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a
+    <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the
+    Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon
+    <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Read column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for
+  <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline
+  use</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag
+    <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to
+    indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not
+    visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png"
+    alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2>
+
+<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by
+  filtering displayed messages.</p>
+
+<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an
+  option from the submenu.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread
+    messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a>
+    to view tagged messages.</li>
+  <li><strong>Custom views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have
+    four preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5
+    Days</q>, and <q>Not Junk</q>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify
+    settings for custom views.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change message view from the View box
+  in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu,
+  choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 80px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3>
+
+<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching
+  certain criteria.</p>
+
+<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li>
+  <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and
+    click Edit.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the message view.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view 
+    setting applies automatically.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can
+  create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups uses to
+  automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria
+  you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically
+  moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a
+  per-account basis.</p>
+
+<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of
+    messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li>
+  <li>Type a name for the filter.</li>
+  <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you
+    to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking
+    mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means
+    that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the
+    filter.</li>
+  <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the
+    following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn&apos;t
+    contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the
+    messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add
+    or remove additional actions.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose
+      <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It
+      could be that you don&apos;t want all filters to be run if one or more
+      messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all
+      messages from your boss&apos;s email address as <q>Important</q>, and
+      you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their
+      subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you
+      don&apos;t want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder,
+      even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first
+      message filter you define should match your boss&apos;s email address,
+      and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and
+      <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then
+    select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a
+    new folder.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li>
+  <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder
+    in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li>
+  <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering
+    incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any
+  time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder
+  to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply
+  filters to the selected message (if any).</p>
+
+<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message
+    Filters dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to
+    apply the filter.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to
+        the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it
+        off.</li>
+      <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box
+        to make your changes.</li>
+      <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click
+        Delete.</li>
+      <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In
+        the filter list, click a filter&apos;s name, and click <q>Move Up</q>
+        or <q>Move Down</q> to move it.
+
+        <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message
+          in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message
+          being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new
+    filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you&apos;ve been using to
+  store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages
+  that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or
+  move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or
+  moved folder.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to
+  another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a
+  Specific Sender</h3>
+
+<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For
+  example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your
+  child&apos;s teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set
+  up a filter to do this.</p>
+
+<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li>
+  <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the
+    message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter
+    From.</li>
+  <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender&apos;s email
+    address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the
+    filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the
+    matching criteria.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from
+    the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other
+    actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li>
+  <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will
+    provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the
+    <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where
+    you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li>
+  <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the
+    specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a
+  single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of
+  criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail
+  folder, newsgroup, or account.</p>
+
+<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li>
+  <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel
+    when you are done.</li>
+  <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text
+    throughout the rest of the message.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text
+    or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject
+    or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find.
+
+    <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+      displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or
+      sender contains the search text you entered.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the
+    selected folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3>
+
+<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are
+  not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search
+    Messages dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or
+    folder through which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the
+    search.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Search local system</q> to search only messages from newsgroups
+    or IMAP accounts that have been saved locally.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: The checkbox will be disabled if it&apos;s not
+      possible to search remotely stored messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select which matching option Mail &amp; Newsgroups will use to search for
+    messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that
+    you choose.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example,
+    <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that
+    you want to match.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not
+      listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search
+      for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and
+      type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then
+      choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom
+      header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match
+      what you type.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li>
+  <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search
+    results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click
+        Open, or double-click the message.</li>
+      <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you
+        want to sort by.</li>
+      <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder,
+        select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File
+        drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account,
+        the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is
+        within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li>
+      <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then
+        click Delete.</li>
+      <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message
+        and click Open Message Folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls
+to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and
+      Filters</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName;&apos;s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your
+  incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The
+  feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train
+  &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of
+  mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If
+  &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p>
+
+<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk
+    messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected
+    message(s):
+    <ul>
+      <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q>
+        or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li>
+      <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li>
+      <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/>
+
+        <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you
+          do not see it, click the right-most button (
+          <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and
+          select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear
+      in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected
+      message.</p>
+  </li>
+  
+  <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li>
+  <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify
+    incoming messages. (See
+    <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>.
+    Details on the other settings there can be found in the 
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a>
+    preference panel description.)
+  </li>
+  <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white
+    listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book
+    of the infected computer).</li>
+  <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels
+    messages either as junk or not junk.</li>
+  <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu
+    and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls
+  when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail
+  Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not
+  Junk.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2>
+
+<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the 
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp;
+  Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the
+  account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk
+  Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2>
+
+<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run
+  after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing
+  scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to
+  your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk
+  to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be
+  classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if
+  you are on a moderated mailing list).</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2>
+
+<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which
+  a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into
+  divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames,
+  passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks,
+  e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince
+  recipients to respond.</p>
+
+<p>In many cases, you&apos;ll receive a link to a phishing page via an email
+  which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up
+  at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM
+  messages.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>
+  can look very similar to a genuine one, it&apos;s safer to use a bookmark
+  you&apos;ve created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead
+  of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged
+  URL if you&apos;re asked to log in or provide private information on a
+  website.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it
+  encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the
+  message window.</p>
+
+<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not
+  Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p>
+
+<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL,
+  &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website
+  is opened.</p>
+
+<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of
+  the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or
+  the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the
+  actual URL.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk
+  Mail detection.</p>
+
+<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document
+  <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy:
+  Phishing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..828ddf925a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,647 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroup Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences
+  that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these
+  preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the list.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network &amp; Storage
+      Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the main Mail &amp; Newsgroups preferences. If you
+  are not already viewing the Mail &amp; Newsgroups main preferences, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to
+    allow Mail &amp; Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Use &brandShortName; Mail as the default mail
+    application</strong>: Select &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups as the
+    default mail application for Windows and from within other applications
+    such as Microsoft Word.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups as
+      the default mail application may disable another mail application. To
+      restore the other mail application as the default, deselect this
+      option.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option
+    if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last
+    before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this
+    option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message
+    grouping <a href="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when
+    sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically
+    displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the
+    column headers.</li>
+  <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message
+    area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page
+    appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different
+    web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this
+    option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by
+    &brandShortName;.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Message
+  Display</h2>
+
+<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are
+  displayed (for example, font style and color) in all accounts. If you are not
+  already viewing the Message Display settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: Here you can
+    choose if you want to reuse a message window for the next mail or if you
+    want to open a new one for each.</li>
+  <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>:
+    Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other
+    content in received messages, except from senders in your address books
+    whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Wait [__] seconds before marking a message as read</strong>:
+    Choose this option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when
+    you are only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you
+    want a message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you do not want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to mark
+      your messages as read automatically at all, you can select this option
+      and enter a very large number of seconds.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: Select the font you prefer for
+    viewing plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width. Choosing a font
+    style, size, and color for quoted plain-text messages can help you more
+    easily distinguish quoted text (usually a message that&apos;s been
+    forwarded to you or by you).
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that
+        incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail
+        window.</li>
+      <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that
+        when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley
+        faces) Mail &amp; Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example:
+        <table border="1">
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td><strong>This</strong>:</td>
+            <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:-(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>:(</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-)</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td>
+          </tr>
+          <tr align="center">
+            <td>;-p</td>
+            <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td>
+          </tr>
+        </table>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2>
+
+<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing
+  you on arrival of a new message. So you don&apos;t have to always look in the
+  folders.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want 
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display a sliding alert above 
+    your system tray in the lower right corner of your screen when new 
+    messages arrive. The sliding alert only appears once when new messages
+    arrive, and won&apos;t appear again until you bring the Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups window to the front.
+    <table>
+      <tr>
+        <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td>
+      </tr>
+      <tr>
+        <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+        <td><strong>Sliding new mail alert</strong></td>
+      </tr>
+    </table>
+
+    <p>When the alert appears, clicking the link displayed in the alert will
+      take you to the first folder that has new mail.
+    </p>
+
+    <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the
+      Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; application is running).
+    </p>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to display an icon in your system
+    tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when
+    new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have
+    visited one of your folders with new mail or checked for new messages
+    manually.
+    <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png"
+      alt=""/>&nbsp;&nbsp;<strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p>
+    <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName;
+      Mail &amp; Newsgroups main window.</p>
+  </li>
+
+  <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you
+    want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when
+    new messages arrive.</li>
+  <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; 
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can
+    choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format.
+    If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in
+    the file locator. Click on the Preview button to listen to the chosen sound
+    file.
+
+    <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will
+      continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another
+      &brandShortName; application is running).</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="composition">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2>
+
+<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example,
+  forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are
+  not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded
+    message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your
+    message).</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this
+    option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages)
+    viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li>
+  <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>:
+    Choose this option if you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to save the message
+    you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a
+    computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of
+    the message in your Drafts folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>:
+    Check this option if want to be asked if you&apos;re sure to be ready to
+    send the message when you&apos;re pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor.
+    This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the
+    keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a
+    number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to
+    have Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before
+    you send it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type
+    it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language
+    you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more
+    dictionaries.</li>
+  <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the
+    defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to
+    send mails in HTML format.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="send_format">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2>
+
+<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your
+  outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the
+    message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may
+    cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this
+    option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying
+    the message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This
+    option uses more disk space.
+
+    <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by
+      using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add
+    the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains
+    can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only
+    display plain text.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the
+  same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that
+  end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of
+  displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the
+  list of HTML Domains so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups will automatically send
+  messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p>
+
+<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you
+  know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to
+  the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail &amp; Newsgroups automatically
+  sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail
+  messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs
+  that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you
+  to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot
+  display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format
+  them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These
+  preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and
+  not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can
+  specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However,
+  when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups formats these messages.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Addressing</h2>
+
+<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for
+  &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups address books (for example, email
+  address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already
+  viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients&apos; email addresses.
+    Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your
+    Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li>
+  <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>:
+    Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to
+    search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail
+    &amp; Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local
+    address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory
+    server) or both. If you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to highlight addresses
+    that do not autocomplete, then select that option.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address
+      matches are found, Mail &amp; Newsgroups displays a list of all possible
+      choices.</p>
+
+    <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list.
+      A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one
+      of your local address books. The directory you select will also be
+      searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted
+      message to one or more recipients for whom you don&apos;t have
+      certificates on file.</p>
+
+    <p>See <a
+      href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding
+      and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP
+      directory server settings.</p>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the
+      Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override
+      these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP
+      directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an
+      account in the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set
+      different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu
+      and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Junk &amp; Suspect Mail</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk &amp; Suspect Mail panel,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Junk &amp; Suspect Mail.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to
+    set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages
+    as Junk.
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>:
+        Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder.
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked 
+        Junk messages to the trash folder.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>:
+        Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show
+        up as new.</li>
+      <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this
+        option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk.
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow
+    logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log
+    </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li>
+  <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the
+    training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively
+    destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation.
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email
+    scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for
+    suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more
+    easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for
+    anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before
+    they are stored locally.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<h2 id="tags">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the
+  Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags.
+  If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options
+    are visible, double-click the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color
+    for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your
+    own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color
+    chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down
+    buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with
+    multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li>
+  <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and
+    restores just the default tags&apos; text and colors.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Return
+  Receipts</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If
+  you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings
+  for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return
+  Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return
+  receipts.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>:
+    Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all
+    your mail accounts.</li>
+  <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation
+    messages are delivered to your Inbox.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter
+      that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder
+      you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see
+      <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating
+      Message Filters</a>.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt
+    confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you
+    do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return
+    receipts from others.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you
+    want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences - Character
+  Encoding</h2>
+
+<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded
+  when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already
+  viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the
+    Preferences dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to
+    select the character encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the
+    default for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. This is recommended if
+    it&apos;s likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding
+    (MIME charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in
+    international newsgroups.</li>
+  <li><strong>Always use this default character encoding when messages are
+    displayed</strong>: Select this to apply the default character encoding to
+    all messages.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character
+      encoding for a specific folder. In the Mail window, select a folder from
+      the list of Mail folders. Open the View menu, and choose Character
+      Encoding.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use &apos;quoted
+    printable&apos; MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular
+    messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin
+    ISO-8859-3).</li>
+  <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character
+    encoding you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing
+    mail and newsgroup messages. Note that this character encoding is
+    <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the
+    character encoding of the message being replied to is used by default.
+    Choose <strong>Always use this default character encoding in
+    replies</strong> to use the default character encoding for outgoing
+    messages even when replying.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail &amp; Newsgroups Preferences -
+  Network &amp; Storage</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Network &amp; Storage preferences
+  panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, select Network &amp; Storage.
+    (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Network &amp; Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for
+  working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    handle messages when going online or offline.</li>
+  <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li>
+  <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by 
+    automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount 
+    of disk space you enter.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for
+  information on working offline.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f794f8833
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital
+      Signatures &amp; Encryption</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other
+      People&apos;s Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp;
+      Encrypting a New Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp;
+      Encrypted Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security -
+      Compose Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security -
+      Received Message</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures &amp;
+  Encryption </h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it.
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult
+  for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is
+  in transit over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p>
+
+<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>
+    (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see
+    <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+    Own Certificate</a>.</li>
+  <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your
+    Security Settings</a>.
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in
+  <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a 
+  New Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures
+  and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the
+  online document
+  <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+  to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3>
+
+<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>.</p>
+
+<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature,
+  although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing
+  a contract.</p>
+
+<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you
+  need two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>
+    that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your
+    signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes
+    a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the
+    certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital
+    signature.
+
+    <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the
+      phonebook&mdash;it is public information that helps other people
+      communicate with you.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created
+    and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate.
+
+    <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your
+      <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the
+      &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique,
+      verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3>
+
+<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a>
+  for each of the message&apos;s recipients. The public key in each certificate
+  is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t have a certificate for even a single recipient, the
+  message cannot be encrypted.</p>
+
+<p>The recipient&apos;s software uses the recipient&apos;s private key, which
+  remains on that person&apos;s computer, to decrypt the message.</p>
+  
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People&apos;s
+  Certificates</h2>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest
+  ways to obtain someone else&apos;s certificate is for that person to send you
+  a digitally signed message.</p>
+
+<p>When you receive such a message, the person&apos;s certificate is
+  automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+  Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of
+  certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each
+  recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory,
+  such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to look up certificates automatically.  This feature
+  is controlled by
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up
+  recipients&apos; email addresses in a directory.</p>
+
+<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a
+  directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when
+  you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom
+  you don&apos;t have certificates on file.</p>
+
+<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open
+  the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose
+  View Security Info.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must
+  specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting
+  messages.</p> 
+
+<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your
+  Own Certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a
+  particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.</li>
+  <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings
+    you want to configure.</li>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can
+    proceed further.)
+
+    <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available
+      signing certificates.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li>
+  <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select
+    the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li>
+
+  <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under
+    Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system
+    administrator to find out for sure.</p>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt
+  all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings
+  are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for
+  individual messages.</p>
+
+<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the
+  Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as
+  follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Under Digital Signing:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is
+        selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally
+        signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To
+        turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Under Encryption (choose one):
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you
+        send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate
+        otherwise before you send them.</li>
+      <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the
+        messages you send from this account will be encrypted&mdash;but only if
+        you have valid certificates for each of the message&apos;s recipients.
+        If you don&apos;t have all the necessary certificates, the message
+        can&apos;t be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to
+  confirm them.</p>
+ 
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing &amp; Encrypting a New
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at
+  least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings
+  correctly. For background information on these tasks, see
+  <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures
+  &amp; Encryption</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The settings specified in
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new
+  Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p>
+
+<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You
+  can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or
+  absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally
+      signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that
+      identifies you).</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted
+      (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security
+  icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you
+  want from the drop-down list:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off
+    encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is
+    sent over the Internet.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption
+    for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it
+    can&apos;t be sent unless you have valid certificates for all
+    recipients.</li>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital
+    signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will
+    be signed.</li> 
+  <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed
+    information about the security status of this message&mdash;to help you
+    determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of
+    the recipients.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about the message&apos;s security status, you
+  can also click the key or lock icon as described in
+  <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose
+  Window</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons
+  near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security
+  status of the message:</p>
+  
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif"
+      alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally
+      signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature,
+      the pen is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif"
+      alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a
+      large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server.
+      As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to
+      download the attachment and validate the signature.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif"
+      alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there
+      is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For information about certificate validation, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling
+  Validation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To see more detailed information about the message&apos;s security, click
+  the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in
+  <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you are composing. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your
+    message will be signed. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this
+        message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message
+        can be signed.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this
+        message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for
+        this message. However, a valid
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you
+        for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that
+        makes signing impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will
+    be encrypted. There are three possibilities:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message,
+        valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the
+        message can be encrypted.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible
+        for this message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this
+        message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed
+        recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is
+        some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the
+  recipients of your message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the
+    list, select its name, then click View.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message
+  security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing
+  &amp; Encrypting Messages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message,
+  click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select
+  the options you want.</p>
+
+<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all
+  messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received
+  Message</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any
+  message you have received. If you&apos;re not already viewing Message
+  Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view
+    security information.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the
+    message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li>
+  
+  <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in
+    <a href="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation">Privacy
+    &amp; Security Preferences - Validation</a>. If you are not familiar with
+    OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings
+    are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the
+    certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p>
+  
+  <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate&apos;s
+    trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate
+    Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p>
+
+  <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed,
+    click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the
+    message is encrypted and any decrypting problems.
+    <ul>
+      <li>If the message&apos;s contents have been altered during transit, you
+        should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by
+        network problems.</li>
+      <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the
+        message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to
+        decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import
+        a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see
+        <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for
+        details.) If you don&apos;t have access to a backup certificate, you
+        will not be able to decrypt the message.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68cab40622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1185 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css"
+      type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View
+      the Mail Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images,
+      Scripts, and Plugins</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2>
+
+<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display
+  them in the Inbox by opening Mail &amp; Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox
+  for the IMAP account.</p>
+
+<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve
+  your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in
+  full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP
+  server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of
+  messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p>
+  
+<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically
+  check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups.
+  While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking
+  Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>For blogs &amp; feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it
+  will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new
+  items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p>
+
+<p>You can also set up Mail &amp; Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and
+  to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>The Mail &amp; Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to
+  notify you when new messages have arrived.</p>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from
+  the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server
+    Settings category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings
+    section:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox
+        if you want to check this account automatically for new messages
+        whenever you start Mail &amp; Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail &amp;
+        Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn&apos;t download new messages
+        until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download
+        any new messages</q>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select
+        this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail
+        checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get
+        Msgs in the Mail window.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start
+    &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups to play a sound or display
+  an alert when new mail arrives, see <a
+  href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages
+  for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts.
+
+    <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail
+      &amp; Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password
+      before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already
+      stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups doesn&apos;t prompt you for this information.)</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window)
+  and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you for your password
+  the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own
+  computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you
+  choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar,
+    search bar, or the status bar.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane
+    window layout to use.</li>
+  <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane
+    view.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority,
+  begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open
+    the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort
+    by.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the
+    column.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>
+    and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with
+  all its responses:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date
+    column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select
+    Threaded.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table>
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 20px;"></td>
+    <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by
+  the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion
+  for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the
+  Sort by submenu.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q>
+  in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the
+  threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The
+  thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in
+  this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected,
+  &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort
+  them by clicking on a column header.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed
+  thread where you&apos;ve read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li>
+  <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file).
+    Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by
+    Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li>
+  <li>Change the filename&apos;s extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml,
+    depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li>
+  <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To print a selected message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts,
+  and Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not
+  display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books
+  whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to
+    expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a
+  href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating
+  a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can
+  show remote content.</p>
+
+<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change
+  this setting:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts &amp; Plugins. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the
+    list.)
+    <ul>
+      <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail &amp; Newsgroups</q>
+        to enable plugins.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and
+      Newsgroup Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message
+      Composition Window</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your
+      Message Was Opened</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a
+      Message Draft</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using
+      Templates</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of
+  the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then
+    Message.</li>
+  <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the
+    Mail toolbar.</li>
+  <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the
+    Address Book.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings - 
+  <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for
+  composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different
+  editor for each of your accounts.) See
+  <a href="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the
+  Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for
+  them to be published in blogs &amp; news feeds accounts. If you want to
+  publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you
+  will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some
+  cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p>
+
+<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text
+  styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted
+  lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be
+  able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the
+  plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while
+  clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an
+  as-needed basis.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition
+  Window</h2>
+
+<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup
+  messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or
+  HTML by default in the <a
+  href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+  Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Account Settings).</p>
+
+<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail
+  toolbar.</p>
+
+<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Mail Toolbar
+
+    <p>You can click the following buttons:</p>
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address
+        books.</li>
+      <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See
+        <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more
+        information.</li>
+      <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message
+        text.</li>
+      <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether
+        your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or
+        both).</li>
+      <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li>
+  <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this
+    area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the
+    Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li>
+  <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you&apos;ve chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an
+  additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in
+  &brandShortName; Composer.</p>
+
+<p>For help using the HTML editor, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web
+  Pages</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To address a mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Type the name in the addressing area.
+
+    <p>If you have <a
+      href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address
+      autocompletion</a> enabled (it&apos;s enabled by default), type the first
+      few letters of the recipient&apos;s name and wait for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and
+      immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd
+      class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail &amp; Newsgroups try to complete
+      the address.)</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the
+      same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For
+      example, multiple entries might be:</p>
+
+    <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p>
+  </li>
+  <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the
+    <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See
+    <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the
+    Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the
+        other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon
+        copy).</li>
+      <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different
+        email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li>
+      <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li>
+      <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so
+        that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead
+        of the original newsgroup.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the
+  email address contained in a message you&apos;re reading, and then selecting
+  Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the
+  Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p>
+
+<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is
+  based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new
+  message. However, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups also allows you to
+  change the account a message is sent from while you&apos;re composing a
+  message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select
+  the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of
+  the account where you sent the message from.</p>
+
+<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p>
+
+<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose
+  window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and
+  completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by
+  showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple
+  matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want to use an address that Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an
+  alternate address.</p>
+
+<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand
+    the list).</li>
+  <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address
+    Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>While you&apos;re composing a message, you can select these additional
+  message sending options from the Options menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you
+    choose the recipient&apos;s email address from your Address Books or a
+    remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory,
+    enter the first few letters of the recipient&apos;s first or last name to
+    start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to
+    address your message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text
+    before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li>
+  <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the
+    spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li>
+  <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection
+    of the message text shown as quoted text.</li>
+  <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a
+    confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep
+    in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt.
+    This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a
+    per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all
+    messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li>
+  <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML
+    (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it&apos;s unknown whether
+    the recipient&apos;s mail program can display an HTML message. The format
+    you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the
+    Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li>
+  <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the
+    message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li>
+  <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for
+    this message.</li>
+  <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an
+    additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default
+    Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li>
+  <li><strong>Security</strong>: Choose this to change the default security
+    options for this message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>An additional message formatting option is available from the Edit menu:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the
+    plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of
+    quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted
+    text to the number of characters specified by the
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>
+    preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a
+    message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original
+    message contains long lines.
+
+    <p>You use the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit
+      menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing
+      messages. Select the Composition &amp; Addressing panel of the account
+      and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text
+      editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor
+      occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose
+      or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed
+      basis.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2>
+
+<p>To reply to a mail message:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the message.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li>
+  <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to
+  specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings.
+    You see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the
+    <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition &amp;
+    Addressing</a> category for that account.</li>
+  <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when
+    replying</q>.</li>
+  <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below
+    the quote</q> is the default.</li>
+  <li>If you have decided to <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a
+    signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply
+    above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature
+    is placed:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature
+        at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li>
+      <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your
+        signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit
+      it</a> when replying to a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2>
+
+<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included
+  in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an
+  <em>attachment</em>.</p>
+
+<p>To forward a message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li>
+  <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li>
+  <li>Click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As
+    Attachment.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward
+      inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can
+      optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the
+      signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message,
+  select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then
+  choose Inline or Attachment.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message
+  Was Opened</h2>
+
+<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed
+  (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that
+  supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind
+  that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if
+  you&apos;ve requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not
+  include a return receipt request, since news servers don&apos;t support this
+  feature.</p>
+
+<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+  Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for
+  return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual
+  accounts.</p>
+
+<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return
+    Receipt.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of
+  your mail accounts:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return
+    Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp;
+    Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see
+  <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail &amp;
+  Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message
+  Draft</h2>
+
+<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save
+    as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the
+    current account.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save
+      it as a draft.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    draft.</li>
+  <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li>
+  <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft
+    button.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li>
+  <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you
+    can complete it later.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts
+      folder.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for
+  editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message
+    drafts.</li>
+  <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2>
+
+<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you
+  send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a
+  template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a
+  Mail compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set
+    the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other
+    default formatting you want.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting
+      you want.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then
+    choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates
+    folder for the current mail account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To compose a message using a template:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you
+    created the message template.</li>
+  <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li>
+  <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send
+    it.
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template
+      from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message
+    templates.</li>
+  <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message
+      Sending Options</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying
+      Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the
+      Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail
+      Question Dialog Box</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2>
+
+<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and
+  tables&mdash;just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able
+  to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups allows you
+  to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text)
+  formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have.
+  In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or
+  plain-text messages by default, and how Mail &amp; Newsgroups should handle
+  messages when it&apos;s not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted
+  mail.</p>
+
+<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing
+  messages, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li>
+  <li>Go to the Composition &amp; Addressing panel and select <q>Compose
+    messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose
+    window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this
+    account.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML
+  Elements</h3>
+
+<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert
+  additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message.
+  If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it&apos;s best not to
+  change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then
+    open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter
+    HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert
+    menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and
+    text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li>
+  <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or
+    horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties
+    dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property
+    Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and
+    JavaScript to objects.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see
+  <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the
+  Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending
+  Options</h2>
+
+<p>By default, Mail &amp; Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages
+  when it&apos;s not known whether the recipient&apos;s mail program can
+  display HTML-formatted messages.</p>
+
+<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Mail &amp; Newsgroups category, click
+    <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Mail &amp; Newsgroups to expand the
+    list).
+
+    <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages,
+      not to newsgroup messages.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not
+  be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to
+  a different format when you click Send:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li>
+  <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the
+    submenu:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail &amp; Newsgroups chooses the
+        appropriate format for the message text. If it can&apos;t determine the
+        format, it asks you to choose a format.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display
+        formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to
+        display the message.</li>
+      <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have
+        trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only
+        if you are sure the recipient&apos;s mail program can display
+        HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+      <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk
+        space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the
+        recipient&apos;s mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>When you&apos;ve finished composing the message, click Send.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML
+  Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books
+  prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li>
+  <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual&apos;s
+    card on the right.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li>
+  <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted
+    as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read
+    HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or
+    tables).
+
+    <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no
+      formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don&apos;t know or are not
+      sure, choose Unknown.</p>
+
+    <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail &amp; Newsgroups determines
+      the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail &amp; Newsgroups still
+      can&apos;t determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a
+      sending format when you send the message.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message
+  Source for HTML Messages</h2>
+
+<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message
+  you&apos;ve received:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question
+  Dialog Box</h2>
+
+<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to
+  someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when
+  Mail &amp; Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display
+  HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and
+  plain-text formats.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening
+      Attachments</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2>
+
+<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose
+    Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box.
+
+    <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to
+      attach a file.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your
+    hard drive that you want to attach.</li>
+  <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your
+  desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p>
+
+<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li>
+  <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web
+    page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser,
+  you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send
+  Page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that
+  &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see
+  the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file
+  types, Mail &amp; Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another
+  application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p>
+
+<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that
+  can open files of the same type as the attachment&apos;s file format. For
+  example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on
+  your computer that can open .DOC files.</p>
+
+<p>To open an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li>
+  <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to
+    do with the attachment:
+    <ul>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can
+        open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that
+        application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open
+        the attachment.</li>
+      <li>If &brandShortName; can&apos;t find an application on your hard disk
+        that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You
+        won&apos;t be able to open the  attachment, but at least you can save
+        it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open
+        it.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper
+        applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine
+        how different file types are opened by other applications from within
+        &brandShortName;. For more information, see
+        <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and
+        Downloads</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail
+  server, all attachments remain on the server.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2>
+
+<p>To save an attachment:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>,
+    select the attachment that you want to save.</li>
+  <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the
+    pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and
+    then click OK. Mail &amp; Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it
+    to the specified location.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click
+  <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+  <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose
+  Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the
+  attachments to be saved.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP
+      Messages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and
+      from the Trash</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2>
+
+<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP.
+  Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users
+  can set different options for deleting messages.</p>
+
+<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail
+  window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default,
+    Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty
+    Trash.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane.
+
+    <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered
+      at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings. You
+    see the Mail &amp; Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings
+    category under the account name.</li>
+  <li>Select the <a
+    href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a>
+    you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the
+  Trash</h2>
+
+<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use
+  the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or
+  other folders:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li>
+  <li>Click Delete. Mail &amp; Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Trash folder.</li>
+  <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another
+    folder.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete messages permanently:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..23672f5bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,1576 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Browsing the Web</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1>
+
+<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use
+  &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser
+  component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages
+  and search the Web.</p>
+
+<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to
+  navigate, search, and save web pages.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and
+      Printing Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages
+      and International Content</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and
+      Efficiency</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2>
+
+<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch
+  &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is
+  chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see
+  &brandShortName;&apos;s home page.</p>
+
+<p>To choose your own home page, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying
+  How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName;
+    interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost
+    all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full
+    Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2>
+
+<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL&mdash;its location (address) on the
+  Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more
+  names that identify the address. For instance,
+  <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li>
+  <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any
+    text already in the Location Bar.</li>
+  <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check
+  a web page&apos;s security status at any time. For details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png"
+      alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p><strong>Don&apos;t know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as
+  <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as
+  <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you
+  want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word
+  you typed.</p>
+
+<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the
+  <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2>
+
+<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens
+    whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but
+    buttons and images can also be links.</li>
+  <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link
+    points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2>
+
+<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li>
+  <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on
+    the Back and Forward buttons. You&apos;ll see a list of pages you&apos;ve
+    visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 8px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To see a list of any URLs you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar, click
+    the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it
+    from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the current session, open
+    the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li>
+
+  <li>To choose from pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several
+    sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.
+    The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders
+    displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL
+    next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from
+  pages you&apos;ve visited during the past several sessions. For
+  information, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>.
+</p>
+
+<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3>
+
+<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar
+  list contains links to pages you&apos;ve typed into the Location Bar and then
+  visited.</p>
+
+<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose
+  History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of
+  the Location Bar.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press
+  <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>If you don&apos;t want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages
+  you&apos;ve been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar
+  history entirely or selectively.</p>
+
+<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the
+  browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously
+    visited web pages from the lists.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In <q>Remember visited pages for the last [__]
+  days</q>, you can set the number of days pages will remain in the history
+  list.</p>
+
+<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the
+  following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain
+    (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete
+    entire domain <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command
+    if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in
+    the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete all from
+    <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to
+    delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not
+    <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li>
+  <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and
+    press Delete.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories
+  (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the
+  order.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2>
+
+<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and
+  don&apos;t want to view it, click the Stop button.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the
+  Reload button, or press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif"
+      alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td style="width: 87px;"></td>
+    <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td>
+    <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains
+  a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or
+  press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+  class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2>
+
+<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to
+  remember. Fortunately, it&apos;s not necessary to memorize URLs in order to
+  browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to
+  interesting web pages.</p>
+
+<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a
+    bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a
+    folder and choose a bookmark.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p>
+
+<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or
+  to other interesting places on the Web. See
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New
+  Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2>
+
+<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing
+  to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p>
+
+<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a
+  single browser window. You don&apos;t have to have several windows open to
+  visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You
+  can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without
+  having to switch to another window.</p>
+
+<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened
+  automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing
+  preferences, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences
+  - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see
+  <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2>
+
+<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come
+  to you by using Sidebar.</p>
+
+<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items
+  that you need to use all the time&mdash;the latest news and weather, your
+  address book, stock quotes, a calendar&mdash;and many other available
+  options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that it continually
+  updates.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can
+  customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details,
+  see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p>
+
+<table summary="table for images">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img src="images/sidebar.png"
+      alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align:
+      middle; padding-right: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td>
+    <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar
+      by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in
+      the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar,
+  press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search
+      Mode</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the
+      Bookmarks or History List</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2>
+
+<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar,
+  from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3>
+
+<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a
+  question, or just a word or two, into the browser&apos;s Location Bar, as
+  shown below.</p>
+
+<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt=
+  "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p>
+
+<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li>
+  <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current
+    text.</li>
+  <li>Perform one of these steps:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Click the Search button.</li>
+      <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the
+        drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be
+        different.)
+
+        <p>The default search engine you choose in the
+          <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet
+          Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q>
+          appear in both the browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to
+          visit web pages about baby dolls.</p>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>After you perform a search, the results are saved in Sidebar&apos;s Search
+  tab until you do a new search. You don&apos;t have to click the Back button
+  to retrieve the search results.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar
+  Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically
+  performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in
+  the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac">
+  Return</kbd> will then perform a search. For a more technical description of
+  this feature, see the online document
+  <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/internet-keywords.html">
+  Internet Keywords</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3>
+
+<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you quickly search and bookmark your search
+  results. For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>using</q> drop-down list, and choose a search
+    engine.</li>
+  <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li>
+  <li>Click Search. Search results for &apos;toy car&apos; appear in both the
+    browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages about toy
+    cars.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the Sidebar Search tab contains a list of search
+  engines from which to choose, then it is set to search in
+  <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Advanced mode</a> and you will have
+  to choose one or more search engines before clicking Search. You can keep it
+  that way or change to a basic setting in Preferences.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To display the next or previous page of search results
+  quickly, click the Next and Previous buttons at the bottom of the Sidebar
+  Search tab.</p>
+
+<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information
+  on how to use Sidebar.</p>
+
+<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from the Net
+  Search page</h3>
+
+<p>The Net Search page lets you type in a Search term or phrase, or explore
+  several categories (such as Arts &amp; Entertainment, Business, and many
+  more) that may interest you. To visit the Net Search page, perform one of
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif"
+    width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words
+  in a Web Page</h3>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web
+  page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for
+    [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences)
+  and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To
+  learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words
+  and the way your search results are displayed, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences
+  - Internet Search</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</h2>
+
+<p>You can set the Sidebar Search tab to Advanced mode, which lets you narrow a
+  search or choose one or more search engines.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preferences, click Advanced, and then OK.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span>open
+    the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the
+    submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, and choose a category.</li>
+  <li>Choose one or more search engines for the selected category (if
+    available).</li>
+  <li>In the search field, type the word for which you want to search.</li>
+  <li>Click Search.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Sidebar Search"/></p>
+
+<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Customizing Search Categories</h3>
+
+<p>You can specify which search engines should be used for different categories
+  of searches. For example, you can select one set of search engines to search
+  for travel, and select another set of search engines to search for
+  software.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Set Sidebar Search to Advanced Search Mode. See
+    <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</a>
+    for details.</li>
+  <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the
+    handle is missing, open the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and
+    then Sidebar from the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li>
+  <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, click <q>Edit
+    Categories</q>. You see the Edit Categories dialog box.</li>
+  <li>From the Categories drop-down list, choose the category you want to
+    customize.<br/>
+    Or<br/>
+    To create a new category, click New and type a name for the category in the
+    dialog box. The drop-down list now displays the name of the selected
+    category.</li>
+  <li>Do one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        search engine in the list on the left, and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a search engine for the selected category, highlight the
+        engine in the list on the right, and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To rename the selected category, click Rename and type a new
+        name.</li>
+      <li>To delete the selected category, click Delete.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK when you are finished customizing.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also
+  specify how you want search results displayed in Sidebar.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories
+    are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for
+    web searching.</li>
+  <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar
+    when search results are available</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab
+    to open and show your search results.</li>
+  <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preference, select Basic if you want to search
+    using a single search engine, or select Advanced to be able to search using
+    multiple search engines.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page
+    you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame
+    before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find in this Page</q>
+    dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Type the text you want to find.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following search options: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Choose this to search for a
+        word or phrase that matches the word you typed exactly (including
+        uppercase and lowercase letters).</li>
+      <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Choose this to allow the browser to
+        search from the where the cursor is to the bottom of the page and then
+        continue searching from the top of the page. Note: Normally, the page
+        is searched from the place where you last clicked your mouse to the
+        bottom of the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Choose this to search from the
+        insertion point backwards to the top of the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find to begin the search.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To find the same word or phrase again:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2>
+
+<p>Other than searching text through the Find dialog, you can also search by
+  typing directly into a Web page.</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser
+      window to navigate to any link with that text in it.
+      
+      <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all
+        the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a
+        match with the exact string you&apos;ve typed, such as
+        <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there
+        first.</p>
+
+  </li>
+  <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd>
+    before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to
+    search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li>
+  <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your
+    search string and whether or not the search is successful.</li>
+  <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li>
+  <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the
+    timeout.</li>
+  <li>Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press
+    <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd
+    class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or
+    <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurence of the search
+    text.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p>
+
+<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and
+  Japanese.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or
+  History List</h2>
+
+<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your
+    Bookmarks window.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks.
+    You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+    from the following search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or
+        <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+        with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+        you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+        for.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+        exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web
+        address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in
+    the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press
+  <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p>
+
+<p>To search the History list:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li>
+  <li>In the History list, open the Tools menu and choose Search History. You
+    see the Find in History dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose
+    from the following search options:
+    <ul>
+      <li>Choose <q>title</q> or <q>location</q> to choose where you
+        would like to search.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends
+        with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which
+        you&apos;re searching.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you&apos;re searching
+        for.</li>
+      <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn&apos;t contain</q> to
+        exclude pages.</li>
+      <li>Click in the field and type all or part of word or URL (web address)
+        for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to find or
+        exclude.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Find. History listings that match your search criteria are
+    displayed in the Search Results window.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To use the search results:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd>
+    <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>If the list is hard to read, try expanding the Search Results
+    window.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing
+  Pages</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the text.</li>
+  <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p>
+
+<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a
+    link, you are offered both options.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser&apos;s Location
+  Bar.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog
+    box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along
+        with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view
+        it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new
+        directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files
+        necessary to show the whole web page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is
+        without images.</li>
+      <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file.
+        This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but
+        will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text
+        editor.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected,
+  the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save
+  Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p>
+
+<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code)
+  when you&apos;re not connected to the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>To save an image from a page:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a
+  non-formatted page, like a data file, that&apos;s not intended for
+  viewing):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page&apos;s link.</li>
+  <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse,
+    <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up
+    menu.</li>
+  <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li>
+  <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files
+  to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin
+  with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q>
+  or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie
+  files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p>
+
+<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as
+  your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As
+  Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2>
+
+<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Select the text in the current page.</li>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li>
+  <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window,
+  determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and
+  graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p>
+
+<div class="noMac">
+
+<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3>
+
+<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is
+  printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages
+    you want to print.</li>
+  <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to
+    jump to its preview. Click the First
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>,
+    Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif"
+    alt="previous button"/>, Next
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>,
+    or Last
+    <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button
+    to move between pages.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages,
+    using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the
+    original page and two special options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+        automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+      <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size
+        and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make
+        each page half the size of the original page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page
+    normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li>
+  <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the
+    page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li>
+  <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview
+    dialog.</li>
+</ul>
+
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or
+  unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p>
+
+<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page
+  Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p>
+
+<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to
+  print:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Format &amp; Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and
+    other options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-portrait-small.gif"
+            alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the
+            shorter side facing up.</li>
+          <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this
+            <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/pg-landscape-small.gif"
+            alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the
+            longer side facing up.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size.
+        For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of
+        the original page.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to
+            automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Options</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select
+            this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only
+            images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Margins &amp; Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up
+    margins, headers, and footers:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Margins</strong>: 
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in
+            inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Headers &amp; Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list
+        represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down
+        lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row
+        are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-dop
+        list, choose one of the following options:
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li>
+          <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li>
+          <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URL&apos;s usually
+            start with <q>http://</q>).</li>
+          <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web
+            page is printed.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the
+            total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web
+            page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li>
+          <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any
+            of the following codes to print specific information: 
+            <ul>
+              <li><strong>&amp;PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example:
+                <q>3 of 5</q>)</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;P</strong>: Page Number</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;D</strong>: Date</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;U</strong>: URL</li>
+              <li><strong>&amp;T</strong>: Page Title</li>
+            </ul>
+          </li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page
+  Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and
+  International Content</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character
+      Encodings and Fonts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language
+      Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version
+      in your own language</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character Encodings
+  and Fonts</h2>
+
+<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language,
+  you need to select the appropriate character encodings and fonts.</p>
+
+<p>A character encoding method is the way a document or message has been
+  converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail and
+  news messages use a character encoding method (also known as a character set,
+  character coding, or charset).</p>
+
+<p>The character encoding method for a document may depend on its language.
+  Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding
+  method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods.
+  In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8,
+  for examples, can be used for any language document.</p>
+
+<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default character encoding
+  appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you
+  may need to select appropriate character encoding methods and designate the
+  fonts you wish to use for your language/script.</p>
+
+<p>To select character encodings, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose More.</li>
+  <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li>
+  <li>Choose a character encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps
+    1-3 for each character encoding method you want.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The character encoding methods you select are added to the Character
+  Encoding menu. If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active
+  one has a bullet (dot) next to it.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can detect which character encoding a document uses, and
+  can display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this
+  capability, begin from the browser window:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose
+    Auto-Detect.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose Off from the
+    submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To make changes to your list of active character encodings:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose Customize.
+    You can see the Customize Encoding dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following procedures:
+    <ul>
+      <li>To add to the list of active character encodings, choose a character
+        encoding from the list on the left and click Add.</li>
+      <li>To remove a character encoding from the active list, choose a
+        character encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li>
+      <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Character
+        Encoding menu, highlight character encodings in the list on the right,
+        and use the arrow buttons to move the character encodings up or down in
+        the list.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language
+    group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European
+    languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li>
+  <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or
+    sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for
+    proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li>
+  <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and
+    Fantasy.</li>
+  <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web
+    pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes
+    the same amount of space.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the
+  author&apos;s font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other
+  fonts</q>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the user
+  interface&mdash;text of buttons, dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items.
+  You can download and install language packages from the
+  <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey Project
+  Releases</a> page and then use the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences
+  panel</a> to switch user interface language.</p>
+
+<p>A web page can sometimes be available in several languages. In the
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Languages Preferences
+  panel</a>, you can configure &brandShortName; so the page is shown in the
+  language you prefer. You can have multiple languages and list them in order
+  of preference.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning
+  of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your
+  own language</h2>
+
+<p>If you&apos;re looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other
+  than American English, you can download it from the
+  <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey
+  Project Releases</a> page.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as
+  movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications
+  that can handle those files. If the browser doesn&apos;t have the needed
+  helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk.
+  When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p>
+
+<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2>
+
+<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the
+  browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia
+  Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia
+  files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have
+  to add them separately.</p>
+
+<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the
+  <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p>
+
+<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following:
+</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li>
+  <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press
+    <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2>
+
+<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to
+  launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For
+  example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of
+  &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences
+  - Helper Applications</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2>
+
+<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download
+  Manager shows the following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>filename</li>
+  <li>time remaining before download is complete</li>
+  <li>transfer speed</li>
+  <li>percent complete</li>
+  <li>time elapsed</li>
+  <li>web location (source)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click
+    Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li>
+  <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel
+    to stop the download.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from
+    List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the
+    file from your hard disk.</li>
+  <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix">
+    Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show
+    the location of a selected file.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest
+      Software Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li>
+    <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making
+      &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2>
+
+<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically
+  loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These
+  features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take
+  time to load.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences -
+  Advanced</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+  Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2>
+
+<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and
+  Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org
+  the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and
+  the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p>
+
+<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li>
+  <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li>
+  <li>Click Properties.</li>
+  <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into 
+    the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName;
+  will load that URL.</p>
+
+<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3>
+
+<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search
+  engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering
+  <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search
+  on Lord of the Rings.</p>
+
+<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li>
+  <li>Submit the search query.</li>
+  <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File
+    Bookmark.</li>
+  <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the
+    dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>.
+    For example, the location might become
+    <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&amp;btnI=I&apos;mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li>
+  <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li>
+  <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li>
+  <li>Close the dialog.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering
+  <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar.
+</p>
+
+<p>For more details and examples, see
+<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2>
+
+<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This
+  way, the computer doesn&apos;t have to retrieve the page from the network
+  each time you view it.</p>
+
+<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB
+    is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be
+  quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p>
+
+<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If
+  maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk
+  cache.</p>
+
+<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so
+  that you don&apos;t keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Choose from the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view
+        it.</li>
+      <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you
+        want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page
+        is determined by the server to have expired.</li>
+      <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want
+        &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time
+        you start &brandShortName;.</li>
+      <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want
+        &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they
+  should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the
+  page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes
+  time.</p>
+
+<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click the Reload button in the browser&apos;s Navigation Toolbar. The
+    computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the
+    page.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software
+  Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are
+  available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can
+  also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons
+  are available.</p>
+
+<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced
+  Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2>
+
+<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel
+  functions in &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences -
+  Mouse Wheel</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+
+<div class="win">
+
+  <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your
+    Default Browser</h2>
+
+    <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the
+      Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make
+      &brandShortName; your default browser.</p>
+
+    <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and
+      Protocols</h3>
+
+    <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically
+      open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common
+      Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Image Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>:
+        <ul>
+          <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome,
+            <a href="glossary.xhtml#gopher">Gopher</a></li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default
+      Browser Settings Automatically</h3>
+
+    <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is
+      the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or
+      protocols. If it isn&apos;t, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not
+      currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your
+      default browser?</q></p>
+
+    <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No,
+      you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName;
+      starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time,
+      too</q>.</p>
+
+    <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>,
+      you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your
+      settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the
+      default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences -
+      Browser</a>.</p>
+
+    <h3 id="customizing_default_browser_settings">Customizing Default Browser
+      Settings</h3>
+
+    <p>You can manually customize how &brandShortName; handles various file
+      formats and protocols. For more information, see
+      <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#system">Advanced Preferences -
+      System</a>.</p>
+
+    <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of
+      section</a>]</p>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<p>This section explains how to work with proxies.</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_proxy_values">Setting Proxy Values</h2>
+
+<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This
+  prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The
+  protection is called a firewall.</p>
+
+<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a
+  proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents
+  outsiders from breaking into your organization&apos;s private network.</p>
+
+<p>Before you start:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If there&apos;s a proxy configuration file at your workplace, ask the
+    system administrator for its URL.</li>
+  <li>If there&apos;s no proxy configuration file, ask your system
+    administrator for the names and port numbers of the servers running proxy
+    software for each network service.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>To set the browser to work with the proxy:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li>
+  <li>Select one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if
+        you don&apos;t want to use a proxy.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>:
+        Choose this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and
+        configure the proxy settings, using the
+        <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if
+        you have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the
+        configuration URL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you
+        don&apos;t have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy
+        discovery was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of
+            the proxy server.</li>
+          <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field.
+            Click on <q>Advanced</q> to set
+            <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced
+            Proxy Preferences</a></li>
+          <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP 
+            addresses that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each
+            entry with a comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz,
+            192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.)</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Domain names are the part of a URL that contains the name of an
+  organization, business, or school&mdash;such as mozilla.org or
+  washington.org. If you use local host names without the domain name, list
+  them the same way. Use commas to separate multiple host names. The wildcard
+  character [*] cannot be used.</p>
+
+<p>For more information on using the Proxy preferences panel, see
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences -
+  Proxies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1072cff409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Viewing Page Info</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1>
+
+<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different
+  kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a
+  brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p>
+
+<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the
+  View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds
+  to the kind of information you want to view.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media
+  tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This
+  information is usually of interest only to web developers and other
+  specialists.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page
+  Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01
+  Specification</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic
+  information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion displays the the name of the page (if it has one) and the
+  following information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>URL</strong>: The
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the
+    page&mdash;that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location
+    Bar near the top of the browser window.</li>
+  <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using
+    <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong>
+    to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that
+    may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web
+    browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode
+    adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the
+    render mode automatically according to information contained in the web
+    page itself.</li>
+  <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page
+    has been cached.</li>
+  <li><strong>Encoding</strong>: The character encoding used for this HTML
+    document.</li>
+  <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if
+    available.</li>
+  <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by
+    the page expires.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags
+  provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a
+  general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright
+  information, and so on.</p>
+
+<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you
+  see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently
+  viewing in the browser.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page
+  is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>:  The form&apos;s name, if any.</li>
+  <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information
+    captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your
+    filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form.
+    <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be
+    read by a program on the website.</li>
+  <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when
+    the form is submitted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the
+  bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of of that
+  form&apos;s elements is specified in the HTML source:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element&apos;s label (if it is tagged as such
+    in the HTML).</li>
+  <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element&apos;s input type, such as
+    <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button),
+    or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not
+    displayed on the screen).</li>
+  <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For
+    example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently
+    contains.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you
+  see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information
+  is displayed for each link:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li>
+  <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the
+    page to which the link points.</li>
+  <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a
+    specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you
+  see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the
+  page.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its
+  address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab,
+  the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as
+  description, size, or dimensions.</p>
+
+<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To
+  see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info
+  dialog box and drag.</p>
+
+<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save
+    As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you
+  see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many
+    categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on
+    the name:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li>
+      <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li>
+      <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li>
+      <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to
+        gather used data on the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li>
+      <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the
+        page.</li>
+      <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the
+        external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or
+        images).</li>
+      <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic
+        objects.</li>
+      <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for
+    the site whose page is currently shown.</li>
+  <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy
+    Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the site
+    you are browsing.</li>
+  <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote
+    site that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on the
+    remote site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2>
+
+<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you
+  see information about
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are
+  viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website&apos;s identity has
+  been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was
+  encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p>
+
+<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the
+  lower-right corner of any browser window.</p>
+
+<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are
+    viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore,
+    Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though
+    unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li>
+  <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that
+    Certificate Manager has used to verify this website&apos;s identity was
+    issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You
+    can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these
+  messages:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other
+    people can view information sent from your computer to the website or
+    information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that
+    someone is actually doing so.</li>
+  <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an
+    encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption,
+    measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the
+    encryption&mdash;that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to
+    unscramble the encrypted information. 
+
+    <p>The Page Info window describes encryption strength in one of three
+      ways:</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>High-grade encryption</strong>: Strongest encryption
+        available, using 128-bit keys at a minimum.</li>
+      <li><strong>Medium-grade encryption</strong>: Somewhat stronger than
+        low-grade encryption, using 56- or 64-bit keys.</li>
+      <li><strong>Low-grade encryption</strong>: Weakest encryption available,
+        using 40-bit keys.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>Most websites support high-grade encryption. If you are viewing an older
+      website that supports a weaker form of encryption, it is possible that
+      other people can view information sent from your computer to the website
+      or information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely
+      that someone is actually doing so.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern
+  only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your
+  credit card number.</p>
+
+<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the
+  state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For
+  more details, see
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking
+  Security for a Web Page</a>.</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6676c43bd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Password Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master
+  Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you&apos;re not
+  already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>Password Manager</h3>
+
+<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn
+    Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords
+    at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when
+    they&apos;re requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same
+    checkbox.</li>
+  <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage
+    information about your stored passwords and the sites whose user names and
+    passwords you don&apos;t want to be stored.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to
+  override it for individual sites and how to view and manage stored passwords,
+  see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+  Password Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager or Form Manager to save passwords and personal
+  data, this sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file
+  that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way
+  of storing information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This
+  is the default setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager
+  or Form Manager.</p>
+
+<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption.
+  Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an
+  unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use encryption when storing sensitive data</strong>: Select this
+  checkbox to turn on encryption, or deselect it to turn off encryption.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you have not previously set a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>, you will be
+  asked to create one. To do so, follow the instructions as they appear on your
+  screen.</p>
+
+<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff
+  between improved security and convenience:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+    periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For information about controlling
+    how often it is requested, see the discussion of the Master Password
+    timeout at
+    <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+    Passwords</a>.)</li>
+  <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all
+    (unless you&apos;re using certificates for identification purposes), but it
+    may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your
+    passwords.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+  Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use Password Manager dialog box to control
+  your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these
+  steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password manager, and then choose
+  Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p>
+
+<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of
+    sites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and
+    password&mdash;that is, the sites for which you selected <q>Yes</q>
+    in response to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon
+    information.
+
+    <p>The second column shows the user name for each site. If the password is
+      stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user
+      name.</p>
+
+    <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p>
+
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm
+        your choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+    </ul>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password
+      will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you
+      visit that site.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list
+    of sites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response
+    to Password Manager&apos;s request to store logon information.
+
+    <p>If a site is included on this list, you will always have to type in your
+      user name and password manually when you log onto the site.</p>
+
+    <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask
+      you, the next time you log onto the site, whether to store your user name
+      and password.</p>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the
+  list as follows:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to
+    remove, then click Remove.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries
+    listed in the tab you are viewing.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href=
+  "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Master
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website
+  passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager and Form
+  Manager.</p>
+
+<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own
+  separate Master Password.</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any
+    of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master
+    Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see
+    <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li>
+  <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+        (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master
+        password only the first time it needs access to the private key
+        database after launching. The browser will not request the master
+        password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting
+        provides the lowest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+        the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+        first requesting your master password. This setting provides the
+        highest level of protection.</li>
+      <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+        This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+        needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+        has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the
+    master password for the Software Security Device. For more information,
+    see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change
+  Password button.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or
+  hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your
+  identity, such as keys or certificates.</p>
+
+<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you
+  can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer
+  is configured to use them.</p>
+
+<p>The master password for the browser&apos;s built-in Software Security Device
+  also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive
+  information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored
+  by the Password Manager and Form Manager.</p>
+
+<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following
+  information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a
+    separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart
+    cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master
+    password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a
+    drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you
+    to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li>
+  <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master
+    password, you must first type the current password. If you don&apos;t type
+    the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not
+    enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this
+    happens, you must retype your current password.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this
+    field.</li>
+  <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If
+    you don&apos;t type it the second time exactly as you did the first time,
+    the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new
+    password again.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password,
+  that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This
+  can be dangerous&mdash;for example, if you manage your financial accounts
+  over the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>Therefore, it&apos;s important to select a master password that&apos;s
+  difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a
+  rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors
+  such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers,
+  and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to
+  guess your password.</p>
+
+<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing
+  a Good Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also important to record your master password in a safe
+  place&mdash;and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that&apos;s easily accessible
+  to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access
+  important information, such as websites that require passwords or
+  certificates stored on your computer.</p>
+
+<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</h2>
+
+<p>After you first set a new master password, you will be asked to enter it
+  only when the newly launched browser first needs it to access personal
+  information, such as a user name and password or personal certificates.</p>
+
+<p>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting
+    (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master password
+    only the first time it needs access to the private key database after
+    launching. The browser will not request the master password again until
+    after you exit and relaunch it. This setting provides the lowest level
+    of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that
+    the browser will never access your saved personal information without
+    first requesting your master password. This setting provides the highest
+    level of protection.</li>
+  <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>:
+    This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it
+    needs to access your personal information and the specified interval
+    has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all the encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your
+  behalf by Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">
+  Software Security Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Note that encrypted passwords will be lost only if you have turned on
+  encryption for this stored information. For information about turning
+  encryption on or off, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning
+  Encryption On and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change
+  Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you&apos;re
+  not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If
+    no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Password.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will
+  permanently erase all encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your behalf
+  by Password Manager You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security
+  device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Encrypted passwords will be lost only if you have turned on encryption for
+  this stored information. For information about turning encryption on or off,
+  see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning
+  Encryption On and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so
+  without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the
+  Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password
+  rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords
+  preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see
+  <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if
+  you are absolutely sure you&apos;ve forgotten it. The seriousness of the
+  situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password
+  protects.</p>
+
+<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it
+  removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to
+  specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store
+  personal information.</p>
+
+<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal
+  information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as
+  you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords
+  again.In addition, any personal certificates associated with the software
+  security device will be permanently erased and you will need to apply for new
+  ones.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own
+  master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data
+  on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change
+  the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you
+  cannot reset it.</p>
+
+<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2>
+
+<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information
+  safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some
+  or all of these suggestions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and
+    numbers.</li>
+  <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters&mdash;putting capitals in random
+    locations throughout a password is effective.</li>
+  <li>Nonsense words that aren&apos;t found in dictionaries but are easy to
+    pronounce.</li>
+  <li>Eight or more characters.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the
+  following common items should be avoided:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li>
+  <li>Your social security number.</li>
+  <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li>
+  <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li>
+  <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li>
+  <li>Your username, login name or computer&apos;s name.</li>
+  <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li>
+  <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li>
+  <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the
+    end of your name or spelling backwards.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the
+  first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q>
+  stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in
+  the middle is included for increased security. (Don&apos;t use this
+  password!)</p>
+
+<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these
+  simple rules:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li>
+  <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li>
+  <li>Every few months, change your password.</li>
+  <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don&apos;t have to write it
+    down.</li>
+  <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b45df5946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy on the Internet</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1>
+
+<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and
+  security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how
+  your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, and images while you
+  are surfing the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see
+  <a href="mail_sec_help.xhtml">Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages</a> and
+  <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the
+      Cookie Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the
+      Password Manager</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+      Stored Sensitive Information</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li>
+    <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1>
+
+<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the
+  Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your
+  own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet
+  privacy issues.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What
+      Information Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and
+      How Do They Work?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I
+      Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+      Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About
+      Me?</a></li>
+    </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site">What Information
+  Does My Browser Give to a Web Site?</h2>
+
+<p>When your browser displays a web page&mdash;for example, each time you click
+  a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email
+  message&mdash;it gives certain kinds of information to the site. This
+  information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment,
+  your Internet address, and the page you&apos;re coming from.</p>
+
+<h3>Operating Environment</h3>
+
+<p>The site is told something about your operating environment, such as your
+  browser type and operating system. This helps the site present the page in
+  the best way for your screen. For example, the site might learn that you use
+  the French version of Mozilla 1.2 on a Windows 2000 computer.</p>
+
+<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3>
+
+<p>Your browser must tell the site your Internet address (also known as the
+  Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the site knows where to send the page
+  you are requesting. The site can&apos;t present the page you want to see
+  unless it knows your IP address.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p>
+
+<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that&apos;s attached
+  to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you
+  a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address
+  for the duration of your Internet session&mdash;for example, until you sign
+  off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer&apos;s
+  live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they
+  assign the addresses at random to users.</p>
+
+<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a
+  fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p>
+
+<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p>
+
+<h3>Referring Page</h3>
+
+<p>The site is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link to
+  see one of the site&apos;s pages. This allows the site to know which site
+  referred you. Or, as you traverse the site, it allows the site to know which
+  of its pages you came from.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do
+  They Work?</h2>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some web sites. When you
+  visit a site that uses cookies, the site might ask your browser to place one
+  or more cookies on your hard disk.</p>
+  
+<p>Later, when you return to the site, your browser sends back the cookies that
+  belong to the site.</p>
+  
+<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible
+  to you, and you won&apos;t know when a site is setting a cookie or when your
+  browser is sending a web site&apos;s cookie back. However, you can set your
+  preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For information
+  on how to do this, see
+  <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+    Cookies</a>.</p>
+  
+<h3>How Do Sites Use Cookie Information?</h3>
+
+<p>Cookies allow a site to know something about your previous visits. For
+  example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a web
+  site, the site may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what
+  authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p>
+
+<p>Some websites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the
+  information they gather.</p>
+
+<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3>
+
+<p>If your browser stores a site&apos;s cookie, it will return the cookie only
+  to that particular site. Your browser will not provide one site with cookies
+  set by another. Since a web site can only receive its own cookies, it can
+  learn about your activities while you are at that site but not your
+  activities in general while surfing the Web.</p>
+
+<p>But sometimes a web site displays content that is hosted on another web
+  site. That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement.
+  The other web site that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a
+  cookie in your browser, even though you don&apos;t visit the site directly.
+</p>
+
+<p>Cookies that are stored by a site other than the one you are visiting are
+  called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign
+  cookies</strong>. Web sites sometimes use third-party cookies with
+  <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help sites
+  count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the
+  site, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also known
+  as web beacons or web bugs.)</p>
+
+<p>If you want, you can adjust your cookie preferences so that sites can store
+  ordinary cookies but not third-party ones.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web
+  Pages in Email Messages?</h2>
+
+<p>You can disable cookies, images, JavaScript, and plugins completely for
+  web pages that are received as part of email messages.</p>
+  
+<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when
+  you&apos;re browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages
+  sent as attachments to messages.</p>
+
+<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, JavaScript, and
+  plugins in email messages, see the following sections:</p>
+  
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security
+    Preferences - Cookies</a></li>
+  <li><a href="mail_help.xhtml#message_display">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Preferences - Message Display</a></li>
+  <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced
+    Preferences - Scripts &amp; Plugins</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How
+  Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don&apos;t Use Information About Me?</h2>
+
+<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy
+  policies for the web sites you visit and the Internet services you use, and
+  to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p>
+
+<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number,
+  address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page,
+  email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to
+  intercept it.</p>
+
+<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a web site&apos;s privacy
+  policy:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>What kinds of personal information is this site gathering?</li>
+  <li>How will the site use the information?</li>
+  <li>Will the site share the information with others and do I have choices
+    regarding the use of any shared information?</li>
+  <li>Can I access some or all of the information a site gathers about me, in
+    order to inspect or update it?</li>
+  <li>How does the site protect the information?</li>
+  <li>How do I contact the web site if I have questions or problems?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31ddb8998e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>&copyright.string;
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Privacy &amp; Security Preferences</h1>
+
+<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy &amp; Security preferences.
+  To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click the Privacy &amp; Security category. If no subcategories are
+    visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand the list, then
+    click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For help with a panel&apos;s settings, click the appropriate link below.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">Related sections:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL</a></li>
+    <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5a8b036ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Managing Profiles</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1>
+
+<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to
+  a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts,
+  Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy
+  of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p>
+
+<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own
+  bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a
+  default profile when you first install your browser software. After you
+  create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to
+  use each time you launch the browser.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+ <ul>
+    <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a
+      Profile</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item
+      selection</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2>
+
+<p>To create a profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win">
+        Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then
+        Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the
+        <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting &brandShortName; from
+        the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at
+        the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click
+    Next.</li>
+  <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real
+    name or a name that&apos;s related to what you use the profile for, such as
+    <q>School</q>.</li>
+  <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose
+    Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li>
+  <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click
+    Select Language and choose the language you want.</li>
+  <li>Click Finish.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2>
+
+<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don&apos;t normally use. To delete
+  or rename an existing profile:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Profile Manager:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu
+        and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can&apos;t delete
+        the profile that is in use.</li>
+      <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:
+        <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then
+        &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold
+        down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you&apos;re starting
+        &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix">
+        Type the following at the command line:
+        <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the
+    confirmation box, choose one of the following options:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder
+        with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email
+        accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won&apos;t need anything
+        from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li>
+      <li><strong>Don&apos;t delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from
+        the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By
+        choosing this option none of your profile&apos;s stored data will be
+        deleted.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the
+    instructions.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_profiles">Roaming Profiles</h2>
+
+<p>Roaming profiles allow you to store your profile and associated settings on
+  a central server or file share. The advantage of this is that your settings
+  can follow you from one machine to another. For example, you may wish to use
+  &brandShortName; both at work and at home keeping your bookmarks, address
+  book, and other settings in sync, or a company may want to allow its
+  employees to use their &brandShortName; profile on any computer.</p>
+
+<p>Roaming profiles can be stored on a HTTP or FTP server. You will need a
+  user name and password on that server, so that you can have write access
+  to the appropriate directory for storing and retrieving your profile.
+  Alternatively, for computers that use a common file share, you can store
+  the profile in a local directory using the Copy method.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever you start &brandShortName;, your profile is downloaded and whenever
+  you shutdown &brandShortName;, your profile is uploaded.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_prefs">Roaming User Preferences</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the main Roaming User preferences panel.
+  If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Click on the Roaming User category.</li>
+  <li>Select <strong>Enable remote profile storage</strong> to activate roaming
+    for the current profile.</li>
+  <li>Select one of the following:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>HTTP / FTP</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the
+        profile information copied to a FTP or HTTP server.
+        <ul>
+          <li><strong>Base URL</strong>: Type the URL of the directory where
+            the roaming profile will be stored. This can be an FTP, HTTP or
+            HTTPS URL. FTP is probably easiest to set up on a home network.
+            In other cases, especially when transmitting over the Internet,
+            it is strongly recommended to use HTTPS, because otherwise, all
+            your saved passwords and bookmarks (depending on your Item 
+            Selection) might be read by other people on the same network.
+
+            <p><strong>Examples</strong>:<br/>
+              <kbd>&lt;https://user@http-server/dir/&gt;</kbd><br/>
+              <kbd>&lt;ftp://user@ftp-server//home/user/dir/&gt;</kbd><br/> 
+              <kbd>&lt;ftp://user@ftp-server/dir/&gt;</kbd></p>
+
+          </li>
+          <li><strong>Username</strong>: Type the user name that will be
+            used to access the FTP or HTTP server.</li>
+          <li><strong>Save password</strong>: Enable this option to save the
+            password for the user name that you have supplied.</li>
+          <li><strong>Password</strong>: Type the password for the user name
+            that you supplied.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+      <li><strong>File Copy</strong>: Choose this if you wish to have the
+        profile information copied to a local directory.
+        <ul>
+          <li>Click <strong>Browse</strong> and select the directory where you
+            wish the profile information to be copied to and retrieved
+            from.</li>
+        </ul>
+      </li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="roaming_item_selection">Roaming User Preferences - Item selection</h2>
+
+<p>By default, only bookmarks, cookies, and the personal addressbook are stored
+  on the roaming server. If all items are greyed out, make sure to have Roaming
+  enabled.To enable or disable roaming of other profile informations, follow
+  these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the
+    <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span>
+    menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Roaming User category, click Item Selection. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Roaming User to expand the
+    list.)</li>
+  <li>Select the items that you wish to be included in the roaming profile
+    synchronization.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>You cannot roam your local email, partly because that would take too long.
+  Use IMAP for this purpose.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are using a slow connection, be aware that 
+  some files can be quite large, so this will impact your startup time.
+  &brandShortName; will have to download locally all of the files you
+  selected from the list before being fully functional, and save them back
+  to the remote server when you exit &brandShortName;.</p>
+
+<p>For further information about setting up Roaming Access on a server, see
+  the online document
+  <a href="http://www.klomp.org/mod_roaming/">mod_roaming - Roaming Access
+  module for Apache</a> or
+  <a href="http://web.archive.org/web/20020207131101/http://help.netscape.com/products/client/communicator/manual_roaming2.html">Manually
+  Implementing Roaming Access</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a8b8a6766
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName;
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+    Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p>
+
+<p><strong>Example:</strong></p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time.
+  For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys
+  surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus
+  sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the
+  plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p>
+
+<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Ctrl = Control Key</li>
+  <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions
+  based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows
+  while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web
+  page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text
+  field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p>
+
+<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Copy</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Cut</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+    <td>Cmd+X</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+X</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete Next Word</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+    <td>Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Page </td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+    <td>Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Redo</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Links As You Type</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+    <td>&apos; (apostrophe)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Text As You Type</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+    <td>/</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Context Menu</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Space</td>
+    <td>Shift+F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>
+      Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu
+      at the top of the window)</span>
+    </td>
+    <td>Alt or F10</td>
+    <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td>
+    <td>F10</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to beginning of line (in a text editing field)</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to end of line (in a text editing field)</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Q</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Q</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Browser</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+1</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+1</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Mail &amp; Newsgroups</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+    <td>Cmd+2</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+2</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Composer</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+    <td>Cmd+4</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+4</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start Address Book</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+    <td>Cmd+5</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Start IRC Chat</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+    <td>Cmd+6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Help Window</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+    <td>Cmd+?</td>
+    <td>F1</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary
+      (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up/Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Left/Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Forward One Page</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6b306cc1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Composer Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Composer Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+    <tr>
+    <td>Publish</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find and Replace</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+    <td>Cmd+F</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Again</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Find Previous</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check Spelling</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Insert/Edit Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+    <td>Cmd+[</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Indent</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+    <td>Cmd+]</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Discontinue Link</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Named Anchors</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Row/Column</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Drag</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Drag</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Cells(s)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking
+      to select individual cells)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Decrease Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Increase Font Size</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Bold</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Italic</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Underline</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4b8998ce2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp;
+      Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail &amp; Newsgroups
+  Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread,
+    Message Panes)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+    <td>F8</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Get All New Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Search Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Message as File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+    <td>Del</td>
+  </tr>
+ <tr>
+    <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash
+    folder)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+    <td>Shift+Del</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Undo Delete Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Z</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Z</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Messages</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select Thread</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td>
+    <td>Alt+Shift+A</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Collapse All Threads</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+    <td>\ (backslash key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Expand All Threads</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+    <td>* (asterisk key)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Message Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Message</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+    <td>F</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+    <td>N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Message</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+    <td>B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+    <td>P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+   <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses
+     in message)</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+   <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward Message</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments
+      of the selected message)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Remove Message Label</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+    <td>0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+    <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Read</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+    <td>M</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+    <td>R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+    <td>T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+    <td>C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Flag Message</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+    <td>I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Junk</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+    <td>J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+    <td>Shift+J</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+    <td>Shift+P</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Paste Without Formatting</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Rewrap</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Now</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Send Message Later</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec27a70e7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+  <title>Browser Shortcuts</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+    <td>Cmd+B</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+B</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+D</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks
+      window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open History Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+H</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Reload</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Back</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Forward</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td>
+    <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Stop</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+    <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td>
+    <td>Esc</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Alt+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td>
+    <td>End</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go to Top of Page</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+    <td>Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+    <td>Cmd+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Web Page Location</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open search engine page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+    <td>F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for
+      another command)</td>
+    <td>Shift+F6</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+    <td>Cmd+N</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+N</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open File</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+    <td>Cmd+O</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+O</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Page As</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+    <td>Cmd+S</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+S</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+    <td>Opt+Return</td>
+    <td>Shift+Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Edit Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+    <td>Cmd+E</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+E</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Print Page</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+    <td>Cmd+P</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+P</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td>
+    <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Page</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down or Space</td>
+    <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Up One Line</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Go Down One Line</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Turn on/off Caret Mode</td>
+    <td>F7</td>
+    <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td>
+    <td>F7</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F11</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Zoom Text Larger</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>No zoom (100%)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+    <td>Cmd+0</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+0</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Information</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+    <td>Cmd+I</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+I</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>View Page Source</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+    <td>Cmd+U</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+U</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>New Browser Tab</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+    <td>Cmd+T</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+T</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one
+    tab)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more
+      than one tab)
+    </td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+    <td>Cmd+W</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+W</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+    <td>Cmd+Home</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+Home</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+    <td>Cmd+End</td>
+    <td>Ctrl+End</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Insert (or Shift+Insert) *</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>Insert (or Shift+Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td>
+    <td>Shift+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+    <td></td>
+    <td>Shift+Insert (or Insert) *</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs
+  opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the 
+  <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead 
+  of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p>
+
+<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td>
+    <td>F9</td>
+    <td/>
+    <td>F9</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Down</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Down</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Opt+Page Up</td>
+    <td>Alt+Page Up</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+<colgroup>
+  <col class="commandColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osFirstColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osSecondColumn"></col>
+  <col class="osThirdColumn"></col>
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+  <tr>
+    <th>Command</th>
+    <th>Windows</th>
+    <th>Mac OS</th>
+    <th>Linux or Unix</th>
+  </tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody class="tbody-default">
+  <tr>
+    <td> Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+    <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Submit Form</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+    <td>Return</td>
+    <td>Enter</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Select an Item from a List</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+    <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+    <td>Space</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td>
+    <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td>
+  </tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7d927bceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>SSL Settings</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="ssl_settings">SSL Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your SSL preferences.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+      Preferences - SSL</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy &amp; Security
+  Preferences - SSL</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the SSL preferences panel. If you are not
+  already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">SSL Protocol Versions</h3>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol defines rules governing mutual
+  authentication between a web site and browser software and the encryption of
+  information that flows between them. The Transport Layer Security (TLS)
+  protocol is an IETF standard based on SSL. TLS 1.0 can be thought of as SSL
+  3.1.</p>
+
+<p>You should normally leave these three checkboxes selected to ensure that
+  both older and newer web servers can work with the browser:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Enable SSL version 3</strong>: Allows newer web servers to work
+    with the browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Enable TLS</strong>: Allows web servers that support TLS to take
+    advantage of it.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important note regarding TLS</strong>: Some servers that do not
+  implement SSL correctly cannot negotiate the SSL handshake with client
+  software (such as the browser) that supports TLS. Such servers are known as
+  <q>TLS intolerant</q>.</p>
+
+<p>When the Enable TLS option in the SSL preferences panel is selected, the
+  browser attempts to use the TLS protocol when making secure connections with
+  a server. If that connection fails because the server is TLS intolerant, the
+  browser will fall back to using SSL 3.0.</p>
+
+<h3 id="ssl_warnings">SSL Warnings</h3>
+
+<p>It&apos;s easy to tell when the web site you are viewing is using an encrypted
+  connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right
+  corner of the browser window is locked. If the connection is not encrypted,
+  the lock icon is unlocked.</p>
+
+<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning
+  checkboxes in the SSL preferences panel. Some people find these warnings
+  annoying.</p>
+
+<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that
+    supports encryption.</li>
+  <li><strong>Loading a page that uses low-grade encryption</strong>: Select
+    this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page
+    that supports low-grade encryption. (Low-grade encryption is the weakest
+    encryption available, using 40-bit keys.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this
+    warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that
+    supports encryption for one that does not.</li>
+  <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted
+    page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be reminded whenever you
+    are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. If you send unencrypted
+    information over the Internet, it can easily be intercepted by other
+    people.</li>
+  <li><strong>Viewing a page with an encrypted/unencrypted mix</strong>:
+    Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you are viewing a
+    page that includes any information that&apos;s not encrypted.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For short definitions, click
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>,
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online
+  documents:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction
+    to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction
+    to SSL</a></li>
+  <li>
+    <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/nss-3.11/nss-3.11-algorithms.html">Encryption
+    Technologies Available in NSS 3.11</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..edebceb2ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,1148 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+         xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#help-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar"  nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Character Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-proxies">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-prox" nc:name="Setting Proxy Values" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_proxy_values"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read"    nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send"    nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html"    nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach"  nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroup Preferences" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail to Work Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading Your Inbox" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_your_inbox_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures &amp; Encryption" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing &amp; Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed &amp; Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mail_sec_help.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies &amp; Folders"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition &amp; Addressing"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#disk_space_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption"  nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk Mail" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#global_junk_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Offline and Disk Space" nc:link="mail_help.xhtml#offline_and_disk_space_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc"	nc:name="Starting a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#page_change">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#html-tag">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#link_properties">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+  <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer"  nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+ <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-font">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cust-page">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch"  nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts &amp; Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs -->
+<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/>
+
+<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy &amp; Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_web_site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?"  		nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Site-By-Site" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Sites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_notify" nc:name="Cookie Notification" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_notification"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#privacy_levels">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-level" nc:name="Level of Privacy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#level_of_privacy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy_levels-accept" nc:name="Cookie Acceptance Policy" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_acceptance_policy"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Master Password Timeout" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-on" nc:name="Turning Encryption On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_encryption_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Managing SSL Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="That Identify Websites" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="SSL Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls" nc:name="Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation_prefs" nc:name="Validation Settings" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation-crls">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-next" nc:name="About the Next Update Date" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_the_next_update_date"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-import" nc:name="Importing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#importing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-crls-view" nc:name="Viewing and Managing CRLs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#validation_prefs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-prefs" nc:name="Validation Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_validation"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-manage" nc:name="Manage CRLs" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#manage_crls"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-import" nc:name="CRL Import Status" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#crl_import_status"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="validation-crl-auto-update-prefs" nc:name="Automatic CRL Update Preferences" nc:link="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT -->
+
+<rdf:Description about="#certs-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="Other People's Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li>
+
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#my_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#others_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#web_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_web_site_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert_details">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_web_cert" nc:name="Website Certified by an Unknown Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#web_site_certified_by_an_unknown_authority"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Server Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#server_certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+
+<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS-->
+<rdf:Description about="#profile-help">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming" nc:name="Roaming Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_profiles"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-prefs" nc:name="Roaming Preferences" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_prefs"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-roaming-item-selection" nc:name="Item Selection" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#roaming_item_selection"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS -->
+ 
+<rdf:Description about="#tools">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-venkman" nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+</rdf:Description>
+
+<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS -->
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail &amp; Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail">
+    <nc:subheadings>
+      <rdf:Seq>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+        <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li>
+      </rdf:Seq>
+    </nc:subheadings>
+  </rdf:Description>
+
+</rdf:RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0ac56fe7db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!DOCTYPE window [
+    <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd">
+    %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+     xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">
+
+    <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT -->
+    <Description rdf:about="urn:root"
+            nc:title="&brandFullName; Help"
+            nc:defaulttopic="welcome"
+            nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/">
+        <nc:panellist>
+            <Seq>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+                        nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="toc"
+                        nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="search"
+                        nc:datasources="rdf:null"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"
+                        nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]"
+                        nc:emptysearchlink="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="glossary"
+                        nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index"
+                        nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/>
+                </li>
+                <li>
+                    <Description nc:panelid="index"
+                        nc:datasources="help-win.rdf"
+                        nc:platform="win"/>
+                </li>
+            </Seq>
+        </nc:panellist>
+    </Description>
+</RDF>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bf83aa81f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,741 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Certificates</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have
+  several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver&apos;s license, an
+  employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different
+  certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to
+  certificates.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own
+      Certificate</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web
+      Page</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing
+      Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+      Settings</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1>
+
+<p>Much like a credit card or a driver&apos;s license, a certificate is a form
+  of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and
+  other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is
+  typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such
+  identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system
+  administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites
+  offering specialized services that require a means of identification more
+  reliable that your name and password.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the requirements for a driver&apos;s license vary depending on the
+  type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a
+  certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases
+  getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some
+  personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your
+  browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated
+  procedures.</p>
+
+<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate
+  authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate
+  authorities issuing certificates recognized by &brandShortName;, see the
+  online document
+  <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Included
+  Certificate List</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser
+  comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can
+  also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p>
+
+<p>Like a driver&apos;s license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable
+  form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands.
+  Once you&apos;ve obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should
+  protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If
+  you haven&apos;t yet created a master password, you will be asked to create
+  one.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your
+  master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1>
+
+<p>When you&apos;re viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right
+  corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was
+  protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was
+  being received by your computer:</p>
+
+<table summary="lock icons">
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="closed lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.gif"/></td>
+    <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it
+      was received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="open lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.gif"/></td>
+    <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was
+      received.</td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td><img alt="broken lock icon"
+      src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.gif"/></td>
+    <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page
+      were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though
+      the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was
+  received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and
+  click the Security tab).</p>
+
+<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been
+    verified. (For information on certificate verification, see
+    <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li>
+  <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are
+    viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption
+  status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be
+  notified before you send or receive information without encryption, select
+  the appropriate SSL warning options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy
+  &amp; Security Preferences - SSL</a> for details.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1>
+
+<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have
+  available. Certificates may be stored on your computer&apos;s hard disk or on
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices
+  attached to your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see
+    the Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify You</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Others</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Websites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+      Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify You</h2>
+
+<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you&apos;ll notice that it has
+  several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your
+  Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser has available
+  that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names of the
+  organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View, Backup, or Delete button. Each
+  of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the
+  action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about
+  using that window.</p>
+
+<p>The following buttons under Your Certificates don&apos;t require a
+  certificate to be selected. You use them to perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Import</strong>: Click this button if you want to import a
+    certificate that you&apos;ve previously backed up or transferred from one
+    machine to another.</li>
+  <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Click this button to back up all your own
+    certificates stored in the
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+    Device</a>.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up.
+  Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click
+  Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates
+  stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only back
+  up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security Device.</p>
+
+<p>For more details about any of these tasks, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that
+  Identify Others</h2>
+
+<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital
+  signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital
+  signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message
+  really comes from you and hasn&apos;t been tampered with since you sent
+  it.</p>
+
+<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate
+  is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the
+  message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p>
+
+<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else&apos;s encryption certificate
+  is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate
+  Manager automatically stores other people&apos;s certificates whenever they
+  are received in this way.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to
+  the Certificate Manager, click the Other People&apos;s tab at the top of the
+  Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for
+  whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names
+  of the organizations that issued them.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View or Delete button. Each of these
+  buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the action. Click
+  the Help button in any window to obtain more information about using that
+  window.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#other_peoples_certificates">Other People&apos;s
+  Certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_websites">Managing Certificates
+  that Identify Websites</h2>
+
+<p>Some websites use certificates to identify themselves. Such identification
+  is required before the website can encrypt information transferred between
+  the site and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one can read the data
+  while in transit.</p>
+
+<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a
+  certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a
+  CA that the Certificate Manager doesn&apos;t know about or doesn&apos;t
+  trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website&apos;s
+  certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate
+  Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Websites tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more website certificates, click the entry
+  for the certificate (or <kbd>Shift</kbd>-clickto select more than one), then
+  click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each of these buttons brings up
+  another window that allows you to perform the corresponding action.</p>
+
+<p>The Edit button allows you to specify whether your browser will trust the
+  selected website certificates in the future.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#web_site_certificates">Website Certificates</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing
+  Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2>
+
+<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an
+  organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An
+  organization that issues certificates is called a
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority
+  (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p>
+
+<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA
+  certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA
+  certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it
+  issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions
+  about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security
+  needs.</p>
+
+<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the
+  Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p>
+
+<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the
+  certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click
+  to select more than one), then click the View, Edit, or Delete button. Each
+  of these buttons brings up another window that allows you to perform the
+  action. Click the Help button in any window to obtain more information about
+  using that window.</p>
+
+<p>The Edit button allows you to view and control the trust settings for each
+  certificate. Trust settings for a CA certificate let you to specify which
+  kinds of certificates issued by that CA you are willing to trust.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see
+  <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards
+  and Other Security Devices</h1>
+
+<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card,
+  that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about
+  your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private
+  keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and
+  performing cryptographic operations.</p>
+
+<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece
+  of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer
+  that controls the reader.</p>
+
+<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device
+  (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides
+  cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the
+  Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices
+      and Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and
+  Modules</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security
+  devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices,
+  including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard
+  (PKCS) #11.</p>
+
+<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes
+  called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the
+  same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer
+  or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11
+  module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart
+  card reader.</p>
+
+<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that
+  manage three security devices:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two
+    security devices:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device
+        that performs all cryptographic operations required by the
+        &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li>
+      <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates
+        and keys that aren&apos;t stored on external security devices,
+        including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition
+        to those that come with the browser.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device
+    called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default
+    <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with
+    the browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2>
+
+<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To
+  open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the
+  security devices managed by each module below its name.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the
+  middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right
+  side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software
+  Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device.
+    If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for
+    the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser
+    software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li>
+  <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot
+  perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which
+  are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device
+  Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2>
+
+<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must
+  first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect
+  any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the
+  hardware.</p>
+
+<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load
+  it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click Load.</li>
+  <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate
+    the module file, and click Open.</li>
+  <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click
+    OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you
+  assigned to it.</p>
+
+<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2>
+
+<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a
+  US government standard for implementations of cryptographic
+  modules&mdash;that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data
+  or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying
+  digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with
+  one or more of the FIPS standards.</p>
+
+<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Certificates. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li>
+  <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal
+    PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable
+    FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to
+  beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and
+  Settings</h1>
+
+<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange
+  information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form&mdash;that
+  is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can
+  make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by
+  means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p>
+
+<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL.
+  By default, the browser supports both SSL and TLS. This approach works for
+  most people, because it guarantees that the browser will work with virtually
+  all other existing software on the Internet that supports any version of SSL
+  or TLS.</p>
+
+<p>However, in some circumstances system administrators or other knowledgeable
+  persons may wish to adjust the SSL settings to fine-tune them for special
+  security needs or to account for bugs in some older software products.</p>
+
+<p>You shouldn&apos;t adjust the SSL settings for your browser unless you know
+  what you&apos;re doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. If
+  you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, select SSL. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1>
+
+<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your
+  Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a
+  driver&apos;s license, that you can use to identify yourself over the
+  Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver&apos;s license, a
+  certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore,
+  your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate
+  in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and
+  how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some
+  familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key
+  cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you
+  should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any
+  of your browser&apos;s certificate validation settings.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li>
+    <li><a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2>
+
+<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it
+  takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that
+  the CA&apos;s digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose
+  own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager&apos;s list of
+  available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of
+  certificate being verified.</p>
+
+<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA
+  certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and
+  correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate
+  being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If
+  any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as
+  unverified and won&apos;t recognize the identity it certifies.</p>
+
+<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way;
+  for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person
+  has gained access to the certificate&apos;s private key. A compromised
+  certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be
+  the certificate owner.</p>
+
+<p>One way to combat this threat is for Certificate Manager to check a
+  certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the verification process (see
+  <a href="#managing_crls">Managing CRLs</a>, below). Typically, you download a
+  CRL to your browser by clicking a link. If a CRL is present, Certificate
+  Manager checks any certificate issued by the same CA against the list as part
+  of the verification process.</p>
+
+<p>The reliability of CRLs depends on the frequency with which they are both
+  updated by a server and checked by a client. You can configure your
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#automatic_crl_update_preferences">Automatic
+  CRL Update Preferences</a> so that a CRL will be updated automatically at
+  regular intervals with the version currently on the server.</p>
+
+<p>Another way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use a
+  special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP).
+  Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see
+  <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p>
+
+<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically
+  from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure
+  Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP
+  responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is
+  valid.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_crls">Managing CRLs</h2>
+
+<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates. A
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>
+  might revoke a certificate, for example, if it has been compromised in some
+  way&mdash;much the way a credit card company might revoke your credit card if
+  you report that it&apos;s been stolen.</p>
+
+<p>This section describes how to import and manage CRLs.</p>
+
+<p>For background information, see
+  <a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a>.</p>
+
+<p>For detailed descriptions of CRL settings that you can control, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml">Validation Settings</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q>
+      Date</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#importing_crls">Importing CRLs</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h3 id="about_the_next_update_date">About the <q>Next Update</q> Date</h3>
+
+<p>The browser uses the CRLs it has available to check the validity of
+  certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. If a certificate is listed as
+  revoked, the browser won&apos;t accept it as evidence of identity.</p>
+
+<p>A CA typically publishes an updated CRL at regular intervals. Every CRL
+  includes a date, specified in the Next Update field, by which the CA will
+  publish the next update of that CRL. In general, if the date in the Next
+  Update field is earlier than the current date, you should obtain the most
+  recent version of the CRL. To view CRL information and set up automatic CRL
+  updating, see <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+  CRLs</a>.</p>
+
+<p>CAs are required to produce a new CRL by the Next Update date. However, the
+  absence of the most recent CRL does not by itself invalidate a certificate.
+  For this reason, if the most recent CRL is not available, a certificate may
+  be validated even though the most recent CRL shows it as expired. Automatic
+  CRL updating can help to avoid this situation.</p>
+
+<h3 id="importing_crls">Importing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can import the latest CRL from a CA into your browser. To import a CRL,
+  follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Go to the URL specified by the CA or by your system administrator and
+    click the link for the CRL that you want to import.
+    
+    <p>The Import Status dialog box appears.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>Confirm that the CRL was imported successfully and that it&apos;s the one
+    you wanted. In most cases you should also click Yes, which enables
+    automatic updating of the CRL you just imported.</li>
+  <li>The next step depends on whether you click Yes or No in the Import Status
+    dialog box: 
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box
+        appears. In this case, go on to step 4.</li>
+      <li><strong>No</strong>: The Import Status dialog box closes. If you
+        change your mind and decide to enable automatic updates after all, see
+        <a href="#viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing
+        CRLs</a>.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="viewing_and_managing_crls">Viewing and Managing CRLs</h3>
+
+<p>You can view and manage CRLs available to the browser through the
+  browser&apos;s Validation preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Manage CRLs in the Validation panel to see a list of the CRLs
+    available to Certificate Manager.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To delete or update a CRL, select it and click the appropriate button.</p>
+
+<p>To set up automatic updates for a CRL, select the CRL and click Settings.
+  The Automatic CRL Update Preferences dialog box appears:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Select the option labeled <q>Enable Automatic Update for this
+    CRL</q>.</li>
+  <li>Decide how you want to schedule the automatic updates:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Update [__] days before Next Update date</strong>: Select
+        this option if you want to base the update frequency on the frequency
+        with which the CRL publisher publishes a new version of the CRL.</li>
+      <li><strong>Update every [__] days</strong>: Select this option if you
+        want to specify an update interval unrelated to the CRL&apos;s Next
+        Update date.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Click OK to confirm your choices.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2>
+
+<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Validation preferences. To view
+  Validation preferences, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Validation. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see
+  <a href="validation_help.xhtml#ocsp">OCSP</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38a08247eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,830 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Using Privacy Features</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1>
+
+<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by
+  some sites. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the
+  page&apos;s cookies by doing two things:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>set</strong>
+    (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the site to <strong>read</strong>
+    cookies it previously stored on your computer. A site can&apos;t
+    actually read cookies or any other data on your computer&mdash;instead,
+    your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies
+      Site-By-Site</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling &amp; Disabling Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies
+  preferences. The default setting is <q>Allow all cookies</q>.</p>
+
+<p>To change your Cookies preferences:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see
+  <a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Site-By-Site</h2>
+
+<p>To set cookie permissions for the current site:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose one of the following items:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Site</strong>: Block the
+          current site from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset
+          cookie permission for the current site and use the
+          <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow
+          the current site to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from
+          this site will be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Site</strong>: Allow the
+          current site to set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several sites
+  or a site you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p>
+
+<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in
+  <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+  Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a web site is asking to
+  set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to
+  Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p>
+
+<p>Other dialog options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this site</strong>:
+    If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time
+    that site tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or
+    <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li>
+  <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>:
+    Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed
+    information</a> of the cookie.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager
+  to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and
+  <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie sites</a>.</p>
+
+<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a site:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or
+    denied cookies are listed.</li>
+  <li>Click to select the site from which you no longer want to automatically
+    accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>For more information about the information displayed, see
+  <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2>
+
+<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this
+  section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p>
+
+<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All
+    Cookies.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Even though you&apos;ve removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those
+  same cookies the next time you return to the site.</p>
+
+<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don&apos;t
+  allow sites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this
+  checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that you are removing are
+  added to the list of sites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other
+  aspects of cookie handling.</p>
+
+<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see
+  <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences -
+      Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#cookie_notification">Cookie Notification</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="cookies">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>Your browser is set by default to accept all cookies. This section describes
+  how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change that setting. If
+  you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Cookies. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Cookies help sites keep track of information for you, such as the
+  contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities&apos; weather you want
+  to know about. For a brief overview, see
+  <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are
+  Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p>
+
+<p>You can select one of these options:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all
+    cookies.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select
+    this option if you don&apos;t want to accept or return
+    <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">foreign
+    cookies</a>.</li>
+  <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: This is the default option. Select
+    this option to permit all sites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on
+    your computer.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By
+  blocking cookies you only block sites from setting new cookies, and old
+  cookies will still be sent to sites. To completely block a site from receiving
+  old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its cookies</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-site cookie permission</a>
+  supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a site to set
+  cookies, the site can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>.
+</p>
+
+<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also
+  select the following preferences:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this
+    if you want sites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete
+    the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you
+    want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer,
+    then type the number of days.</li>
+  <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want
+    Cookie Manager to warn you each time a site is about to store a cookie.
+    In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so
+    that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the site is setting cookies
+    which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view
+    information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which
+    sites are allowed to set them.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the
+  sites they belong to, and their current status.</p>
+
+<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that
+  cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p>
+
+<table class="defaultTable">
+  <thead>
+    <tr>
+      <th>Item</th>
+      <th>Explanation</th>
+    </tr>
+  </thead>
+  <tbody class="tbody-default">
+    <tr>
+      <td>Name</td>
+      <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Information</td>
+      <td>A string of characters containing the information a site tracks
+        for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are
+        identified to the site, information about your interests, and so
+        forth.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Host or domain</td>
+      <td>Provides the name of the cookie&apos;s host or domain.
+
+        <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent
+          visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that
+          set it.</p>
+
+        <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any site
+          that&apos;s in the same domain as the site that set it. A site&apos;s
+          domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of an
+          organization, business, or school&mdash;such as netscape.com or
+          washington.org.</p>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Path</td>
+      <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent
+        back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example,
+        <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set
+        for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Send For</td>
+      <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means
+        that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a
+        cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted
+        (HTTPS).</td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td>Expires</td>
+      <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The
+        browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td>
+    </tr>
+  </tbody>
+</table>
+
+<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies
+    from the list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the
+    list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back
+  into the list later:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Don&apos;t allow sites that set removed cookies to set future
+    cookies</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the
+  next time you return to the site. To prevent that from happening, select
+  this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, sites for the cookies that
+  you are removing are added to the list of sites whose cookies will
+  automatically be rejected.</p>
+
+<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p>
+
+<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Sites</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie
+  Manager. If you&apos;re not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li>
+  <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window
+    opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li>
+  <li>Click the Cookie Sites tab.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>The Cookie Sites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the sites for which your
+  decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also allows
+  you to add and remove sites from the list.</p>
+
+<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Sites</h3>
+
+<p>To add cookies sites manually:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Enter the site address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li>
+  <li>Set the site cookie permission:
+    <ul>
+      <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site
+        blocked from setting cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a site
+        that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this site will
+        be downgraded to session cookies.</li>
+      <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the site as a
+        site that can set cookies.</li>
+    </ul>
+  </li>
+  <li>Repeat the steps to add additional sites.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Sites</h3>
+
+<p>To remove a cookie site:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site or sites from the
+    list.</li>
+  <li><strong>Remove All Sites</strong>: Removes all sites from the list.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Once you&apos;ve removed a site from this list, Cookie Manager remembers
+  nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in
+  the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any site not in this
+  list requests permission to set a cookie.</p>
+
+<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1>
+
+<p>Many sites require you to type a user name and password before you can
+  enter the site. For instance, personalized pages and sites containing your
+  financial information usually require you to log in.</p>
+
+<p>The user name and password you use at a particular site can be read by the
+  site&apos;s administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log
+  into other sites where you may have used the same user name and password. If
+  this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every site
+  with which you register.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and
+  passwords by storing them on your computer&apos;s hard disk, and entering
+  them for you automatically when you visit such sites.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href=
+      "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+      Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering
+      User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager
+      On and Off</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing
+      Stored Passwords</a></li>
+    <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+  Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an
+  opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you
+  enter while using the Internet.</p>
+
+<p>For example, after you log onto a site from a page that requests a user
+  name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password
+  Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can
+  click one of the following buttons:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the site you&apos;ll
+    see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to
+    do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the
+    server.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in
+    the future if you want to save your user name and password for that
+    site.</li>
+  <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won&apos;t remember the user name
+    and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any
+  other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box
+  for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a
+  password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further
+  action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and
+  password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password
+  Manager fills in the information.</p>
+
+<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in
+  a file that&apos;s difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read.
+  See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored
+  Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user
+  names and passwords with encryption technology.</p>
+
+<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you
+  click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may
+  be turned off or the site may disallow its use.</p>
+
+<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see
+  <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On
+  and Off</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names
+  and Passwords Automatically</h2>
+
+<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names
+  and passwords on your behalf:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a
+    site (using the three-button dialog box described in
+    <a href=
+    "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using
+    Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>).
+
+    <p>The next time you visit the site, Password Manager automatically fills
+      in your user name and password on the site&apos;s log in page. You can
+      then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to
+      the server.</p>
+  </li>
+  <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an
+    email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login
+    information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use
+    Password Manager to remember these values</q>.
+
+    <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password
+      Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same
+      dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the
+      server.</p>
+
+    <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account,
+      &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does
+      so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further
+      action on your part.</p>
+  </li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and
+  Off</h2>
+
+<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q>
+    to turn Password Manager off.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the
+  checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored
+  Passwords</h2>
+
+<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of
+  sites from which logon information never is saved:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage
+    Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with
+    the Passwords Saved tab opened.
+    <ul>
+      <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your
+        choice.</li>
+      <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li>
+      <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The
+        next time you visit the site, you will need to enter your user name
+        and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the
+        information.</li>
+    </ul>
+    Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the sites for which
+    you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To
+    remove a site from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next
+    time you log into the site, you can use the stored user name and
+    password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save
+    the information for that site.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive
+  Information</h1>
+
+<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive
+  information is stored on your computer in a file that&apos;s difficult, but
+  not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p>
+
+<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have
+  access to it, it&apos;s possible for a determined person to read the file
+  containing your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with
+  encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to
+  view your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a
+  tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p>
+
+<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password
+  periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don&apos;t, it may be easier
+  for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p>
+
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+  <ul>
+    <li><a href="#turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and
+      Off</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master
+      Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your
+      Master Password</a></li>
+    <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If
+      You Forget Your Master Password</a></li>
+  </ul>
+</div>
+
+<h2 id="turning_encryption_on_and_off">Turning Encryption On and Off</h2>
+
+<p>To turn on encryption for your stored sensitive information:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Encrypting versus Obscuring section, select <q>Use encryption
+    when storing sensitive data</q>.</li> 
+  <li>Click OK. If you haven&apos;t previously set a master password, a new
+    dialog box appears and leads you through the process of setting it.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>To turn encryption off, deselect <q>Use encryption when storing sensitive
+  data</q>.</p>
+
+<p>You must supply your master password when you turn encryption on or off.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you choose to encrypt your stored sensitive information, you&apos;ll need
+  a master password. With encryption selected, you&apos;ll be asked for your
+  master password at least once during a &brandShortName; session in which you
+  access any of your stored sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>If you choose encryption, but don&apos;t already have a master password,
+  you&apos;ll be prompted to create one the first time you try to save or
+  retrieve your sensitive information.</p>
+
+<p>If your master password has not previously been set, you can set at this
+  time:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on
+  how to improve password security, see 
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>To change your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> 
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the
+    Change Master Password dialog box.</li>
+  <li>Enter your current master password.</li>
+  <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the
+    spelling.</li>
+  <li>Click OK.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master
+  Password</h2>
+
+<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each
+  &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive
+  information.</p>
+
+<p>It&apos;s also possible to require that your master password be requested
+  each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For
+  details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master
+  Password Timeout</a>.</p>
+
+<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again
+  before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful
+  if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p>
+
+<p>To log out of your master password:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li>
+  <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget
+  Your Master Password</h2>
+
+<p>If you forget your master password and you have chosen to encrypt sensitive
+  data (see <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting
+  Stored Sensitive Information</a>), you won&apos;t be able to access any of
+  the stored password it protects (assuming you have turned on encryption).
+  Your master password is your most important password. Make sure you remember
+  it or record it in a safe place.</p>
+
+<p>As a last resort, it&apos;s possible to reset your master password if you
+  are sure you can&apos;t remember it. However, resetting your master password
+  permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by
+  Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates
+  associated with the
+  <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security
+  Device</a>.</p>
+
+<p>Before taking this drastic step, read
+  <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master
+  Password</a>.</p>
+
+<p>If you are sure you can&apos;t remember or retrieve your master password,
+  follow these instructions to reset it:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+  <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li>
+  <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of
+  section</a>]</p>
+
+<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1>
+
+<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the
+  web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if
+  you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to
+  load.</p>
+
+<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation,
+  or turn off animation completely.</p>
+
+<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default
+  settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their
+  animation.</p>
+
+<h2 id="images">Privacy &amp; Security Preferences - Images</h2>
+
+<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the
+  preference settings for images:</p>
+
+<ol>
+  <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span>
+    <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li>
+  <li>Under the Privacy &amp; Security category, click Images. (If no
+    subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy &amp; Security to expand
+    the list.)</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3>
+
+<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether or under what
+  conditions the &brandShortName; browser should display images:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not
+    want the &brandShortName; browser to display images.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept images that come from the originating server
+    only</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from
+    third-party sites.</li>
+  <li><strong>Accept all images</strong>: Select this option if you want to
+    display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Animated images should loop</h3>
+
+<p>These settings control how many times animated images repeat their
+  animation:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if you
+    want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within each
+    image. (This option is selected by default.)</li>
+  <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to occur
+    once, overriding the number of times specified within each image.</li>
+  <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image
+    animation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1dccd0c6e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[
+  <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >
+  %brandDTD;
+]>
+   
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<title>Ajuda do &brandShortName;</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css"
+  type="text/css"/>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<h1>Bem vindo à ajuda do &brandShortName;</h1>
+
+<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click
+  tabs or topics in the left frame</strong>:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><strong>Contents</strong> shows main topics and subtopics.</li>
+  <li><strong>Search</strong> lets you search built-in &brandShortName;
+    Help.</li>
+  <li><strong>Index</strong> lists all topics alphabetically.</li>
+  <li><strong>Glossary</strong> defines key terms.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see
+  <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p>
+
+<table width="100%" border="0">
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td>
+    <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with
+        &brandShortName;.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>The oldest community site around, providing news flashes, polls, and
+        Web forums.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/start/1.5/troubleshooting/">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>&nbsp;</td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine
+        Forums</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/support/#community">User
+        Newsgroups</a></strong></p>
+
+      <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/mozillazine/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p>
+      <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p>
+    </td>
+    <td></td>
+  </tr>
+
+  <tr valign="top">
+    <td colspan="2"><h2>User Feedback</h2></td>
+  </tr>
+  <tr>
+    <td>
+      <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/quality/qfa.html">Quality
+        Feedback Agent</a></strong></p>
+    </td>
+  </tr>
+</table>
+
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8182c8ff00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>

+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"

+        xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#">

+

+  <rdf:Description about="urn:root">

+    <nc:subheadings>

+      <rdf:Seq>

+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help" nc:name="Usar a janela de Ajuda"

+                  nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml"/> </rdf:li>

+      </rdf:Seq>

+    </nc:subheadings>

+  </rdf:Description>

+

+  <rdf:Description about="#use-help">

+    <nc:subheadings>

+      <rdf:Seq>

+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-finding-the-topic-you-want" nc:name="Encontrar o tópico desejado" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li>

+        <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-search" nc:name="Dicas de pesquisa" nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> </rdf:li>

+      </rdf:Seq>

+    </nc:subheadings>

+  </rdf:Description>

+

+</rdf:RDF>

diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cb1c3b69f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey            "p">
+
+<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey           "F">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey        "G">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2       "VK_F3">
+
+<!ENTITY backButton.label               "Recuar">
+<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey           "R">
+<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip             "Retroceder uma página">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.label            "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip          "Avançar uma página">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                  "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey              "C">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label             "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey           "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey        "]">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.label               "Início">
+<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip             "Ir para a página inicial da ajuda">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label              "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip            "Imprimir esta página">
+<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey         "W">
+
+<!ENTITY search.emptytext               "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY searchHeader.label             "Resultados da pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY toctab.label                   "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey               "C">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and
+fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom.
+If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them,
+you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2  "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> <!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 "">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2   "">
+
+<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey          "k">
+
+<!ENTITY zLevel.label                   "Sempre visível">
+<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey               "S">
+
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label        "Reduzir">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label       "Ampliar">
+<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey   "i">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6e45bd5d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+emptySearchText=Nenhum resultado.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61ee72f67f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+  "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"
+[     <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" >     %brandDTD; ]>
+<!-- Contributors:   R.J. Keller <rlk@trfenv.com> (original author)   Jeff Walden <jwalden+code@mit.edu>   Steffen Wilberg <steffen.wilberg@web.de> -->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta name="generator" content=
+"HTML Tidy for Linux/x86 (vers 6 November 2007), see www.w3.org" />
+<title>Using the Help Window</title>
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href=
+"chrome://help/skin/helpFileLayout.css" />
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1>
+<div class="contentsBox">In this section:
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You
+Want</a></li>
+<li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li>
+</ul>
+</div>
+<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2>
+<p>To display help information in this window, click a topic in the
+<em>Contents</em> sidebar. Click the <span class="noMac">plus
+icon</span> <span class="mac">triangle</span> next to a topic to
+see its subtopics.</p>
+<p>To search for a help topic, type a word or phrase in the
+<em>Search</em> bar to see related topics. Click on a topic to read
+about it. If your search doesn't return any topics, try typing
+fewer words or a different combination of words. The results will
+be displayed in the <em>Search</em> sidebar as you type. To display
+the contents in the sidebar again, click the close button on the
+<em>Search</em> sidebar, clear the <em>Search</em> bar, or press
+<kbd>Esc</kbd>.</p>
+<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading,
+click links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web
+page. You can also move back and forth between pages you've already
+seen using the Back and Forward buttons.</p>
+<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2>
+<p>If you don't find what you want, here are a few helpful
+tips:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to
+&amp;brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li>
+<li>Try to broaden your search - don't be too specific; terms could
+be worded differently than your search.</li>
+<li>Avoid being too broad with your search. For example, a common
+word like "page" will likely return more topics than you want.</li>
+</ul>
+<div class="contentsBox"><em>09 July 2005</em></div>
+<p>Copyright &copy; 2003-2008 Contributors to the Mozilla Help
+Viewer Project.</p>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5feecfb07b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/mac/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- mac -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: FILE Do not translate all the entities ending with
+  Cmd.key. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (.modifiers): The following entites are for the
+  application menu. Never change the modifiers unless you are 100% sure that
+  they are different on your locale (should be very rare). -->
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label           "Preferências…">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key             ",">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.modifiers       "accel">
+<!ENTITY servicesMenu.label             "Serviços">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.label           "Ocultar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.modifiers       "accel">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.label         "Ocultar outras">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.key           "H">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.modifiers     "accel,alt">
+<!ENTITY showAllAppsCmd.label           "Mostrar tudo">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair do &brandShortName;"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.modifiers   "accel">
+<!-- End of Application menu -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label            "Configuração da página…">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey        "u">
+
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "F">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Z">
+
+<!-- Keys for toggling Sidebar, Folder Pane in mailNews and Directory Pane in
+  Address Book -->
+<!ENTITY showHideSidebarCmd.key         "S">
+<!ENTITY toggleFolderPaneCmd.key        "S">
+<!ENTITY toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key     "S">
+
+<!ENTITY historyCmd.key                 "H">  
+
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel">
+
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.label        "Minimizar">
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.key          "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomWindowCmd.label            "Zoom">
+
+<!-- Help menu -->
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Ajuda do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "?">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.modifiers          "accel">
+
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                   "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                    "Opção">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                  "Shift">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..224d3994fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title           "Assistente de importação">
+
+<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label             "Importar todos os itens de:">
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label       "Importar marcadores de:">
+
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label     "Thunderbird">
+<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.label            "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey        "F">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label         "Não importar">
+<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey     "N">
+
+<!ENTITY importSource.title              "Importar definições e dados">
+<!ENTITY importItems.title               "Itens a importar">
+<!ENTITY importItems.label               "Selecione os itens a importar:">
+
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.title             "Selecionar perfil">
+<!ENTITY selectProfile.label             "Os seguintes perfis estão disponíveis para importar de:">
+
+<!ENTITY migrating.title                 "A Importar…">
+<!ENTITY migrating.label                 "Os seguintes itens estão a ser importados…">
+
+<!ENTITY done.title                      "Importação terminada">
+<!ENTITY done.label                      "Os seguintes itens foram importados com sucesso:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0274d91d9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# the following section is used in the first-time migration wizard
+# new and scary, however if these strings are not present, we will simply 
+# skip this wizard page
+homePageStartDefault=Página inicial predefinida do SeaMonkey
+homePageStartCurrent=Página inicial atual do SeaMonkey
+homePageImport=Importar a sua página inicial de %S
+
+homePageMigrationPageTitle=Seleção de página inicial
+homePageMigrationDescription=Por favor selecione a página inicial que deseja utilizar:
+# end safe-to-not-have section
+
+# note that the names of apps are in lower case to fit in with the
+# protocol specifications.
+sourceNamethunderbird=Thunderbird
+
+importedBookmarksFolder=De %S
+
+importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle=SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 ou Mozilla 1.x
+
+# Import Sources
+# These are the string names for the values given in nsISuiteProfileMigrator.idl
+# _generic will apply to all import sources unless specifically overriden by another
+# item.
+# e.g. 1_ie=Internet Options will display "Internet Options" rather than "Preferences" when
+# importing from Internet Explorer.
+1_generic=Preferências
+
+2_generic=Cookies
+
+4_generic=Histórico de navegação
+
+8_generic=Página inicial
+
+16_generic=Palavras-passe guardadas
+
+32_generic=Marcadores
+
+64_generic=Outros dados
+
+128_generic=Definições de conta
+
+256_generic=Livros de endereços
+
+512_generic=Treino do lixo eletrónico
+
+1024_generic=Pastas dos grupos de notícias
+
+2048_generic=Pastas de correio
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d2e0da316d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeNotification.tooltip "Fechar esta mensagem">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (closeNotificationItem.label): This entity is used
+     to replace the Toolkit default closeNotificationItem.label ("Not Now")
+     which is ambiguous in some cases. Thus, make sure to select a phrase
+     that clearly relates to closing the current doorhanger. -->
+
+<!ENTITY closeNotificationItem.label "Ignorar notificação">
+
+<!ENTITY checkForUpdates "Procurar atualizações…">
+
+<!ENTITY learnMore "Saber mais…">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad935fbcba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+outdatedpluginsMessage.title=Alguns plugins utilizados por esta página estão desatualizados.
+outdatedpluginsMessage.button.label=Atualizar plugins…
+outdatedpluginsMessage.button.accesskey=p
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (carbonfailurepluginsMessage.title):
+# The English form of this string used to use the word "requires" but it was
+# later thought that this word felt too aggressive and we now use "requests".
+# Localizers can use use a word corresponding to "requests" or "requires"
+# or both, depending on what matches the language best.
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.title=Esta página solicita um plugin que apenas pode ser executado no modo 32-bit.
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.button.label=Reiniciar no modo 32-bit
+carbonfailurepluginsMessage.button.accesskey=R
+
+missingpluginsMessage.title=São necessários plugins adicionais para mostrar todo o conteúdo desta página.
+missingpluginsMessage.button.label=Preferências
+missingpluginsMessage.button.accesskey=P
+
+blockedpluginsMessage.title=Alguns plugins necessários para esta página foram bloqueados para sua proteção.
+blockedpluginsMessage.infoButton.label=Detalhes…
+blockedpluginsMessage.infoButton.accesskey=D
+
+crashedpluginsMessage.title=O plugin %S falhou.
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.label=Recarregar página
+crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.accesskey=R
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.label=Enviar relatórios de falha
+crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.accesskey=s
+crashedpluginsMessage.learnMore=Saber mais…
+
+activatepluginsMessage.title=Deseja ativar os plugins nesta página?
+activatepluginsMessage.activate.label=Ativar plugins
+activatepluginsMessage.activate.accesskey=A
+activatepluginsMessage.dismiss.label=Não ativar
+activatepluginsMessage.dismiss.accesskey=N
+activatepluginsMessage.remember=Memorizar para este website
+activatepluginsMessage.always.label=Ativar sempre plugins para este site
+activatepluginsMessage.always.accesskey=v
+activatepluginsMessage.never.label=Nunca ativar plugins para este site
+activatepluginsMessage.never.accesskey=N
+activateSinglePlugin=Ativar
+PluginClickToActivate=Ativar %S.
+PluginVulnerableUpdatable=Este plugin é vulnerável e deve ser atualizado.
+PluginVulnerableNoUpdate=Estr plugin tem vulnerabilidades de segurança.
+vulnerableUpdatablePluginWarning=Versão desatualizada!
+vulnerableNoUpdatePluginWarning=Plugin vulnerável!
+vulnerablePluginsMessage=Alguns plugins foram desativados para sua segurança.
+pluginInfo.unknownPlugin=Desconhecido
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (popupWarning.message): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is brandShortName and #2 is the number of popups blocked.
+popupWarning.message=O #1 impediu este website de abrir uma janela pop-up.;O #1 impediu este website de abrir #2 janelas pop-up.
+popupWarningButton=Preferências
+popupWarningButton.accesskey=P
+
+xpinstallHostNotAvailable=servidor desconhecido
+xpinstallPromptWarning=O %S impediu este website (%S) de lhe perguntar para instalar software no seu computador.
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton=Instalar software…
+xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey=I
+xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked=A instalação de software foi desativada pelo seu administrador de sistema.
+xpinstallDisabledMessage=A instalação de software está atualmente desativada. Clique Ativar e tente novamente.
+xpinstallDisabledButton=Ativar
+xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey=t
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonDownloading, addonDownloadCancelled):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The number of add-ons is not itself substituted in the string.
+addonDownloading=A transferir extra:;A transferir extras:
+addonDownloadCancelled=Transferência de extra cancelada.;Transferências de extras canceladas.
+addonDownloadCancelButton=Cancelar
+addonDownloadCancelButton.accesskey=C
+addonDownloadRestartButton=Reiniciar
+addonDownloadRestartButton.accesskey=R
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsInstalled, addonsInstalledNeedsRestart):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 first add-on's name, #2 number of add-ons, #3 application name
+addonsInstalled=#1 foi instalado com sucesso.;#2 extras instalados com sucesso.
+addonsInstalledNeedsRestart=#1 será instalado depois de reiniciar o #3.;#2 extras serão instalados depois de reiniciar o #3.
+addonInstallRestartButton=Reiniciar agora
+addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey=R
+addonInstallManageButton=Abrir Gestor de extras
+addonInstallManageButton.accesskey=o
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonError-1, addonError-2, addonError-3, addonError-4, addonErrorIncompatible, addonErrorBlocklisted):
+# #1 is the add-on name, #2 is the host name, #3 is the application name
+# #4 is the application version
+addonError-1=O extra não pôde ser transferido devido a uma falha de ligação em #2.
+addonError-2=O extra de #2 não foi instalado porque não corresponde ao extra esperado pelo #3.
+addonError-3=O extra transferido a partir de #2 não pôde ser instalado porque aparenta estar corrompido.
+addonError-4=#1 não pôde ser instalado porque o #3 não consegue modificar o ficheiro necessário.
+addonErrorBlocklisted=#1 não pôde ser instalado porque possui um elevado risco de causar problemas de estabilidade ou de segurança.
+addonErrorIncompatible=#1 não pôde ser instalado porque não é compatível com o #3 #4.
+
+# Light Weight Themes
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeInstallRequest.message): %S will be replaced with
+# the host name of the site.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.message=Este site (%S) tentou instalar um tema. Clique em Permitir para continuar.
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton=Permitir
+lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton.accesskey=i
+
+lwthemeInstallNotification.message=Um novo tema foi instalado.
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton=Desfazer
+lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton.accesskey=s
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton=Gerir temas…
+lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton.accesskey=m
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lwthemeNeedsRestart.message):
+# %S will be replaced with the new theme name.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.message=%S será instalado após reiniciar.
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton=Reiniciar agora
+lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton.accesskey=R
+
+# Geolocation UI
+geolocation.allowLocation=Permitir acesso à localização
+geolocation.allowLocation.accesskey=a
+geolocation.dontAllowLocation=Não permitir
+geolocation.dontAllowLocation.accesskey=N
+geolocation.shareWithSite3=Permite que %S aceda à sua localização?
+geolocation.shareWithFile3=Permite que este ficheiro local aceda à sua localização?
+geolocation.remember=Memorizar para este website
+
+# Persistent storage UI
+persistentStorage.allow=Permitir
+persistentStorage.allow.accesskey=P
+persistentStorage.dontAllow=Não permitir
+persistentStorage.dontAllow.accesskey=N
+persistentStorage.allowWithSite=Permite que %S armazene dados em armazenamento persistente?
+persistentStorage.remember=Memorizar esta decisão
+
+# Desktop Notifications
+webNotifications.allow=Permitir notificações
+webNotifications.allow.accesskey=a
+webNotifications.notNow=Agora não
+webNotifications.notNow.accesskey=o
+webNotifications.never=Nunca permitir
+webNotifications.never.accesskey=N
+webNotifications.receiveFromSite2=Permite que %S envie notificações?
+
+# IndexedDB
+offlineApps.permissions=Este website (%S) está a pedir para guardar dados no seu computador para utilizar no modo offline.
+offlineApps.private=Está numa janela privada. Este website (%S) não teve permissão para armazenar informação no seu computador para utilização offline.
+offlineApps.quota=Este website (%1$S) está a tentar guardar mais de %2$SMB de dados no seu computador para utilizar no modo offline.
+offlineApps.always=Permitir sempre
+offlineApps.always.accesskey=P
+offlineApps.later=Agora Não
+offlineApps.later.accesskey=N
+offlineApps.never=Nunca para este site
+offlineApps.never.accesskey=e
+
+# Block autorefresh
+refreshBlocked.goButton=Permitir
+refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey=P
+refreshBlocked.refreshLabel=O %S impediu que esta página recarregasse automaticamente.
+refreshBlocked.redirectLabel=O %S impediu que esta página reencaminhasse automaticamente para outra página.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (updatePrompt.text)
+# %S will be replaced with the application name.
+updatePrompt.text=A sua cópia do %S é antiga e provavelmente tem problemas de segurança conhecidos, mas desativou a procura automática de atualizações. Por favor atualize para uma versão mais recente.
+updatePromptCheckButton.label=Procurar atualizações
+updatePromptCheckButton.accesskey=c
+
+SecurityTitle=Aviso de segurança
+MixedContentMessage=Pediu acesso a uma página encriptada que contém alguma informação não encriptada. A informação que vê ou escreve nesta página pode ser lida facilmente por terceiros.
+MixedActiveContentMessage=Pediu uma página encriptada que contém informação insegura. A informação que vê ou escreve nesta página pode ser lida facilmente por terceiros.
+TrackingContentMessage=Partes desta página podem estar a monitorizar a sua atividade online.
+MixedDisplayContentMessage=Solicitou uma página que é apenas parcialmente encriptada e não impede eavesdropping.
+BlockedActiveContentMessage=A informação insegura nesta página foi bloqueada.
+BlockedTrackingContentMessage=As partes desta página que monitorizam a sua atividade online foram bloqueadas.
+BlockedDisplayContentMessage=A informação não encriptada desta página foi bloqueada.
+EnterInsecureMessage=Saiu de uma página encriptada. A informação que envia ou recebe pode a partir de agora ser facilmente lida por terceiros.
+EnterSecureMessage=Pediu acesso a uma página encriptada. O website identificou-se corretamente e a informação que vê ou escreve nesta página pode ser facilmente lida por terceiros.
+SecurityKeepBlocking.label=Continuar a bloquear
+SecurityKeepBlocking.accesskey=b
+SecurityUnblock.label=Desbloquear
+SecurityUnblock.accesskey=D
+SecurityPreferences.label=Preferências
+SecurityPreferences.accesskey=P
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureMessage=A informação que introduziu nesta página vai ser enviada através de uma ligação insegura e pode ser facilmente lida por terceiros.\nTem a certeza que pretende enviar esta informação?
+PostToInsecureFromInsecureShowAgain=Avisar-me sempre que submeter informação que não está encriptada.
+PostToInsecureContinue=Continuar
+
+# Phishing/Malware Notification Bar.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (notADeceptiveSite, notAnAttack)
+# The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so
+# it's okay for them to have the same access key.
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.label=Tirem-me daqui!
+safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.accessKey=r
+safebrowsing.deceptiveSite=Site decetivo!
+safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.label=Este não é um site decetivo…
+safebrowsing.notADeceptiveSiteButton.accessKey=d
+safebrowsing.reportedAttackSite=Reportado como site de ataque!
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.label=Este não é um site de ataque…
+safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.accessKey=a
+safebrowsing.reportedUnwantedSite=Reportado como site de software não-solicitado!
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..371ca94202
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY enter.label "Introduza a localização web (URL), ou especifique o ficheiro local que deseja abrir:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (enter.accesskey): should be present in both enter.label
+     as defined above and attachEnterLabel as defined in
+     openLocation.properties -->
+<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Escolher o ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY newPrivate.label "Nova janela privada">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newTab.label "Novo separador">
+<!ENTITY currentTab.label "Separador da navegação atual">
+<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "Nova janela de composição">
+<!ENTITY open.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY caption.label "Abrir localização Web">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Abrir em:">
+<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2dd59c4fd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+attachTitle=Anexar página Web
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachEnterLabel): should contain "enter.accesskey"
+# as defined in openLocation.dtd
+attachEnterLabel=Introduza a localização web (URL), ou especifique o ficheiro local que deseja anexar:
+attachButtonLabel=Anexar
+chooseFileDialogTitle=Escolher ficheiro
+existingNavigatorWindow=Janela do navegador existente
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f2c57b25e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY     tab.cookiesonsystem.label      "Cookies guardados">
+<!ENTITY     tab.bannedservers.label        "Sites do cookie">
+<!ENTITY     div.bannedservers.label        "Gerir os websites que podem ou não guardar cookies no seu computador.">
+<!ENTITY     div.cookiesonsystem.label      "Ver e remover cookies guardados no seu computador.">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiename.label      "Nome do cookie">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookiedomain.label    "Website">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.cookieexpires.label   "Expira">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.infoselected.label    "Detalhes do cookie selecionado">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.label      "Remover cookie">
+<!ENTITY     button.removecookie.accesskey  "R">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.label  "Remover todos os cookies">
+<!ENTITY     button.removeallcookies.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY     search.placeholder             "Pesquisar cookies">
+<!ENTITY     focusSearch.key                "f">
+<!ENTITY     selectAll.key                  "a">
+
+<!ENTITY     props.name.label               "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY     props.value.label              "Conteúdo:">
+<!ENTITY     props.domain.label             "Servidor:">
+<!ENTITY     props.path.label               "Caminho:">
+<!ENTITY     props.secure.label             "Enviar para:">
+<!ENTITY     props.expires.label            "Expira:">
+
+<!ENTITY     treehead.sitename.label        "Website">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.scheme.label          "Scheme">
+<!ENTITY     treehead.status.label          "Estado">
+<!ENTITY     windowtitle.label              "Gestor de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.label                "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY     blockSite.accesskey            "B">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.label                "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY     allowSite.accesskey            "P">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.label         "Sessão">
+<!ENTITY     allowSiteSession.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.label         "Remover site">
+<!ENTITY     removepermission.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.label     "Remover todos os websites">
+<!ENTITY     removeallpermissions.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.label            "Não permitir websites que removem cookies para definir cookies futuros">
+<!ENTITY     futureCookies.accesskey        "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11b4171143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# note this section of the code may require some tinkering in other languages =(
+# format in dialog: site [can/cannot] set cookies
+can=o website pode definir cookies
+cannot=o website não pode definir cookies
+canSession=o website pode definir cookies de sessão
+domain=Domínio ao qual este cookie se aplica:
+host=Servidor que usou o cookie:
+hostColon=Servidor:
+domainColon=Domínio:
+forSecureOnly=Apenas ligações encriptadas
+forAnyConnection=Qualquer tipo de ligação
+expireAtEndOfSession=No fim da sessão
+allowedURLSchemes=Verifique o url introduzido. Apenas pode adicionar permissões para schemes http ou https
+errorAddPermission=Permissão para site não pôde ser adicionada
+deleteAllCookies=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar todos os cookies?
+deleteAllCookiesTitle=Remover todos os cookies
+deleteAllCookiesYes=&Remover
+deleteAllCookiesSites=Tem a certeza de que pretende apagar os cookies de todos os sites?
+deleteAllSitesTitle=Remover todos os sites
+deleteAllSitesYes=&Remover
+deleteSelectedCookies=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os cookies selecionados?
+deleteSelectedCookiesTitle=Remover cookies selecionados
+deleteSelectedCookiesYes=&Remover
+deleteSelectedCookiesSites=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os cookies dos sites selecionados?
+deleteSelectedSitesTitle=Remover sites selecionados
+deleteSelectedSitesYes=&Remover
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a7683ab2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowtitle.label              "Exceções">
+<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label        "Website">
+<!ENTITY treehead.status.label          "Estado">
+<!ENTITY remove.label                   "Remover site">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey               "R">
+<!ENTITY removeall.label                "Remover todos os websites">
+<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey            "e">
+<!ENTITY address.label                  "Endereço do website:">
+<!ENTITY address.accesskey              "d">
+<!ENTITY block.label                    "Bloquear">
+<!ENTITY block.accesskey                "B">
+<!ENTITY session.label                  "Permitir para a sessão">
+<!ENTITY session.accesskey              "s">
+<!ENTITY allow.label                    "Permitir">
+<!ENTITY allow.accesskey                "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef99f095bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+installpermissionstext=Pode especificar quais os websites que estão permitidos de instalar extensões e atualizações. Digite o endereço exato do website que pretende permitir e depois clique em Permitir.
+installpermissionstitle=Sites autorizados - Instalação de software
+installpermissionshelp=advanced_pref_installation
+popuppermissionstext=Pode especificar quais os websites que estão permitidos de abrir janelas pop-up. Digite o endereço exato do website que pretende autorizar e depois clique em Permitir.
+popuppermissionstitle=Sites autorizados - Janelas pop-up
+popuppermissionshelp=pop_up_blocking
+imagepermissionstext=Pode especificar quais os websites que estão permitidos de carregar imagens. Digite o endereço exato do website que pretende gerir e depois clique em Bloquear ou Permitir.
+imagepermissionstitle=Imagens - Exceções
+imagepermissionshelp=images-help-managing
+offline-apppermissionstext=Pode especificar quais os websites que estão permitidos de guardar dados para uso offline. Digite o endereço exato do website que pretende gerir e depois clique em Bloquear ou Permitir.
+offline-apppermissionstitle=Dados offline
+offline-apppermissionshelp=offline_apps
+
+can=Permitir
+canSession=Permitir para a sessão
+cannot=Bloquear
+
+alertInvalidTitle=Endereço inválido
+alertInvalid=O website %S é inválido.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d07e36175d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/bookmarkProperties.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+dialogAcceptLabelAddItem=Adicionar
+dialogAcceptLabelSaveItem=Guardar
+dialogAcceptLabelAddLivemark=Subscrever
+dialogAcceptLabelAddMulti=Adicionar marcadores
+dialogAcceptLabelEdit=Guardar
+dialogTitleAddBookmark=Novo marcador
+dialogTitleAddLivemark=Subscrever com marcador dinâmico
+dialogTitleAddFolder=Nova pasta
+dialogTitleAddMulti=Novos marcadores
+dialogTitleEdit=Propriedades para “%S”
+
+bookmarkAllTabsDefault=[Nome da pasta]
+newFolderDefault=Nova pasta
+newBookmarkDefault=Novo marcador
+newLivemarkDefault=Novo marcador dinâmico
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7555e5cc2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/editBookmarkOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.label                      "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.name.accesskey                  "N">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.label                  "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.location.accesskey              "L">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.label              "Localização da fonte:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.feedLocation.accesskey          "f">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.label              "Localização do site:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.siteLocation.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.folder.label                    "Pasta:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.foldersExpanderDown.tooltip     "Mostrar todas as pastas de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.expanderUp.tooltip              "Ocultar">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.label                      "Etiquetas:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tags.accesskey                  "t">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsEmptyDesc.label             "Separar etiquetas com vírgulas">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.label               "Descrição:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.description.accesskey           "D">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.label                   "Palavra-chave:">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.keyword.accesskey               "P">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.tagsExpanderDown.tooltip        "Mostrar todas as etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.label             "Carregar este marcador na barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.loadInSidebar.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.choose.label                    "Escolher…">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.label           "Nova pasta">
+<!ENTITY editBookmarkOverlay.newFolderButton.accesskey       "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d81cb1694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (places.library.title): use "Library", "Archive" or "Repository" -->
+<!ENTITY places.library.title  "Biblioteca">
+<!ENTITY places.library.width  "700">
+<!ENTITY places.library.height "500">
+<!ENTITY organize.label        "Organizar">
+<!ENTITY organize.accesskey    "O">
+<!ENTITY organize.tooltip      "Organize os seus marcadores">
+
+<!ENTITY file.close.label               "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY file.close.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY cmd.close.key                  "w">
+<!ENTITY views.label                    "Vistas">
+<!ENTITY views.accesskey                "V">
+<!ENTITY views.tooltip                  "Altere a sua vista">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.label             "Mostrar colunas">
+<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY view.sort.label                "Ordenar">
+<!ENTITY view.sort.accesskey            "O">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label            "Não ordenados">
+<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey        "N">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label       "Ordem A - Z">
+<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey   "A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label      "Ordem Z - A">
+<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey  "Z">
+
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.label     "Importar marcadores a partir de HTML…">
+<!ENTITY importBookmarksFromHTML.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.label       "Exportar marcadores para HTML…">
+<!ENTITY exportBookmarksToHTML.accesskey   "E">
+<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.label          "Importar dados de outro navegador…">
+<!ENTITY importOtherBrowser.accesskey      "a">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.backup.label               "Cópia de segurança…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.backup.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.label             "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restore2.accesskey         "R">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.label      "Escolher ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.restoreFromFile.accesskey  "c">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.label     "Esquecer este site">
+<!ENTITY cmd.deleteDomainData.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.label                  "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.label           "Abrir numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_window.accesskey       "n">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.label     "Abrir numa nova janela privada">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_private_window.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.label              "Abrir num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_tab.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.label      "Abrir tudo em separadores">
+<!ENTITY cmd.open_all_in_tabs.accesskey  "o">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label      "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey  "i">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.label              "Ordenar por nome">
+<!ENTITY cmd.sortby_name.accesskey          "O">
+<!ENTITY cmd.context_sortby_name.accesskey  "r">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.label            "Novo marcador…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_bookmark.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.label              "Nova pasta…">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_folder.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY cmd.context_new_folder.accesskey  "p">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.label           "Novo separador">
+<!ENTITY cmd.new_separator.accesskey       "s">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.label      "Recarregar marcador dinâmico">
+<!ENTITY cmd.reloadLivebookmark.accesskey  "R">
+
+<!ENTITY col.name.label          "Nome">
+<!ENTITY col.tags.label          "Etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY col.url.label           "Localização">
+<!ENTITY col.mostrecentvisit.label "Visita mais recente">
+<!ENTITY col.visitcount.label    "Número de visitas">
+<!ENTITY col.description.label   "Descrição">
+<!ENTITY col.dateadded.label     "Adicionado">
+<!ENTITY col.lastmodified.label  "Última modificação">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder  "Pesquisar">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.find.key  "f">
+
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.label "Mais">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.more.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.label "Menos">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.less.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY detailsPane.selectAnItemText.description "Selecione um item para ver e editar as suas propriedades">
+
+<!ENTITY view.label               "Ver">
+<!ENTITY view.accesskey           "V">
+<!ENTITY byDate.label             "Por data">
+<!ENTITY byDate.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY bySite.label             "Por site">
+<!ENTITY bySite.accesskey         "s">
+<!ENTITY byMostVisited.label      "Por mais visitados">
+<!ENTITY byMostVisited.accesskey  "v">
+<!ENTITY byLastVisited.label      "Por última visita">
+<!ENTITY byLastVisited.accesskey  "l">
+<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.label       "Por data e site">
+<!ENTITY byDayAndSite.accesskey   "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b45e7ab82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+load-js-data-url-error=Por razões de segurança, os URL de Javascript ou de dados não podem ser carregadas a partir da janela do histórico ou da barra lateral.
+noTitle=(sem título)
+
+bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder=(Vazia)
+
+bookmarksBackupTitle=Nome de ficheiro para cópia de segurança de marcadores
+
+bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle=Reverter marcadores
+bookmarksRestoreAlert=Esta operação substituirá todos os seus marcadores correntes pela cópia de segurança. Tem a certeza?
+bookmarksRestoreTitle=Escolha uma cópia de segurança
+bookmarksRestoreFilterName=JSON
+
+bookmarksRestoreFormatError=Tipo de ficheiro não suportado.
+bookmarksRestoreParseError=Impossível processar cópia de segurança.
+
+bookmarksLivemarkLoading=A carregar marcador dinâmico…
+bookmarksLivemarkFailed=Falha ao carregar marcador dinâmico.
+
+menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label=Abrir "%S"
+
+sortByName=Ordenar ‘%S’ por nome
+sortByNameGeneric=Ordenar por nome
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (view.sortBy.1.name.label): sortBy properties are versioned.
+# When any of these changes, all of the properties must be bumped, and the
+# change must be annotated here.  Both label and accesskey must be updated.
+# - version 1: changed view.sortBy.1.date.
+view.sortBy.1.name.label=Ordenar por nome
+view.sortBy.1.name.accesskey=n
+view.sortBy.1.url.label=Ordenar por localização
+view.sortBy.1.url.accesskey=l
+view.sortBy.1.date.label=Ordenar por visita mais recente
+view.sortBy.1.date.accesskey=v
+view.sortBy.1.visitCount.label=Ordenar por número de visitas
+view.sortBy.1.visitCount.accesskey=n
+view.sortBy.1.description.label=Ordenar por descrição
+view.sortBy.1.description.accesskey=d
+view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.label=Ordenar por adicionados
+view.sortBy.1.dateAdded.accesskey=e
+view.sortBy.1.lastModified.label=Ordenar por última modificação
+view.sortBy.1.lastModified.accesskey=m
+view.sortBy.1.tags.label=Ordenar por etiquetas
+view.sortBy.1.tags.accesskey=t
+
+searchBookmarks=Pesquisar marcadores
+searchHistory=Pesquisar histórico
+
+tabs.openWarningTitle=Confirmar abertura
+tabs.openWarningMultipleBranded=Está prestes a abrir %S separadores.  Esta ação pode tornar o %S lento enquanto as páginas estão a carregar.  Tem a certeza de que pretende continuar?
+tabs.openButtonMultiple=Abrir separadores
+tabs.openWarningPromptMeBranded=Avisar-me quando abrir múltiplos separadores poderá tornar o %S lento
+
+SelectImport=Importar ficheiro de marcadores
+EnterExport=Exportar ficheiro de marcadores
+
+detailsPane.noItems=Nenhum item
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (detailsPane.itemsCountLabel): Semicolon-separated list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 number of items
+# example: 111 items
+detailsPane.itemsCountLabel=Um item;#1 itens
+
+mostVisitedTitle=Mais visitados
+recentlyBookmarkedTitle=Marcadores recentes
+recentTagsTitle=Etiquetas recentes
+
+OrganizerQueryHistory=Histórico
+OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks=Todos os marcadores
+OrganizerQueryTags=Etiquetas
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tagResultLabel, bookmarkResultLabel, switchtabResultLabel,
+# keywordResultLabel, searchengineResultLabel)
+# Noun used to describe the location bar autocomplete result type
+# to users with screen readers
+# See createResultLabel() in urlbarBindings.xml
+tagResultLabel=Etiqueta
+bookmarkResultLabel=Marcador
+switchtabResultLabel=Separador
+keywordResultLabel=Palavra-chave
+searchengineResultLabel=Pesquisar
+
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (lockPrompt.text)
+# %S will be replaced with the application name.
+lockPrompt.text=O sistema de histórico e marcadores não estará funcional porque um dos ficheiros do %S está a ser utilizado por outra aplicação. Alguns softwares de segurança podem causar este problema.
+lockPromptInfoButton.label=Saber mais
+lockPromptInfoButton.accesskey=b
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (deletePagesLabel): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+cmd.deletePages.label=Apagar página;Apagar páginas
+cmd.deletePages.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (bookmarkPagesLabel): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+cmd.bookmarkPages.label=Adicionar página aos marcadores;Adicionar páginas aos marcadores
+cmd.bookmarkPages.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey,
+# cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same
+# character, since they're never displayed at the same time
+cmd.deleteSinglePage.label=Apagar página
+cmd.deleteSinglePage.accesskey=A
+cmd.deleteMultiplePages.label=Apagar páginas
+cmd.deleteMultiplePages.accesskey=A
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey,
+# cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey): these accesskeys can use the same
+# character, since they're never displayed at the same time
+cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.label=Adicionar página aos marcadores
+cmd.bookmarkSinglePage.accesskey=m
+cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.label=Adicionar páginas aos marcadores
+cmd.bookmarkMultiplePages.accesskey=m
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a8cdab739
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/mac/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 62em; height: 41em;">
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "&#8984;+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "l">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique no botão do meio, &#8984;+clique ou &#8984;+Enter nas ligações numa página da Web">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..695c39357e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Advanced' prefs settings -->
+<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title              "Avançadas">
+
+<!ENTITY systemPref.caption               "Preferências do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemPrefCheck.label            "Utilizar preferências do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemPrefCheck.accesskey        "U">
+<!ENTITY systemPref.desc                  "Com esta opção, o &brandShortName; utiliza as preferências do sistema. Estas definições do sistema sobrepõem-se às preferências do &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption         "Integração do sistema">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label     "Verificar definições da aplicação ao iniciar">
+<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "c">
+
+<!ENTITY printing.label                   "A imprimir">
+<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.label       "Utilizar a caixa de diálogo de impressão nativa (onde for suportada)">
+<!ENTITY useNativePrintDialog.accesskey   "U">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.label     "Utilizar as configurações globais de impressão">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrintSettings.accesskey "g">
+
+<!ENTITY crashReports.caption             "Relator de falhas">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.label              "Enviar relatórios de falha">
+<!ENTITY submitCrashes.accesskey          "s">
+
+<!ENTITY devTools.caption                 "Ferramentas de programador">
+<!ENTITY allowDebugger.label              "Permitir que um depurador se ligue ao &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY allowDebugger.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.label     "Permitir ligações de outros computadores">
+<!ENTITY allowRemoteConnections.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.label           "Confirmar pedido de ligações recebidas">
+<!ENTITY connectionPrompt.accesskey       "p">
+<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.label         "Número da porta para ligação:">
+<!ENTITY remoteDebuggerPort.accesskey     "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1330f35c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Aparência">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label                    "Ao iniciar o &brandShortName;, abrir">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.label                         "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey                     "N">
+<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label                  "Mostrar barras de ferramentas como">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label                   "Imagens e texto">
+<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey               "I">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label                    "Apenas imagens">
+<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey                "A">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label                    "Apenas texto">
+<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey                "x">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label                 "Mostrar dicas">
+<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey             "t">
+
+<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.label                 "Ocultar os grippies da barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY showHideGrippies.accesskey             "g">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.locales.title                     "Idioma da interface de utilizador">
+<!ENTITY selectLocale.label                     "Selecione o idioma para o texto que aparece nas caixas de diálogo, menus, barras de ferramentas e nomes de botões:">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (dateTimeFormatting.label): labels/accesskeys for
+     radiobuttons are set dynamically from prefutilities.properties
+-->
+<!ENTITY dateTimeFormatting.label               "Formatação de data e hora">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (restartOnLocaleChange.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place &brandShortName; in the phrase where the name of the application should appear
+-->
+<!ENTITY restartOnLocaleChange.label            "As preferências de idioma e formataão produzem efeito após reiniciar o &brandShortName;.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f4e105001
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY appManager.title     "Detalhes da aplicação">
+<!ENTITY appManager.style     "width: 45ch; min-height: 25em;">
+<!ENTITY remove.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY remove.accesskey     "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c1c2db95a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+descriptionHandleProtocol=As seguintes aplicações podem ser utilizadas para gerir ligações %S
+descriptionHandleWebFeeds=As seguintes aplicações podem ser utilizadas para gerir fontes
+descriptionHandleFile=As seguintes aplicações podem ser utilizadas para gerir conteúdo %S
+
+descriptionWebApp=Esta aplicação web está alojada em:
+descriptionLocalApp=Esta aplicação web está localizada em:
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa414a10a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Applications prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Aplicações de ajuda">
+
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.label        "Tipo de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey    "T">
+
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label     "Ação">
+<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder      "Pesquisar tipos e ações">
+
+<!ENTITY useAppChooser.label     "Utilizar o seletor nativo de aplicações quando disponível">
+<!ENTITY useAppChooser.accesskey "U">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d500f65f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#### Applications
+
+fileEnding=%S ficheiro
+saveFile=Guardar ficheiro
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (useApp, useDefault): %S = Application name
+useApp=Utilizar %S
+useDefault=Utilizar %S (pré-definição)
+
+useOtherApp=Utilizar outro…
+fpTitleChooseApp=Selecione a aplicação de ajuda
+manageApp=Detalhes da aplicação…
+webFeed=Fonte Web
+videoPodcastFeed=Podcast de vídeo
+audioPodcastFeed=Podcast
+alwaysAsk=Perguntar sempre
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (usePluginIn):
+# %1$S = plugin name (for example "QuickTime Plugin-in 7.2")
+# %2$S = brandShortName from brand.properties (for example "Minefield")
+usePluginIn=Utilizar %S (em %S)
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (previewInApp, addNewsBlogsInApp): %S = brandShortName
+previewInApp=Pré-visualizar no %S
+addNewsBlogsInApp=Subscrever %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (typeDescriptionWithType):
+# %1$S = type description (for example "Portable Document Format")
+# %2$S = type (for example "application/pdf")
+typeDescriptionWithType=%S (%S)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f393d90550
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Cache prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.title                "Cache">
+<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption              "Aplicar opções de cache">
+<!ENTITY cachePara                       "A cache mantém cópias das páginas web visitadas frequentemente no seu disco rígido. (Clicar em Recarregar mostra sempre a última versão da página.)">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.label                "Deixar o &brandShortName; gerir o tamanho da minha cache">
+<!ENTITY cacheCheck.accesskey            "D">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.label             "Utilizar até">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY spaceMbytes                     "MB de espaço em disco para a cache">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label           "Localização da pasta da cache:">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label            "Limpar cache">
+<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey        "L">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label     "Escolher pasta…">
+<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation      "Os ficheiros em cache serão guardados numa subpasta com o nome &quot;cache&quot; na pasta especificada. Reinicie o &brandShortName; para que as alterações produzam efeito.">
+<!ENTITY docCache.label                  "Comparar a página na cache com a página na rede:">
+<!ENTITY docCache.accesskey              "m">
+<!ENTITY checkOncePerSession.label       "Uma vez por sessão">
+<!ENTITY checkEveryTime.label            "Sempre que vejo esta página">
+<!ENTITY checkNever.label                "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY checkAutomatically.label        "Se a página estiver desatualizada">
+
+<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label             "Ligação de pré-carregamento">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label            "Pré-carregar páginas web quando estiver em espera, para que ligações em páginas web passíveis de pré-carregamento possam ser carregadas mais rapidamente">
+<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey        "P">
+
+<!ENTITY debugCache.label                "Depuração">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.label       "Ativar cache em memória">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableMemCache.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.label      "Ativar cache em disco">
+<!ENTITY debugEnableDiskCache.accesskey  "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..387bd9dd78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.caption      "Gerir certificados">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.text         "Utilize o gestor de certificados para gerir os seus certificados pessoais, asssim como os de outras pessoas e autoridades de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.button       "Gerir certificados…">
+<!ENTITY  managecerts.accesskey    "r">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.caption    "Gerir dispositivos de segurança">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.text       "Utilize este botão para gerir os seus dispositivos de segurança, tais como smart cards.">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.button     "Gerir dispositivos de segurança…">
+<!ENTITY  managedevices.accesskey  "s">
+
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                "SSL">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.certs.title         "Certificados">
+<!ENTITY  certs.label              "Certificados">
+
+<!ENTITY validation.ocsp.caption                  "OCSP">
+<!ENTITY enableOCSP.label                         "Utilizar o protocolo de estado dos certificados online (OCSP) para confirmar a validade atual dos certificados">
+<!ENTITY enableOCSP.accesskey                     "U">
+<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.description       "Quando uma ligação a um servidor OCSP falha, tratar o certificado como inválido">
+<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.accesskey         "W">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..74357f70f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Color management prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.colors.title                 "Cores">
+<!ENTITY color                             "Texto e fundo">
+<!ENTITY textColor.label                   "Texto:">
+<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey               "T">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label             "Fundo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey         "F">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label             "Utilizar cores do sistema">
+<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label              "Sublinhar ligações">
+<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey          "u">
+<!ENTITY links                             "Cores das ligações">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.label                   "Ligações não visitadas:">
+<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey               "L">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label             "Ligações ativas:">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey         "t">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label            "Ligações visitadas:">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey        "v">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (someProvColors): This is the start of a sentence and will be followed by the following radio buttons. -->
+<!ENTITY someProvColors                    "Quando uma página web fornece as suas próprias cores e fundo">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (alwaysUseDocColors.label): This is option one, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above. -->
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label     "Utilizar sempre as cores e o fundo especificado pela página web">
+<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "a">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ignoreDocColors.label): This is option two, and it appends to 'someProvColors' above.  -->
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.label                 "Utilizar as minhas cores, ignorando as cores e fundo especificados">
+<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey             "m">
+<!ENTITY automaticColors.label             "Apenas ignorar as cores da página quando estiver a utilizar um tema de elevado contraste">
+<!ENTITY automaticColors.accesskey         "A">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..21dfa98413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog.  -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.content.title                     "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY pref.content.description               "Estas definições influenciam como um website e o conteúdo de mensagens aparecem no &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY siteIcons.label                        "Ícones do website">
+<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.label                     "Mostrar ícones do website">
+<!ENTITY useSiteIcons.accesskey                 "s">
+<!ENTITY useFavIcons2.label                     "Tentar utilizar o favicon dos servidores quando a página não define um ícone">
+<!ENTITY useFavIcons2.accesskey                 "i">
+
+<!ENTITY scrolling.label                        "Deslocamento">
+<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.label                    "Utilizar deslocação automática">
+<!ENTITY useAutoScroll.accesskey                "t">
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label                  "Utilizar deslocação suave">
+<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey              "U">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomPrefs.label                        "Opções de zoom">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (minZoom.label, maxZoom.label, percent.label):
+     single hbox with minZoom.label preceding the minZoom control and
+     maxZoom.label preceding the maxZoom control; percent.label shows
+     the ASCII '%' character at the end of that string -->
+<!ENTITY minZoom.label                          "Oscila entre">
+<!ENTITY minZoom.accesskey                      "t">
+<!ENTITY maxZoom.label                          "para">
+<!ENTITY maxZoom.accesskey                      "r">
+<!ENTITY percent.label                          "&#037;">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultZoom.label                      "Zoom predefinido">
+<!ENTITY defaultZoom.accesskey                  "d">
+
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.label                     "Memorizar níveis de zoom numa base por site">
+<!ENTITY siteSpecific.accesskey                 "m">
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label                     "Ampliar apenas texto em vez de toda a página">
+<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey                 "A">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label     "Redimensionar imagens grandes para caberem na janela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.label                     "Se disponível, utilizar aceleração de hardware">
+<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.accesskey                 "e">
+<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.label                 "Avisar-me quando os websites tentarem redirecionar ou recarregar a página">
+<!ENTITY blockAutoRefresh.accesskey             "w">
+
+<!ENTITY showZoomStatusPanel.label              "Mostrar controlos de zoom na barra de estado">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8e0b5db640
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title             "Cookies">
+<!-- cookies -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label             "Política de aceitação de cookies">
+
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.label           "Bloquear cookies">
+<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey       "B">
+
+<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.label     "Permitir cookies apenas para o website de origem (sem cookies de terceiros)">
+<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.label       "Permitir cookies de terceiros apenas para websites visitados anteriormente">
+<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.accesskey   "v">
+
+<!ENTITY accAllCookies.label            "Permitir todos os cookies">
+<!ENTITY accAllCookies.accesskey        "c">
+
+<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label    "Política de retenção de Cookie">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label           "Aceitar cookies normalmente">
+<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey       "n">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label         "Aceitar apenas para a sessão atual">
+<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey     "s">
+
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label           "Aceitar cookies para">
+<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey       "p">
+<!ENTITY days.label                     "dias">
+
+<!ENTITY manageCookies.label            "Gerir cookies e sites">
+<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Permite-lhe ver e gerir cookies guardados e definir por website se aceita ou rejeita cookies. Definições por website sobrepõem-se às definições acima.">
+
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.label              "Gestor de cookies">
+<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey          "G">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b8fb8465d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-debugging.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from pref-eventdebugging.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.debugging.title "A depurar">
+
+<!-- Render Debugging -->
+<!ENTITY debugRendering.label             "A compor">
+<!ENTITY debugXULBox.label                "Depurar caixas XUL">
+<!ENTITY debugXULBox.accesskey            "X">
+<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.label       "Desativar cache XUL">
+<!ENTITY debugDisableXULCache.accesskey   "L">
+
+<!-- Event Debugging -->
+<!ENTITY debugEvents.label "Eventos">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.label "Cintilação de pintura (Caps-Lock ativa/desativa)">
+<!ENTITY debugPaintFlashing.accesskey "p">
+
+<!-- Reflow Event Debugging -->
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbb8c7aeb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.download.title            "Transferências">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label         "Ao iniciar uma transferência">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                "Não abrir nada">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey            "d">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label       "Abrir um diálogo de progresso">
+<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey   "o">
+<!ENTITY openDM.label                   "Abrir o gestor de transferências">
+<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey               "g">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.label            "Apenas piscar se o gestor de transferências já estiver aberto">
+<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.accesskey        "f">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label         "Ao guardar um ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.label                   "Guardar ficheiros para">
+<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey               "r">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label     "Escolher pasta…">
+<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label                "Perguntar-me sempre onde guardar os ficheiros">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey            "P">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadHistory.label          "Histórico de transferências">
+<!ENTITY removeEntries.label            "Remover entradas de transferências">
+<!ENTITY removeEntries.accesskey        "R">
+<!ENTITY whenCompleted.label            "Quando concluídas">
+<!ENTITY whenQuittingApp.label          "Ao sair do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY neverRemove.label              "Nunca">
+
+<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label         "Ao terminar a transferência">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Reproduzir um som">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "p">
+<!ENTITY showAlert.label                "Mostrar um alerta">
+<!ENTITY showAlert.accesskey            "t">
+<!ENTITY browse.label                   "Navegar…">
+<!ENTITY browse.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY playButton.label               "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey           "z">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..52c583fb33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.findAsYouType.title "Localizar ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeBehavior.label "Localizar ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTip.label "Dica: para iniciar manualmente a opção Localizar ao escrever, digite uma / para procurar texto ou ' para procurar ligações, seguido do texto que deseja localizar.">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.label "Limpar a pesquisa atual após alguns segundos de inatividade">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.label "Reproduzir um som se o texto não for encontrado">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.label "Localizar automaticamente ao escrever numa página web:">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.label "Qualquer texto na página">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.label "Apenas ligações">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.label "Mostrar barra de ferramentas Localizar ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnableTip.label "Nota: Localizar ao escrever sem mostrar a barra de pesquisa não permite entradas de texto internacionais.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b60105d470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Fonts' prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY  pref.fonts.title                        "Tipos de letra">
+
+<!ENTITY  language.label                          "Tipos de letra para:">
+<!ENTITY  language.accesskey                      "t">
+
+<!ENTITY  typefaces.label                         "Tipo de fonte">
+<!ENTITY  sizes.label                             "Tamanho (pixeis)">
+
+<!ENTITY  proportional.label                      "Proporcional:">
+<!ENTITY  proportional.accesskey                  "P">
+
+<!ENTITY  serif.label                             "Serifa:">
+<!ENTITY  serif.accesskey                         "S">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.label                        "Sem serifa:">
+<!ENTITY  sans-serif.accesskey                    "e">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.label                         "Mono-espaçada:">
+<!ENTITY  monospace.accesskey                     "M">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fantasy.label): 'Fantasy' means 'Ornate' -->
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.label                           "Fantasia:">
+<!ENTITY  fantasy.accesskey                       "F">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.label                           "Cursiva:">
+<!ENTITY  cursive.accesskey                       "C">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (font.langGroup.latin) :
+     Translate "Latin" as the name of Latin (Roman) script, not as the name of
+     the Latin language. -->
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.latin                    "Latino">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.japanese                 "Japonês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese             "Chinês Tradicional(Taiwan)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.simpl-chinese            "Chinês Simplificado">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk          "Chinês Tradicional(Hong Kong)">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.korean                   "Coreano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.cyrillic                 "Cirílico">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.el                       "Grego">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.thai                     "Tailandês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.hebrew                   "Hebreu">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.arabic                   "Arábico">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.devanagari               "Devanagari">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.tamil                    "Tamil">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.armenian                 "Arménio">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.bengali                  "Bengali">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.canadian                 "Silabário Canadense Unificado">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.ethiopic                 "Etíope">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.georgian                 "Georgiano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gujarati                 "Gujarati">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.gurmukhi                 "Gurmukhi">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.khmer                    "Khmer">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.malayalam                "Malaio">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.math                     "Matemáticas">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.odia                     "Odia">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.telugu                   "Telugu">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.kannada                  "Kannada">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.sinhala                  "Cingalês">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.tibetan                  "Tibetano">
+<!ENTITY  font.langGroup.other                    "Outros sistemas de escrita">
+<!-- Minimum font size -->
+<!ENTITY minSize.label                            "Tamanho mínimo da letra:">
+<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey                        "m">
+<!ENTITY minSize.none                             "Nenhum">
+
+<!-- default font type -->
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSerif.label               "Serifa">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFontSansSerif.label           "Sem serifa">
+
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.label                  "Permitir que o documento use outros tipos de letra">
+<!ENTITY  useDocumentFonts.accesskey              "o">
+
+<!-- leaving this stuff in for now -->
+
+<!ENTITY  header2                                 "Quando uma página web escolhe o seu próprio tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.label                    "Utilizar os meus tipos de letra predefinidos, ignorando os tipos de letra que a página escolheu">
+<!ENTITY  useDefaultFont.accesskey                "U">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3c6d76a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.title                "Histórico">
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.history.caption              "Navegar no histórico">
+<!ENTITY  historyPages.label                "O histórico é uma lista de páginas visitadas anteriormente.">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.label               "Memorizar páginas visitadas">
+<!ENTITY  enableHistory.accesskey           "M">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.label                "Limpar histórico">
+<!ENTITY  clearHistory.accesskey            "h">
+
+<!ENTITY  locationBarHistory.caption        "Histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY  urlBarHistoryEnabled.caption      "Ativar histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY  urlBarHistoryEnabled.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBar.label            "Limpar lista de sites guardados na barra de localização.">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.label      "Limpar barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY  clearLocationBarButton.accesskey  "b">
+<!ENTITY  formfillHistory.caption           "Histórico de pesquisas e formulários">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.label              "Ativar histórico de pesquisas e formulários">
+<!ENTITY  enableFormfill.accesskey          "c">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.label              "Memorizar histórico de pesquisas e formulários durante">
+<!ENTITY  formfillExpire.accesskey          "f">
+<!ENTITY  formfillDays.label                "dias">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8b6d61c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.http.title                     "Rede HTTP">
+
+<!-- Network-->
+<!ENTITY prefDirect.label                    "Opções de ligação direta">
+<!ENTITY prefProxy.label                     "Opções de ligação proxy">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label              "Utilizar HTTP 1.0">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey          "U">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label              "Usar HTTP 1.1">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey          "a">
+<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey     "T">
+<!ENTITY prefPara                            "As ligações HTTP podem ser ajustadas utilizando estas opções para melhorar o desempenho ou compatibilidade. Alguns servidores proxy são conhecidos por necessitar de HTTP/1.0 (veja as notas de lançamento para mais detalhes).">
+<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label                 "String de User Agent">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat.label             "Anunciar compatibilidade do Firefox">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat.accesskey         "F">
+<!ENTITY prefLightningShow.label             "Publicitar instalação do Lightning">
+<!ENTITY prefLightningShow.accesskey         "L">
+<!ENTITY prefCompatWarning                   "AVISO: desativar estas definições pode fazer com que websites ou serviços não funcionem corretamente.">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.label             "Identificar como Firefox">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxStrict.accesskey         "I">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.label               "Identificar como SeaMonkey">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxNone.accesskey           "M">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.label            "Identificar como SeaMonkey e anunciar compatibilidade com o Firefox">
+<!ENTITY prefFirefoxCompat2.accesskey        "F">
+<!ENTITY prefCompatWarning2.desc             "AVISO: alterar esta definição pode fazer com que os sites ou serviços não funcionem corretamente.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cbd6cf99d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.images.title              "Imagens">
+
+<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label            "Política de aceitação de imagem">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (onStartLegend.label): Don't translate "&brandShortName;".
+    Place "&brandShortName;" in the phrase where the name of the application should
+	 appear
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY imageDetails                   "Específica como é que o &brandShortName; lida com imagens.">
+
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.label       "Carregar todas as imagens">
+<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.accesskey   "a">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.label       "Apenas carregar imagens que vierem do servidor de origem">
+<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.accesskey   "n">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.label        "Não carregar quaisquer imagens">
+<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.accesskey    "g">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Gerir permissões">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "p">
+<!ENTITY animLoopingTitle.label         "As imagens animadas devem repetir">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.label      "Tantas vezes quanto a imagem especificar">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.accesskey  "T">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.label             "Uma vez">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.label            "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.accesskey        "c">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5eee3e579d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Navegação de teclado">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Tecla de navegação por separadores">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Ligações">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Botões, botões de seleção, caixas de verificação e listas de seleção">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "Nota: caixas de texto e regiões deslocáveis fazem sempre parte da ordem dos separadores.">
+<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "Quando Tab ou Shift+Tab é carregado, mover entre:">
+<!ENTITY accessibilityBrowseWithCaret.label "Navegar com cursor">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretDesc.label "A navegação por cursor permite-lhe navegar e selecionar as páginas através das teclas do cursor.">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.label "Utilizar navegação por cursor">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.label "Utilizar o atalho F7 para alternar a navegação por cursor">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.label "Avisar-me antes de ativar a navegação por cursor">
+<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.accesskey "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..386fe2fad8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript           "Algumas páginas web estão disponíveis em diversos idiomas. Escolha os idiomas para as páginas web, por ordem de preferência.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.title                      "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY langtitle.label                                "Idiomas para páginas Web">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript        "Selecione o(s) idioma(s) que deseja adicionar.">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label            "Adicionar…">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label            "Adicionar idiomas">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label            "Idiomas:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label               "Idiomas por ordem de preferência:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey           "I">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label               "Outros:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey           "O">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.grouplabel       "Codificação de texto para conteúdo de legado">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.label            "Codificação de texto de recurso:">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.accesskey        "t">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.Fallback2.desc             "Utilizado em conteúdo antigo que falha na especificação da codificação.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  Character Encoding Preferences Dialog: Do NOT localize the terms "en-bz, ar-jo"  -->
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples            "ex: pt-PT, pt-BR">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label               "Mover para cima">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label             "Mover para baixo">
+<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey         "b">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e2898f168
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+illegalOtherLanguage=As seguintes entradas não são códigos de idioma válidos:
+illegalOtherLanguageTitle=Código(s) de idioma inválido(s)
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Next two strings are for language name representations with
+#   and without the region.
+#   e.g. languageRegionCodeFormat : "French/Canada  [fr-ca]" languageCodeFormat : "French  [fr]"
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = region name, %3$S = language-region code
+languageRegionCodeFormat=%1$S/%2$S  [%3$S]
+#   %1$S = language name, %2$S = language-region code
+languageCodeFormat=%1$S  [%2$S]
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..595575fc0e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Comportamento da ligação">
+<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Comportamento da abertura da ligação">
+<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Abrir ligações que deviam abrir uma nova janela em:">
+<!ENTITY newWindowRestriction.label "Quando os scripts querem abrir uma nova janela:">
+<!ENTITY external.label "Ligações de outras aplicações">
+<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Abrir ligações de outras aplicações em:">
+
+<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "No separador/janela atual">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "j">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY openTab.label "Um novo separador na janela atual">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY openWindow.label "Numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "w">
+<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY divertAll.label "Alterar sempre janelas para separadores">
+<!ENTITY divertAll.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.label "Não alterar janelas personalizadas para separadores">
+<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.label "Abrir sempre novas janelas">
+<!ENTITY dontDivert.accesskey "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a237a4a2cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Location Bar prefs panel -->
+<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title                "Barra de localização">
+
+<!ENTITY autoComplete.label                    "Conclusão automática">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.label        "Sugerir automaticamente sites do Histórico">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchHistory.accesskey    "a">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.label      "Sugerir automaticamente websites dos Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchBookmarks.accesskey  "M">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label            "Preencher automaticamente com a melhor correspondência">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey        "u">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label           "Mostrar lista com os resultados">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey       "s">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label      "Mostrar apenas os websites escritos anteriormente">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey  "M">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoCompleteMatch.label): This is the common leading
+  part of the menulist items listed below, mainly to make the control available
+  via the accesskey
+-->
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label               "Corresponde">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere             "Em qualquer lado da localização ou título">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst           "Em qualquer lado mas preferencialmente nos limites da palavra">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords                "Apenas nos limites da palavra">
+<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart                "Apenas no início da localização ou título">
+<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.label              "Mostrar motor de pesquisa predefinido">
+<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.accesskey          "e">
+
+<!ENTITY formatting.label                      "Formatação">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.label                "Destacar domínio efetivo para os websites e servidores FTP">
+<!ENTITY domainFormatting.accesskey            "d">
+<!ENTITY highlightSecure.label                 "Destaca páginas web com um nível de segurança alto">
+<!ENTITY highlightSecure.accesskey             "c">
+
+<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label                "Localizações desconhecidas">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label                  "Adicionar &quot;www.&quot; e &quot;.com&quot; à localização se a página web não for encontrada">
+<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey              "w">
+<!ENTITY keywords.label                        "Efetuar uma pesquisa web se o texto introduzido não for uma localização web">
+<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey                    "p">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d12a7a183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.masterpass.title                  "Palavras-passe mestras">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.caption                 "Palavra-passe mestra expirada">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.text                    "O &brandShortName; irá pedir a sua palavra-passe mestra:">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.askfirsttime            "Na primeira vez que for necessária">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.askfirsttime.accesskey  "p">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.askeverytime            "Sempre que for necessária">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.askeverytime.accesskey  "e">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.asktimeout              "Se não tiver sido utilizada durante ">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.asktimeout.accesskey    "n">
+<!ENTITY  managepassword.timeout.unit            "minutos ou mais">
+
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.caption                 "Alterar palavra-passe mestra">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.text                    "A sua palavra-passe mestra protege informação sensível tal como palavra-passe web e certificados.">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.button                  "Alterar palavra-passe…">
+<!ENTITY  changepassword.accesskey               "l">
+
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.caption                  "Repor palavra-passe mestra">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.text                     "Se remover a sua palavra-passe mestra, todos os seus dados guardados tais como palavras-passe da web ou correio eletrónico, dados de formulários, certificados pessoais e chaves privadas serão perdidos.">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.button                   "Repor palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY  resetpassword.accesskey                "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e02897ea3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-media.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-media.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Media management prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.media.title               "Multimédia">
+<!ENTITY mediaHTML5Preferences.label    "Áudio/vídeo">
+<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.label       "Ativar reprodução automática de conteúdo multimédia HTML5">
+<!ENTITY allowMediaAutoplay.accesskey   "P">
+
+<!ENTITY enableDrmMedia.label           "Ativar Gestão dos Direitos Digitais para">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.label        "Módulos de Terceiros para Desencriptação de Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.accesskey    "C">
+
+<!ENTITY animLoopingTitle.label         "As imagens animadas devem repetir">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.label      "Tantas vezes quanto a imagem especificar">
+<!ENTITY animLoopAsSpecified.accesskey  "m">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.label             "Uma vez">
+<!ENTITY animLoopOnce.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.label            "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY animLoopNever.accesskey        "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56902eed04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title           "Roda do rato">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label           "Especifica o comportamento da roda do rato quando usa esta chave de modificação: ">
+<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label         "Nenhuma chave de modificação">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndAlt.label          "&altKey.label;">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndCtrl.label         "&ctrlKey.label;">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndShft.label         "&shiftKey.label;">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndAlt.label2         "Alt">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndOption.label       "Opção">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndCtrl.label2        "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY usingWheelAndShft.label2        "Shift">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelGroup.label           "Deslocação vertical">
+<!ENTITY mouseWheelHorizGroup.label      "Deslocação horizontal">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.label            "Igual à deslocação vertical">
+<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.accesskey        "v">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.label                 "Nada fazer">
+<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey             "d">
+<!ENTITY doNothingHoriz.accesskey        "z">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.label            "Deslocar documento">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocument.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY scrollDocumentHoriz.accesskey   "c">
+<!ENTITY history.label                   "Mover para trás e para a frente o histórico de navegação">
+<!ENTITY history.accesskey               "M">
+<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey          "ç">
+<!ENTITY zoom.label                      "Ampliar ou reduzir a página">
+<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey                  "A">
+<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey             "o">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.label                "Velocidade da roda do rato:">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.accesskey            "r">
+<!ENTITY wheelSpeedHoriz.accesskey       "t">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.label          "Direção inversa">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirection.accesskey      "r">
+<!ENTITY reverseDirectionHoriz.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10175db4f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title           "Navegador">
+
+<!ENTITY navRadio.label                 "Mostrar em">
+<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey             "o">
+<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label         "Arranque do navegador">
+<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label           "Nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label           "Novo separador">
+
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label           "Página em branco">
+<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey       "P">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label            "Página inicial">
+<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey        "n">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label            "Última página visitada">
+<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey        "l">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label      "Restaurar sessão anterior">
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey  "R">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSessionIntro.label      "Ao restaurar sessões e janelas">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.label       "Restaurar todos os separadores imediatamente">
+<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.accesskey   "e">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (restoreTabs.label): This will concatenate to
+     "Restore [___] tab(s) at a time",
+     using (restoreTabs.label) and a number (restoreTabsAtATime.label). -->
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.label              "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabs.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY restoreTabsAtATime.label       "separador(es) de uma vez">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.label          "Apenas restaurar separadores quando eu precisar dos mesmos">
+<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.accesskey      "o">
+
+<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label            "Clicar no botão da página inicial leva-lhe para este grupo de páginas:">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.label               "Utilizar página atual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey           "U">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label          "Utilizar grupo atual">
+<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey      "g">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.label               "Escolher ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.label               "Restaurar predefinição">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey           "R">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserGroup.label      "Navegador predefinido">
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserButton.label     "Definir como navegador predefinido">
+<!ENTITY defaultBrowserButton.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY alreadyDefaultText             "O &brandShortName; já é o seu navegador predefinido.">
+<!ENTITY defaultPendingText             "O &brandShortName; passará a ser o seu navegador predefinido quando clicar em OK.">
+<!ENTITY wasMadeDefaultText             "O &brandShortName; passou a ser o seu navegador predefinido.">
+<!ENTITY makeDefaultText                "Torne o &brandShortName; no seu navegador predefinido.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1766e02003
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-offlineapps.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Offline Apps prefs dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineapps.title             "Aplicações Web offline">
+<!ENTITY pref.offlineCache.caption          "Conteúdo Web offline e dados de utilizador">
+
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.label         "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.accesskey     "L">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.label           "Permitir que todos os websites armazenem dados para utilização no modo offline">
+<!ENTITY offlineAlwaysAllow.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.label              "Apenas permitir websites com permissões explicitas">
+<!ENTITY offlineExplicit.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.label             "Notificar quando os websites pretendem armazenar dados para utilização offline">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyAsk.accesskey         "N">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.label     "Gerir permissões">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.accesskey "p">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsUsage.label             "Os seguintes websites estão a utilizar armazenamento offline:">
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.label        "Limpar dados…">
+<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.accesskey    "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..233bc3e10d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.passwords.title        "Palavras-passe">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonHeader.caption        "Gestor de palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY  signonDescription.label     "O gestor de palavras-passe guarda a informação de início de sessão para websites protegidos por palavra-passe, servidores de correio e servidores de notícias, e introduz a informação automaticamente, quando necessário.">
+
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.label         "Memorizar palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY  signonEnabled.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.label           "Gerir palavras-passe guardadas">
+<!ENTITY  viewSignons.accesskey       "G">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8fd1507d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.title              "Janelas pop-up">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption            "Janelas pop-up">
+
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.label               "Bloquear janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey           "B">
+
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label          "Gerir permissões">
+<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey      "p">
+
+<!ENTITY whenBlock.description          "Ao bloquear uma janela pop-up:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                "Reproduzir um som:">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey            "p">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.label              "Som do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY customSound.label              "Ficheiro de som">
+<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey          "c">
+
+<!ENTITY selectSound.label              "Explorar…">
+<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.label          "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY playSoundButton.accesskey      "z">
+
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.label              "Mostrar um ícone na barra de estado do navegador">
+<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey          "m">
+
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.label      "Mostrar uma barra de notificação no topo da área de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey  "n">
+
+<!ENTITY popupNote.description          "Nota: Bloquear todos os pop-ups pode impedir que funcionalidades importantes de alguns sites funcionem, tais como janelas de início de sessão para sites de bancos e compras. Para detalhes sobre como permitir que sites específicos utilizem pop-ups enquanto bloqueando todos os outros, clique em Ajuda. Mesmo se estiverem bloqueados, alguns sites podem utilizar outros métodos para mostrar pop-ups.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..737b62d24d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Private Data' prefs settings
+    These entities go on top of the sanitize.dtd definitions
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.privatedata.title           "Dados privados">
+
+
+<!ENTITY clearPrivateData.label           "Limpar dados privados">
+
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.label                "Limpar sempre os dados privados ao fechar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY alwaysClear.accesskey            "m">
+
+<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.label             "Perguntar de limpar os dados privados">
+<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.accesskey         "u">
+
+<!ENTITY clearDataSettings.label          "Quando eu pedir ao &brandShortName; para limpar os meus dados privados, apagar:">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (clearDataDialog.label, clearDataSilent.label, clearDataDialog.accesskey):
+  The only difference bettween the two labels is that one calls a dialog, the other doesn't.
+  The same accesskey is used for both labels.
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.label            "Limpar agora…">
+<!ENTITY clearDataSilent.label            "Limpar agora">
+<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.accesskey        "g">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd2966d808
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Advanced Proxy Preferences dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.advanced.title "Preferências avançadas de proxy">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.caption           "Protocolo específico dos proxies">
+<!ENTITY  protocols.description       "Normalmente, o mesmo proxy pode negociar com todos os protocolos listados aqui.">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                  "Proxy HTTP:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey              "x">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.label                   "Proxy SSL:">
+<!ENTITY  ssl.accesskey               "L">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.label                   "Proxy FTP:">
+<!ENTITY  ftp.accesskey               "F">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.label            "Utilizar definições de proxy HTTP para todos os protocolos">
+<!ENTITY  reuseProxy.accesskey        "U">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                  "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY  SSLPort.accesskey           "o">
+<!ENTITY  FTPPort.accesskey           "r">
+
+<!ENTITY  socks.caption               "Proxy geral">
+<!ENTITY  socks.description           "Um SOCKS proxy é um proxy genérico que, por vezes, é utilizado em ambientes empresariais ou similares.">
+<!ENTITY  socks.label                 "Proxy SOCKS:">
+<!ENTITY  socks.accesskey             "S">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.label                "SOCKS v4">
+<!ENTITY  socks4.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.label                "SOCKS v5">
+<!ENTITY  socks5.accesskey            "K">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.label        "Utilizar para negociar com servidores (recomendado para SOCKS v5)">
+<!ENTITY  socksRemoteDNS.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY  SOCKSport.accesskey         "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5bbcaba403
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Proxies preferences dialog -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.title            "Proxies">
+<!ENTITY  pref.proxies.desc             "Um proxy é um serviço de rede que pode filtrar e acelerar a sua ligação à Internet.">
+<!ENTITY  proxyTitle.label              "Configurar proxies para aceder à Internet">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.label         "Ligação direta à Internet">
+<!ENTITY  directTypeRadio.accesskey     "d">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.label         "Utilizar definições do sistema">
+<!ENTITY  systemTypeRadio.accesskey     "U">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.label         "Configuração manual do proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  manualTypeRadio.accesskey     "m">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.label           "Descobrir automaticamente a configuração de proxy">
+<!ENTITY  wpadTypeRadio.accesskey       "a">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.label           "URL de configuração automática do proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  autoTypeRadio.accesskey       "c">
+<!ENTITY  reload.label                  "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY  reload.accesskey              "R">
+<!ENTITY  http.label                    "Proxy:">
+<!ENTITY  http.accesskey                "P">
+<!ENTITY  port.label                    "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY  HTTPPort.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.label                "Avançado…">
+<!ENTITY  advanced.accesskey            "v">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.label                 "Nenhum proxy para:">
+<!ENTITY  noproxy.accesskey             "N">
+<!ENTITY  noproxyExplain.label          "Exemplo: .mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ddbd909701
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Scripts & Plugins' preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.scripts.title              "Scripts e plugins">
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label                 "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey             "N">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (enableJavaScript.label): 'JavaScript' should never be translated -->
+<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label          "Ativar JavaScript para">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.label              "Permitir scripts para:">
+<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label     "Mover ou redimensionar janelas existentes">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label           "Mostrar ou ocultar janelas">
+<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label   "Mudar texto da barra de estado">
+<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label   "Desativar ou substituir menus de contexto">
+<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label        "Ocultar barra de estado">
+
+<!ENTITY enableDrmMedia.label            "Ativar Gestão dos Direitos Digitais para">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.label         "Módulos de Terceiros para Desencriptação de Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY enableEmeForSuite.accesskey     "C">
+
+<!ENTITY enablePlugins.label             "Ativar plugins para">
+<!ENTITY enablePluginForSuite.label      "Suite">
+<!ENTITY enablePluginForSuite.accesskey  "u">
+
+<!ENTITY whenPageRequiresPlugins.label   "Quando uma página necessitar de plugins">
+<!ENTITY activateAllPlugins.label        "Ativar todos os plugins por defeito">
+<!ENTITY activateAllPlugins.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY warnPluginsRequired.label       "Avisar-me quando forem necessários plugins adicionais">
+<!ENTITY warnPluginsRequired.accesskey   "v">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fccd2b7a73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog -->
+
+
+
+<!ENTITY pref.search.title                "Pesquisa na Internet">
+<!ENTITY legendHeader                     "Motor de pesquisa predefinido">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label        "Pesquisar com:">
+<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey    "s">
+
+<!ENTITY engineManager.label              "Gerir motores de pesquisa…">
+
+<!ENTITY searchResults.label              "Resultados da pesquisa">
+
+<!ENTITY openInTab.label                  "Abrir novos separadores para os resultados da barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey              "n">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.label       "Abrir um separador em vez de uma janela para o menu de contexto da pesquisa web">
+<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.accesskey   "t">
+<!ENTITY openSidebarSearchPanel.label     "Abrir o separador de pesquisa na barra lateral ao invocar uma pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY openSidebarSearchPanel.accesskey "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09826f58fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Privacy and Security' prefs settings -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.security.title              "Privacidade e segurança">
+
+<!ENTITY tracking.label                   "Monitorização do utilizador">
+<!ENTITY trackingIntro.label              "Os websites podem monitorizar como os utiliza, afetando assim a sua privacidade.">
+
+<!ENTITY doNotTrack.label                 "Informar os websites que eu não quero ser monitorizado">
+<!ENTITY doNotTrack.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY trackProtect.label               "Impedir monitorização por parte de sites conhecidos">
+<!ENTITY trackProtect.accesskey           "n">
+<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.label           "Avisar-me se forem detetadas atividades de monitorização">
+<!ENTITY warnTrackContent.accesskey       "A">
+
+<!ENTITY geoLocation.label                "Navegação com informação de localização">
+<!ENTITY geoIntro.label                   "Os websites podem solicitar mais informação sobre a sua localização atual.">
+
+<!ENTITY geoEnabled.label                 "Solicitar permissão se um pedido for feito">
+<!ENTITY geoEnabled.accesskey             "S">
+<!ENTITY geoDisabled.label                "Desativar esta funcionalidade e recusar todos os pedidos">
+<!ENTITY geoDisabled.accesskey            "D">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (safeBrowsing.label, blockWebForgeries.label, blockAttackSites.label):
+  The methods by which forged (phished) and attack sites will be detected by
+  phishing providers will vary from human review to machine-based heuristics
+  to a combination of both, so it's important that these strings convey the
+  meaning "reported" (and not something like "known").
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsing.label               "Navegação segura">
+<!ENTITY safeBrowsingIntro.label          "O &brandShortName; pode bloquear os websites reportados como contendo conteúdo malicioso.">
+
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.label           "Bloquear os sites de ataque reportados (malware, vírus)">
+<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.accesskey       "B">
+
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.label          "Bloquear sites reportados por falsificações web (Phishing)">
+<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.accesskey      "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..972b5ffbb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE UI for Software Updates prefs -->
+<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title               "Instalação de Software">
+<!ENTITY addOnsTitle.label                    "Extras">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.label                    "Permitir websites de instalar atualizações de extras">
+<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.accesskey                "b">
+<!ENTITY allowedSitesLink.label               "Sites autorizados">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.label              "Procurar atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.accesskey          "o">
+<!ENTITY daily.label                          "diariamente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsDaily.accesskey                "d">
+<!ENTITY weekly.label                         "semanalmente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsWeekly.accesskey               "l">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.label            "Transferir e instalar atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.label             "Recomendação de personalização de extras">
+<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.accesskey         "p">
+<!ENTITY addonManagerLink.label               "Gerir extras">
+
+<!ENTITY appUpdates.caption                   "&brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.label                 "Procurar atualizações automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey                   "a">
+<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey                  "e">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.label               "Transferir e instalar atualização automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.label            "Mostrar histórico de atualizações…">
+<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.accesskey        "s">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9988c671f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+   - You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.  -->
+   
+<!ENTITY prefSpelling.title                   "Escrita">
+<!ENTITY generalSpelling.label                "Geral">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.label        "Ao escrever, verificar a minha ortografia:">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY dontCheckSpelling.label              "Nunca">
+<!ENTITY multilineCheckSpelling.label         "Em múltiplas caixas">
+<!ENTITY alwaysCheckSpelling.label            "Rodas as caixas">
+<!ENTITY spellForMailAndNews.label            "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.label        "Verificar escrita antes de enviar">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.label               "Verificr escrita ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.label                  "Idioma:">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey              "I">
+<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label               "Transferir mais dicionários&#x2026;">
+<!ENTITY noSpellCheckAvailable.label          "Nenhum dicionário disponível.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..607ac5fe15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY SSLTLSProtocolVersions.caption     "Versões do protocolo SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY SSLTLSWarnings.caption             "Avisos SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY SSLMixedContent.caption            "Conteúdo misto">
+<!ENTITY SSLClientAuthMethod.caption        "Seleção do certificado de cliente">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.ssltls.title                  "Segurança da Camada de Transporte (SSL/TLS)">
+<!ENTITY limit.description                  "Pode indicar que protocolos de encriptação usar para ligações seguras. Escolha apenas uma versão ou um intervalo de versões.">
+<!ENTITY limit.enable.label                 "Ativar:">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls10.label                  "TLS 1.0">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls10.accesskey              "T">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls11.label                  "TLS 1.1">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls11.accesskey              "1">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls12.label                  "TLS 1.2">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls12.accesskey              "2">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls13.label                  "TLS 1.3">
+<!ENTITY limit.tls13.accesskey              "3">
+
+<!ENTITY warn.description2                  "O &brandShortName; pode alertar do estado de segurança da página web que está a visualizar. Configure o &brandShortName; para mostrar um aviso quando:">
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure                "Carregar uma página que suporte encriptação">
+<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost                  "Enviar dados de um formulário de uma página não encriptada para outra página não encriptada">
+<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure                 "Sair de uma página que suporte encriptação">
+<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY mixed.description                  "As páginas encriptadas podem conter conteúdo vulnerável a eavesdropping ou fraude. O &brandShortName; pode detetar e bloquear:">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent            "Avisar-me quando as páginas encriptadas contêm conteúdo inseguro">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent.accesskey  "v">
+<!ENTITY block.activecontent                "Não carregar conteúdo inseguro em páginas encriptadas">
+<!ENTITY block.activecontent.accesskey      "g">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent           "Avisar-me quando páginas encriptadas contêm outros tipos de conteúdo misto">
+<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY block.displaycontent               "Não carregar outro tipo de conteúdo misto ou páginas encriptadas">
+<!ENTITY block.displaycontent.accesskey     "m">
+
+<!ENTITY certselect.description             "Decide como é que o &brandShortName; seleciona um certificado de segurança para apresentar em websites que necessitam:">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto                    "Selecionar automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey          "e">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask                     "Pedir sempre">
+<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey           "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db4c72cb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- The page shown when not logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY setupButton.label          "Configurar o &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY setupButton.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY weaveDesc.label            "O &syncBrand.fullName.label; permite-lhe aceder ao seu histórico, marcadores, palavras-passe e separadores em todos os seus dispositivos.">
+
+<!-- The page shown when logged in... -->
+<!ENTITY accountGroupboxCaption.label "Conta &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY accountName.label            "Nome da conta:">
+
+<!-- Login error feedback -->
+<!ENTITY updatePass.label             "Atualizar">
+<!ENTITY updatePass.accesskey         "A">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.label              "Repor">
+<!ENTITY resetPass.accesskey          "R">
+
+<!-- Manage Account -->
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.label          "Gerir conta">
+<!ENTITY manageAccount.accesskey      "a">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.label              "Ver quota">
+<!ENTITY viewQuota.accesskey          "V">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.label         "Mudar palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY changePassword.accesskey     "M">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.label          "Minha chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.accesskey      "M">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.label              "Repor o Sync">
+<!ENTITY resetSync.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.label           "Desassociar este dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.accesskey       "D">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.label              "Adicionar dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.accesskey          "A">
+
+<!-- Sync Settings -->
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "N">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy2.label              "Sincronizar:">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Extras">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "a">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Separadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "S">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "H">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "P">
+
+<!-- Footer stuff -->
+<!ENTITY prefs.tosLink.label        "Termos de serviço">
+<!ENTITY prefs.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e7e40d85d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Navegação por separadores">
+
+<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Exibição de separadores">
+<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Ocultar a barra de separadores se apenas existir um separador">
+<!ENTITY autoHide.accesskey2 "e">
+<!ENTITY background.label "Mudar para novos separadores abertos a partir de ligações">
+<!ENTITY background.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Avisar-me quando fechar uma janela com múltiplos separadores">
+<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Abrir separadores relacionados depois do separador atual">
+<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY loadGroup.label "Ao abrir um grupo de marcadores">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupAppend.label "Adicionar separadores">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupAppend.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupReplace.label "Substituir separadores existentes">
+<!ENTITY loadGroupReplace.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Abrir separadores em vez de janelas">
+
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label "Clique no botão do meio, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter nas ligações de uma página de Internet">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY middleClickMac.label "Clique no botão do meio, &#8984;+clique ou &#8984;+Enter nas ligações numa página de Internet">
+<!ENTITY middleClickMac.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label "Ctrl+Enter na barra de endereço">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY urlbarMac.label "&#8984;+Enter na barra de endereço">
+<!ENTITY urlbarMac.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY openManagers.label "Abrir num novo separador em vez de nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openDataManager.label "Gestor de dados">
+<!ENTITY openDataManager.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.label "Gestor de extras">
+<!ENTITY openAddOnsManager.accesskey "x">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c48b42921e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  windowClose.key "w">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesDefaultTitleMac.title "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesDefaultTitleWin.title "Opções">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesCloseButton.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY  preferencesCloseButton.accesskey "c">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (.label): Preferences categories that appear on the left of the preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY prefWindow.size "width: 102ch; height: 44em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowMac.size "width: 62em; height: 41em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowWin.size "width: 115ch; height: 43em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowMac2.size "width: 70em; height: 41em;">
+<!ENTITY prefWindowWin2.size "width: 125ch; height: 44em;">
+<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Categoria">
+
+<!ENTITY appear.label "Aparência">
+<!ENTITY content.label "Conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY fonts.label "Tipos de letra">
+<!ENTITY colors.label "Cores">
+<!ENTITY media.label "Multimédia">
+<!ENTITY spellingPane.label "Escrita">
+
+<!ENTITY navigator.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY history.label "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY languages.label "Idiomas">
+<!ENTITY applications.label "Aplicações de ajuda">
+<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY search.label "Pesquisa na Internet">
+<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Navegação por separadores">
+<!ENTITY links.label "Comportamento da ligação">
+<!ENTITY download.label "Transferências">
+
+<!ENTITY security.label "Privacidade e segurança">
+<!ENTITY privatedata.label "Dados privados">
+<!ENTITY cookies.label "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY images.label "Imagens">
+<!ENTITY popups.label "Janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY passwords.label "Palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY masterpass.label "Palavras-passe mestras">
+<!ENTITY ssltls.label "SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY certs.label "Certificados">
+
+<!ENTITY sync.label "Sync">
+
+<!ENTITY advance.label "Avançadas">
+<!ENTITY scriptsAndWindows.label "Scripts e plugins">
+<!ENTITY keynav.label "Navegação pelo teclado">
+<!ENTITY findAsYouType.label "Localizar ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY cache.label "Cache">
+<!ENTITY offlineApps.label "Aplicações offline">
+<!ENTITY proxies.label "Proxies">
+<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "Rede HTTP">
+<!ENTITY smart.label "Instalação de software">
+<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Roda do rato">
+
+<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..54077e4ecf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.auto         "Predefinições do idioma atual">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.arabic):
+     Translate "Arabic" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.arabic       "Arábico">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.baltic       "Báltico">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.ceiso        "Centro Europeu, ISO">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cewindows    "Centro Europeu, Microsoft">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.simplified):
+     Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.simplified   "Chinês, Simplificado">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.traditional):
+     Translate "Chinese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.traditional  "Chinês, Tradicional">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.cyrillic     "Cirílico">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.greek):
+     Translate "Greek" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.greek        "Grego">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.hebrew):
+     Translate "Hebrew" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.hebrew       "Hebreu">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.japanese):
+     Translate "Japanese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.japanese     "Japonês">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.korean):
+     Translate "Korean" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.korean       "Coreano">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.thai):
+     Translate "Thai" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.thai         "Tailandês">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.turkish):
+     Translate "Turkish" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.turkish      "Turco">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (FallbackCharset.vietnamese):
+     Translate "Vietnamese" as an adjective for an encoding, not as the name of the language. -->
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.vietnamese   "Vietnamita">
+<!ENTITY FallbackCharset.other        "Outro (incluindo Europa Ocidental)">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad68873027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+cachefolder=Escolha a pasta de cache
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (%1$S) is the size and (%2$S) is the unit of disk space.
+cacheSizeInfo=A sua cache está a utilizar %1$S %2$S de espaço em disco.
+
+# Offline apps
+offlineAppSizeInfo=Atualmente, o seu armazenamento offline utiliza %1$S %2$S de espaço em disco.
+offlineAppRemoveTitle=Remover dados offline do website
+offlineAppRemovePrompt=Depois de remover estes dados, o %S deixará de estar disponível offline.  Tem a certeza que pretende remover este site offline?
+offlineAppRemoveConfirm=Remover dados offline
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The next string is for the disk usage of the
+# offline application
+#   e.g. offlineAppUsage : "50.23 MB"
+#   %1$S = size (in bytes or megabytes, ...)
+#   %2$S = unit of measure (bytes, KB, MB, ...)
+offlineAppUsage=%1$S %2$S
+
+choosehomepage=Escolha a página inicial
+downloadfolder=Escolha uma pasta para as transferências
+desktopFolderName=Ambiente de trabalho
+downloadsFolderName=Transferências
+choosesound=Escolha um som
+
+SoundFiles=Sons
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (labelDefaultFont2): %S = font name
+labelDefaultFont2=Predefinição (%S)
+labelDefaultFontUnnamed=Predefinido
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (appLocale.label): %S = Name of the application locale,
+# e.g. English (United States)
+appLocale.label=Localidade da aplicação: %S
+appLocale.accesskey=o
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (rsLocale.label): %S = Name of the locale chosen in regional settings,
+# e.g. German (Germany)
+rsLocale.label=Definições regionais de localidade: %S
+rsLocale.accesskey=r
+
+syncUnlink.title=Deseja dissociar o seu dispositivo?
+syncUnlink.label=Este dispositivo deixará de estar associado à sua conta do Sync. Todos os seus dados pessoais tanto no dispositivo como na sua conta Sync ficarão intactos.
+syncUnlinkConfirm.label=Dissociar
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6278c646bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/unix/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 102ch; height: 44em;">
+
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "Ctrl+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "l">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique central, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter em ligações de uma página Web">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "c">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67ecb7fed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/pref/win/platformPrefOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the
+     preference dialog's <window> node, which specifies the width and height
+     in em units of the dialog. Localizers ONLY can increase these widths 
+     if they are having difficulty getting panel content to fit. 1em = the 
+     width of the letter 'm' in the selected font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct
+     size of this window for en-US. -->
+<!ENTITY  prefWindow.size             "width: 115ch; height: 43em;">
+
+<!-- pref-tabs.xul -->
+<!ENTITY urlbar.label                 "Ctrl+Enter na barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY urlbar.accesskey             "l">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.label            "Clique no botão do meio, Ctrl+clique ou Ctrl+Enter nas ligações de uma página da Web">
+<!ENTITY middleClick.accesskey        "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..91b77411b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY print.label          "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY print.accesskey      "I">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.label      "Configuração da página…">
+<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY page.label           "Página:">
+<!ENTITY page.accesskey       "P">
+<!ENTITY of.label             "de">
+<!ENTITY scale.label          "Escala:">
+<!ENTITY scale.accesskey      "E">
+<!ENTITY portrait.label       "Vertical">
+<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey   "V">
+<!ENTITY landscape.label      "Horizontal">
+<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey  "H">
+<!ENTITY close.label          "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY close.accesskey      "e">
+<!ENTITY p30.label            "30&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p40.label            "40&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p50.label            "50&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p60.label            "60&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p70.label            "70&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p80.label            "80&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p90.label            "90&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p100.label           "100&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p125.label           "125&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p150.label           "150&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p175.label           "175&#037;">
+<!ENTITY p200.label           "200&#037;">
+<!ENTITY Custom.label         "Personalizar…">
+<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label    "Redimensionar para caber">
+<!ENTITY customPrompt.title   "Escala personalizada...">
+
+<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip    "Primeira página">
+<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip     "Última página">
+<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip   "Próxima página">
+<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip    "Página anterior">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16fd5006d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- -->
+<!--
+
+ This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY            windowTitle.label    "Selecione o perfil de utilizador">
+<!ENTITY            profileManager.title "Gestor de perfis do &brandShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY            manage.label     "Gerir perfis…">
+<!ENTITY            manage.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY            select.label     "Utilizar perfil">
+
+<!ENTITY            availableProfiles.label "Perfis disponíveis">
+
+<!ENTITY            introStart.label         "Para aceder ao seu perfil pessoal, que contém as suas mensagens guardadas, definições e outra informação personalizada, escolha o seu perfil da lista e clique &start.label; para iniciar a sua sessão.">
+<!ENTITY            introSwitch.label        "Para trocar para outro perfil, que contém mensagens guardadas, definições e outra informação personalizada, por favor escolha o perfil da lista, e clique &select.label; para começar a utilizar esse perfil.">
+<!ENTITY            profileManagerText.label "O &brandShortName; guarda informação sobre as suas definições, preferências, marcadores, mensagens guardadas e outros itens no seu perfil de utilizador.">
+
+<!ENTITY            autoSelect.label         "Pré-definido para este perfil">
+<!ENTITY            autoSelect.accesskey     "s">
+
+<!ENTITY            start.label              "Iniciar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY            exit.label               "Sair">
+
+<!ENTITY            newButton.label          "Criar um perfil…">
+<!ENTITY            newButton.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY            renameButton.label       "Renomear perfil…">
+<!ENTITY            renameButton.accesskey   "R">
+<!ENTITY            deleteButton.label       "Apagar perfil...">
+<!ENTITY            deleteButton.accesskey   "A">
+
+<!ENTITY            offlineState.label       "Trabalhar offline">
+<!ENTITY            offlineState.accesskey   "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d925454a77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+deleteLocked=O %S não pode apagar o perfil "%S" porque está a ser utilizado.
+deleteProfile=Ao apagar um perfil irá remover o perfil da lista de perfis disponíveis e não pode ser desfeito.\n\nPode também escolher apagar os ficheiros de dados do perfil, incluindo as suas definições, certificados e outros dados relacionados com o utilizador. Esta opção apaga a pasta "%S" e não pode ser desfeita.\n\nDeseja apagar os ficheiros de dados do perfil?\n\n
+
+manageTitle=Gerir perfis de utilizador
+selectTitle=Selecione o perfil de utilizador
+
+dirLocked=O %S não pode utilizar o perfil "%S". Poderá estar em uso, indisponível ou danificado.\n\nEscolha outro perfil ou crie um novo.
+
+renameProfileTitle=Renomear perfil
+renameProfilePrompt=Renomear o perfil "%S" para:
+profileNameInvalidTitle=Nome de perfil inválido
+profileNameEmpty=Não é permitida a utilização de nomes de perfis vazios.
+invalidChar=O caractere "%S" não é permitido em nomes de perfis. Por favor escolha um nome diferente.
+deleteTitle=Apagar perfil
+deleteFiles=Apagar ficheiros
+dontDeleteFiles=Não apagar ficheiros
+profileExists=Já existe um perfil com este nome. Por favor escolha um outro nome.
+profileExistsTitle=O perfil existe
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3ae407864
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs
+# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE:
+# %S (also in the messages further down)
+# is the application's short name (e.g. SeaMonkey)
+# from the brand.properties file
+quitDialogTitle=Sair do %S
+lastwindowDialogTitle=Fechar o %S
+restartDialogTitle=Reiniciar o %S
+
+restartNowTitle=&Reiniciar agora
+restartLaterTitle=Reiniciar &depois
+quitTitle=Sai&r
+lastwindowTitle=Fechar &navegador
+cancelTitle=&Cancelar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE:
+# The following two strings are labels for the same button, depending on
+# whether we are quitting the whole Suite, or only the Browser
+saveTitle=Guardar e &sair
+savelastwindowTitle=Guardar e &fechar
+neverAsk=&Não perguntar novamente
+message=Pretende que o %S guarde os separadores e janelas para uma sessão posterior?
+messageNoWindows=Pretende que o %S guarde os separadores para uma sessão posterior?
+messageRestart=O %S irá tentar restaurar os separadores e janelas quando reiniciar.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/region.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e12a95d1a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/region.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Default search engine
+browser.search.defaultenginename=DuckDuckGo
+
+# Search engine order (order displayed in the search bar dropdown)
+browser.search.order.1=DuckDuckGo
+browser.search.order.2=Google
+browser.search.order.3=SAPO
+browser.search.order.4=Priberam
+browser.search.order.5=Wikipedia (pt) 
+
+# More information about this update link available in the update wizard.
+# Only change this if you are providing localized release notes.
+app.update.url.details=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..654e171f1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.accept.label "Tirem-me daqui!">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.decline.label "Ignorar este aviso">
+<!ENTITY safeb.palm.reportPage.label "Porque é que esta página foi bloqueada?">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.title "Reportada como página de ataque!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="malware_sitename"/> tag.  It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc "Esta página web em <span id='malware_sitename'/> foi reportada como uma página de ataque e foi bloqueada de acordo com as suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.longDesc "<p>As páginas de ataque tentam instalar programas que furtam a sua informação privada, utilizam o seu computador para atacar outros, ou danificam o seu sistema.</p><p>Algumas páginas de ataque distribuem intencionalmente software prejudicial, mas muitas são comprometidas sem o conhecimento ou permissão dos seus proprietários.</p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.title "Reportada como página de software não-solicitado!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="unwanted_sitename"/> tag.  It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.shortDesc "Esta página web em <span id='unwanted_sitename'/> foi reportada como uma página de software não-solicitado e foi bloqueada com base nas suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.unwantedPage.longDesc "<p>As páginas de software não solicitado tentam instalar software que pode ser decetivo e afetar o seu sistema de formas inesperadas. </p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.title2 "Site decetivo!">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="phishing_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.shortDesc2 "Esta página web em <span id='phishing_sitename'/> foi reportada como um site decetivo e foi bloqueada de acordo com as suas preferências de segurança.">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.phishingPage.longDesc2 "<p>Os sites decetivos são desenhados para induzir-lhe a fazer algo perigoso, como instalar software, ou revelar a sua informação pessoal, como passwords, números de telefone ou cartões de crédito.</p><p>Introduzir qualquer informação nesta página web poderá resultar em furto de identidade ou outra fraude.</p>">
+
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.title "O site adiante pode conter malware">
+<!-- Localization note (safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc) - Please don't translate the contents of the <span id="harmful_sitename"/> tag. It will be replaced at runtime with a domain name (e.g. www.badsite.com) -->
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.shortDesc "O &brandShortName; bloqueou a página web em <span id='harmful_sitename'/> porque pode tentar instalar aplicações perigosas que furtam ou apagam a sua informação (por exemplo, fotos, palavras-passe, mensagens e cartões de crédito).">
+<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.harmfulPage.longDesc "">
+
+<!-- Localization note (reportDeceptiveSite, notADeceptiveSite) - The two button strings will never be shown at the same time, so it's okay for them to have the same access key. -->
+<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.label "Reportar site decetivo…">
+<!ENTITY reportDeceptiveSite.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.label "Este não é um site decetivo…">
+<!ENTITY notADeceptiveSite.accesskey "d">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c262c19d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDialog.title         "Modo de segurança do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY window.width                 "40em">
+
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription.label    "O &brandShortName; está a executar em modo de segurança, o que desativou temporariamente as suas definições personalizadas, temas e extensões.">
+<!ENTITY safeModeDescription2.label   "Pode alterar algumas ou todas as alterações permanentes:">
+
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.label          "Desativar todos os extras">
+<!ENTITY disableAddons.accesskey      "D">
+
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.label          "Repor barras de ferramentas e janelas">
+<!ENTITY resetToolbars.accesskey      "R">
+
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.label        "Apagar todos os marcadores exceto para cópias de segurança">
+<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.accesskey    "m">
+
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.label         "Repor todas as preferências para as predefinições do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.accesskey     "p">
+
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.label          "Restaurar motores de pesquisa predefinidos">
+<!ENTITY restoreSearch.accesskey      "s">
+
+<!ENTITY changeAndRestartButton.label "Aplicar alterações e reiniciar">
+<!ENTITY continueButton.label         "Continuar em modo de segurança">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3c52495e58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title            "Limpar dados privados">
+<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label             "Limpar os seguintes itens agora:">
+
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.label               "Histórico de navegação">
+<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey           "H">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label                "Histórico da barra de localização">
+<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey            "l">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label             "Histórico de transferências">
+<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey         "t">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label     "Formulários guardados e histórico de pesquisas">
+<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.label                 "Cache">
+<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey             "a">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.label               "Cookies">
+<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label           "Dados offline do website">
+<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label             "Palavras-passe guardadas">
+<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.label              "Sessões autenticadas">
+<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey          "S">
+
+<!ENTITY sanitizeButton.label            "Limpar agora dados privados">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc30a96f24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.title       "Gerir lista de motores de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.style       "min-width: 37em;">
+<!ENTITY  engineManager.intro       "Tem instalado os seguintes motores de pesquisa:">
+
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.name          "Nome">
+<!ENTITY  columnLabel.keyword       "Palavra-chave">
+
+<!-- Buttons -->
+<!ENTITY  up.label                  "Para cima">
+<!ENTITY  up.accesskey              "c">
+<!ENTITY  dn.label                  "Para baixo">
+<!ENTITY  dn.accesskey              "b">
+<!ENTITY  remove.label              "Remover">
+<!ENTITY  remove.accesskey          "R">
+<!ENTITY  edit.label                "Editar palavra-chave…">
+<!ENTITY  edit.accesskey            "t">
+
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.label           "Obter mais motores de pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY  addEngine.accesskey       "a">
+
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.label       "Mostrar sugestões de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY  enableSuggest.accesskey   "s">
+
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.label     "Restaurar predefinições">
+<!ENTITY  restoreDefaults.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b4eb393270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+editTitle=Editar palavra-chave
+editMsg=Introduza a nova palavra-chave para "%S":
+duplicateTitle=Palavra-chave duplicada
+duplicateEngineMsg=Escolheu uma palavra-chave que está atualmente a ser utilizada por “%S”. Por favor selecione outra.
+duplicateBookmarkMsg=Escolheu uma palavra chave que está a ser utilizada por um marcador. Por favor escolha outra.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a47cdcbef2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY search.button.label      "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY search.placeholder       "Introduza o texto a pesquisar">
+
+<!ENTITY search.engineManager.label "Gerir motores de pesquisa...">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6400f3466c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+searchtip=Pesquisar com %S
+cmd_addFoundEngine=Adicionar "%S"
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08bdf1ebaf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY cmd_engineManager.label        "Gerir motores de pesquisa…">
+<!ENTITY searchEndCap.label             "Pesquisar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..264fa83cd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY setDesktopBackground.title "Definir fundo do ambiente de trabalho">
+
+<!ENTITY position.label             "Posição:">
+<!ENTITY position.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY position.tile.label        "Mosaico">
+<!ENTITY position.stretch.label     "Esticar">
+<!ENTITY position.center.label      "Centrar">
+<!ENTITY position.fill.label        "Preencher">
+<!ENTITY position.fit.label         "Ajustar">
+<!ENTITY picker.label               "Cor:">
+<!ENTITY picker.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY preview.caption            "Pré-visualizar">
+<!ENTITY apply.label                "Aplicar">
+<!ENTITY apply.accesskey            "A">
+<!ENTITY close.label                "Fechar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86bbed8f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+preferencesLabel=%S &Preferências
+safeModeLabel=Modo de &segurança do %S
+desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin=Imagem_de_fundo.bmp
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14ba8bde37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  sidebar.customize.title.label: Do NOT localize the term "&sidebarName;"  -->
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.title.label          "Personalizar &sidebarName;">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  sidebar.customize.current.label: Do NOT localize the term "&sidebarName;"  -->
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current.label        "Separadores em &sidebarName;:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current.accesskey    "S">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.title                "Personalizar barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.label       "Separadores na barra lateral:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.current2.accesskey   "S">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label      "Personalizar separador…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label         "Remover">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label     "Separadores disponíveis:">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label            "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label        "Pré-visualizar…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey    "P">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label             "Mover para cima">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label           "Mover para baixo">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey       "b">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label                     "Localizar mais separadores…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey                 "L">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..16f9202426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label          "Pré-visualizar separador">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e49d6f5507
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+addPanelConfirmTitle=Adicionar separador à barra lateral
+addPanelConfirmMessage=Adicionar o separador '%title%' ao %name%?##Fonte: %url%
+persistentPanelWarning=A barra lateral de separadores que está a adicionar pode transferir dados através da Internet e executar os JavaScript mesmo quando o %name% está encerrado.
+
+addPanelConfirmMessage2=Adicionar o separador '%title%' à barra lateral?##Fonte: %url%
+persistentPanelWarning2=A barra lateral de separadores que está a adicionar pode transferir dados através da Internet e executar JavaScript mesmo quando a barra lateral está fechada.
+
+dupePanelAlertTitle=Barra lateral
+dupePanelAlertMessage=%url% já existe no %name%.
+dupePanelAlertMessage2=%url% já existe na barra lateral.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5ec016670
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label           "Barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label           "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey       "R">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label           "Separadores">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label        "Personalizar barra lateral…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label             "Ocultar separador">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label           "Trocar para separador">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey       "T">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label               "Barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey           "B">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label          "A carregar…">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label      "Carregamento parado">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label     "Parar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "P">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (showHideSidebarCmd.key): This is only used on the
+     mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. -->
+<!ENTITY showHideSidebarCmd.key         "S">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state     "A barra lateral está vazia.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add       'Pode adicionar separadores clicando no botão &quot;Separadores&quot; acima.'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide      'Se desejar ocultar completamente a barra lateral, clique no menu &quot;Ver&quot;, e selecione &quot;Barra lateral&quot; a partir do submenu &quot;Mostrar/Ocultar&quot;.'>
+<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label   "Diretório da barra lateral…">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label  "Este separador não está disponível de momento.">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip       "Fechar barra lateral">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip        "Abrir barra lateral">
+
+<!ENTITY sidebar.search.label         "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY sidebar.client-addressbook.label   "Livro de endereços">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14f82aa978
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sitePermissions.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.current.allowed,
+#                    state.current.allowedForSession,
+#                    state.current.allowedTemporarily,
+#                    state.current.blockedTemporarily,
+#                    state.current.blocked,
+#                    state.current.hide):
+# This label is used to display active permission states in the site
+# identity popup (which does not have a lot of screen space).
+state.current.allowed = Permitido
+state.current.allowedForSession = Permitido para a sessão
+state.current.allowedTemporarily = Permitido temporariamente
+state.current.blockedTemporarily = Bloqueado temporariamente
+state.current.blocked = Bloqueado
+
+state.current.prompt = Perguntar sempre
+state.current.hide = Ocultar solicitação
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (state.multichoice.alwaysAsk,
+#                    state.multichoice.allow,
+#                    state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain,
+#                    state.multichoice.allowForSession,
+#                    state.multichoice.block):
+# Used to label permission state checkboxes in the page info dialog.
+state.multichoice.alwaysAsk = Perguntar sempre
+state.multichoice.allow = Permitir
+state.multichoice.allowForSameDomain = Permitir para o mesmo domínio
+state.multichoice.allowForSession = Permitir para a sessão
+state.multichoice.block = Bloquear
+
+permission.cookie.label = Definir cookies
+permission.desktop-notification2.label = Receber notificações
+permission.image.label = Carregar imagens
+permission.camera.label = Utilizar a câmara
+permission.microphone.label = Utilizar o microfone
+permission.screen.label = Partilhar o ecrã
+permission.install.label = Instalar extras
+permission.popup.label = Abrir janelas pop-up
+permission.geo.label = Aceder à sua localização
+permission.indexedDB.label = Manter armazenamento offline
+permission.focus-tab-by-prompt.label = Trocar para este separador
+permission.persistent-storage.label = Armazenar dados em armazenamento persistente
+permission.flash-plugin.label = Executar Adobe Flash
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71955e69ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label  "Sync">
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.fullName.label   "SeaMonkey Sync">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44fa863b3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (whole file) "Sync" should match &syncBrand.shortName.label; from syncBrand.dtd
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (change.password.title): This (and associated change.password/passphrase) are used when the user elects to change their password.
+change.password.title          = Alterar palavra-passe
+change.password.acceptButton   = Alterar palavra-passe
+change.password.status.active  = A alterar palavra-passe…
+change.password.status.success = A sua palavra-passe foi alterada.
+change.password.status.error   = Ocorreu um erro ao alterar a palavra-passe.
+
+change.password3.introText  = A sua palavra-passe deve ter pelo menos 8 carateres alfanuméricos. Esta não pode ser igual ao seu nome de utilizador ou à sua Chave de recuperação.
+change.password.warningText = Nota: todos os seus outros dispositivos deixarão de ter acesso à sua conta assim que alterar a palavra-passe.
+
+change.recoverykey.title        = Alterar chave de recuperação
+change.recoverykey.acceptButton = Alterar chave de recuperação
+change.recoverykey.label        = A alterar chave de recuperação e a enviar os dados locais, aguarde...
+change.recoverykey.error        = Ocorreu um erro ao alterar a chave de recuperação!
+change.recoverykey.success      = A sua chave de recuperação foi alterada!
+change.recoverykey.introText2   = Para assegurar a sua total privacidade, todos os seus dados são encriptados antes de serem carregados. A chave para desencriptar os seus dados não será carregada.
+change.recoverykey.warningText  = Nota: a alteração fará com que os dados armazenados no servidor do Sync sejam eliminados e os novos dados serão carregados utilizando esta chave de recuperação. Os seus outros dispositivos não serão sincronizados até que esta nova chave seja inserida nesses dispositivos.
+
+new.recoverykey.label = A sua chave de recuperação
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (new.password.title): This (and associated new.password/passphrase) are used on a second computer when it detects that your password or passphrase has been changed on a different device.
+new.password.title            = Atualizar palavra-passe
+new.password.introText        = A sua palavra-passe foi rejeitada pelo servidor. Por favor atualize-a.
+new.password.label            = Introduza a nova palavra-passe
+new.password.confirm          = Confirme a nova palavra-passe
+new.password.acceptButton     = Atualizar palavra-passe
+new.password.status.incorrect = Palavra-passe incorreta. Por favor tente novamente.
+
+new.recoverykey.title            = Atualizar chave de recuperação
+new.recoverykey.introText        = A sua chave de recuperação foi alterada. Por favor, digite a sua nova chave de recuperação.
+new.recoverykey.acceptButton     = Atualizar chave de recuperação
+new.recoverykey.status.incorrect = Chave de recuperação incorreta. Por favor tente novamente.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55c44b79d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.title               "A sua chave &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.page.description         "Esta chave é usada para descodificar a sua informação na conta &syncBrand.fullName.label;. Irá precisar de inserir a chave sempre que configurar o &syncBrand.fullName.label; num novo computador ou dispositivo.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.heading     "Mantenha-a em segredo">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.description "A sua conta &syncBrand.fullName.label; está encriptada para proteger a sua privacidade. Sem esta chave, demoraria anos até alguém ser capaz de ler a sua informação pessoal. Você é a única pessoa que tem esta chave. Isso quer dizer que é a única pessoa que pode aceder à sua informação no &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe.heading       "Mantenha-a segura">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe1.description  "Não perca esta chave.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe2.description  " Nós não mantemos uma cópia da sua chave (isso não seria mantê-la secreta!) portanto ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe3.description  "não podemos recuperá-la">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe4.description  " se a perder. Precisa desta chave sempre que quiser ligar um novo computador ou dispositivo ao &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore1.label       "Saber mais sobre o &syncBrand.fullName.label; e a sua privacidade em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore2.label       ".">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer1.label            "Os termos de serviço do &syncBrand.fullName.label; estão disponiveis em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer2.label            ". A política de privacidade está disponível em ">
+<!ENTITY syncKey.footer3.label            ".">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39b3796c00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY quota.dialogTitle.label    "Quota no servidor">
+<!ENTITY quota.retrievingInfo.label "A obter informação de quota...">
+<!ENTITY quota.typeColumn.label     "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY quota.sizeColumn.label     "Tamanho">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f1a86dc102
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+collection.addons.label    = Extras
+collection.bookmarks.label = Marcadores
+collection.history.label   = Histórico
+collection.passwords.label = Palavras-passe
+collection.prefs.label     = Preferências
+collection.tabs.label      = Separadores
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usageNoQuota.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space occupied
+# on the server
+quota.usageNoQuota.label    = Está atualmente a utilizar %1$S %2$S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.usagePercentage.label):
+# %1$S is the percentage of space used,
+# %2$S and %3$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the amount of space used,
+# %3$S and %4$S numeric value and unit (as defined in the download manager)
+# of the total space available.
+quota.usagePercentage.label = Está a utilizar %1$S%% (%2$S %3$S) de um máximo de %4$S %5$S.
+quota.usageError.label      = Não foi possível obter a informação de quota.
+quota.retrieving.label      = A obter...
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.sizeValueUnit.label): %1$S is the amount of space
+# occupied by the engine, %2$K the corresponding unit (e.g. kB) as defined in
+# the download manager.
+quota.sizeValueUnit.label   = %1$S %2$S
+quota.remove.label          = Remover
+quota.treeCaption.label     = Desmarque itens para parar de os sincronizar e libertar espaço no servidor.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.removal.label): %S is a list of engines that will be
+# disabled and whose data will be removed once the user confirms.
+quota.removal.label         = O SeaMonkey Sync iŕa remover a seguinte informação: %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.list.separator): This is the separator string used
+# for the list of engines (incl. spaces where appropriate)
+quota.list.separator        = ,\u0020
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (quota.freeup.label): %1$S and %2$S are numeric value
+# and unit (as defined in the download manager) of the amount of space freed
+# up by disabling the unchecked engines.  If displayed this string is
+# concatenated directly to quota.removal.label and may need to start off with
+# whitespace.
+quota.freeup.label          = \u0020Isto irá libertar %1$S %2$S.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa09530daf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountSetupTitle.label    "Configuração do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+
+<!-- First page of the wizard -->
+
+<!ENTITY setup.pickSetupType.description "Bem-vindo(a). Se nunca utilizou o &syncBrand.fullName.label; antes, irá precisar de criar uma nova conta.">
+<!ENTITY button.createNewAccount.label "Criar uma Nova Conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.haveAccount.label "Já tenho uma conta do &syncBrand.fullName.label;.">
+<!ENTITY button.connect.label "Ligar">
+
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.title.label     "Já usou o &syncBrand.fullName.label; antes?">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.new.label       "Nunca usei o &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.existing.label  "Já estou a utilizar o &syncBrand.shortName.label; noutro computador">
+
+<!-- New Account AND Existing Account -->
+<!ENTITY server.label               "Servidor">
+<!ENTITY server.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY serverType.main.label      "Servidor do &syncBrand.fullName.label;">
+<!ENTITY serverType.custom2.label   "Utilizar um servidor personalizado…">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.label      "Conta">
+<!ENTITY signIn.account2.accesskey  "a">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.label      "Palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY signIn.password.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.label     "Chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.accesskey "h">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 1: Basic Account Info -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newAccountDetailsPage.title.label "Detalhes da conta">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.label             "Confirmar palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.label                "Endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.accesskey            "E">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: tosAgree1, tosLink, tosAgree2, ppLink, tosAgree3 are
+     joined with implicit white space, so spaces in the strings aren't necessary -->
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.label      "Eu concordo com os">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosLink.label        "Termos de serviço">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.label      "e com a">
+<!ENTITY setup.ppLink.label         "Política de privacidade">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree3.label      "">
+<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.accesskey  "">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 2: Recovery Key -->
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.title.label "O &brandShortName; respeita a sua privacidade">
+<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.description.label "Para assegurar a sua privacidade, toda a sua informação é encriptada antes de ser carregada. A chave de recuperação necessária para desencriptar a informação não é enviada.">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.label        "A sua chave de recuperação">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.accesskey    "c">
+<!ENTITY recoveryGenerateNewKey.label  "Criar uma nova chave">
+<!ENTITY recoveryKeyBackup.description "A sua chave de recuperação é necessária para aceder ao &syncBrand.fullName.label; noutras máquinas. Por favor crie uma cópia de segurança. Não podemos ajudar-lhe a recuperar a sua chave de recuperação.">
+
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.label     "Imprimir...">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.label      "Guardar…">
+<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.accesskey  "G">
+
+<!-- New Account Page 3: Captcha -->
+<!ENTITY setup.captchaPage2.title.label     "Por favor confirme que não é um robô">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 1: Add Device (incl. Add a Device dialog strings) -->
+<!ENTITY addDevice.title.label              "Adicionar um dispositivo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.showMeHow.label          "Mostrar-me como.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dontHaveDevice.label     "Não tenho o dispositivo comigo">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.description.label  "Para ativar, vá às opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no seu outro dispositivo e selecione &quot;Adicionar um dispositivo&quot;.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.enterCode.label    "Depois, digite este código:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.description.label "Para ativar o seu novo dispositivo, vá às opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; no dispositivo e selecione &quot;Ligar.&quot;">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.enterCode.label   "Introduza o código que o dispositivo forneceu:">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.tryAgain.label    "Por favor tente novamente.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.successful.label  "O dispositivo foi adicionado com sucesso. A sincronização inicial pode demorar alguns minutos e irá concluir em segundo plano.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.recoveryKey.label "Para ativar o seu dispositivo tem de introduzir a sua chave de recuperação. Por favor, imprima ou guarde esta chave e leve-a consigo.">
+<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.connected.label   "Dispositivo ligado">
+
+<!-- Existing Account Page 2: Manual Login -->
+<!ENTITY setup.signInPage.title.label "Iniciar sessão">
+<!ENTITY existingRecoveryKey.description "Pode obter uma cópia da sua chave de recuperação acedendo às preferências/opções do &syncBrand.shortName.label; do seu outro dispositivo e selecionar &quot;A minha chave de recuperação&quot; em &quot;Gerir conta&quot;.">
+<!ENTITY verifying.label              "A verificar…">
+<!ENTITY resetPassword.label          "Repor palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY resetSyncKey.label           "Perdi o meu outro dispositivo.">
+
+<!-- Sync Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsPage.title      "Opções do Sync">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label       "Nome do computador:">
+<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey   "c">
+
+<!ENTITY syncMy.label               "Sincronizar">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.label        "Extras">
+<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey    "a">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label     "Marcadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label          "Separadores">
+<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey      "e">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.label       "Histórico">
+<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey   "H">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label     "Palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label         "Preferências">
+<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey     "P">
+
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.main.label      "Juntar os dados deste computador com os meus dados do &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.merge.recommended.label "(recomendações)">
+<!ENTITY choice2.client.main.label     "Substituir todos os dados neste computador pelos dados do &syncBrand.shortName.label;">
+<!ENTITY choice2.server.main.label     "Substituir todos os outros dispositivos pelos dados deste computador">
+
+<!-- Confirm Merge Options -->
+<!ENTITY setup.optionsConfirmPage.title "Confirmar">
+<!ENTITY confirm.merge.label    "O &syncBrand.fullName.label; vai agora juntar todos os dados de navegação deste computador com a sua conta do Sync.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client2.label         "Aviso: os seguintes dados do &brandShortName; neste computador serão apagados:">
+<!ENTITY confirm.client.moreinfo.label "O &brandShortName; depois copiará a informação do &syncBrand.fullName.label; para este computador.">
+<!ENTITY confirm.server2.label         "Aviso: os seguintes dispositivos serão sobrescritos pelos seus dados locais:">
+
+<!-- New & Existing Account: Setup Complete -->
+<!ENTITY setup.successPage.title "Configuração terminada">
+<!ENTITY changeOptions.label "Pode alterar esta preferência selecionando opções do Sync em baixo.">
+<!ENTITY continueUsing.label "Pode agora continuar a usar o &brandShortName;.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..698719a2a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+button.syncOptions.label       = Opções do Sync
+button.syncOptionsDone.label   = Feito
+button.syncOptionsCancel.label = Cancelar
+
+invalidEmail.label          = Endereço de email inválido
+serverInvalid.label         = Por favor introduza um URL de servidor válido
+usernameNotAvailable.label  = Já em uso
+
+verifying.label = A verificar...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (additionalClientCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of additional clients (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+additionalClientCount.label = e #1 dispositivo adicional;e #1 dispositivos adicionais
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (bookmarksCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of bookmarks (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+bookmarksCount.label        = #1 marcador;#1 marcadores
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (historyDaysCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of days (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+historyDaysCount.label      = #1 dia de histórico;#1 dias de histórico
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordsCount.label):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the number of passwords (was %S for a short while, use #1 instead, even if both work)
+passwordsCount.label        = #1 palavra-passe;#1 palavras-passe
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addonsCount.label):
+# #1 is the number of add-ons, see the link above for forms
+addonsCount.label           = #1 extra;#1 extras
+
+save.recoverykey.title = Guardar chave de recuperação
+save.recoverykey.defaultfilename = Chave de recuperação xhtml do SeaMonkey
+
+newAccount.action.label = O SeaMonkey Sync está configurado para sincronizar a sua informação de navegação.
+newAccount.change.label = Pode escolher exatamente o que quer sincronizar ao selecionar as opções de sincronização abaixo.
+resetClient.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync vai agora juntar todos os dados de navegação deste computador com a sua conta do Sync.
+wipeClient.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync vai substituir a informação de navegação neste computador pela da conta Sync.
+wipeRemote.change.label = O SeaMonkey Sync vai substituir a informação de navegação da conta Sync pela deste computador.
+existingAccount.change.label = Pode alterar esta preferência, selecionando o botão Opções do Sync abaixo.
+
+# Several other strings are used (via Weave.Status.login), but they come from
+#  /services/sync
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b161d1faa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from tasksOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.label "Minimizar">
+<!ENTITY minimizeWindowCmd.key "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomWindowCmd.label "Zoom">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.label "Composer">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey "4">
+
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label "Consola de erro">
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.commandkey2 "j">
+
+<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip "Navegador">
+<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip "Compositor">
+
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Desenvolvimento Web">
+<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "w">
+
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Janela">
+<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "J">
+
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Gestor de dados">
+<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Gestor de palavras-passe">
+<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "G">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Gerir palavras-passe guardadas">
+<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "p">
+
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Sair">
+<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Gestor de transferências">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j">
+
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.label "Gestor de extras">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.commandkey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Trocar perfil…">
+<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "o">
+
+<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (syncSetup.accesskey, syncSyncNowItem.accesskey):
+     Only one of these will show at a time (based on setup state),
+     so reusing accesskey is ok. -->
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.label "Configurar o Sync...">
+<!ENTITY syncSetup.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.label "Sincronizar agora">
+<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.accesskey "S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08a9d56bc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+openparen     = (
+closeparen    = )
+textfound     = Texto encontrado: "
+textnotfound  = Texto não encontrado: "
+linkfound     = Ligação encontrada: "
+linknotfound  = Ligação não encontrada: "
+closequote    = "
+stopfind      = Pesquisa terminada.
+starttextfind = A iniciar -- localizar texto ao escrever
+startlinkfind = A iniciar -- localizar ligações ao escrever
+repeated      = repetida
+nextmatch     = - seguinte
+prevmatch     = - anterior
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..764189594c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/unix/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- unix -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate all the Cmd.key and accesskey --> 
+
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey             "c">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey   "r">
+
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Y">  
+
+<!ENTITY findCmd.key2                   "VK_F19">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "'">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel,shift">
+<!-- Help viewer -->
+
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Tópicos de ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "VK_F1">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                  "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                   "Alt">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                 "Shift">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label               "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey           "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bfe7ca69b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- these things need to move into utilityOverlay.xul -->
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.label                 "Trabalhar offline">
+<!ENTITY  offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey             "h">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items -->
+
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.label                   "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey               "F">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.label                    "Novo">
+<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey                "N">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label            "Página do compositor">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey        "P">
+<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key              "n">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Página usando modelo">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Página usando rascunho">
+<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Janela do navegador">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "n">
+<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.label "Janela privada">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.key "B">
+<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key "W">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Configurar página…">
+<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.label "Pré-visualizar impressão">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.label "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (.modifiers): The following entites are for the
+     application menu. Never change the modifiers unless you are 100% sure that
+     they are different on your locale (should be very rare). -->
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.label          "Preferências…">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.key            ",">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmdMac.modifiers      "accel">
+<!ENTITY servicesMenu.label               "Serviços">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.label             "Ocultar o &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.key               "O">
+<!ENTITY hideThisAppCmd.modifiers         "accel">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.label           "Ocultar outros">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.key             "O">
+<!ENTITY hideOtherAppsCmd.modifiers       "accel,alt">
+<!ENTITY showAllAppsCmd.label             "Mostrar tudo">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.label             "Ajuda do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.accesskey         "j">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.key               "?">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmdMac.modifiers         "accel">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label         "Sair">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key           "r">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.label      "Sair do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdMac.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.label     "Sair">
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmdUnix.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY editMenu.label                   "Editar">
+<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey               "E">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.label                    "Desfazer">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.key                      "z">
+<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey                "u">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.label                    "Refazer">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                      "y">
+<!ENTITY redoCmdMac.key                   "Z">
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey                "r">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.label                     "Cortar">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.key                       "x">
+<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey                 "t">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.label                    "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.key                      "c">
+<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey                "C">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label                   "Colar">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key                     "v">
+<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey               "o">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label                 "Colar e ir">
+<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey             "i">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (pasteSearchCmd): "Search" is a verb, this is the
+     search bar equivalent to the url bar's "Paste & Go"  -->
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.label             "Colar e pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label                  "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey              "A">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label               "Selecionar tudo">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key                 "a">
+<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.label            "Limpar histórico da pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.accesskey        "h">
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.label         "Mostrar sugestões">
+<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.accesskey     "s">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label             "Preferências…">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key               "e">
+<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY findBarCmd.key "F">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (findBarCmd.accesskey): This accesskey should be within
+     findBarCmd.label found in editorOverlay.dtd, findCmd.label in messenger.dtd
+     and messengercompose.dtd and findOnCmd.label found in navigatorOverlay.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY findBarCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY findCmd.key2 "VK_F19">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key "H">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmdMac.key "F">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.label "Localizar novamente">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key "G">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.label "Localizar anterior">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key "G">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key2 "VK_F3">
+<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Localizar texto ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Localizar ligações ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key "'">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "g">
+
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.label                   "Ver">
+<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey               "V">
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label           "Mostrar/ocultar">
+<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey       "M">
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label             "Barra de estado">
+<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.label                   "Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey               "A">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE some localizations of Windows use "?"
+     for the help button in the menubar. -->
+<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.label                "Ajuda">
+<!ENTITY helpMenuWin.accesskey            "j">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label                "Tópicos de ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey            "j">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                  "VK_F1">
+
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.label               "Para utilizadores do Internet Explorer">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.accesskey           "l">
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label      "Informação para suporte">
+<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey  "I">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label                   "Notas de lançamento">
+<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.label                 "Reiniciar com extras desativados">
+<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.accesskey             "R">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.label                    "Procurar atualizações…">
+<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey                "c">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label                     "Acerca do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey                 "A">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.label          "Acerca dos plugins">
+<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.accesskey      "p">
+
+<!ENTITY direct.label                             "Ligado (proxy: nenhum)">
+<!ENTITY direct.accesskey                         "n">
+<!ENTITY manual.label                             "Ligado (proxy: manual)">
+<!ENTITY manual.accesskey                         "m">
+<!ENTITY pac.label                                "Ligado (proxy: URL automático)">
+<!ENTITY pac.accesskey                            "a">
+<!ENTITY wpad.label                               "Ligado (proxy: descobrir automaticamente)">
+<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey                           "d">
+<!ENTITY system.label                             "Ligado (proxy: proxy do sistema)">
+<!ENTITY system.accesskey                         "s">
+
+<!ENTITY proxy.label                              "Configuração de proxy...">
+<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey                          "C">
+
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label        "Mudar direção do texto">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey    "x">
+<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey   "X">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label                         "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey                     "e">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label            "Personalizar…">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey        "z">
+
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label       "Definições para esta barra de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label      "Ícones e texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label             "Ícones">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label              "Texto">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label     "Usar ícones pequenos">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label     "Mostrar texto debaixo do ícone">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label        "Utilizar predefinições">
+<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey    "U">
+
+<!-- Popup Blocked notification menu -->
+<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey        "p">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label       "Gerir janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey   "G">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label        "Não mostrar esta mensagem ao bloquear janelas pop-up">
+<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey    "N">
+
+<!ENTITY throbber.title "Throbber">
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2 "Ir para a página inicial do &brandShortName;">
+
+<!ENTITY syncToolbarButton.label "Sync">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac2fa0769f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Online/offline tooltips
+onlineTooltip0=Você está online (proxy: nenhum). Clique no ícone para entrar no modo offline.
+onlineTooltip1=Você está online (proxy: manual). Clique no ícone para entrar no modo offline.
+onlineTooltip2=Você está online (proxy: URL automático). Clique no ícone para entrar no modo offline.
+onlineTooltip4=Você está online (proxy: descoberta automática). Clique no ícone para entrar no modo offline.
+onlineTooltip5=Você está online (proxy: proxy do sistema). Clique no ícone para entrar no modo offline.
+offlineTooltip=Você está offline. Clique no ícone para entrar no modo online.
+
+# Popup menus
+popupMenuShow=Mostrar %S
+popupAllow=Permitir janelas pop-up de %S
+
+# Check for Updates
+updatesItem_default=Procurar atualizações…
+updatesItem_defaultFallback=Procurar atualizações…
+updatesItem_defaultAccessKey=p
+updatesItem_downloading=A transferir %S…
+updatesItem_downloadingFallback=A transferir atualização…
+updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey=A
+updatesItem_resume=Retomar transferência de %S…
+updatesItem_resumeFallback=Retomar transferência da atualização…
+updatesItem_resumeAccessKey=R
+updatesItem_pending=Aplicar agora a atualização transferida…
+updatesItem_pendingFallback=Aplicar agora a atualização transferida…
+updatesItem_pendingAccessKey=u
+
+# safeModeRestart
+safeModeRestartPromptTitle=Reiniciar com extras desativados
+safeModeRestartPromptMessage=Tem a certeza que pretende desativar todos os extras e reiniciar?
+safeModeRestartButton=Reiniciar
+safeModeRestartCheckbox=Reiniciar com extras desativados
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7768352fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.label            "Aplicar tema">
+<!ENTITY applyTheme.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.label      "Obter mais temas">
+<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.accesskey  "O">
+<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.label     "Obter papéis de parede">
+<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.accesskey "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d5561e626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+switchskins=As alterações do tema terão efeito depois de reiniciar o %S.
+switchskinstitle=Aplicar tema
+switchskinsnow=Reiniciar agora
+switchskinslater=Reiniciar mais tarde
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..015544abb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not use digits "0"-"9" as accesskeys -->
+
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label       "Maior">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey  "+">
+<!-- + is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> 
+
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label        "Menor">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey   "-">
+
+<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey    "0">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..149a8e8819
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# zoom submenu
+#
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: don't translate %zoom% in any property
+#                    don't use digits "0"-"9" for accesskeys
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullZoom,textZoom): are never available at the same time
+fullZoom.label=Zoom (%zoom% %)
+fullZoom.accesskey=Z
+textZoom.label=Zoom de texto (%zoom% %)
+textZoom.accesskey=x
+
+# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the 100 % and 200 % entries
+zoom.100.label=100 % (tamanho original)
+zoom.100.accesskey=g
+zoom.200.label=200 % (dobro do tamanho)
+zoom.200.accesskey=d
+
+# labels and accesskeys to emphasize the minimum and maximum boundaries
+zoom.min.label=%zoom% % (Mínimo)
+zoom.min.accesskey=n
+zoom.max.label=%zoom% % (Máximo)
+zoom.max.accesskey=x
+
+# label pattern for remaining values, accesskeys are assigned dynamically
+zoom.value.label=%zoom% %
+
+zoom.other.label=Outro (%zoom% %) …
+zoom.other.accesskey=O
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3ca69a18b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/common/win/platformCommunicatorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- win -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate "accel" or "shift",
+                         You may want to translate the Cmd.key and accesskey --> 
+
+
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.label                 "Fechar">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key                   "W">  
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.accesskey             "c">
+
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.label       "Sair"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.key         "Q"> 
+<!ENTITY quitApplicationCmd.accesskey   "r">
+
+<!ENTITY redoCmd.key                    "Y">  
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key             "H">
+<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.key            "/">
+<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.key           "'">
+
+<!ENTITY accel.emacs_conflict           "accel">
+<!-- Help viewer -->
+
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.label              "Tópicos da ajuda">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY openHelpCmd.key                "VK_F1">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.label           "Para utilizadores do Internet Explorer">
+<!ENTITY helpForIEUsers.accesskey       "I">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE some localizations need to change the
+                       "Help" menu label on Windows -->
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.label                 "Ajuda"> 
+<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey             "u">
+<!-- Key labels, for mousewheel prefs -->
+
+<!ENTITY ctrlKey.label                  "Ctrl">
+<!ENTITY altKey.label                   "Alt">
+<!ENTITY shiftKey.label                 "Shift">
+
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.label               "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY menubarCmd.accesskey           "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a87affdb7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY WindowTitle.label              "Editor de propriedades avançadas">
+<!ENTITY AttName.label                  "Atributo: ">
+<!ENTITY AttValue.label                 "Valor: ">
+<!ENTITY PropertyName.label             "Propriedade: ">
+<!ENTITY currentattributesfor.label     "Atributos atuais para: ">
+<!ENTITY tree.attributeHeader.label     "Atributo">
+<!ENTITY tree.propertyHeader.label      "Propriedade">
+<!ENTITY tree.valueHeader.label         "Valor">
+<!ENTITY tabHTML.label                  "Atributos de HTML">
+<!ENTITY tabCSS.label                   "Estilo inline">
+<!ENTITY tabJSE.label                   "Eventos JavaScript">
+
+<!ENTITY editAttribute.label    "Clique num item acima para editar o seu valor">
+<!ENTITY removeAttribute.label  "Remover">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d337c7483
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Cor">
+<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.label "Última cor escolhida">
+<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.accessKey "l">
+<!ENTITY setColor1.label "Clique numa cor ou">
+<!ENTITY setColor2.label "introduza um código de cor HTML">
+<!ENTITY setColor2.accessKey "H">
+<!ENTITY chooseColor1.label "Escolha uma cor:">
+<!ENTITY chooseColor2.label "Introduzir um código de cor HTML">
+<!ENTITY chooseColor2.accessKey "H">
+<!ENTITY setColorExample.label "(ex.: &quot;#0000ff&quot; ou &quot;blue&quot;):">
+<!ENTITY default.label "Pré-definido">
+<!ENTITY default.accessKey "d">
+<!ENTITY palette.label "Paleta:">
+<!ENTITY standardPalette.label "Padrão">
+<!ENTITY webPalette.label "Todas as cores web">
+<!ENTITY background.label "Fundo para:">
+<!ENTITY background.accessKey "F">
+<!ENTITY table.label "Tabela">
+<!ENTITY table.accessKey "T">
+<!ENTITY cell.label "Célula(s)">
+<!ENTITY cell.accessKey "C">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d61a790e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Converter para tabela">
+<!ENTITY instructions1.label   "O compositor cria uma nova tabela de linhas para cada parágrafo da seleção.">
+<!ENTITY instructions2.label   "Escolha o caractere utilizado para separar a seleção em colunas:">
+<!ENTITY commaRadio.label      "Vírgula">
+<!ENTITY spaceRadio.label      "Espaço">
+<!ENTITY otherRadio.label      "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY deleteCharCheck.label "Apagar caractere separador">
+<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.label  "Ignorar espaços extra">
+<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.tooltip "Converter espaços adjacentes num separador">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b417045f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.label "Edição avançada…">
+<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.accessKey "E">
+<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Adicionar ou modificar atributos HTML, atributos de estilo e atributos JavaScript">
+<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.label "Escolher ficheiro...">
+<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.accessKey "f">
+<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.label "Escolher ficheiro...">
+<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.accessKey "o">
+<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.label "O URL é relativo à localização da página">
+<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.accessKey "r">
+<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.tooltip "Alterar entre URL relativo e absoluto. Tem de guardar a página para poder alterar.">
+
+<!-- Shared by Link and Image dialogs -->
+<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.label "Digite um endereço da página da Internet, um ficheiro local, ou selecione uma âncora ou cabeçalho do menu de contexto do campo:">
+<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.accessKey "w">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b9c8bdf30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da âncora nomeada">
+<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.label "Nome da âncora:">
+<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.accessKey "N">
+<!ENTITY nameInput.tooltip "Introduza um nome único para esta âncora (destino)">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d127fcd50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Selecionar alterações de edição">
+<!ENTITY conflictWarning.label "Esta página foi alterada por outro programa, mas também tem alterações não guardadas no compositor.">
+<!ENTITY conflictResolve.label "Selecione a versão a manter:">
+<!ENTITY keepCurrentPageButton.label "Manter alterações da página atual">
+<!ENTITY useOtherPageButton.label "Substituir página atual por outra com alterações">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a9940465
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades do botão">
+
+<!ENTITY Settings.label "Definições">
+
+<!ENTITY ButtonType.label "Tipo">
+<!ENTITY ButtonType.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY submit.value "Submeter">
+<!ENTITY reset.value "Repor">
+<!ENTITY button.value "Botão">
+
+<!ENTITY ButtonName.label "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY ButtonName.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY ButtonValue.label "Valor:">
+<!ENTITY ButtonValue.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Índice de tabulação:">
+<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Tecla de acesso:">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "T">
+
+<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Remover botão">
+<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accesskey "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4b7c286e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Cor e fundo da página">
+<!ENTITY pageColors.label "Cores da página">
+<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.label "Cores predefinidas do leitor (não aplica cores na página)">
+<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.tooltip "Utilizar definições de cor do navegador do visualizador (leitor)">
+<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.label "Cores personalizadas:">
+<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.accessKey "o">
+<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.tooltip "Estas definições de cor sobrepõem-se às definições do navegador do visualizador">
+
+<!ENTITY normalText.label "Texto normal">
+<!ENTITY normalText.accessKey "n">
+<!ENTITY linkText.label "Texto da ligação">
+<!ENTITY linkText.accessKey "l">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "Texto da ligação ativa">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accessKey "a">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "Texto da ligação visitada">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accessKey "v">
+<!ENTITY background.label "Fundo:">
+<!ENTITY background.accessKey "F">
+<!ENTITY colon.character ":">
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "Imagem de fundo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accessKey "m">
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.tooltip "Utilizar ficheiro de imagem como fundo para esta página">
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.shortenedDataURI "Dados URI reduzidos (ao copiar, colocará o URI completo na área de transferência)">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..29db543b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades dos campos">
+
+<!ENTITY Legend.label "Legenda">
+<!ENTITY Legend.accesskey "L">
+
+<!ENTITY EditLegendText.label "Editar legenda:">
+<!ENTITY EditLegendText.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY LegendAlign.label "Alinhar legenda:">
+<!ENTITY LegendAlign.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY AlignDefault.label "Pré-definido">
+<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "Esquerda">
+<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "Centro">
+<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "Direita">
+
+<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.label "Remover campo">
+<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.accesskey "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a87259b875
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades do formulário">
+
+<!ENTITY Settings.label "Definições">
+
+<!ENTITY FormName.label "Nome do formulário:">
+<!ENTITY FormName.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY FormAction.label "Ação do URL:">
+<!ENTITY FormAction.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY FormMethod.label "Método:">
+<!ENTITY FormMethod.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY FormEncType.label "Codificação:">
+<!ENTITY FormEncType.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY FormTarget.label "Frame de destino">
+<!ENTITY FormTarget.accesskey "t">
+
+<!ENTITY RemoveForm.label "Remover formulário">
+<!ENTITY RemoveForm.accesskey "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e05524dc82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da linha horizontal">
+
+<!ENTITY dimensionsBox.label "Dimensões">
+<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Altura:">
+<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "t">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Largura:">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "L">
+<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "pixeis">
+<!ENTITY alignmentBox.label "Alinhamento">
+<!ENTITY leftRadio.label "Esquerda">
+<!ENTITY leftRadio.accessKey "E">
+<!ENTITY centerRadio.label "Centro">
+<!ENTITY centerRadio.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY rightRadio.label "Direita">
+<!ENTITY rightRadio.accessKey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY threeDShading.label "Sombra 3D">
+<!ENTITY threeDShading.accessKey "S">
+<!ENTITY saveSettings.label "Utilizar como pré-definição">
+<!ENTITY saveSettings.accessKey "d">
+<!ENTITY saveSettings.tooltip "Guardar definições para as utilizar ao inserir novas linhas horizontais">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..100662bb90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's image and form image dialogs. -->
+
+<!-- Window title -->
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da imagem">
+
+<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "pixeis">
+
+<!-- These are in the Location tab panel -->
+<!ENTITY locationEditField.label "Localização da imagem:">
+<!ENTITY locationEditField.accessKey "L">
+<!ENTITY locationEditField.tooltip "Digite o nome ou a localização da imagem">
+<!ENTITY locationEditField.shortenedDataURI "URI reduzido (ao copiar, colocará o URI completo na área de transferência)">
+<!ENTITY title.label "Dica:">
+<!ENTITY title.accessKey "D">
+<!ENTITY title.tooltip "O atributo 'title' que será exibido como dica">
+<!ENTITY altText.label "Texto alternativo:">
+<!ENTITY altText.accessKey "a">
+<!ENTITY altTextEditField.tooltip "Digite o texto a mostrar no local da imagem">
+<!ENTITY noAltText.label "Não usar texto alternativo">
+<!ENTITY noAltText.accessKey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY previewBox.label "Pré-visualizar imagem">
+
+<!-- These controls are in the Dimensions tab panel -->
+<!-- actualSize.label should be same as actualSizeRadio.label + ":" -->
+<!ENTITY actualSize.label "Tamanho real:">
+<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.label "Tamanho real">
+<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.accessKey "a">
+<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.tooltip "Reverter imagem para o tamanho real">
+<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.label "Tamanho personalizado">
+<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.accessKey "p">
+<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.tooltip "Alterar como o tamanho da imagem é mostrado na página">
+<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Altura:">
+<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "l">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Largura:">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "L">
+<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.label "Contrair">
+<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.tooltip "Manter tamanho da imagem">
+
+<!-- These controls are in the Image Map box of the expanded area -->
+<!ENTITY imagemapBox.label "Mapa de imagem">
+<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.accessKey "R">
+
+<!-- These are the options for image alignment -->
+<!ENTITY alignment.label "Alinhar o texto à imagem">
+<!ENTITY bottomPopup.value "No fim">
+<!ENTITY topPopup.value "No topo">
+<!ENTITY centerPopup.value "No centro">
+<!ENTITY wrapRightPopup.value "Encapsular à direita">
+<!ENTITY wrapLeftPopup.value "Encapsular à esquerda">
+
+<!-- These controls are in the Spacing Box -->
+<!ENTITY spacingBox.label "Espaçamento">
+<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.label "Esquerda e direita:">
+<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.accessKey "E">
+<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.label "Topo e fim:">
+<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.accessKey "T">
+<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Limite sólido:">
+<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "L">
+
+<!-- These controls are in the Link Box -->
+<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.label "Mostrar limite ao redor da ligação à imagem">
+<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.accessKey "M">
+<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.label "Edição avançada de ligação…">
+<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.accessKey "l">
+<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Adicionar ou modificar atributos HTML, atributos de estilo e JavaScript">
+
+<!-- These tabs are currently used in the image input dialog -->
+<!ENTITY imageInputTab.label "Formulário">
+<!ENTITY imageLocationTab.label "Localização">
+<!ENTITY imageDimensionsTab.label "Dimensões">
+<!ENTITY imageAppearanceTab.label "Aparência">
+<!ENTITY imageLinkTab.label "Ligação">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcdc71c513
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades do campo de formulário">
+<!ENTITY windowTitleImage.label "Propriedades da imagem de formulário">
+
+<!ENTITY InputType.label "Tipo de campo">
+<!ENTITY InputType.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY text.value "Texto">
+<!ENTITY password.value "Palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY checkbox.value "Caixa de verificação">
+<!ENTITY radio.value "Caixa de seleção">
+<!ENTITY submit.value "Botão de envio">
+<!ENTITY reset.value "Botão de reposição">
+<!ENTITY file.value "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY hidden.value "Oculto">
+<!ENTITY image.value "Imagem">
+<!ENTITY button.value "Botão">
+
+<!ENTITY InputSettings.label "Definições de campo">
+<!ENTITY InputName.label "Nome do campo:">
+<!ENTITY InputName.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY GroupName.label "Nome do grupo:">
+<!ENTITY GroupName.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY InputValue.label "Valor do campo:">
+<!ENTITY InputValue.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY InitialValue.label "Valor inicial:">
+<!ENTITY InitialValue.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY InputChecked.label "Inicialmente verificado">
+<!ENTITY InputChecked.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY InputSelected.label "Inicialmente selecionado">
+<!ENTITY InputSelected.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.label "Apenas de leitura">
+<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY InputDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY InputDisabled.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Índice do separador:">
+<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY TextSize.label "Tamanho do campo:">
+<!ENTITY TextSize.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY TextLength.label "Comprimento máximo:">
+<!ENTITY TextLength.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Tecla de acesso:">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY Accept.label "Tipos aceites:">
+<!ENTITY Accept.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY ImageProperties.label "Propriedades da imagem…">
+<!ENTITY ImageProperties.accesskey "e">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1eeea13453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Inserir caractere">
+<!ENTITY category.label "Categoria">
+<!ENTITY letter.label "Carta:">
+<!ENTITY letter.accessKey "a">
+<!ENTITY character.label "Caractere:">
+<!ENTITY character.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY accentUpper.label "Maiúsculas acentuadas">
+<!ENTITY accentLower.label "Minúsculas acentuadas">
+<!ENTITY otherUpper.label "Outras maiúsculas">
+<!ENTITY otherLower.label "Outras minúsculas">
+<!ENTITY commonSymbols.label "Símbolos comuns">
+<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Fechar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0e2536028
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Inserir Math">
+
+<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Introduza o código fonte LaTeX:">
+
+<!ENTITY options.label "Opções">
+<!ENTITY optionInline.label "Modo em linha">
+<!ENTITY optionInline.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY optionDisplay.label "Modo de exibição">
+<!ENTITY optionDisplay.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY optionLTR.label "Da esquerda para a direita">
+<!ENTITY optionLTR.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY optionRTL.label "Da direita para a esquerda">
+<!ENTITY optionRTL.accesskey "d">
+
+<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6ca9b8794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Inserir HTML">
+<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Introduza o texto e etiquetas HTML:">
+<!ENTITY example.label "Exemplo: ">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleOpenTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" -->
+<!ENTITY exampleOpenTag.label "&lt;i&gt;">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (exampleCloseTag.label): DONT_TRANSLATE: they are text for HTML tagnames: "<i>" and "</i>" -->
+<!ENTITY exampleCloseTag.label "&lt;/i&gt;">
+<!ENTITY exampleText.label "Olá mundo!">
+<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4789f99a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY Window.title        "Índice de conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY buildToc.label      "Construir tabela de conteúdos a partir de:">
+<!ENTITY tag.label           "Etiqueta:">
+<!ENTITY class.label         "Classe:">
+<!ENTITY header1.label       "Nível 1">
+<!ENTITY header2.label       "Nível 2">
+<!ENTITY header3.label       "Nível 3">
+<!ENTITY header4.label       "Nível 4">
+<!ENTITY header5.label       "Nível 5">
+<!ENTITY header6.label       "Nível 6">
+<!ENTITY makeReadOnly.label  "Tornar índice apenas de leitura">
+<!ENTITY orderedList.label   "Numerar todas as entradas do índice de conteúdo">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..642a2c4b48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Inserir tabela">
+
+<!ENTITY size.label "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.label "Linhas:">
+<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.accessKey "h">
+<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.label "Colunas:">
+<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Largura:">
+<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "L">
+<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Contorno:">
+<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY borderEditField.tooltip "Escreva um número para o contorno da tabela ou zero (0) para nenhum contorno">
+<!ENTITY pixels.label "pixeis">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d2a7cac78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da etiqueta">
+
+<!ENTITY Settings.label "Definições">
+<!ENTITY Settings.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY EditLabelText.label "Editar texto:">
+<!ENTITY EditLabelText.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY LabelFor.label "Do controlo:">
+<!ENTITY LabelFor.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Tecla de acesso:">
+<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.label "Remover etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.accesskey "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e28830fed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da ligação">
+<!ENTITY LinkURLBox.label "Localização da ligação">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59d997e461
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da lista">
+
+<!ENTITY ListType.label "Tipo de lista">
+<!ENTITY bulletStyle.label "Estilo de marcas:">
+<!ENTITY startingNumber.label "Iniciar a:">
+<!ENTITY startingNumber.accessKey "I">
+<!ENTITY none.value "Nenhum">
+<!ENTITY bulletList.value "Lista com marcas (não numerada)">
+<!ENTITY numberList.value "Lista numerada">
+<!ENTITY definitionList.value "Lista de definições">
+<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.label "Alterar toda a lista">
+<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.accessKey "A">
+<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.label "Alterar apenas os itens selecionados">
+<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.accessKey "i">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..753cbb66c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Window title -->
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da página">
+<!ENTITY location.label "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY lastModified.label "Última modificação:">
+<!ENTITY titleInput.label "Título:">
+<!ENTITY titleInput.accessKey "T">
+<!ENTITY authorInput.label "Autor:">
+<!ENTITY authorInput.accessKey "A">
+<!ENTITY descriptionInput.label "Descrição:">
+<!ENTITY descriptionInput.accessKey "D">
+<!ENTITY locationNewPage.label "[Nova página, não guardada ainda]">
+<!ENTITY EditHEADSource1.label "Utilizadores avançados:">
+<!ENTITY EditHEADSource2.label "Para editar outros conteúdos do &lt;cabeçalho&gt; região, utilize &quot;Origem HTML&quot; no menu Ver ou na barra de ferramentas no modo editar.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b241f085e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Dicionário pessoal">
+
+<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Nova palavra:">
+<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "N">
+<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY AddButton.accessKey "A">
+<!ENTITY DictionaryList.label "Palavras no dicionário:">
+<!ENTITY DictionaryList.accessKey "P">
+<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.label "Substituir">
+<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.accessKey "S">
+<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accessKey "R">
+
+<!ENTITY CloseButton.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY CloseButton.accessKey "F">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e24204b9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label            "Publicar página">
+<!ENTITY windowTitleSettings.label    "Definições de publicação">
+<!ENTITY publishTab.label             "Publicar">
+<!ENTITY settingsTab.label            "Definições">
+<!ENTITY publishButton.label          "Publicar">
+<!-- Publish Tab Panel -->
+
+<!ENTITY siteList.label               "Nome do site:">
+<!ENTITY siteList.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY siteList.tooltip             "Escolha o site para o qual deseja publicar">
+<!ENTITY newSiteButton.label          "Novo site">
+<!ENTITY newSiteButton.accesskey      "N">
+<!ENTITY docDirList.label             "Subdiretório do site para esta página:">
+<!ENTITY docDirList.accesskey         "S">
+<!ENTITY docDirList.tooltip           "Escolha ou introduza o nome do subdiretório remoto desta pasta">
+<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.label     "Incluir imagens e outros ficheiros">
+<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.tooltip   "Publicar imagens e outros ficheiros referenciados por esta página">
+<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.label      "Utilizar a mesma localização da página">
+<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.accesskey  "U">
+<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.tooltip    "Publicar ficheiros para a mesma localização da página">
+<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.label         "Utilizar este subdiretório:">
+<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.accesskey     "d">
+<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.tooltip       "Publicar ficheiros no subdiretório remoto escolhido">
+<!ENTITY otherDirList.tooltip         "Escolha ou introduza o nome do subdiretório remoto para a publicação dos ficheiros">
+<!ENTITY pageTitle.label              "Título da página:">
+<!ENTITY pageTitle.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY pageTitle.tooltip            "Introduza o título para identificar a página na janela e nos marcadores">
+<!ENTITY pageTitleExample.label       "ex.: &quot;A minha página web&quot;">
+<!ENTITY filename.label               "Nome de ficheiro:">
+<!ENTITY filename.accesskey           "f">
+<!ENTITY filename.tooltip             "Introduza um nome para este ficheiro, incluindo'.html' para páginas web">
+<!ENTITY filenameExample.label        "ex.:: &quot;minhapagina.html&quot;">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label       "Utilizar como pré-definição">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey   "d">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.label           "Remover site">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey       "R">
+<!-- Settings Tab Panel -->
+
+<!ENTITY publishSites.label           "Sites de publicação">
+<!ENTITY serverInfo.label             "Informação do servidor">
+<!ENTITY loginInfo.label              "Informação de inicio de sessão">
+<!ENTITY siteName.label               "Nome do site:">
+<!ENTITY siteName.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY siteName.tooltip             "Um nickname que identifique este site de publicação (ex.: 'OMeuSite')">
+<!ENTITY siteUrl.label                "Endereço de publicação (ex.: 'ftp://ftp.meuisp.com/meunomedeutilizador'):">
+<!ENTITY siteUrl.accesskey            "a">
+<!ENTITY siteUrl.tooltip              "O endereço FTP:// ou HTTP:// fornecido pelo seu ISP ou servidor web">
+<!ENTITY browseUrl.label              "Endereço HTTP da sua página pessoal (ex.: 'http://www.meuisp.com/meunomedeutilizador'):">
+<!ENTITY browseUrl.accesskey          "T">
+<!ENTITY browseUrl.tooltip            "O endereço HTTP:// do seu diretório pessoal (não incluir o nome do ficheiro)">
+<!ENTITY username.label               "Nome de utilizador:">
+<!ENTITY username.accesskey           "u">
+<!ENTITY username.tooltip             "O nome de utilizador que usa para iniciar sessão no seu ISP ou servidor web">
+<!ENTITY password.label               "Palavra-passe:">
+<!ENTITY password.accesskey           "v">
+<!ENTITY password.tooltip             "A palavra-passe associada ao nome de utilizador">
+<!ENTITY savePassword.label           "Guardar palavra-passe">
+<!ENTITY savePassword.accesskey       "s">
+<!ENTITY savePassword.tooltip         "Selecione isto para proteger a sua palavra-passe com o gestor de palavras-passe">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4454b45453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+<!ENTITY siteUrl.label         "URL do site:">
+<!ENTITY docSubdir.label       "Subdiretório da página:">
+<!ENTITY otherSubdir.label     "Subdiretório da imagem:">
+
+<!ENTITY status.label          "A publicar…">
+<!ENTITY fileList.label        "Estado da publicação">
+<!ENTITY succeeded.label       "Publicada">
+<!ENTITY failed.label          "Não publicada">
+
+<!ENTITY keepOpen              "Manter esta janela aberta ao terminar a publicação.">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.label     "Fechar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e914f67e4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xul -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY replaceDialog.title "Localizar e substituir">
+<!ENTITY findField.label "Localizar texto:">
+<!ENTITY findField.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY replaceField.label "Substituir por:">
+<!ENTITY replaceField.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.label "Correspondência exata">
+<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.label "Encapsular à volta">
+<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.label "Pesquisar para trás">
+<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY findNextButton.label "Localizar seguinte">
+<!ENTITY findNextButton.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Substituir">
+<!ENTITY replaceButton.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.label "Localizar e substituir">
+<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Substituir tudo">
+<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.accesskey "c">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47bf57f325
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- These strings are generic to all or most of the editor's dialogs. -->
+<!-- This button is for the progressive disclosure of additional editing functionality -->
+<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's link dialog. -->
+
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle2.label "Guardar e alterar a codificação de texto">
+<!ENTITY documentTitleTitle.label "Título da página">
+<!ENTITY documentCharsetTitle2.label "Codificação de texto">
+<!ENTITY documentCharsetDesc2.label "Selecione a codificação de texto que pretende utilizar para guardar um documento:">
+<!ENTITY documentExportToText.label "Exportar para texto">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fcb2c7e42c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da lista de seleção">
+
+<!ENTITY Select.label "Lista de seleção">
+<!ENTITY SelectName.label "Nome da lista:">
+<!ENTITY SelectName.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY SelectSize.label "Altura:">
+<!ENTITY SelectSize.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.label "Seleção múltipla">
+<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.label "Índice de tabulação:">
+<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.accesskey "i">
+
+<!ENTITY OptGroup.label "Opções de grupo">
+<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.label "Etiqueta:">
+<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.accesskey "I">
+
+<!ENTITY Option.label "Opção">
+<!ENTITY OptionText.label "Texto:">
+<!ENTITY OptionText.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY OptionValue.label "Valor:">
+<!ENTITY OptionValue.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY OptionSelected.label "Selecionado inicialmente">
+<!ENTITY OptionSelected.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.accesskey "I">
+
+<!ENTITY TextHeader.label "Texto">
+<!ENTITY ValueHeader.label "Valor">
+<!ENTITY SelectedHeader.label "Selecionado">
+
+<!ENTITY AddOption.label "Adicionar opção">
+<!ENTITY AddOption.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.label "Adicionar grupo">
+<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY RemoveElement.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY RemoveElement.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.label "Mover para cima">
+<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.label "Mover para baixo">
+<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.accesskey "b">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85b95005f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Window title -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Alinhar à grelha">
+
+<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.label "Ativar alinhamento à grelha">
+<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.accessKey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY sizeEditField.label "Tamanho:">
+<!ENTITY sizeEditField.accessKey "T">
+
+<!ENTITY pixelsLabel.value "pixeis">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d206347ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Window title -->
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Verificar ortografia">
+
+<!ENTITY misspelledWord.label "Palavra errada:">
+<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Substituir por:">
+<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "S">
+<!ENTITY checkwordButton.label "Verificar palavra">
+<!ENTITY checkwordButton.accessKey "i">
+<!ENTITY suggestions.label "Sugestões:">
+<!ENTITY suggestions.accessKey "u">
+<!ENTITY ignoreButton.label "Ignorar">
+<!ENTITY ignoreButton.accessKey "I">
+<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.label "Ignorar tudo">
+<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.accessKey "n">
+<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Substituir">
+<!ENTITY replaceButton.accessKey "S">
+<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Substituir tudo">
+<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accessKey "t">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.accessKey "P">
+<!ENTITY userDictionary.label "Dicionário pessoal:">
+<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "Descarregar mais dicionários…">
+<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.label "Adicionar palavra">
+<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "d">
+<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.label "Editar…">
+<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "E">
+<!ENTITY recheckButton2.label "Reverificar texto">
+<!ENTITY recheckButton2.accessKey "t">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.accessKey "F">
+<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Enviar">
+<!ENTITY sendButton.accessKey "n">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "Idioma:">
+<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07a5ca4a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY tableWindow.title                "Propriedades da tabela">
+<!ENTITY applyButton.label                "Aplicar">
+<!ENTITY applyButton.accesskey            "A">
+<!ENTITY closeButton.label                "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY tableTab.label                   "Tabela">
+<!ENTITY cellTab.label                    "Células">
+<!ENTITY tableRows.label                  "Linhas:">
+<!ENTITY tableRows.accessKey              "n">
+<!ENTITY tableColumns.label               "Colunas:">
+<!ENTITY tableColumns.accessKey           "C">
+<!ENTITY tableHeight.label                "Altura:">
+<!ENTITY tableHeight.accessKey            "A">
+<!ENTITY tableWidth.label                 "Largura:">
+<!ENTITY tableWidth.accessKey             "L">
+<!ENTITY tableBorderSpacing.label         "Contornos e espaçamento">
+<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.label           "Contorno:">
+<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.accessKey       "n">
+<!ENTITY tableSpacing.label               "Espaçamento:">
+<!ENTITY tableSpacing.accessKey           "E">
+<!ENTITY tablePadding.label               "Padding:">
+<!ENTITY tablePadding.accessKey           "d">
+<!ENTITY tablePxBetwCells.label           "pixeis entre células">
+<!ENTITY tablePxBetwBrdrCellContent.label "pixeis entre o contorno e o conteúdo da célula">
+<!ENTITY tableAlignment.label             "Alinhamento da tabela:">
+<!ENTITY tableAlignment.accessKey         "t">
+<!ENTITY tableCaption.label               "Legenda:">
+<!ENTITY tableCaption.accessKey           "n">
+<!ENTITY tableCaptionAbove.label          "Acima da tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableCaptionBelow.label          "Abaixo da tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableCaptionLeft.label           "Esquerda da tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableCaptionRight.label          "Direita da tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableCaptionNone.label           "Nenhuma">
+<!ENTITY tableInheritColor.label           "(Mostrar cor da página através)">
+
+<!ENTITY cellSelection.label              "Seleção">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectCell.label             "Célula">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectRow.label              "Linha">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectColumn.label           "Coluna">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.label             "Seguinte">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.accessKey         "S">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.label         "Anterior">
+<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.accessKey     "A">
+<!ENTITY applyBeforeChange.label          "As modificações atuais serão aplicadas antes de alterar a seleção.">
+<!ENTITY cellContentAlignment.label       "Alinhamento do conteúdo">
+<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.label             "Horizontal:">
+<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.accessKey         "z">
+<!ENTITY cellVertical.label               "Vertical:">
+<!ENTITY cellVertical.accessKey           "V">
+<!ENTITY cellStyle.label                  "Estilo da célula:">
+<!ENTITY cellStyle.accessKey              "c">
+<!ENTITY cellNormal.label                 "Normal">
+<!ENTITY cellHeader.label                 "Cabeçalho">
+<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.label               "Encapsulamento de texto:">
+<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.accessKey           "E">
+<!ENTITY cellWrap.label                   "Encapsular">
+<!ENTITY cellNoWrap.label                 "Não encapsular">
+<!ENTITY cellAlignTop.label               "Topo">
+<!ENTITY cellAlignMiddle.label            "Meio">
+<!ENTITY cellAlignBottom.label            "Fim">
+<!ENTITY cellAlignJustify.label           "Justificar">
+<!ENTITY cellInheritColor.label           "(Mostrar cor da tabela através)">
+<!ENTITY cellUseCheckboxHelp.label        "Utilizar caixas de verificação para determinar as propriedades a aplicar a todas as células selecionadas">
+
+<!-- Used in both Table and Cell panels  -->
+<!ENTITY size.label                       "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY pixels.label                     "pixeis">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label            "Cor de fundo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accessKey        "u">
+<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label                  "Esquerda">
+<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label                "Centro">
+<!ENTITY AlignRight.label                 "Direita">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc0e332d03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Propriedades da área de texto">
+
+<!ENTITY Settings.label "Definições">
+
+<!ENTITY TextAreaName.label "Nome do campo:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaName.accessKey "N">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.label "Linhas:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.accessKey "L">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.label "Colunas:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.accessKey "C">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.label "Apenas leitura">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.accessKey "A">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.label "Desativado">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.accessKey "v">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.label "Índice de tabulação:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.accessKey "i">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.label "Tecla de acesso:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.accessKey "e">
+<!ENTITY InitialText.label "Texto inicial:">
+<!ENTITY InitialText.accessKey "T">
+
+<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.label "Modo de encapsulamento:">
+<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.accessKey "p">
+<!ENTITY WrapDefault.value "Pré-definido">
+<!ENTITY WrapOff.value "Desligado">
+<!ENTITY WrapHard.value "Intensa">
+<!ENTITY WrapSoft.value "Ligeira">
+<!ENTITY WrapPhysical.value "Físico">
+<!ENTITY WrapVirtual.value "Virtual">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd7b200f06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- File menu items -->
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Abrir ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY openFileCmd.key "o">
+<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.label "Abrir localização web…">
+<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.key "l">
+<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.label "Páginas recentes">
+<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Guardar">
+<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Guardar como…">
+<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.label "Guardar e alterar a codificação de texto">
+<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY publishCmd.label "Publicar">
+<!ENTITY publishCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY publishCmd.key "S">
+<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.label "Publicar como…">
+<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY fileRevert.label "Reverter">
+<!ENTITY fileRevert.accesskey "t">
+
+<!-- Edit menu items -->
+<!ENTITY publishSettings.label "Definições de publicação do site…">
+<!ENTITY publishSettings.accesskey "b">
+
+<!-- Toolbar buttons/items -->
+<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.label "Novo">
+<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.tooltip "Criar uma nova página de composição">
+<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.tooltip "Abrir um ficheiro local">
+<!ENTITY saveToolbarCmd.tooltip "Guardar ficheiro para uma localização remota">
+<!ENTITY publishToolbarCmd.tooltip "Enviar ficheiro para uma localização remota">
+<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.label "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.tooltip "Imprimir esta página">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92291e2e5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Window title -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE  (editorWindow.titlemodifier): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifier "Composer"> 
+<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - ">
+
+<!-- Menu items:  the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet -->
+
+<!-- Toolbar-only items -->
+<!ENTITY compositionToolbar.tooltip "Barra de composição">
+<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.label "Explorar">
+<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.tooltip "Carregar esta página no navegador">
+
+<!-- File menu items -->
+<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.label "Exportar para texto…">
+<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY previewCmd.label "Navegar na página">
+<!ENTITY previewCmd.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.label "Enviar página…">
+<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.accesskey "g">
+
+<!-- View menu items -->
+<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.label "Barra de composição">
+<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.label "Barra de formatação">
+<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.label "Barra de edição">
+<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.accesskey "e">
+
+<!-- Format menu items -->
+<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Formato">
+<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY grid.label "Posicionamento da grelha">
+<!ENTITY grid.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY pageProperties.label "Título da página e propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY pageProperties.accesskey "g">
+
+<!-- Tools menu items -->
+<!ENTITY validateCmd.label "Validar HTML">
+<!ENTITY validateCmd.accesskey "V">
+
+<!-- Display Mode toolbar and View menu items -->
+<!ENTITY NormalModeTab.label "Normal">
+<!ENTITY NormalMode.label "Modo de edição normal">
+<!ENTITY NormalMode.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY NormalMode.tooltip "Mostrar limites da tabela e âncoras">
+<!ENTITY AllTagsModeTab.label "Etiquetas HTML">
+<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.label "Etiquetas HTML">
+<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.tooltip "Mostrar ícones para todas as etiquetas HTML">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (HTMLSourceModeTab.dir, HTMLSourceModeTab.label)
+     Do NOT translate text for 'HTMLSourceModeTab.dir', use latin "ltr" if
+     you want the <html> image to left of the 'HTMLSourceModeTab.label' text,
+     or use latin "rtl" if you want this image to the right of text. You do
+     not need to include HTML in the label 'HTMLSourceModeTab.label' -->
+<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.dir "ltr">
+<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.label "Fonte">
+<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.label "Origem HTML">
+<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.accesskey "H">
+<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.tooltip "Editar origem HTML">
+<!ENTITY PreviewModeTab.label "Pré-visualizar">
+<!ENTITY PreviewMode.label "Pré-visualizar">
+<!ENTITY PreviewMode.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY PreviewMode.tooltip "Mostrar como WYSIWYG (como no navegador)">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..19cd99c153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE FILE: embedded "\n" represent HTML breaks (<br>)
+# Don't translate embedded "\n".
+# Don't translate strings like this: %variable%
+#  as they will be replaced using JavaScript
+#
+No=Não
+Save=Guardar
+More=Mais
+Less=Menos
+MoreProperties=Mais propriedades
+FewerProperties=Menos propriedades
+PropertiesAccessKey=p
+None=Nenhum
+none=nenhum
+OpenHTMLFile=Abrir ficheiro HTML
+OpenTextFile=Abrir ficheiro de texto
+SelectImageFile=Selecionar ficheiro de imagem
+SaveDocument=Guardar página
+SaveDocumentAs=Guardar página como
+SaveTextAs=Guardar texto como
+EditMode=Modo de edição
+Preview=Pré-visualizar
+Publish=Publicar
+PublishPage=Publicar página
+DontPublish=Não publicar
+SavePassword=Utilizar gestor de palavras-passe para guardar esta palavra-passe
+CorrectSpelling=(ortografia correta)
+NoSuggestedWords=(sem sugestões)
+NoMisspelledWord=Sem erros ortográficos
+CheckSpellingDone=Verificação ortográfica concluída.
+CheckSpelling=Verificação ortográfica
+InputError=Erro
+Alert=Alerta
+CantEditFramesetMsg=O compositor não pode editar framesets HTML, nem páginas com frames inline. Para framesets, tente editar a página para cada frame separadamente. Para páginas com iframes, guarde uma cópia da página e remova a etiqueta <iframe>.
+CantEditMimeTypeMsg=Não pode editar este tipo de página.
+CantEditDocumentMsg=Não pode editar esta página por uma razão desconhecida.
+BeforeClosing=antes de fechar
+BeforePreview=antes de abrir no navegador
+BeforeValidate=antes de validar o documento
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveFilePrompt, PublishPrompt): Don't translate %title% and %reason% (this is the reason for asking user to close, such as "before closing")
+SaveFilePrompt=Guardar alterações a "%title%" %reason%?\u0020
+PublishPrompt=Guardar alterações a "%title%" %reason%?\u0020
+SaveFileFailed=Não foi possível guardar o ficheiro!
+
+# Publishing error strings:
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %dir% or %file% in the Publishing error strings:
+FileNotFound=%file% não encontrado.
+SubdirDoesNotExist=O subdiretório "%dir%" não existe neste local ou o ficheiro "%file%" está a ser usado por outro subdiretório.
+FilenameIsSubdir=O ficheiro "%file%" está a ser usado por outro subdiretório.
+ServerNotAvailable=O servidor não está disponível. Verifique a sua ligação e tente novamente.
+Offline=Atualmente, está no modo offline. Clique no ícone junto ao canto inferior direito de qualquer janela para o alternar.
+DiskFull=Não existe espaço em disco suficiente para guardar o ficheiro "%file%."
+NameTooLong=O nome do ficheiro ou subdiretório é muito longo.
+AccessDenied=Não tem permissão para publicar nesta localização.
+UnknownPublishError=Ocorreu um erro de publicação desconhecido.
+PublishFailed=Erro ao publicar.
+PublishCompleted=Publicação concluída.
+AllFilesPublished=Todos os ficheiros publicados
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %x% or %total%
+FailedFileMsg=%x% de %total% ficheiros não foram publicados.
+# End-Publishing error strings
+Prompt=Confirmação
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (PromptFTPUsernamePassword): Don't translate %host%
+PromptFTPUsernamePassword=Introduza o nome de utilizador e a palavra-passe para o servidor FTP %host%
+RevertCaption=Reverter para último guardado
+Revert=Reverter
+SendPageReason=antes de enviar esta página
+Send=Enviar
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (PublishProgressCaption, PublishToSite, AbandonChanges): Don't translate %title%
+PublishProgressCaption=A publicar: %title%
+PublishToSite=A publicar no site: %title%
+AbandonChanges=Ignorar alterações não guardadas em "%title%" e recarregar página?
+DocumentTitle=Título da página
+NeedDocTitle=Introduza um título para a página atual.
+DocTitleHelp=Isto identifica a página no título da janela e marcadores.
+CancelPublishTitle=Cancelar publicação?
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE: "Continue" in this sentence must match the text for
+## the CancelPublishContinue key below
+CancelPublishMessage=Se cancelar a publicação, podem ocorrer erros inesperados. Deseja continuar ou cancelar a operação?
+CancelPublishContinue=Continuar
+MissingImageError=Introduza ou escolha uma imagem do tipo gif, jpg, ou png.
+EmptyHREFError=Escolha o local para criar a nova ligação.
+LinkText=Texto da ligação
+LinkImage=Imagem da ligação
+MixedSelection=[Seleção mista]
+Mixed=(mista)
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (NotInstalled): %S is the name of the font
+NotInstalled=%S (não instalado)
+EnterLinkText=Introduza o texto da ligação:
+EnterLinkTextAccessKey=t
+EmptyLinkTextError=Introduza o texto para esta ligação.
+EditTextWarning=Isto irá substituir o conteúdo atual.
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (ValidateNumber):Don't translate: %n% %min% %max%
+ValidateRangeMsg=O número introduzido (%n%) está fora dos limites permitidos.
+ValidateNumberMsg=Por favor introduza um número entre %min% e %max%.
+MissingAnchorNameError=Por favor introduza um nome para esta ligação.
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateAnchorNameError): Don't translate %name%
+DuplicateAnchorNameError="%name%" já existe nesta página. Por favor introduza um nome diferente.
+BulletStyle=Estilo de marcas
+SolidCircle=Círculo sólido
+OpenCircle=Círculo aberto
+SolidSquare=Quadrado sólido
+NumberStyle=Estilo de numeração
+Automatic=Automático
+Style_1=1, 2, 3…
+Style_I=I, II, III…
+Style_i=i, ii, iii…
+Style_A=A, B, C…
+Style_a=a, b, c…
+Pixels=pixeis
+Percent=percentagem
+PercentOfCell=% da célula
+PercentOfWindow=% da janela
+PercentOfTable=% da tabela
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (untitledTitle): %S is the window #.  No plural handling needed.
+untitledTitle=sem nome-%S
+untitledDefaultFilename=sem título
+ShowToolbar=Mostrar barra de ferramentas
+HideToolbar=Ocultar barra de ferramentas
+ImapError=Não foi possível carregar a imagem\u0020
+ImapCheck=\nPor favor selecione um novo endereço (URL) e tente novamente.
+SaveToUseRelativeUrl=Os URL relativos só podem ser usados em páginas guardadas
+NoNamedAnchorsOrHeadings=(Não existem âncoras ou cabeçalhos nesta página)
+TextColor=Cor do texto
+HighlightColor=Cor de realce
+PageColor=Cor de fundo da página
+BlockColor=Cor de fundo do bloco
+TableColor=Cor de fundo da tabela
+CellColor=Cor de fundo da célula
+TableOrCellColor=Cor da tabela ou célula
+LinkColor=Cor do texto das ligações
+ActiveLinkColor=Cor da ligação ativa
+VisitedLinkColor=Cor de ligação visitada
+NoColorError=Clique sobre uma cor ou introduza uma cadeia de cor HTML válida
+Table=Tabela
+TableCell=Célula de tabela
+NestedTable=Tabela secundária
+HLine=Linha horizontal
+Link=Ligação
+Image=Imagem
+ImageAndLink=Imagem e ligação
+NamedAnchor=Âncora com nome
+List=Lista
+ListItem=Item de lista
+Form=Formulário
+InputTag=Campo de formulário
+InputImage=Imagem de formulário
+TextArea=Área de texto
+Select=Lista de seleção
+Button=Botão
+Label=Etiqueta
+FieldSet=Conjunto de campos
+Tag=Etiqueta
+MissingSiteNameError=Por favor introduza um nome para este site de publicação.
+MissingPublishUrlError=Por favor Iitroduza um local para publicar esta página.
+MissingPublishFilename=Por favor introduza o nome de ficheiro da página atual.
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateSiteNameError): Don't translate %name%
+DuplicateSiteNameError="%name%" já existe. Por favor indique um nome de site diferente.
+AdvancedProperties=Propriedades avançadas…
+AdvancedEditForCellMsg=A edição avançada não está disponível quando tem várias células selecionadas
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ObjectProperties):Don't translate "%obj%" it will be replaced with one of above object nouns
+ObjectProperties=Propriedades de %obj%…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE This character must be in the above string and not conflict with other accesskeys in Format menu
+ObjectPropertiesAccessKey=o
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinSelectedCells): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey"
+# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd
+JoinSelectedCells=Juntar células selecionadas
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinCellToRight): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey"
+# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd
+JoinCellToRight=Juntar com célula à direita
+JoinCellAccesskey=J
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (TableSelectKey): Ctrl key on a keyboard
+TableSelectKey=Ctrl+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (XulKeyMac): Command key on a Mac keyboard
+XulKeyMac=Cmd+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Del): Del key on a keyboard
+Del=Del
+Delete=Apagar
+DeleteCells=Apagar células
+DeleteTableTitle=Apagar linhas ou colunas
+DeleteTableMsg=Reduzir o número de linhas ou colunas elimina as células e os respetivos conteúdos. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+Clear=Limpar
+#Mouse actions
+Click=Clique
+Drag=Arrasto
+Unknown=Desconhecido
+#
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveTextStylesAccesskey" is used for both
+#  menu items: "RemoveTextStyles" and "StopTextStyles"
+RemoveTextStylesAccesskey=x
+RemoveTextStyles=Remover todos os estilos de texto
+StopTextStyles=Descontinuar estilos de texto
+#
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveLinksAccesskey" is used for both
+#  menu items: "RemoveLinks" and "StopLinks"
+RemoveLinksAccesskey=i
+RemoveLinks=Remover ligações
+StopLinks=Descontinuar ligação
+#
+NoFormAction=Deve indicar uma ação para este formulário. Estes formulários são uma técnica avançada que pode não funcionar corretamente em todos os navegadores.
+NoAltText=Se a imagem é relevante para o conteúdo do documento, deve indicar um texto alternativo, que será mostrado em navegadores de texto, e que irá ser mostrada noutros navegadores enquanto a imagem é carregada ou quando o carregamento de imagens está inativo.
+#
+Malformed=A fonte não pode ser convertida para o documento porque não é um XHTML válido.
+NoLinksToCheck=Não existem elementos com ligações a verificar
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4198322134
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Attn: Localization - some of the menus in this dialog directly affect mail also. -->
+
+<!-- File menu items -->
+<!ENTITY saveCmd.key "s">
+
+<!-- Edit menu items -->
+<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.label "Colar sem formatação">
+<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.key "V">
+<!ENTITY pasteAs.label "Colar como">
+<!ENTITY pasteAs.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.label "Colar como citação">
+<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.key "o">
+<!ENTITY findBarCmd.label "Localizar…">
+<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.label "Localizar e substituir…">
+<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.label "Verificar ortografia ao escrever">
+<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.label "Verificar ortografia…">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.key "p">
+
+<!-- Insert menu items -->
+<!ENTITY insertMenu.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY insertMenu.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.label "Ligação…">
+<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.key "K">
+<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.label "Âncora com nome…">
+<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.label "Imagem…">
+<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.label "Linha horizontal">
+<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.label "Tabela…">
+<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.label "HTML…">
+<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.accesskey "H">
+<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.label "Math…">
+<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.label "Caracteres e símbolos…">
+<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.label "Quebra abaixo da(s) imagem(s)">
+<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.accesskey "Q">
+
+<!-- Used just in context popup. -->
+<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.label "Criar ligação…">
+<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.label "Editar ligação num novo compositor">
+<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.accesskey "i">
+
+<!-- Font Face SubMenu -->
+<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.title "Tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.tooltip "Escolha um tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.label "Tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.label "Largura variável">
+<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.label "Largura fixa">
+<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.key "t">
+<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.label "Helvética, Arial">
+<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY fontTimes.label "Times">
+<!ENTITY fontTimes.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY fontCourier.label "Courier">
+<!ENTITY fontCourier.accesskey "C">
+
+<!-- Font Size SubMenu -->
+<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.title "Tamanho do tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.tooltip "Escolha o tamanho do tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.label "Menor">
+<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key "&lt;">
+<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key2 ","> <!-- < is above this key on many keyboards -->
+<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.label "Maior">
+<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key "&gt;">
+<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key2 "."> <!-- > is above this key on many keyboards -->
+
+<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.label "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.label "Minúscula">
+<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.label "Pequena">
+<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.label "Média">
+<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.label "Grande">
+<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.label "Extra grande">
+<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.label "Enorme">
+<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.accesskey "E">
+
+<!-- Font Style SubMenu -->
+<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.label "Estilo do texto">
+<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.label "Negrito">
+<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.key "B">
+<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.label "Itálico">
+<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.key "i">
+<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.label "Sublinhado">
+<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.key "u">
+<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.label "Rasurado">
+<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.label "Sobrescrito">
+<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.label "Subscrito">
+<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.label "Sem quebra">
+<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.accesskey "q">
+<!ENTITY styleEm.label "Ênfase">
+<!ENTITY styleEm.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY styleStrong.label "Ênfase forte">
+<!ENTITY styleStrong.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY styleCite.label "Citação">
+<!ENTITY styleCite.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY styleAbbr.label "Abreviatura">
+<!ENTITY styleAbbr.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY styleAcronym.label "Acrónimo">
+<!ENTITY styleAcronym.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY styleCode.label "Código">
+<!ENTITY styleCode.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY styleSamp.label "Amostra de saída">
+<!ENTITY styleSamp.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY styleVar.label "Variável">
+<!ENTITY styleVar.accesskey "v">
+
+<!ENTITY formatFontColor.label "Cor do texto…">
+<!ENTITY formatFontColor.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.label "Cor de fundo da tabela ou célula…">
+<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.accesskey "C">
+
+<!ENTITY formatRemoveStyles.key "y">
+<!ENTITY formatRemoveLinks.key "K">
+<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.label "Remover âncoras">
+<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors2.key "R">
+
+<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.label "Parágrafo">
+<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.label "Parágrafo">
+<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.label "Título 1">
+<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.accesskey "1">
+<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.label "Título 2">
+<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.accesskey "2">
+<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.label "Título 3">
+<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.accesskey "3">
+<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.label "Título 4">
+<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.accesskey "4">
+<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.label "Título 5">
+<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.accesskey "5">
+<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.label "Título 6">
+<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.accesskey "6">
+<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.label "Endereço">
+<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.label "Pré-formatado">
+<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.accesskey "f">
+
+<!-- List menu items -->
+<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.label "Lista">
+<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY noneCmd.label "Nenhuma">
+<!ENTITY noneCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.label "Marcas">
+<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.label "Numerada">
+<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY listTermCmd.label "Termo">
+<!ENTITY listTermCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.label "Definição">
+<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.label "Propriedades da lista…">
+<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.title "Parágrafo">
+<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.tooltip "Escolha um formato de parágrafo">
+<!-- Shared in Paragraph, and Toolbar menulist -->
+<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.label "Corpo do texto">
+<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!-- isn't used in menu now, but may be added in future -->
+<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.label "Propriedades avançadas">
+<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.accesskey "v">
+
+<!-- Align menu items -->
+<!ENTITY alignMenu.label "Alinhar">
+<!ENTITY alignMenu.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY alignLeft.label "Esquerda">
+<!ENTITY alignLeft.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY alignLeft.tooltip "Alinhar à esquerda">
+<!ENTITY alignCenter.label "Centro">
+<!ENTITY alignCenter.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY alignCenter.tooltip "Alinhar ao centro">
+<!ENTITY alignRight.label "Direita">
+<!ENTITY alignRight.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY alignRight.tooltip "Alinhar à direita">
+<!ENTITY alignJustify.label "Justificar">
+<!ENTITY alignJustify.accesskey "J">
+<!ENTITY alignJustify.tooltip "Alinhar justificado">
+
+<!-- Layer toolbar items -->
+<!ENTITY absolutePosition.label "Posicionar">
+<!ENTITY layer.tooltip "Camada">
+<!ENTITY decreaseZIndex.label "Enviar de volta">
+<!ENTITY layerSendToBack.tooltip "Enviar para trás">
+<!ENTITY increaseZIndex.label "Trazer para a frente">
+<!ENTITY layerBringToFront.tooltip "Trazer para a frente">
+
+<!ENTITY increaseIndent.label "Aumentar avanço">
+<!ENTITY increaseIndent.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY increaseIndent.key "]">
+<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.label "Diminuir avanço">
+<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.key "[">
+
+<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.label "Cores e fundo da página…">
+<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.accesskey "u">
+
+<!-- Table Menu -->
+<!ENTITY tableMenu.label "Tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableMenu.accesskey "b">
+
+<!-- Select Submenu -->
+<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.label "Selecionar">
+<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.label "Selecionar tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.label "Inserir tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.label "Apagar tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.accesskey "A">
+
+<!-- Insert SubMenu -->
+<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY tableTable.label "Tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableTable.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY tableRow.label "Linha">
+<!ENTITY tableRows.label "Linha(s)">
+<!ENTITY tableRow.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.label "Linha acima">
+<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.label "Linha abaixo">
+<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY tableColumn.label "Coluna">
+<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "Coluna(s)">
+<!ENTITY tableColumn.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.label "Coluna à esquerda">
+<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.label "Coluna à direita">
+<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY tableCell.label "Célula">
+<!ENTITY tableCells.label "Célula(s)">
+<!ENTITY tableCell.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY tableCellContents.label "Conteúdo da célula">
+<!ENTITY tableCellContents.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY tableAllCells.label "Todas as células">
+<!ENTITY tableAllCells.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.label "Célula à esquerda">
+<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.label "Célula à direita">
+<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.accesskey "e">
+<!-- Delete SubMenu -->
+<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.accesskey "A">
+
+<!-- text for "Join Cells" is in editor.properties
+     ("JoinSelectedCells" and "JoinCellToRight")
+     the access key must exist in both of those strings
+     But value must be set here for accesskey to draw properly
+-->
+<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.label "j">
+<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.accesskey "j">
+<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.label "Dividir célula">
+<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY convertToTable.label "Criar tabela da seleção">
+<!ENTITY convertToTable.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY tableProperties.label "Propriedades da tabela…">
+<!ENTITY tableProperties.accesskey "o">
+
+<!-- Toolbar-only items -->
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Barra de formatação">
+<!ENTITY cutToolbarCmd.tooltip "Cortar">
+<!ENTITY copyToolbarCmd.tooltip "Copiar">
+<!ENTITY pasteToolbarCmd.tooltip "Colar">
+<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.label "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printToolbarCmd.tooltip "Imprimir esta página">
+<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.label "Localizar">
+<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.tooltip "Localizar texto na página">
+<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.label "Ortografia">
+<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.tooltip "Verificar ortografia da seleção ou da página">
+<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.label "Imagem">
+<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.tooltip "Inserir nova imagem ou editar as propriedades das imagens selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.label "Linha horizontal">
+<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.tooltip "Inserir linha horizontal ou editar as propriedades da linhas selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.label "Tabela">
+<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.tooltip "Inserir nova tabela ou editar as propriedades das tabelas selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.label "Ligação">
+<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.tooltip "Inserir nova ligação ou editar as propriedades da ligação selecionada">
+<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.label "Âncora">
+<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.tooltip "Inserir nova âncora ou editar as propriedades das âncoras selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY colorButtons.title "Cores">
+<!ENTITY TextColorButton.tooltip "Escolha a cor do texto">
+<!ENTITY BackgroundColorButton.tooltip "Escolha a cor para o fundo">
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip "Ir para a página inicial do &vendorShortName;">
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2 "Ir para a página inicial do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.label "Marcador">
+<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.tooltip "Escolha a cor de realce do texto">
+
+<!-- Editor toolbar -->
+<!ENTITY absoluteFontSize.label "Tamanho do tipo de letra">
+<!ENTITY absoluteFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Definir tamanho da letra">
+<!ENTITY smaller.label "Mais pequeno">
+<!ENTITY decreaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Diminuir tamanho da letra">
+<!ENTITY larger.label "Maior">
+<!ENTITY increaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Aumentar tamanho da letra">
+<!ENTITY bold.label "Negrito">
+<!ENTITY boldToolbarCmd.tooltip "Negrito">
+<!ENTITY italic.label "Itálico">
+<!ENTITY italicToolbarCmd.tooltip "Itálico">
+<!ENTITY underline.label "Sublinhado">
+<!ENTITY underlineToolbarCmd.tooltip "Sublinhado">
+<!ENTITY bullets.label "Pontos">
+<!ENTITY bulletListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Aplicar ou remover lista com marcas">
+<!ENTITY numbers.label "Números">
+<!ENTITY numberListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Aplicar ou remover lista numerada">
+<!ENTITY outdent.label "Recuar">
+<!ENTITY outdentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Recuar texto (mover para a esquerda)">
+<!ENTITY indent.label "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY indentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Avançar texto (mover para a direita)">
+<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.label "Alinhamento">
+<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.tooltip "Escolha o alinhamento do texto">
+<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.label "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.tooltip "Inserir ligação, âncora, imagem, linha horizontal ou tabela">
+<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.label "Alinhar à esquerda">
+<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.tooltip "Alinhar o texto à margem esquerda">
+<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.label "Alinhar ao centro">
+<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.tooltip "Alinhar o texto ao centro">
+<!ENTITY alignRightButton.label "Alinhar à direita">
+<!ENTITY alignRightButton.tooltip "Alinhar o texto à margem direita">
+<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.label "Alinhar Justificar">
+<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.tooltip "Alinhar o texto à margem direita e esquerda">
+
+<!-- Structure Toolbar Context Menu items -->
+<!ENTITY structSelect.label         "Seleção">
+<!ENTITY structSelect.accesskey     "S">
+<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.label      "Remover etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.accesskey  "R">
+<!ENTITY structChangeTag.label      "Mudar etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY structChangeTag.accesskey  "u">
+
+<!-- TOC manipulation -->
+<!ENTITY insertTOC.label          "Inserir">
+<!ENTITY insertTOC.accesskey      "i">
+<!ENTITY updateTOC.label          "Atualizar">
+<!ENTITY updateTOC.accesskey      "a">
+<!ENTITY removeTOC.label          "Remover">
+<!ENTITY removeTOC.accesskey      "r">
+<!ENTITY tocMenu.label            "Índice…">
+<!ENTITY tocMenu.accesskey        "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bda5aa56d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Smiley Menu items -->
+<!ENTITY insertSmiley.label "Face">
+<!ENTITY insertSmiley.accesskey "F">
+
+<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.label "Sorriso">
+<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face com sorriso">
+<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.label "Triste">
+<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.tooltip "Inserir um face triste">
+<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.label "Piscadela">
+<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face a piscar o olho">
+<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.label "Língua de fora">
+<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face com a língua de fora">
+<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.label "Gargalhada">
+<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face a rir">
+<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.label "Embaraço">
+<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face embaraçada">
+<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.label "Indeciso">
+<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face indecisa">
+<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.label "Surpresa">
+<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face surpreendida">
+<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.label "Beijo">
+<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.tooltip "Inserir um face a beijar">
+<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.label "Grito">
+<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face a gritar">
+<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.label "Simpático">
+<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face simpática">
+<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.label "Dinheiro na boca">
+<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face com dinheiro na boca">
+<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.label "Pé como boca">
+<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face com o pé como boca">
+<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.label "Inocente">
+<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face inocente">
+<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.label "Choro">
+<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face a chorar">
+<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.label "Lábios selados">
+<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.tooltip "Inserir uma face com os lábios selados">
+<!ENTITY SmileButton.label "Inserir Smiley">
+<!ENTITY SmileButton.tooltip "Inserir um face">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..963715834a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (editorCheck.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY editorCheck.label "Composer">
+<!ENTITY editorCheck.accesskey "c">
+
+<!ENTITY compose.label "Compositor">
+<!ENTITY editing.label "Definições da nova página">
+<!ENTITY toolbars.label "Barras de ferramentas">
+<!ENTITY publish.label "Publicar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..edfc402b03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-composer.xul -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Composer' prefs dialog. Similar to Communcator 4.x Document Properties/Colors and Background -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (pref.composer.title): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+
+
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.composer.title           "Composer">
+<!ENTITY  recentFiles.title             "Menu de páginas recentes">
+<!ENTITY  documentsInMenu.label         "Número máximo de páginas na lista:">
+<!ENTITY  documentsInMenu.accesskey     "n">
+<!ENTITY  savingFiles.title             "Ao guardar ou publicar páginas">
+<!ENTITY  preserveExisting.label        "Manter formatação original">
+<!ENTITY  preserveExisting.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY  preserveExisting.tooltip      "Manter quebras de linha e formatação original da página">
+<!ENTITY  saveAssociatedFiles.label     "Guardar imagens e conteúdo associado ao guardar páginas">
+<!ENTITY  saveAssociatedFiles.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY  showPublishDialog.label       "Mostrar sempre a janela de publicação ao publicar páginas">
+<!ENTITY  showPublishDialog.accesskey   "a">
+<!ENTITY  composerEditing.label         "Editar">
+<!ENTITY  maintainStructure.label       "Manter esquema da tabela ao inserir ou remover células">
+<!ENTITY  maintainStructure.tooltip     "Manter forma retangular da tabela ao adicionar células automaticamente após inserir ou remover células">
+<!ENTITY  maintainStructure.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY  useCSS.label                  "Utilizar estilos CSS em vez de elementos e atributos HTML">
+<!ENTITY  useCSS.accesskey              "U">
+<!ENTITY  crInPCreatesNewP.label        "Se utilizar a tecla Enter num parágrafo, cria um novo parágrafo">
+<!ENTITY  crInPCreatesNewP.accesskey    "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4754466266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY  pref.editing.title        "Definições da nova página">
+
+<!ENTITY  authorName.label          "Autor:">
+<!ENTITY  authorName.accesskey      "u">
+<!ENTITY  pageColorHeader           "Aspeto predefinido da página">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultColors.label        "Cores pré-definidas do leitor (Não aplica cores na página)">
+<!ENTITY defaultColors.accesskey    "d">
+<!ENTITY customColors.label         "Utilizar cores personalizadas:">
+<!ENTITY customColors.accesskey     "c">
+
+<!ENTITY normalText.label           "Texto normal">
+<!ENTITY normalText.accesskey       "n">
+<!ENTITY linkText.label             "Ligação de texto">
+<!ENTITY linkText.accesskey         "L">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label       "Ligação de texto ativa">
+<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accesskey   "a">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label      "Ligação de texto visitada">
+<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accesskey  "v">
+<!ENTITY background.label           "Fundo:">
+<!ENTITY background.accesskey       "F">
+<!ENTITY colon.character            ":">
+
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label      "Imagem de fundo:">
+<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accesskey  "m">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.label           "Escolher ficheiro…">
+<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey       "o">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9cf292da8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY window.title "Personalizar cabeçalho">
+<!ENTITY addButton.label "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY addButton.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remover">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.label "Nova mensagem no cabeçalho:">
+<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.accesskey "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f001d5c122
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY window.title "Regras dos filtros">
+<!ENTITY filterEditorDialog.dimensions "width: 108ch;">
+<!ENTITY filterName.label "Nome do filtro:">
+<!ENTITY filterName.accesskey "N">
+
+<!ENTITY recentFolders.label "Recente">
+
+<!ENTITY junk.label "Lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY notJunk.label "Não é lixo eletrónico">
+
+<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Muito baixa">
+<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Baixa">
+<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal">
+<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "Alta">
+<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Muito alta">
+
+<!ENTITY contextDesc.label "Aplicar filtro:">
+<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.label "Ao obter novo correio:">
+<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY contextManual.label "Ao verificar manualmente">
+<!ENTITY contextManual.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY contextBeforeCls.label "Filtrar antes da classificação de Lixo">
+<!ENTITY contextAfterCls.label "Filtrar depois da classificação de Lixo">
+<!ENTITY contextOutgoing.label "Depois de enviar">
+<!ENTITY contextOutgoing.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Ao arquivar">
+<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY contextPeriodic.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.label "Realizar estas ações:">
+<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY filterActionOrderWarning.label "Nota: as ações serão executadas por uma ordem diferente.">
+<!ENTITY filterActionOrder.label "Consulte a ordem de execução">
+
+<!-- New Style Filter Rule Actions -->
+<!ENTITY moveMessage.label "Mover mensagem para">
+<!ENTITY copyMessage.label "Copiar mensagem para">
+<!ENTITY forwardTo.label "Reencaminhar mensagem para">
+<!ENTITY replyWithTemplate.label "Responder com papel de carta">
+<!ENTITY markMessageRead.label "Marcar como lida">
+<!ENTITY markMessageUnread.label "Marcar como não lida">
+<!ENTITY markMessageStarred.label "Adicionar estrela">
+<!ENTITY setPriority.label "Configurar prioridade para">
+<!ENTITY addTag.label "Etiquetar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY setJunkScore.label "Configurar estado do lixo eletrónico para">
+<!ENTITY deleteMessage.label "Apagar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY deleteFromPOP.label "Apagar do servidor POP">
+<!ENTITY fetchFromPOP.label "Obter a partir do servidor POP">
+<!ENTITY ignoreThread.label "Ignorar tópico">
+<!ENTITY ignoreSubthread.label "Ignorar subtópico">
+<!ENTITY watchThread.label "Ver tópico">
+<!ENTITY stopExecution.label "Parar execução do filtro">
+
+<!ENTITY addAction.tooltip "Adicionar uma nova ação">
+<!ENTITY removeAction.tooltip "Remover esta ação">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE
+     The values below are used to control the widths of the filter action widgets.
+     Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus
+     are truncated in the widgets.
+  -->
+<!-- Flex Attribute: https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/XUL/Attribute/flex -->
+<!ENTITY filterActionTypeFlexValue "1">
+<!ENTITY filterActionTargetFlexValue "4">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ff5a651af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY filterListDialog.title "Filtros de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Nome do filtro">
+<!ENTITY activeColumn.label "Ligado">
+<!ENTITY newButton.label "Novo...">
+<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY editButton.label "Editar...">
+<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.label "Para cima">
+<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.label "Para baixo">
+<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY filterHeader.label "Os filtros ligados estão a funcionar automaticamente na ordem mostrada em baixo.">
+<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.label "Filtros para:">
+<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY viewLogButton.label "Registo do filtro">
+<!ENTITY viewLogButton.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY runFilters.label "Executar agora">
+<!ENTITY runFilters.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY stopFilters.label "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopFilters.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.label "Executar o(s) filtro(s) selecionado(s) em:">
+<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY choosethis.label "escolher esta pasta">
+<!ENTITY choosethisnewsserver.label "escolher este servidor de notícias">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d8de565e91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- for SearchDialog.xul -->
+<!ENTITY searchHeading.label         "Procurar mensagens em:">
+<!ENTITY searchHeading.accesskey     "e">
+<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.label      "Pesquisar subpastas">
+<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.label       "Realizar operações de pesquisa em:">
+<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.accesskey   "P">
+<!ENTITY searchOnRemote.label        "Servidor remoto">
+<!ENTITY searchOnLocal.label         "Sistema local">
+<!ENTITY resetButton.label           "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY resetButton.accesskey       "L">
+<!ENTITY openButton.label            "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openButton.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.label          "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey      "A">
+<!ENTITY searchDialogTitle.label     "Pesquisar mensagens">
+<!ENTITY results.label               "Resultados">
+<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.label          "Mover aqui">
+<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.accesskey      "u">
+<!ENTITY moveButton.label            "Mover para">
+<!ENTITY moveButton.accesskey        "v">
+<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.label      "Abrir Pasta das Mensagens">
+<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.accesskey  "b">
+<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.label        "Guardar como pasta de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.accesskey    "c">
+
+<!-- for ABSearchDialog.xul -->
+<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.label       "Procurar em:">
+<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.accesskey   "u">
+<!ENTITY propertiesButton.label      "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY propertiesButton.accesskey  "P">
+<!ENTITY composeButton.label         "Escrever">
+<!ENTITY composeButton.accesskey     "s">
+<!ENTITY abSearchDialogTitle.label   "Pesquisa avançada do livro de endereços">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4476188af5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!ENTITY name.label                    "Nome do livro de endereços:">
+<!ENTITY name.accesskey                "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44fcb36221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY Contact.tab                     "Contacto">
+<!ENTITY Contact.accesskey               "C">
+<!ENTITY Name.box                        "Nome">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE:
+ NameField1, NameField2, PhoneticField1, PhoneticField2
+ those fields are either LN or FN depends on the target country.
+ "FirstName" and "LastName" can be swapped for id to change the order
+ but they should not be translated (same applied to phonetic id).
+ Make sure the translation of label corresponds to the order of id.
+-->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY NameField1.id                  "FirstName">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (NameField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY NameField2.id                  "LastName">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField1.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.id              "PhoneticFirstName">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (PhoneticField2.id) : DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.id              "PhoneticLastName">
+
+<!ENTITY NameField1.label               "Primeiro:">
+<!ENTITY NameField1.accesskey           "P">
+<!ENTITY NameField2.label               "Último:">
+<!ENTITY NameField2.accesskey           "l">
+<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.label           "Fonético:">
+<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.label           "Fonético:">
+<!ENTITY DisplayName.label              "Mostrar:">
+<!ENTITY DisplayName.accesskey          "r">
+<!ENTITY preferDisplayName.label        "Utilizar nome de exibição acima do cabeçalho da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY preferDisplayName.accesskey    "a">
+<!ENTITY preferDisplayName2.accesskey   "z">
+<!ENTITY NickName.label                 "Alcunha:">
+<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey             "u">
+
+<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label             "Email:">
+<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey         "E">
+<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label              "Email adicional:">
+<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey          "i">
+<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.label         "Prefere receber mensagens formatadas como:">
+<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.accesskey     "a">
+<!ENTITY PlainText.label                "Texto Simples">
+<!ENTITY HTML.label                     "HTML">
+<!ENTITY Unknown.label                  "Desconhecido">
+<!ENTITY ScreenName.label               "Nome a mostrar:">
+<!ENTITY ScreenName.accesskey           "m">
+
+<!ENTITY chatName.label                 "Nome do chat:">
+
+<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label                "Trabalho:">
+<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey            "T">
+<!ENTITY HomePhone.label                "Casa:">
+<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label                "Fax:">
+<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey            "x">
+<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label              "Pager:">
+<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey          "P">
+<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label           "Telemóvel:">
+<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey       "v">
+
+<!ENTITY Home.tab                       "Privado">
+<!ENTITY Home.accesskey                 "P">
+<!ENTITY HomeAddress.label              "Endereço:">
+<!ENTITY HomeAddress.accesskey          "d">
+<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.label             "">
+<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.accesskey         "">
+<!ENTITY HomeCity.label                 "Cidade:">
+<!ENTITY HomeCity.accesskey             "i">
+<!ENTITY HomeState.label                "Estado/Província:">
+<!ENTITY HomeState.accesskey            "s">
+<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.label              "Código postal:">
+<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.accesskey          "p">
+<!ENTITY HomeCountry.label              "País:">
+<!ENTITY HomeCountry.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.label              "Página Web:">
+<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.accesskey          "W">
+<!ENTITY Birthday.label                 "Data de nascimento:">
+<!ENTITY Birthday.accesskey             "D">
+<!ENTITY In.label                       "">
+<!ENTITY Year.placeholder               "Ano">
+<!ENTITY Or.value                       "ou">
+<!ENTITY Age.placeholder                "Idade">
+<!ENTITY YearsOld.label                 "">
+
+<!ENTITY Work.tab                       "Trabalho">
+<!ENTITY Work.accesskey                 "T">
+<!ENTITY JobTitle.label                 "Título:">
+<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey             "u">
+<!ENTITY Department.label               "Departamento:">
+<!ENTITY Department.accesskey           "m">
+<!ENTITY Company.label                  "Organização:">
+<!ENTITY Company.accesskey              "O">
+<!ENTITY WorkAddress.label              "Morada:">
+<!ENTITY WorkAddress.accesskey          "r">
+<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.label             "">
+<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.accesskey         "">
+<!ENTITY WorkCity.label                 "Cidade:">
+<!ENTITY WorkCity.accesskey             "i">
+<!ENTITY WorkState.label                "Estado/Província:">
+<!ENTITY WorkState.accesskey            "v">
+<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.label              "Código postal:">
+<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.accesskey          "p">
+<!ENTITY WorkCountry.label              "País:">
+<!ENTITY WorkCountry.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.label              "Página Web:">
+<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.accesskey          "b">
+
+<!ENTITY Other.tab                      "Outro">
+<!ENTITY Other.accesskey                "u">
+<!ENTITY Custom1.label                  "Personalizado 1:">
+<!ENTITY Custom1.accesskey              "1">
+<!ENTITY Custom2.label                  "Personalizado 2:">
+<!ENTITY Custom2.accesskey              "2">
+<!ENTITY Custom3.label                  "Personalizado 3:">
+<!ENTITY Custom3.accesskey              "3">
+<!ENTITY Custom4.label                  "Personalizado 4:">
+<!ENTITY Custom4.accesskey              "4">
+<!ENTITY Notes.label                    "Notas:">
+<!ENTITY Notes.accesskey                "N">
+
+<!ENTITY Chat.tab                       "Chat">
+<!ENTITY Chat.accesskey                 "a">
+<!ENTITY Gtalk.label                    "Google Talk:">
+<!ENTITY Gtalk.accesskey                "G">
+<!ENTITY AIM.label                      "AIM:">
+<!ENTITY AIM.accesskey                  "M">
+<!ENTITY Yahoo.label                    "Yahoo!:">
+<!ENTITY Yahoo.accesskey                "Y">
+<!ENTITY Skype.label                    "Skype:">
+<!ENTITY Skype.accesskey                "S">
+<!ENTITY QQ.label                       "QQ:">
+<!ENTITY QQ.accesskey                   "Q">
+<!ENTITY MSN.label                      "MSN:">
+<!ENTITY MSN.accesskey                  "N">
+<!ENTITY ICQ.label                      "ICQ:">
+<!ENTITY ICQ.accesskey                  "I">
+<!ENTITY XMPP.label                     "ID do Jabber:">
+<!ENTITY XMPP.accesskey                 "J">
+<!ENTITY IRC.label                      "Nickname do IRC:">
+<!ENTITY IRC.accesskey                  "R">
+
+<!ENTITY Photo.tab                      "Fotografia">
+<!ENTITY Photo.accesskey                "o">
+<!ENTITY PhotoDesc.label                "Obter uma das seguintes:">
+<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.label             "Fotografia genérica">
+<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.accesskey         "g">
+<!ENTITY DefaultPhoto.label             "Predefinida">
+<!ENTITY PhotoFile.label                "Neste computador">
+<!ENTITY PhotoFile.accesskey            "e">
+<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.label              "Navegar">
+<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.accesskey          "N">
+<!ENTITY PhotoURL.label                 "Na Web">
+<!ENTITY PhotoURL.accesskey             "b">
+<!ENTITY PhotoURL.placeholder           "Introduza ou cole o endereço web de uma fotografia">
+<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.label              "Atualizar">
+<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.accesskey          "u">
+<!ENTITY PhotoDropTarget.label          "Arraste a nova foto para aqui">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a8ac913ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Title -->
+
+<!ENTITY mailListWindow.title           "Lista de correio">
+<!-- Labels and Access Keys -->
+
+<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.label         "Adicionar a: ">
+<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.accesskey     "A">
+<!ENTITY ListName.label                 "Nome da lista: ">
+<!ENTITY ListName.accesskey             "l">
+<!ENTITY ListNickName.label             "Listar Alcunha: ">
+<!ENTITY ListNickName.accesskey         "c">
+<!ENTITY ListDescription.label          "Descrição: ">
+<!ENTITY ListDescription.accesskey      "D">
+<!-- See bug 58485, when we implement drag and drop, add 'or drag addresses' back in -->
+<!ENTITY AddressTitle.label             "Digite os endereços de email para os adicionar à lista de correio:">
+<!ENTITY AddressTitle.accesskey         "m">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..973e525a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Title -->
+<!ENTITY addressbookWindow.title                        "Livro de endereços">
+
+<!-- Menus:  the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet -->
+
+<!ENTITY blankResultsPaneMessage.label                  "Este livro de endereços apenas mostra os contactos após uma pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY localResultsOnlyMessage.label                  "Os contactos destes livros de endereços remotos apenas são mostrados após uma pesquisa">
+<!-- File Menu -->
+<!ENTITY newContact.label                               "Contacto...">
+<!ENTITY newContact.accesskey                           "C">
+<!ENTITY newContact.key                                 "N">
+<!ENTITY newListCmd.label                               "Lista de correio…">
+<!ENTITY newListCmd.accesskey                           "L">
+<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.label                        "Livro de endereços…">
+<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.accesskey                    "o">
+<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.label                      "Diretório LDAP…">
+<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.accesskey                  "D">
+<!ENTITY newIM.label                                    "IM">
+<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.label                      "Imprimir contacto...">
+<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.accesskey                  "I">
+<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.key                        "P">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.label               "Pré-visualizar contacto">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.accesskey           "z">
+<!ENTITY printAddressBook.label                         "Imprimir livro de endereços…">
+<!ENTITY printAddressBook.accesskey                     "l">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.label                  "Pré-visualizar livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.accesskey              "i">
+
+<!-- Edit Menu -->
+<!ENTITY deleteAbCmd.label                              "Apagar livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY deleteContactCmd.label                         "Apagar contacto">
+<!ENTITY deleteContactsCmd.label                        "Apagar contactos selecionados">
+<!ENTITY deleteListCmd.label                            "Apagar lista">
+<!ENTITY deleteListsCmd.label                           "Apagar listas selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY deleteItemsCmd.label                           "Apagar itens selecionados">
+<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.label                 "Trocar nome e apelido">
+<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.accesskey             "T">
+<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.label                            "Propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.accesskey                        "i">
+<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.key                              "i">
+
+<!-- View Menu -->
+<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.label                         "Barra de ferramentas do livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.accesskey                     "a">
+<!ENTITY layoutMenu.label                               "Esquema">
+<!ENTITY layoutMenu.accesskey                           "E">
+<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.label                        "Painel de diretório">
+<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.accesskey                    "d">
+<!ENTITY showContactPane2.label                         "Painel de contactos">
+<!ENTITY showContactPane2.accesskey                     "c">
+<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.label                          "Mostrar nome como">
+<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.accesskey                      "n">
+<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.label                             "Primeiro, último">
+<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.accesskey                         "P">
+<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.label                             "Último, primeiro">
+<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.accesskey                         "r">
+<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.label                           "Nome mostrado">
+<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.accesskey                       "d">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key): This is only used on the
+     mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. -->
+<!ENTITY toggleDirectoryPaneCmd.key                     "S">
+
+<!-- Tasks Menu -->
+<!ENTITY importCmd.label                                "Importar...">
+<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey                            "I">
+<!ENTITY exportCmd.label                                "Exportar...">
+<!ENTITY exportCmd.accesskey                            "x">
+
+<!-- Toolbar and Popup items -->
+<!ENTITY newContactButton.label                         "Novo contacto">
+<!ENTITY newContactButton.accesskey                     "c">
+<!ENTITY newlistButton.label                            "Nova lista">
+<!ENTITY newlistButton.accesskey                        "l">
+<!ENTITY editItemButton.label                           "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY editItemButton.accesskey                       "P">
+<!ENTITY newmsgButton.label                             "Criar">
+<!ENTITY newmsgButton.accesskey                         "C">
+<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.label                         "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.accesskey                     "A">
+<!ENTITY newimButton.label                              "Mensagem instantânea">
+<!ENTITY newimButton.accesskey                          "i">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label                              "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.accesskey                          "r">
+<!ENTITY searchNameAndEmail.placeholder                 "Pesquisar nome e email">
+<!ENTITY searchBox.title                                "Pesquisar">
+
+<!-- Tooltips -->
+<!ENTITY addressbookToolbar.tooltip                     "Barra de ferramentas do livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY newContactButton.tooltip                       "Criar um novo contacto no livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY newlistButton.tooltip                          "Criar uma nova lista">
+<!ENTITY editItemButton.tooltip                         "Editar o item selecionado">
+<!ENTITY newmsgButton.tooltip                           "Enviar um e-mail">
+<!ENTITY newIM.tooltip                                  "Enviar uma mensagem instantânea ou de chat">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip                            "Imprimir o item selecionado">
+<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.tooltip                       "Apagar o item selecionado">
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip                               "Ir para a página inicial do &vendorShortName;">
+<!ENTITY throbber.tooltip2                              "Ir para a página inicial do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip                         "Pesquisa avançada de endereços">
+
+<!-- Dir Tree header -->
+<!ENTITY dirTreeHeader.label                            "Livros de endereços">
+
+<!-- Card Summary Pane -->
+<!-- Box Headings -->
+<!ENTITY contact.heading                                "Contacto">
+<!ENTITY home.heading                                   "Casa">
+<!ENTITY other.heading                                  "Outro">
+<!ENTITY chat.heading                                   "Chat">
+<!ENTITY phone.heading                                  "Telefone">
+<!ENTITY work.heading                                   "Trabalho">
+<!-- Special Box Headings, for mailing lists -->
+<!ENTITY description.heading                            "Descrição">
+<!ENTITY addresses.heading                              "Endereços">
+<!-- For Map It! -->
+<!ENTITY mapItButton.label                              "Obter mapa">
+<!ENTITY mapIt.tooltip                                  "Mostrar um mapa web deste endereço">
+
+<!-- Status Bar -->
+<!ENTITY statusText.label                               "">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (hideSwapFnLnUI) : DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!-- Swap FN/LN UI  Set to "false" to show swap fn/ln UI -->
+<!ENTITY  hideSwapFnLnUI                                "true">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1a02e10ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Labels -->
+
+<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.label                "Adicionar a: ">
+<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.accesskey            "A">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dfebc23101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY Addrbook.label                        "Livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY Addrbook.accesskey                    "L">
+<!ENTITY GeneratedName.label                   "Nome">
+<!ENTITY GeneratedName.accesskey               "N">
+<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label                    "Email">
+<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey                "E">
+<!ENTITY Company.label                         "Organização">
+<!ENTITY Company.accesskey                     "z">
+<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.label                   "Nome fonético">
+<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.accesskey               "o">
+<!ENTITY NickName.label                        "Alcunha">
+<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey                    "A">
+<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label                     "Email adicional">
+<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey                 "l">
+<!ENTITY Department.label                      "Departamento">
+<!ENTITY Department.accesskey                  "r">
+<!ENTITY JobTitle.label                        "Título">
+<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey                    "T">
+<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label                  "Telemóvel">
+<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey              "v">
+<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label                     "Pager">
+<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey                 "P">
+<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label                       "Fax">
+<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey                   "F">
+<!ENTITY HomePhone.label                       "Telefone de casa">
+<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey                   "l">
+<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label                       "Telefone profissional">
+<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey                   "o">
+<!ENTITY ScreenName.label                      "Nome a mostrar">
+<!ENTITY ScreenName.accesskey                  "s">
+<!ENTITY ChatName.label                        "Nome do chat">
+<!ENTITY ChatName.accesskey                    "h">
+<!ENTITY sortAscending.label                   "Ordem crescente">
+<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey               "O">
+<!ENTITY sortDescending.label                  "Descendente">
+<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey              "D">
+
+<!-- context menu -->
+<!ENTITY composeEmail.label                    "Criar novo email para">
+<!ENTITY composeEmail.accesskey                "C">
+<!ENTITY copyAddress.label                     "Copiar endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY copyAddress.accesskey                 "a">
+<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.label              "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.accesskey          "A">
+<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.label                 "Novo cartão…">
+<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.accesskey             "N">
+<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.label          "Nova lista de correio…">
+<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.accesskey      "s">
+<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.label          "Propriedades">
+<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.accesskey      "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9220f3cc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Title -->
+
+<!ENTITY selectAddressWindow.title           "Selecionar destinatários">
+<!-- Buttons -->
+
+<!ENTITY toButton.label                      "Para->"> 
+<!ENTITY toButton.accesskey                  "P"> 
+<!ENTITY ccButton.label                      "Cc->"> 
+<!ENTITY ccButton.accesskey                  "C"> 
+<!ENTITY bccButton.label                     "Bcc->">  
+<!ENTITY bccButton.accesskey                 "B">  
+<!ENTITY newButton.label                     "Novo..."> 
+<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey                 "N"> 
+<!ENTITY editButton.label                    "Editar…"> 
+<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey                "E">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.label                  "Remover"> 
+<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey              "R"> 
+<!ENTITY lookIn.label                        "Procurar em:"> 
+<!ENTITY lookIn.accesskey                    "r"> 
+<!ENTITY for.label                           "para:"> 
+<!ENTITY for.accesskey                       "a"> 
+<!ENTITY for.placeholder                     "Nome ou endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY addressMessageTo.label              "Endereçar mensagem para:"> 
+<!-- Tooltips items -->  
+
+<!ENTITY addressPickerNewButton.tooltip      "Criar um novo cartão no livro de endereços"> 
+<!ENTITY addressPickerEditButton.tooltip     "Editar cartão selecionado"> 
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b09650f180
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the Mailing list dialog
+#
+
+# The following are used by the Mailing list dialog.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailingListTitleEdit): %S will be replaced by the Mailing List's display name.
+mailingListTitleEdit=Editar %S
+emptyListName=Tem que dar um nome à lista.
+lastFirstFormat=%S, %S
+firstLastFormat=%S %S
+
+allAddressBooks=Todos os livros de endereços
+
+newContactTitle=Novo contacto
+# %S will be the card's display name
+newContactTitleWithDisplayName=Novo contacto para %S
+editContactTitle=Editar contacto
+# %S will be the card's display name
+editContactTitleWithDisplayName=Editar contacto para %S
+# don't translate vCard
+editVCardTitle=Editar vCard
+# %S will be the card's display name, don't translate vCard
+editVCardTitleWithDisplayName=Editar vCard para %S
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cardRequiredDataMissingMessage):  do not localize \n
+cardRequiredDataMissingMessage=Tem de introduzir pelo menos um dos seguintes itens:\nendereço de email, nome, apelido, nome exibido, organização.
+cardRequiredDataMissingTitle=Informação necessária em falta
+incorrectEmailAddressFormatMessage=O endereço de e-mail primário tem de estar no formato utilizador@servidor.
+incorrectEmailAddressFormatTitle=Formato de email incorreto
+
+viewListTitle=Lista de correio: %S
+mailListNameExistsTitle=A lista de correio já existe
+mailListNameExistsMessage=Já existe uma lista de correio com esse nome. Por favor escolha um nome diferente.
+
+# used in the addressbook
+confirmDeleteMailingListTitle=Apagar lista de correio
+confirmDeleteAddressbookTitle=Apagar livro de endereços
+confirmDeleteAddressbook=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar o livro de endereços selecionado?
+confirmDeleteCollectionAddressbook=Se este livro de endereços for eliminado, o %S não poderá adicionar endereços. Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar o livro de endereços selecionado?
+confirmDeleteContact=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar o contacto selecionado?
+confirmDeleteContacts=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os contactos selecionados?
+confirmDeleteMailingList=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a lista de correio selecionada?
+confirmDeleteListsAndContacts=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar os contactos e as listas de correio selecionadas?
+confirmDeleteMailingLists=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar as listas de correio selecionadas?
+
+confirmDeleteThisContactTitle=Apagar contacto
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisContact):
+# #1 The name of the selected contact
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this contact?
+#          • John Doe
+confirmDeleteThisContact=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar este contacto?\n• #1
+
+confirmDelete2orMoreContactsTitle=Apagar múltiplos contactos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreContacts):
+# Semicolon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 The number of selected contacts, always more than 1.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 contacts?
+confirmDelete2orMoreContacts=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar este #1 contacto?;Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar estes #1 contactos?
+
+confirmRemoveThisContactTitle=Remover contacto
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmRemoveThisContact):
+# #1 The name of the selected contact
+# #2 The name of the containing mailing list
+# This title is about a contact in a mailing list, so it will not be deleted,
+# but only removed from the list.
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to remove this contact from the mailing list 'Customers List'?
+#          • John Doe
+confirmRemoveThisContact=Tem a certeza que pretende remover este contacto da lista de correio '#2'?\n• #1
+
+confirmRemove2orMoreContactsTitle=Remover múltiplos contactos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmRemove2orMoreContacts):
+# Semicolon list of singular and plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 The number of selected contacts, always more than 1.
+# #2 The name of the containing mailing list
+# Example: Are you sure you want to remove these 3 contacts from the mailing list 'Customers List'?
+confirmRemove2orMoreContacts=Tem a certeza que pretende remover este #1 contacto da lista de correio '#2'?;Tem a certeza que pretende remover estes #1 contactos da lista de correio '#2'?
+
+confirmDeleteThisMailingListTitle=Apagar lista de correio
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisMailingList):
+# #1 The name of the selected mailing list
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this mailing list?
+#          • Customers List
+confirmDeleteThisMailingList=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar esta lista de correio?\n• #1
+
+confirmDelete2orMoreMailingListsTitle=Apagar múltiplas listas de correio
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreMailingLists):
+# Semicolon list of plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 The number of selected mailing lists, always more than 1
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 mailing lists?
+confirmDelete2orMoreMailingLists=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar esta #1 lista de correio?;Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar estas #1 listas de correio?
+
+confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndListsTitle=Apagar contactos e listas de correio
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndLists):
+# Semicolon list of and plural forms.
+# See: http://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 The number of selected contacts and mailing lists, always more than 1
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete these 3 contacts and mailing lists?
+confirmDelete2orMoreContactsAndLists=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar estes #1 contactos e listas de correio?;Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar estes #1 contactos e listas de correio?
+
+confirmDeleteThisAddressbookTitle=Apagar livro de endereços
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisAddressbookTitle):
+# #1 The name of the selected address book
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts?
+#          • Friends and Family Address Book
+confirmDeleteThisAddressbook=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar este livro de endereços e todos os respetivos contactos?\n• #1
+
+confirmDeleteThisLDAPDirTitle=Apagar diretório LDAP local
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisLDAPDir):
+# #1 The name of the selected LDAP directory
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: Are you sure you want to delete the local copy of this LDAP directory and all of its offline contacts?
+#          • Mozilla LDAP Directory
+confirmDeleteThisLDAPDir=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a cópia local deste diretório LDAP e todos os respetivos contactos offline?\n• #1
+
+confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbookTitle=Apagar livro de endereços de coleção
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbook):
+# #1 The name of the selected collection address book
+# #2 The name of the application (Thunderbird)
+# Don't localize "\n• #1" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# Example: If this address book is deleted, Thunderbird will no longer collect addresses.
+#          Are you sure you want to delete this address book and all of its contacts?
+#          • My Collecting Addressbook
+confirmDeleteThisCollectionAddressbook=Se este livro de endereços for eliminado, #2 deixará de recolher endereços.\nTem a certeza que pretende eliminar este livro de endereços e todos os respetivos contactos?\n• #1
+
+propertyPrimaryEmail=Email
+propertyListName=Nome da lista
+propertySecondaryEmail=Email adicional
+propertyScreenName=Nome a mostrar
+propertyNickname=Alcunha
+propertyDisplayName=Nome exibido
+propertyWork=Trabalho
+propertyHome=Casa
+propertyFax=Fax
+propertyCellular=Telemóvel
+propertyPager=Pager
+propertyBirthday=Data de nascimento
+propertyCustom1=Personalização 1
+propertyCustom2=Personalização 2
+propertyCustom3=Personalização 3
+propertyCustom4=Personalização 4
+
+propertyGtalk=Google Talk
+propertyAIM=AIM
+propertyYahoo=Yahoo!
+propertySkype=Skype
+propertyQQ=QQ
+propertyMSN=MSN
+propertyICQ=ICQ
+propertyXMPP=ID do Jabber
+propertyIRC=Nick do IRC
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateAndZip): 
+## %1$S is city, %2$S is state, %3$S is zip
+cityAndStateAndZip=%1$S, %2$S %3$S
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityAndStateNoZip): 
+## %1$S is city, %2$S is state
+cityAndStateNoZip=%1$S, %2$S
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (cityOrStateAndZip): 
+## %1$S is city or state, %2$S is zip
+cityOrStateAndZip=%1$S %2$S
+
+stateZipSeparator=
+
+prefixTo=Para
+prefixCc=Cc
+prefixBcc=Bcc
+emptyEmailAddCard=Não pode adicionar um cartão que não tenha um endereço de email primário
+emptyEmailAddCardTitle=Não é possível adicionar cartão
+addressBook=Livro de endereços
+
+# Contact photo management
+browsePhoto=Contacto da fotografia
+
+stateImageSave=A guardar a imagem…
+errorInvalidUri=Erro: Fonte de imagem inválida.
+errorNotAvailable=Erro: O ficheiro não está acessível.
+errorInvalidImage=Erro: Apenas tipos de imagem JPG, PNG e GIF são suportados.
+errorSaveOperation=Erro: Não foi possível guardar a imagem.
+
+# mailnews.js
+ldap_2.servers.pab.description=Livro de endereços pessoal
+ldap_2.servers.history.description=Endereços capturados
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.oe.description is only used on Windows)
+ldap_2.servers.oe.description=Contactos OE
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ldap_2.servers.osx.description is only used on Mac OS X)
+ldap_2.servers.osx.description=Livro de endereços do Mac OS X
+
+# status bar stuff
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (totalContactStatus): 
+## %1$S is address book name, %2$S is card count
+totalContactStatus=Total de contactos em %1$S: %2$S
+noMatchFound=Nenhum resultado encontrado
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (matchesFound1):
+## Semicolon-separated list of singular and plural forms.
+## See: https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Mozilla/Localization/Localization_and_Plurals
+## #1 is the number of matching contacts found
+matchesFound1=#1 correspondência encontrada;#1 correspondências encontradas
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsCopied): Semi-colon list of plural forms
+## %1$S is the number of contacts that were copied. This should be used multiple
+## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S.
+contactsCopied=%1$S contacto copiado;%1$S contactos copiados
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (contactsMoved): Semi-colon list of plural forms
+## %1$S is the number of contacts that were moved. This should be used multiple
+## times wherever you need it. Do not replace by %S.
+contactsMoved=%1$S contacto movido;%1$S contactos movidos
+
+# LDAP directory stuff
+invalidName=Por favor introduza um nome válido.
+invalidHostname=Por favor introduza um nome de servidor válido.
+invalidPortNumber=Por favor introduza um número de porta válido.
+invalidResults=Por favor Iitroduza um número válido no campo de resultados.
+abReplicationOfflineWarning=Tem de estar online para efetuar uma replicação LDAP.
+abReplicationSaveSettings=As definições têm de ser guardadas antes de transferir um diretório.
+
+# For importing / exporting
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (ExportAddressBookNameTitle): %S is the name of exported addressbook
+ExportAddressBookNameTitle=Exportar livro de endereços - %S
+LDIFFiles=LDIF
+CSVFiles=Separado por vírgulas
+CSVFilesSysCharset=Separado por vírgula (codificação do sistema)
+CSVFilesUTF8=Separado por vírgula (UTF-8)
+TABFiles=Delimitado por tabulações
+TABFilesSysCharset=Delimitado por tabulações (codificação do sistema)
+TABFilesUTF8=Delimitado por tabulações (UTF-8)
+VCFFiles=vCard
+failedToExportTitle=Falha ao exportar
+failedToExportMessageNoDeviceSpace=A exportação do livro de endereços falhou, não existe espaço no dispositivo.
+failedToExportMessageFileAccessDenied=Falha ao exportar o livro de endereços, acesso ao ficheiro negado.
+
+# For getting authDN for replication using dlg box
+AuthDlgTitle=Replicação LDAP do livro de endereços
+AuthDlgDesc=Para aceder ao diretório do servidor, introduza o seu nome de utilizador e palavra-passe.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(joinMeInThisChat)
+# use + for spaces
+joinMeInThisChat=Entrar+neste+chat.
+
+# For printing
+headingHome=Casa
+headingWork=Trabalho
+headingOther=Outro
+headingChat=Chat
+headingPhone=Telefone
+headingDescription=Descrição
+headingAddresses=Endereços
+
+## For address books
+addressBookTitleNew=Novo livro de endereços
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (addressBookTitleEdit):
+# %S is the current name of the address book.
+# Example: My Custom AB Properties
+addressBookTitleEdit=Propriedades de %S
+duplicateNameTitle=Nome de livro de endereços duplicado
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (duplicateNameText):
+# Don't localize "\n• %S" unless your local layout comes out wrong.
+# %S is the name of the existing address book.
+# Example: An address book with this name already exists:
+#          • My Custom AB
+duplicateNameText=Um livro de endereços com este nome já existe:\n• %S
+
+# For corrupt .mab files
+corruptMabFileTitle=Ficheiro do livro de endereços corrupto
+corruptMabFileAlert=Um dos livros de endereços (%1$S ficheiro) não pode ser lido. Um novo %2$S ficheiro será criado e um backup do ficheiro antigo, chamado %3$S, será criado no mesmo diretório.
+
+# For locked .mab files
+lockedMabFileTitle=Não foi possível carregar o ficheiro do livro de endereços
+lockedMabFileAlert=Não foi possível carregar o ficheiro do livro de endereços %S. Pode estar protegido contra escrita ou bloqueado por outra aplicação. Tente mais tarde.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa2484fd27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# These are error strings for problems that happen while in the
+# various states declared in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl.  Note that
+# the number that indexes each error state is the same as the number 
+# corresponding to that state in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl.
+
+## @name ERR_STATE_UNBOUND
+## @loc none
+0=Problema de inicialização LDAP
+
+## @name ERR_STATE_INITIALIZING
+## @loc none
+1=Falha de ligação ao servidor LDAP
+
+## @name ERR_STATE_BINDING
+## @loc none
+2=Falha de ligação ao servidor LDAP
+
+## @name ERR_STATE_BOUND
+## @loc none
+3=Problema de comunicação com servidor LDAP
+
+## @name ERR_STATE_SEARCHING
+## @loc none
+4=Problema de pesquisa com servidor LDAP
+
+
+# The format of the alert dialog itself
+#
+## @name ALERT_FORMAT
+## @loc None of %1$S, %2$S and %3$S should be localized. 
+##      %1$S is the error code itself, %2$S is an LDAP SDK error message from
+##      chrome://mozldap/locale/ldap.properties, and %3$S is a hint relating
+##      to that specific error, found in this file.
+errorAlertFormat=Código de erro %1$S: %2$S\n\n %3$S
+
+## The following errors are for error codes other than LDAP-specific ones.
+## Someday mozilla will actually have a system for mapping nsresults to
+## error strings that's actually widely used, unlike nsIErrorService.  But
+## until it does, these strings live here…
+
+## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND
+## @loc none
+5000=Servidor não encontrado
+
+## @name GENERIC_ERROR
+## @loc none
+9999=Erro desconhecido
+
+
+# Hints to for the user, associated with specific error codes (ie error code
+# + 10000)
+
+
+## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED_HINT
+## @loc none
+10003=Por favor tente mais tarde, ou contacte o administrador de sistemas.
+
+## @name STRONGAUTH_REQUIRED_HINT
+## @loc none
+10008=Autenticação forte não é atualmente suportada.
+
+## @name INVALID_SYNTAX_HINT
+## @loc none
+10021=Verifique se o filtro de pesquisa está correto e tente novamente, ou então contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar se o filtro de pesquisa está correto, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois escolha Correio e grupos de notícias, e depois escolha Endereçamento. Clique Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar, e depois clique em Avançado para mostrar o filtro de pesquisa.
+
+## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT_HINT
+## @loc none
+10032=Verifique se a Base DN esta correta, tente novamente ou contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar que a Base DN está correta, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois escolher Correio e grupos de notícias e escolha o endereço. Clique Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar para mostrar o domínio base.
+
+## @name BUSY_HINT
+## @loc none
+10051=Por favor tente mais tarde.
+
+## @name SERVER_DOWN_HINT
+## @loc none
+10081=Verifique se o nome do servidor e o número da porta estão corretos e tente novamente, ou então contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar se o servidor e o número da porta estão corretos, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois Correio e grupos de notícias e depois escolha endereço. Clique Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar para mostrar o servidor. Clique em Avançado para mostrar o número da porta.
+
+## @name TIMEOUT_HINT
+## @loc none
+10085=Por favor tente mais tarde.
+
+## @name FILTER_ERROR_HINT
+## @loc none
+10087=Verifique se o filtro de pesquisa está correto, tente novamente ou contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar que o filtro de pesquisa está correto, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois escolher Correio e grupos de notícias e escolha Endereçamento. Clique em Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar, e depois clique em Avançado para mostrar o filtro de pesquisa.
+
+## @name NO_MEMORY_HINT
+## @loc none
+10090=Por favor feche outra janelas e/ou aplicações e tente novamente.
+
+## @name CONNECT_ERROR_HINT
+## @loc none
+10091=Verifique se o nome do servidor e o número da porta estão corretos e tente novamente, ou então contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar se o servidor e o número da porta estão corretos, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois Correio e grupos de notícias, e depois escolha Endereçamento. Clique em Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar para mostrar o servidor. Clique em Avançado para mostrar o número da porta.
+
+## @name HOST_NOT_FOUND_HINT
+## @loc none
+15000=Verifique se o nome do servidor está correto e tente novamente, ou então contacte o administrador de sistemas. Para verificar se o servidor está correto, no menu Editar, escolha Preferências, depois Correio e grupos de notícias e depois escolha Endereçamento . Clique em Editar pastas e selecione o servidor LDAP a ser usado. Clique Editar para mostrar o servidor.
+
+## @name GENERIC_HINT
+## @loc none
+19999=Por favor contacte o administrador de sistemas.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e37da459b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/appleMailImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# Short name of import module
+ApplemailImportName=Apple Mail
+
+# Description of import module
+ApplemailImportDescription=Importar correio local do Mac OS X Mail
+
+# Success Message
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ApplemailImportMailboxSuccess=As mensagens locais do %S foram importadas com sucesso.
+
+# Error Message
+ApplemailImportMailboxBadparam=Ocorreu um erro interno. A importação falhou. Tente importar novamente.
+
+# Error message
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ApplemailImportMailboxConverterror=Ocorreu um erro ao importar as mensagens do %S. As mensagens não foram importadas.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a1135cf82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/beckyImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+#
+# The following are used by the becky import code to display status/error
+# and informational messages
+
+# Short name of import module
+BeckyImportName=Becky! Internet Mail
+
+# Description of import module
+BeckyImportDescription=Importar correio local de Becky! Internet Mail
+
+# Success Message
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+BeckyImportMailboxSuccess=As mensagens locais do %S foram importadas com sucesso.
+
+BeckyImportAddressSuccess=Livro de endereços importado
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f9dc48542c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/charsetTitles.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## Rule of this file:
+## 1. key should always be in lower case ascii so we can do case insensitive
+##    comparison in the code faster.
+
+## Format of this file:
+## charset_name.title = a_title  -  specifies the human readable title for 
+## this charset
+
+iso-8859-1.title    = Ocidental (ISO-8859-1)
+iso-8859-2.title    = Centro-europeu (ISO-8859-2)
+iso-8859-3.title    = Sul-europeu (ISO-8859-3)
+iso-8859-4.title    = Báltico (ISO-8859-4)
+iso-8859-10.title   = Nórdico (ISO-8859-10)
+iso-8859-13.title   = Báltico (ISO-8859-13)
+iso-8859-14.title   = Céltica (ISO-8859-14)
+iso-8859-15.title   = Ocidental (ISO-8859-15)
+iso-8859-16.title   = Romeno (ISO-8859-16)
+windows-1250.title  = Centro-europeu (Windows-1250)
+windows-1252.title  = Ocidental (Windows-1252)
+windows-1254.title  = Turco (Windows-1254)
+windows-1257.title  = Báltico (Windows-1257)
+macintosh.title         = Ocidental (MacRoman)
+x-mac-ce.title          = Centro-europeu (MacCE)
+x-mac-turkish.title     = Turco (MacTurkish)
+x-mac-croatian.title    = Croata (MacCroata)
+x-mac-romanian.title    = Romeno (MacRomeno)
+x-mac-icelandic.title   = Islandês (MacIcelandic)
+iso-2022-jp.title = Japonês (ISO-2022-JP)
+shift_jis.title = Japonês (Shift_JIS)
+euc-jp.title = Japonês (EUC-JP)
+big5.title = Chinês Tradicional (Big5)
+big5-hkscs.title = Chinês Tradicional (Big5-HKSCS)
+gb2312.title = Chinês Simplificado (GB2312)
+gbk.title = Chinês Simplificado (GBK)
+euc-kr.title = Coreano (EUC-KR)
+utf-7.title = Unicode (UTF-7)
+utf-8.title = Unicode (UTF-8)
+utf-16.title = Unicode (UTF-16)
+utf-16le.title = Unicode (UTF-16LE)
+utf-16be.title = Unicode (UTF-16BE)
+iso-8859-5.title = Cirílico (ISO-8859-5)
+windows-1251.title = Cirílico (Windows-1251)
+x-mac-cyrillic.title = Cirílico (MacCyrillic)
+x-mac-ukrainian.title = Cirílico/Ucraniano (MacUkrainian)
+koi8-r.title = Cirílico (KOI8-R)
+koi8-u.title = Cirílico/Ucraniano (KOI8-U)
+iso-8859-7.title = Grego (ISO-8859-7)
+windows-1253.title = Grego (Windows-1253)
+x-mac-greek.title = Grego (MacGreek)
+windows-1258.title = Vietnamita (Windows-1258)
+windows-874.title = Tailandês (Windows-874)
+iso-8859-6.title = Árabe (ISO-8859-6)
+iso-8859-8.title = Hebraico Visual (ISO-8859-8)
+iso-8859-8-i.title = Hebraico (ISO-8859-8-I)
+windows-1255.title = Hebraico (Windows-1255)
+windows-1256.title = Árabe (Windows-1256)
+x-user-defined.title = Definido pelo utilizador
+ibm866.title = Cirílico/Russo (CP-866)
+gb18030.title = Chinês Simplificado (GB18030)
+x-mac-arabic.title = Árabe (MacArabic)
+x-mac-farsi.title = Farsi (MacFarsi)
+x-mac-hebrew.title = Hebraico (MacHebrew)
+x-mac-devanagari.title = Hindi (MacDevanagari)
+x-mac-gujarati.title = Gujarati (MacGujarati)
+x-mac-gurmukhi.title = Gurmukhi (MacGurmukhi)
+
+chardet.off.title                           = (Desligado)
+chardet.universal_charset_detector.title    = Universal
+chardet.ja_parallel_state_machine.title     = Japonês
+chardet.ko_parallel_state_machine.title     = Coreano
+chardet.zhtw_parallel_state_machine.title   = Chinês Tradicional
+chardet.zhcn_parallel_state_machine.title   = Chinês Simplificado
+chardet.zh_parallel_state_machine.title     = Chinês
+chardet.cjk_parallel_state_machine.title    = Leste Asiático
+chardet.ruprob.title                        = Russo
+chardet.ukprob.title                        = Ucraniano
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0f89067f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- address labels -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd The basic mail/news composition headers as they are seen in UI -->
+<!ENTITY toAddr.label   "Para:"> 
+<!ENTITY ccAddr.label   "Cc:"> 
+<!ENTITY bccAddr.label  "Bcc:"> 
+<!ENTITY replyAddr.label   "Responder-Para:"> 
+<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label   "Grupo de notícias:"> 
+<!ENTITY followupAddr.label   "Reencaminhar-Para:"> 
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9736ef3734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE askSendFormat.dtd UI for dialog that asks the user, which format to use for sending a message -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Mensagem em HTML">
+
+<!ENTITY recipient.label "Alguns dos destinatários não estão indicados como aptos a receber correio HTML.">
+
+<!ENTITY question.label "Deseja converter a mensagem para formato de texto ou enviá-la em HTML?">
+
+<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.label "Enviar em formato de texto e HTML">
+<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.label "Enviar apenas em formato de texto">
+<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY htmlOnly.label "Enviar apenas em formato HTML">
+<!ENTITY htmlOnly.accesskey "H">
+
+<!ENTITY send.label "Enviar">
+<!ENTITY send.accesskey "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..532cdb4222
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+convertibleYes=A sua mensagem pode ser convertida para o formato de texto sem perder informação.
+convertibleAltering=A sua mensagem pode ser convertida para o formato de texto sem perder informação importante. No entanto, A versão em formato de texto poderá apresentar-se diferente do que viu ao criá-la.
+convertibleNo=No entanto, utilizou formatação (ex.: cores) que não serão convertidas para o formato de texto.
+recommended=(recomendado)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db7b39136a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the compose back end
+#
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (unableToOpenFile, unableToOpenTmpFile):
+## %S will be replaced with the name of file that could not be opened
+unableToOpenFile=Não foi possível abrir o ficheiro %S.
+unableToOpenTmpFile=Não foi possível abrir o ficheiro %S. Verifique as definições do seu 'Diretório temporário'.
+unableToSaveTemplate=Não foi possível guardar a sua mensagem como modelo.
+unableToSaveDraft=Não foi possível guardar a sua mensagem como rascunho.
+couldntOpenFccFolder=Não foi possível abrir a pasta de correio enviado. Por favor verifique se as preferências estão corretas.
+noSender=Não especificou o remetente. Por favor introduza o seu endereço de email nas definições das contas.
+noRecipients=Não especificou qualquer destinatário. Por favor introduza um destinatário ou grupo como destinatário.
+errorWritingFile=Erro ao escrever ficheiro temporário.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingFromCommand): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+errorSendingFromCommand=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio. O servidor de correio respondeu:  %s.  Por favor verifique se o seu endereço de email está correto nas suas definições de correio e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingDataCommand): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+errorSendingDataCommand=Ocorreu um erro no servidor de envio (SMTP) ao enviar o correio. O servidor respondeu:  %s.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingMessage): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+errorSendingMessage=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio. O servidor respondeu:  %s. Por favor verifique a mensagem e tente novamente.
+postFailed=A mensagem não pode ser enviada porque a ligação ao servidor de notícias falhou. O servidor pode estar indisponível ou a recusar ligações. Por favor verifique se as definições do servidor de notícias estão corretas e tente novamente ou contacte o administrador de rede.
+errorQueuedDeliveryFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao entregar as mensagens.
+sendFailed=Falha ao enviar mensagem.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (sendFailedUnexpected): argument %X is a hex error code value
+sendFailedUnexpected=Falhou devido a erro inesperado %X. Nenhuma descrição está disponível.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSecurityIssue): argument %S is the Outgoing smtp server name
+smtpSecurityIssue=A configuração relacionada com %S deve ser corrigida.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpServerError): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+smtpServerError=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio: erro do servidor de saída (SMTP). O servidor respondeu:  %s.
+unableToSendLater=Desculpe mas não foi possível guardar a sua mensagem para enviar mais tarde.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (communicationsError): argument %d is the error code
+communicationsError=Ocorreu um erro de comunicação: %d.  Por favor tente novamente.
+dontShowAlert=ISTO É APENAS UM MARCADOR DE POSIÇÃO.  NUNCA DEVE VER ESTA FRASE.
+
+couldNotGetUsersMailAddress2=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar correio: o endereço do remetente (De:) estava inválido. Por favor verifique que este endereço de email está correto e tente novamente.
+couldNotGetSendersIdentity=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar correio: a identidade do remetente estava inválida. Por favor verifique a configuração da sua identidade e tente novamente.
+mimeMpartAttachmentError=Erro no anexo.
+failedCopyOperation=A mensagem foi enviada com sucesso, mas não foi copiada para a sua pasta Enviadas.
+nntpNoCrossPosting=Apenas pode enviar uma mensagem a um servidor de notícias de cada vez.
+msgCancelling=A cancelar...
+sendFailedButNntpOk=A sua mensagem foi publicada no grupo de notícias, mas não foi enviada para outros destinatários.
+errorReadingFile=Erro ao ler ficheiro.
+followupToSenderMessage=O autor desta mensagem pediu que a resposta fosse enviada apenas para o autor. Se também desejar responder ao grupo, adicione uma nova linha na área do endereço, escolha Grupo de notícias na lista de destinatários e introduza o nome do grupo de notícias.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorAttachingFile): argument %S is the file name/URI of object to be attached
+errorAttachingFile=Ocorreu um erro ao anexar %S. Verifique se tem acesso ao ficheiro.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (incorrectSmtpGreeting): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) greeting
+incorrectSmtpGreeting=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio: o servidor de correio enviou uma mensagem de boas-vindas incorreta:  %s.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorSendingRcptCommand): argument %1$S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response, argument %2$S is the intended message recipient.
+errorSendingRcptCommand=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio. O servidor de correio respondeu:  \n%1$S.\n Por favor confirme o destinatário "%2$S" da mensagem e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (startTlsFailed): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+startTlsFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio: não foi possível estabelecer uma ligação segura com o servidor de envio (SMTP) %S utilizando o STARTTLS, dado que este não anuncia esta funcionalidade. Desative o STARTTLS para este servidor ou contacte o seu fornecedor do serviço.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPasswordUndefined): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP) account
+smtpPasswordUndefined=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio: não foi possível obter a palavra-passe para %S. A mensagem não foi enviada.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendNotAllowed): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+smtpSendNotAllowed=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar correio. O servidor de correio respondeu:\n%s.\nPor favor assegure-se de que está a utilizar a identidade correta para enviar e que o método de autenticação utilizado está correto. Verifique que tem permissão para enviar via este servidor SMTP com as suas credenciais atuais a partir da sua rede atual.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpTempSizeExceeded): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+smtpTempSizeExceeded=O tamanho da mensagem que está a tentar enviar excede o limite do tamanho temporário do servidor. A mensagem não foi enviada; tente reduzir o tamanho da mensagem ou aguarde algum tempo e tente novamente. O servidor respondeu:  %s.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpClientid): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+smtpClientid=O servidor de saída (SMTP) detetou um erro no comando CLIENTID. A mensagem não foi enviada. O servidor respondeu: %s
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpClientidPermission): argument %s is the Outgoing server (SMTP) response
+smtpClientidPermission=A resposta do servidor de saída (SMTP) para o comando CLIENTID indica que o dispositivo não tem permissão para enviar correio. O servidor respondeu: %s
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPermSizeExceeded1): argument %d is the Outgoing server (SMTP) size limit
+smtpPermSizeExceeded1=O tamanho da mensagem que está a tentar enviar excede o limite do tamanho do global do servidor (%d bytes). A mensagem não foi enviada; tente reduzir o tamanho da mensagem e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpPermSizeExceeded2): argument %s is the server's response
+smtpPermSizeExceeded2=O tamanho da mensagem que está a tentar enviar excede o limite do tamanho do global do servidor. A mensagem não foi enviada; tente reduzir o tamanho da mensagem e tente novamente. O servidor respondeu:  %s.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendFailedUnknownServer): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+smtpSendFailedUnknownServer=Ocorreu um erro ao enviar o correio: o servidor de envio (SMTP) %S é desconhecido. O servidor pode estar mal configurado. Por favor confirme se as definições do servidor de envio (SMTP) estão corretas e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendRequestRefused): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+smtpSendRequestRefused=Não foi possível enviar a mensagem porque a ligação ao servidor de envio (SMTP) %S falhou. O servidor pode estar indisponível ou a recusar ligações SMTP. Por favor confirme se as definições do servidor de envio (SMTP) estão corretas e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendInterrupted): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+smtpSendInterrupted=Não foi possível enviar as mensagem porque a ligação ao servidor de envio (SMTP) %S foi perdida durante a transação. Tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendTimeout): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+smtpSendTimeout=Não foi possível enviar as mensagem porque a ligação ao servidor de envio (SMTP) %S expirou. Tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpSendFailedUnknownReason): argument %S is the Outgoing server (SMTP)
+smtpSendFailedUnknownReason=Não foi possível enviar as mensagem com recurso ao servidor de envio (SMTP) %S, por razões desconhecidas. Por favor confirme se as definições do servidor de envio (SMTP) estão corretas e tente novamente.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainNoSsl): %S is the server hostname
+smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainNoSsl=Parece que o servidor de envio (SMTP) %S não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente mudar para 'Palavra-passe, envio sem segurança' como 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições da conta | Servidor de envio (SMTP)'. Se este método funcionava anteriormente, é possível que alguém tenha obtido a sua palavra-passe.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainSsl): %S is the server hostname
+smtpHintAuthEncryptToPlainSsl=Parece que o servidor de envio (SMTP) %S não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente mudar para 'Palavra-passe normal' como 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições da conta | Servidor de envio (SMTP)'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpHintAuthPlainToEncrypt): %S is the server hostname
+smtpHintAuthPlainToEncrypt=O servidor de envio (SMTP) %S não permite palavras-passe em texto simples. Por favor tente alterar para 'Palavra-passe encriptada' como 'Método de autenticação' em 'Definições da conta | Servidor de envio (SMTP)'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthFailure): %S is the server hostname
+smtpAuthFailure=Não foi possível autenticar no servidor de saída (SMTP) %S. Por favor confirme a palavra-passe e o 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições da conta | Servidor de envio (SMTP)'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthGssapi): %S is the server hostname
+smtpAuthGssapi=Os dados Kerberos/GSSAPI não foram aceites pelo servidor de envio (SMTP) %S. Por favor verifique se tem acesso aos dados Kerberos/GSSAPI.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpAuthMechNotSupported): %S is the server hostname
+smtpAuthMechNotSupported=O servidor de envio (SMTP) %S não tem suporte ao método de autenticação selecionado. Por favor altere o 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições da conta | Servidor de envio (SMTP)'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorIllegalLocalPart): %s is an email address with an illegal localpart
+errorIllegalLocalPart=Existem caracteres não ASCII na parte local do endereço de destinatário %s. Isto ainda não é suportado. Por favor altere este endereço e tente novamente.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorIllegalLocalPart2): %s is an email address with an illegal localpart
+errorIllegalLocalPart2=Existem caracteres não ASCII na parte local do endereço do destinatário %s e o seu servidor não suporta SMTPUTF8. Por favor, altere este endereço e tente novamente.
+
+## Strings used for the save message dialog shown when the user closes a message compose window
+saveDlogTitle=Guardar mensagem
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (saveDlogMessages3): Do not translate the words %1$S and \n.
+## %1$S is replaced by the folder name configured for saving drafts (typically the "Drafts" folder).
+## Translate "Compose" to match the translation of item "windowTitlePrefix" below.
+saveDlogMessages3=Deseja guardar esta mensagem na sua pasta de rascunhos (%1$S) e fechar a janela de Composição?
+discardButtonLabel=&Descartar alterações
+
+## generics string
+defaultSubject=(sem assunto)
+chooseFileToAttach=Anexar ficheiro(s)
+
+##
+windowTitlePrefix=Nova mensagem:
+
+## String used by the dialog that asks the user to enter a subject
+sendMsgTitle=Enviar mensagem
+subjectDlogMessage=Não especificou o assunto desta mensagem. Se desejar, escreva-o agora.
+
+## String used by the dialog that informs the user about the newsgroup recipient
+recipientDlogMessage=Esta conta apenas tem suporte a destinatários de email. Os grupos de notícias serão ignorados.
+
+## String used by the alert that tells the user an e-mail address is invalid
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (addressInvalid): %1$S is the email address
+addressInvalid=%1$S não é um endereço de e-mail válido porque não está no formato utilizador@servidor. Tem de o corrigir antes de enviar a mensagem.
+genericFailureExplanation=Por favor confirme se as suas definições de conta estão corretas e tente novamente.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (undisclosedRecipients): this string must use only US_ASCII characters
+undisclosedRecipients=destinatarios-nao-divulgados
+
+## String used for attachment pretty name, when the attachment is a message
+messageAttachmentSafeName=Mensagem anexada
+## String used for attachment pretty name, when the attachment is a message part
+partAttachmentSafeName=Parte da mensagem anexada
+
+## String used by the Initialization Error dialog
+initErrorDlogTitle=Escrever mensagem
+initErrorDlgMessage=Ocorreu um erro ao criar a janela de composição da mensagem. Por favor tente novamente.
+
+## String used if the file to attach does not exist when passed as
+## a command line argument
+errorFileAttachTitle=Anexar ficheiro
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (errorFileAttachMessage): %1$S will be replaced by the non-existent file name. Do not translate
+errorFileAttachMessage=O ficheiro %1$S não existe e por isso não pode ser anexado à mensagem.
+
+## Strings used by the Save as Draft/Template dialog
+SaveDialogTitle=Guardar mensagem
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveDialogMsg): %1$S is the folder name, %2$S is the host name
+SaveDialogMsg=A sua mensagem foi guardada na pasta %1$S em %2$S.
+CheckMsg=Não mostrar esta janela novamente.
+
+## Strings used by the prompt when Quitting while in progress
+quitComposeWindowTitle=A enviar mensagem
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (quitComposeWindowMessage): don't translate \n
+quitComposeWindowMessage2=O %1$S está atualmente no processo de enviar uma mensagem.\nPretende esperar até que a mensagem seja enviada antes de sair ou sair agora?
+quitComposeWindowQuitButtonLabel2=Sai&r
+quitComposeWindowWaitButtonLabel2=&Esperar
+
+## Strings used by the prompt for Ctrl-Enter check before sending message
+sendMessageCheckWindowTitle=Enviar mensagem
+sendMessageCheckLabel=Tem a certeza que pretende enviar esta mensagem?
+sendMessageCheckSendButtonLabel=Enviar
+assemblingMessageDone=A construir mensagem…Feito
+assemblingMessage=A construir mensagem…
+smtpDeliveringMail=A entregar correio…
+smtpMailSent=Correio enviado com sucesso
+assemblingMailInformation=A construir informação do correio…
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (gatheringAttachment): argument %S is the file name/URI of attachment
+gatheringAttachment=A anexar %S…
+creatingMailMessage=A criar mensagem de correio…
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (copyMessageStart): argument %S is the folder name
+copyMessageStart=A copiar mensagem para a pasta %S…
+copyMessageComplete=Cópia completa.
+copyMessageFailed=A cópia falhou.
+filterMessageComplete=Filtro concluído.
+filterMessageFailed=O filtro falhou.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (largeMessageSendWarning):
+## %S is the message size in user-friendly notation. Do not translate.
+largeMessageSendWarning=Aviso! Vai enviar uma mensagem com um tamanho de %S que pode exceder o limite permitido pelo servidor de correio. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+sendingMessage=A enviar mensagem...
+sendMessageErrorTitle=Erro ao enviar mensagem
+postingMessage=A publicar mensagem...
+sendLaterErrorTitle=Erro ao guardar para enviar mais tarde
+saveDraftErrorTitle=Erro ao guardar rascunho
+saveTemplateErrorTitle=Erro ao guardar modelo
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving): argument %.200S is the file name/URI of object to be embedded
+failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving=Ocorreu um problema ao incluir o ficheiro %.200S na mensagem. Gostaria de continuar a guardar a mensagem sem este ficheiro?
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending): argument %.200S is the file name/URI of object to be embedded
+failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending=Ocorreu um problema ao incluir o ficheiro %.200S na mensagem. Gostaria de continuar o envio da mensagem sem este ficheiro?
+returnToComposeWindowQuestion=Gostaria de voltar à janela de edição?
+
+## reply header in composeMsg
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle): #1 is the author (name of person replying to)
+mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle=#1 escreveu:
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote): #1 is the author, #2 is the date, #3 is the time
+mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote=Às #3 de #2, #1 escreveu:
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate): #1 is the author, #2 is the date, #3 is the time
+mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate=#1 escreveu às #3 de #2:
+
+## reply header in composeMsg
+## user specified
+mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage=-------- Mensagem original --------
+
+## forwarded header in composeMsg
+## user specified
+mailnews.forward_header_originalmessage=-------- Mensagem reencaminhada --------
+
+## Strings used by the rename attachment dialog
+renameAttachmentTitle=Renomear anexo
+renameAttachmentMessage=Novo nome do anexo:
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the
+## word %S. Place the word %S where the host name should appear.
+smtpEnterPasswordPrompt=Introduza a palavra-passe para %S:
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername): Do not translate the
+## words %1$S and %2$S. Place the word %1$S where the host name should appear,
+## and %2$S where the user name should appear.
+smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername=Introduza a palavra-passe para %2$S em %1$S:
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(smtpEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithHostname): Do not translate the
+## word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the server host name should appear.
+smtpEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithHostname=Palavra-passe necessária para o servidor de saída (SMTP) %1$S
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveSentLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n.
+## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name
+## configured to contain saved sent messages (typically the "Sent" folder).
+## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders").
+promptToSaveSentLocally2=A sua mensagem foi enviada, mas não foi guardada uma cópia na sua pasta de enviadas (%1$S) devido a erros de rede ou acesso a ficheiros.\nPode tentar novamente ou guardar a mensagem localmente em %3$S/%1$S-%2$S.
+errorFilteringMsg=A sua mensagem foi enviada e guardada, mas ocorreu um erro ao executar os filtros sob a mesma.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveDraftLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n.
+## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name
+## configured to contain saved draft messages (typically the "Drafts" folder).
+## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders").
+promptToSaveDraftLocally2=A sua mensagem de rascunho não foi copiada para a sua pasta de rascunhos (%1$S) devido a erros de rede ou de acesso a ficheiros.\nPode tentar novamente ou guardar o rascunho localmente em %3$S/%1$S-%2$S.
+buttonLabelRetry2=&Tentar novamente
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(promptToSaveTemplateLocally2): Do not translate the strings %1$S, %2$S, %3$S and \n.
+## %2$S will be replaced with the account name. $1$S will be replaced by the folder name
+## configured to contain saved templates (typically the "Templates" folder).
+## %3$S will be replaced with the local folders account name (typically "Local Folders").
+promptToSaveTemplateLocally2=O seu modelo não foi copiado para a sua pasta de modelos (%1$S) devido a erros de rede ou de acesso a ficheiros.\nPode tentar novamente ou guardar o modelo localmente em %3$S/%1$S-%2$S.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(saveToLocalFoldersFailed): Message appears after normal
+## save fails (e.g., to Sent) and save to Local Folders also fails. This could
+## occur if network is down and filesystem problems are present such as disk
+## full, permission issues or hardware failure.
+saveToLocalFoldersFailed=Não foi possível guardar a mensagem nas pastas locais. Possivelmente não tem espaço livre.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(blockedAllowResource): %S is the URL to load.
+blockedAllowResource=Desbloquear %S
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedContentMessage): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+## See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+## %S will be replaced by brandShortName.
+## Files must be unblocked individually, therefore the plural form reads:
+## Unblocking a file (one of several) will include it (that one file) in your sent message.
+## In other words:
+## Unblocking one/several file(s) will include it/them in your message.
+blockedContentMessage=O %S bloqueou o carregamento de um ficheiro para esta mensagem. Desbloquear o ficheiro irá incluí-lo na sua mensagem enviada.;O %S bloqueou o carregamento de alguns ficheiros para esta mensagem. Desbloquear os ficheiros irá incluí-los na sua mensagem enviada.
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (blockedContentPrefLabel, blockedContentPrefAccesskey):
+## Same content as (blockedContentPrefLabel, blockedContentPrefAccesskey)
+## in mail directory. SeaMonkey does only use Options and not Preferences.
+blockedContentPrefLabel=Opções
+blockedContentPrefAccesskey=O
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4170e84e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY attachImageSource.label         "Anexar esta imagem à mensagem">
+<!ENTITY attachImageSource.accesskey     "s">
+
+<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.label          "Anexar a origem desta ligação à mensagem">
+<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.accesskey      "a">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aae63c074
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE messengercompose.dtd Main UI for message composition -->
+<!ENTITY msgComposeWindow.title "Nova mensagem: (sem assunto)">
+
+<!ENTITY fromAddr.label "De:">
+<!ENTITY fromAddr.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY toAddr.label "Para:">
+<!ENTITY ccAddr.label "Cc:">
+<!ENTITY bccAddr.label "Bcc:">
+<!ENTITY replyAddr.label "Responder-Para:">
+<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label "Grupo de notícias:">
+<!ENTITY followupAddr.label "Reencaminhar-Para:">
+<!ENTITY subject.label "Assunto:">
+<!ENTITY subject.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY attachments.label "Anexos:">
+<!ENTITY attachments.accesskey "x">
+
+<!-- menu items:  the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet -->
+
+<!-- File menu items -->
+<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Guardar">
+<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Guardar como">
+<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "Ficheiro...">
+<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.label "Rascunho">
+<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Modelo">
+<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY attachMenu.label "Anexar">
+<!ENTITY attachMenu.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.label "Ficheiro(s)...">
+<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.label "Página Web…">
+<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.accesskey "W">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE attachVCardCmd.label Don't translate the term 'vCard' -->
+<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.label "Cartão Pessoal (vCard)">
+<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.label "Enviar agora">
+<!ENTITY sendCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN">
+<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.label "Enviar depois">
+<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN">
+<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.accesskey "d">
+
+<!-- Edit menu items -->
+<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.label "Encapsular novamente">
+<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.key "R">
+<!ENTITY editRewrapCmd.accesskey  "n">
+<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias...">
+<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "n">
+
+<!-- View menu items -->
+<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.label "Barra de correio">
+<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.label "Barra de formatação">
+<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.accesskey "f">
+
+<!-- Format menu items -->
+<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Formatar">
+<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "m">
+
+<!-- Options menu items -->
+<!ENTITY optionsMenu.label "Opções">
+<!ENTITY optionsMenu.accesskey "O">
+
+<!ENTITY quoteCmd.label "Citar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY quoteCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.label "Selecione os endereços…">
+<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.key "">
+<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY priorityMenu.label "Prioridade">
+<!ENTITY priorityMenu.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Baixíssima">
+<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Baixa">
+<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Normal">
+<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "Alta">
+<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Altíssima">
+<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.label "Recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY dsnMenu.label "Notificação do estado da entrega">
+<!ENTITY dsnMenu.accesskey "N">
+
+<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.label "Formatação">
+<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.label "Detetar automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.label "Sem formatação">
+<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.label "Apenas formatação HTML">
+<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.label "Texto simples e rico (HTML)">
+<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.accesskey "l">
+
+<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.label "Enviar uma cópia para">
+<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "Ficheiro aqui">
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE Toolbar items Don't change any "chrome://" URLs -->
+<!-- Toolbar items -->
+<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Enviar">
+<!ENTITY addressButton.label "Contactos">
+<!ENTITY attachButton.label "Anexar">
+<!ENTITY spellingButton.label "Ortografia">
+<!ENTITY saveButton.label "Guardar">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Parar">
+
+<!--tooltips-->
+<!-- We already inherit &menuBar.tooltip and &mailToolbar.tooltip from messenger.dtd -->
+<!ENTITY addressBar.tooltip "Barra de endereço">
+<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Barra de formatação">
+<!ENTITY sendButton.tooltip "Enviar esta mensagem agora"> 
+<!ENTITY sendlaterButton.tooltip "Enviar esta mensagem mais tarde"> 
+<!ENTITY addressButton.tooltip "Selecione um destinatário de um dos livros de endereços"> 
+<!ENTITY attachButton.tooltip "Incluir um anexo"> 
+<!ENTITY saveButton.tooltip "Guardar esta mensagem"> 
+<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Parar descarga em curso"> 
+
+<!-- context menu items -->
+<!ENTITY openAttachment.label "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openAttachment.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY renameAttachment.label "Renomear…">
+<!ENTITY renameAttachment.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY deleteAttachment.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY selectAllAttachments.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY attachFile.label "Anexar ficheiro(s)…">
+<!ENTITY attachFile.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY attachPage.label "Anexar página Web...">
+<!ENTITY attachPage.accesskey "x">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e291211557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE sendprogress.dtd Main UI for Send Message Progress Dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY sendDialog.title "A processar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY status.label "Estado:">
+<!ENTITY progress.label "Progresso:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df2c7f4486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (titleSendMsgSubject):
+# %S will be replaced by the message subject.
+titleSendMsgSubject=A enviar mensagem - %S
+titleSendMsg=A enviar mensagem
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (titleSaveMsgSubject):
+# %S will be replaced by the message subject.
+titleSaveMsgSubject=A guardar mensagem - %S
+titleSaveMsg=A guardar mensagem
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (percentMsg):
+# This string is used to format the text to the right of the progress meter.
+# %S will be replaced by the percentage of the file that has been saved.
+# %% will be replaced a single % sign.
+percentMsg=%S%%
+
+messageSent=A sua mensagem foi enviada.
+messageSaved=A sua mensagem foi guardada.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..750c2bb0bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+colonInHeaderName=O cabeçalho que introduziu contém uma letra inválida, tal como':', uma letra não impressa, uma letra não-ascii , ou uma letra ascii de oito bit. Retire a letra inválida e tente novamente.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd4de49706
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY all.label          "Transferir todos os cabeçalhos">
+<!ENTITY all.accesskey      "d">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (download.label):
+    consider the download.label and headers.label as a single sentence
+	 with the number of headers to be downloaded inserted between them:
+	 EXAMPLE: "Download" <some number> "headers"
+	 Either label could be set to null ("") if required grammatically.
+-->
+
+<!ENTITY download.label     "Transferir">
+<!ENTITY download.accesskey "e">
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (headers.label): see note for download.label -->
+<!ENTITY headers.label      "cabeçalhos">
+<!ENTITY headers.accesskey  "h">
+<!ENTITY mark.label         "Marcar cabeçalhos restantes como lidos">
+<!ENTITY mark.accesskey     "M">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ac6f37da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.title "Importar livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.size "width: 58em; height: 35em;">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.recordNumber "Dados importados para o registo: ">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.label "Próxima">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.label "Anterior">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.text "Use Mover para cima e Mover para baixo para igualar os dados corretos dos campos do livro de endereços à esquerda para importar para a direita. Desmarque os itens que não deseja importar.">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.label "Mover para cima">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.label "Mover para baixo">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.fieldListTitle "Campos do livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.dataTitle "Dados do registo a importar">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.label "O primeiro registo contém o campo dos nomes">
+<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.accessKey "O">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60d9e2b944
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+mustSelectFolder=Tem de escolher uma pasta de destino.
+enterValidEmailAddress=Introduza um endereço de e-mail para reencaminhar.
+pickTemplateToReplyWith=Escolha um papel de parede para responder.
+mustEnterName=Tem de dar um nome ao filtro.
+cannotHaveDuplicateFilterTitle=Duplicar o nome do filtro
+cannotHaveDuplicateFilterMessage=O nome do filtro já existe. Introduza um nome diferente para o filtro.
+mustHaveFilterTypeTitle=Nenhum evento de filtragem selecionado
+mustHaveFilterTypeMessage=Tem de pelo menos, selecionar um evento quando este filtro é aplicado. Se, temporariamente, não quiser que o filtro execute um evento, desmarqueo seu estado no diálogo Filtros de mensagem.
+deleteFilterConfirmation=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar o(s) filtro(s) selecionado(s)?
+untitledFilterName=Filtro sem nome
+matchAllFilterName=Corresponder todas as mensagens
+filterListBackUpMsg=Os seus filtros não funcionam porque o ficheiro msgFilterRules.dat , que contém os seus filtros, não pode ser lido. Um novo ficheiro msgFilterRules.dat vai ser criado e feito um backup do ficheiro antigo, chamado rulesbackup.dat, vai ser criado no mesmo diretório.
+customHeaderOverflow=Excedeu o limite de 50 cabeçalhos personalizados. Por favor elimine um ou mais filtros personalizados e tente novamente.
+filterCustomHeaderOverflow=Os seus filtros excederam o limite de 50 cabeçalhos personalizados. Por favor edite o ficheiro msgFilterRules.dat, que contém os seus filtros, para usar menos cabeçalhos personalizados.
+invalidCustomHeader=Um ou mais filtros utilizam um cabeçalho personalizado que contém um caractere inválido, tal como ':', um caractere não impresso, um caractere não-ascii, ou caracteres de oito-bit ascii. Por favor edite o ficheiro msgFilterRules.dat, que contém os seus filtros, para remover caracteres inválidos dos seus cabeçalhos personalizados.
+continueFilterExecution=A aplicação do filtro %S falhou. Deseja continuar a aplicar filtros?
+promptTitle=Filtros em funcionamento
+promptMsg=Atualmente está no processo de filtrar mensagens.\nDeseja continuar a aplicar filtros?
+stopButtonLabel=Parar
+continueButtonLabel=Continuar
+cannotEnableFilter=Este filtro provavelmente foi criado por uma versão recente do mozilla/netscape. Não pode ativar este filtro porque não sabemos como aplicar o mesmo.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(cannotEnableIncompatFilter)
+# %S=the name of the application
+cannotEnableIncompatFilter=Este filtro provavelmente foi criado por uma versão mais recente ou incompatível do %S. Não pode ativar este filtro porque não sabemos como o aplicar o mesmo.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(contextPeriodic.label): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# #1=the number of minutes
+contextPeriodic.label=Periodicamente, a cada minuto;Periodicamente, a cada #1 minutos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterFailureWarningPrefix)
+# %1$S=filter error action
+# %2$S=error code as hexadecimal string.
+filterFailureWarningPrefix=A ação de filtragem falhou: "%1$S" com o código de erro=%2$S enquanto tentava:
+filterFailureSendingReplyError=Erro ao enviar resposta
+filterFailureSendingReplyAborted=Envio de resposta abortado
+filterFailureMoveFailed=A moção falhou
+filterFailureCopyFailed=A cópia falhou
+
+filterFailureAction=Não foi possível aplicar a ação de filtro
+
+searchTermsInvalidTitle=Termos da pesquisa inválidos
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(searchTermsInvalidRule)
+# %1$S=search attribute name from the invalid rule
+# %2$S=search operator from the bad rule
+searchTermsInvalidRule=Este filtro não pode ser guardado porque o termo da pesquisa "%1$S %2$S" é inválido no contexto atual.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterActionOrderExplanation)
+# Keep the \n\n that mean 2 linebreaks.
+filterActionOrderExplanation=Quando uma mensagem corresponde com este filtro, as ações serão executadas por esta ordem:\n\n
+filterActionOrderTitle=Ordem de ações
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterActionItem):
+# %1$S=sequence number of the action, %2$S=action text, %3$S=action argument
+filterActionItem=%1$S. %2$S %3$S\n
+
+# for junk mail logging / mail filter logging
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(junkLogDetectStr)
+# %1$S=author, %2$S=subject, %3$S=date
+junkLogDetectStr=Detetada lixo eletrónico de %1$S - %2$S em %3$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logMoveStr)
+# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI
+logMoveStr=mensagem %1$S movida para %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(logCopyStr)
+# %1$S=message id, %2$S=folder URI
+logCopyStr=mensagem %1$S copiada para %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterLogLine):
+# %1$S=timestamp %2$S=log message
+filterLogLine=[%1$S] %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterMessage):
+# %1$S=filter name, %1$S=log message
+filterMessage=Mensagem do filtro "%1$S": %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterLogDetectStr)
+# %1$S=filter name %2$S=author, %3$S=subject, %4$S=date
+filterLogDetectStr=Filtro "%1$S" aplicado à mensagem de %2$S - %3$S em %4$S
+filterMissingCustomAction=Ação personalizada em falta
+filterAction2=prioridade alterada
+filterAction3=apagado
+filterAction4=marcado como lido
+filterAction5=tópico morto
+filterAction6=tópico observado
+filterAction7=marcado
+filterAction8=etiquetado
+filterAction9=respondido
+filterAction10=reencaminhado
+filterAction11=execução parada
+filterAction12=apagado do servidor POP3
+filterAction13=deixado no servidor POP3
+filterAction14=pontuação do lixo
+filterAction15=corpo obtido do servidor POP3
+filterAction16=copiado para a pasta
+filterAction17=etiquetado
+filterAction18=subtópico ignorado
+filterAction19=marcado como não lido
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterAutoNameStr)
+# %1$S=Header or item to match, e.g. "From", "Tag", "Age in days", etc.
+# %2$S=Operator, e.g. "Contains", "is", "is greater than", etc.
+# %3$S=Value, e.g. "Steve Jobs", "Important", "42", etc.
+filterAutoNameStr=%1$S %2$S: %3$S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0acade76c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY folderProps.windowtitle.label           "Propriedades">
+
+<!ENTITY generalInfo.label                       "Informação geral">
+<!ENTITY folderCharsetFallback2.label            "Codificação de texto de recurso:">
+<!ENTITY folderCharsetFallback2.accesskey        "e">
+<!ENTITY folderCharsetEnforce2.label             "Aplicar codificação a todas as mensagens desta pasta (as definições individuais de codificação de texto das mensagens e a deteção automática serão ignoradas)">
+<!ENTITY folderCharsetEnforce2.accesskey         "A">
+<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFileTip2.label      "Reconstruir índice de ficheiros de sumário">
+<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.label         "Reparar pasta">
+<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.accesskey     "R">
+<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile.explanation    "Às vezes, o índice da pasta (.msf) fica danificado e algumas mensagens podem desaparecer ou mensagens apagadas continuam a aparecer; a reparação da pasta pode corrigir estes problemas.">
+<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.label       "Incluir mensagens desta pasta nos resultados de pesquisa global">
+<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.accesskey   "g">
+
+<!ENTITY retention.label "Política de retenção">
+<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.label "Utilizar definições da minha conta">
+<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.accesskey "U">
+<!ENTITY daysOld.label "dias de idade">
+<!ENTITY message.label "mensagens">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Guardar mensagens:">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Guardar mensagens, sejam as cópias locais ou as originais no servidor:">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Guardar mensagens, incluindo os originais no servidor:">
+<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.label "Apagar mensagens maiores que">
+<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Não eliminar mensagens">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Apagar todas menos as mais recentes">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Manter sempre mensagens com estrela">
+<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "e">
+
+<!ENTITY folderSynchronizationTab.label          "Sincronização">
+<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.label        "Ao receber novas mensagens, verificar sempre esta pasta">
+<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.accesskey    "A">
+
+<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.label               "Selecionar esta pasta para utilização offline">
+<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.accesskey           "S">
+<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.label              "Transferir agora">
+<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.accesskey          "D">
+
+<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.label      "Selecionar este grupo de notícias para utilização offline">
+<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.accesskey  "o">
+<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.label           "Transferir agora">
+<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.accesskey       "D">
+
+<!ENTITY folderProps.name.label                  "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY folderProps.name.accesskey              "N">
+<!ENTITY folderProps.location.label              "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY folderProps.location.accesskey          "L">
+
+<!ENTITY folderSharingTab.label                  "Partilha">
+<!ENTITY privileges.button.label                 "Privilégios...">
+<!ENTITY privileges.button.accesskey             "P">
+<!ENTITY permissionsDesc.label                   "Tem estas permissões:">
+<!ENTITY folderType.label                        "Tipo de pasta:">
+
+<!ENTITY folderQuotaTab.label                    "Quota">
+<!ENTITY folderQuotaRoot.label                   "Quota base:">
+<!ENTITY folderQuotaUsage.label                  "Utilizado:">
+<!ENTITY folderQuotaStatus.label                 "Estado:">
+
+<!ENTITY numberOfMessages.label                  "Número de mensagens:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: When the number of messages can't be determined, this string is displayed as the number -->
+<!ENTITY numberUnknown.label                     "desconhecido">
+<!ENTITY sizeOnDisk.label                        "Tamanho no disco:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: When the size can't be determined, this string is displayed as the size -->
+<!ENTITY sizeUnknown.label                       "desconhecido">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab53852017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(globalInbox)
+# %S=name of the Local folders account
+globalInbox=Caixa de entrada global (%S)
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(verboseFolderFormat): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is server name
+verboseFolderFormat=%1$S em %2$S
+chooseFolder=Escolher pasta
+chooseAccount=Escolha a conta…
+noFolders=Pastas não disponíveis
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a14dc7c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!ENTITY nameColumn.label   "Nome"> 
+<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Não lidas"> 
+<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total"> 
+<!ENTITY folderSizeColumn.label "Tamanho"> 
+<!ENTITY folderLocationToolbarItem.title "Localização da pasta">
+<!ENTITY mailViewsToolbarItem.title "Visão do correio">
+<!ENTITY searchToolbarItem.title "Pesquisar">
+<!ENTITY searchSubjectOrAddress.placeholder "Pesquisar assunto ou endereço">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5b0e5426b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.facetLabel): These are the labels used to label the facet
+#  displays in the global search facet display mechanism.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.includeLabel): The label to use for the included group
+#  in the facet display.  If not provided, we will fall back to
+#  "glodaFacetView.facets.included.fallbackLabel".
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.excludeLabel): The label to use for the excluded group
+#  in the facet display.  If not provided, we will fall back to
+#  "glodaFacetView.facets.excluded.fallbackLabel".
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.remainderLabel): The label to use for the remaining items
+#  that are neither part of the included group or the excluded group in the
+#  facet display.  If not provided, we will fall back to
+#  "glodaFacetView.facets.remainder.fallbackLabel".
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.folder.*): Stores the message folder in
+#  which the message is stored.
+gloda.message.attr.folder.facetLabel=Pasta de correio
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.fromMe.*): Stores everyone involved
+#  with the message.  This means from/to/cc/bcc.
+gloda.message.attr.fromMe.facetLabel=De mim
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.toMe.*): Stores everyone involved
+#  with the message.  This means from/to/cc/bcc.
+gloda.message.attr.toMe.facetLabel=Para mim
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.involves.*): Stores everyone involved
+#  with the message.  This means from/to/cc/bcc.
+gloda.message.attr.involves.facetLabel=Pessoas
+gloda.message.attr.involves.includeLabel=envolve qualquer um de:
+gloda.message.attr.involves.excludeLabel=não envolvendo:
+gloda.message.attr.involves.remainderLabel=outros participantes:
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.date.*): Stores the date of the message.
+#  SeaMonkey normally stores the date the message claims it was composed
+#  according to the "Date" header.  This is not the same as when the message
+#  was sent or when it was eventually received by the user.  In the future we
+#  may change this to be one of the other dates, but not anytime soon.
+gloda.message.attr.date.facetLabel=Data
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.*): Stores the list of
+#  MIME types (ex: image/png, text/plain) of real attachments (not just part of
+#  the message content but explicitly named attachments) on the message.
+#  Although we hope to be able to provide localized human-readable explanations
+#  of the MIME type (ex: "PowerPoint document"), I don't know if that is going
+#  to happen.
+gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.facetLabel=Anexos
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.*): Stores the mailing
+#  lists detected in the message.  This will normally be the e-mail address of
+#  the mailing list and only be detected in messages received from the mailing
+#  list.  Extensions may contribute additional detected mailing-list-like
+#  things.
+gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.facetLabel=Lista de correio envolvida
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.tag.*): Stores the tags applied to the
+#  message.  Notably, gmail's labels are not currently exposed via IMAP and we
+#  do not do anything clever with gmail, so this is indepdendent of gmail
+#  labels.  This may change in the future, but it's a safe bet it's not
+#  happening on SeaMonkey's side prior to 2.0.
+gloda.message.attr.tag.facetLabel=Etiquetas
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.star.*): Stores whether the message is
+#  flagged or not, as indicated by a pretty flag icon.
+#  Thunderbird uses a star.
+gloda.message.attr.star.facetLabel=Com estrela
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.read.*): Stores whether the user has
+#  read the message or not.
+gloda.message.attr.read.facetLabel=Lido
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.*): Stores whether we believe
+#  the user has ever replied to the message.  We normally show a little icon in
+#  the thread pane when this is the case.
+gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.facetLabel=Respondido para
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.message.attr.forwarded.*): Stores whether we believe
+#  the user has ever forwarded the message.  We normally show a little icon in
+#  the thread pane when this is the case.
+gloda.message.attr.forwarded.facetLabel=Reencaminhado
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.*.label): Map categories of MIME
+#  types defined in mimeTypeCategories.js to labels.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label): Archive is
+#  referring to things like zip files, tar files, tar.gz files, etc.
+gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label=Arquivos
+gloda.mimetype.category.documents.label=Documentos
+gloda.mimetype.category.images.label=Imagens
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.media.label): Media is meant to
+#  encompass both audio and video.  This is because video and audio streams are
+#  frequently stored in the same type of container and we cannot rely on the
+#  sending e-mail client to have been clever enough to figure out what was
+#  really in the file.  So we group them together.
+gloda.mimetype.category.media.label=Multimédia (áudio, vídeo)
+gloda.mimetype.category.pdf.label=Ficheiros PDF
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (gloda.mimetype.category.other.label): Other is the category
+#  for MIME types that we don't really know what it is.
+gloda.mimetype.category.other.label=Outro
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2266c6f626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the imap code to display progress/status/error messages
+#
+
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE(imapAlertDialogTile): Do not translate the word "%S"
+# below. Place the word %S where the account name should appear.
+imapAlertDialogTitle=Alerta para a conta %S
+
+# Status - opening folder
+imapStatusSelectingMailbox=A abrir a pasta %S...
+
+# Status - create folder
+imapStatusCreatingMailbox=A criar pasta...
+
+# Status - deleting a folder
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusDeletingMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated.
+# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name
+# of the folder being deleted.
+imapStatusDeletingMailbox=A apagar a pasta %S...
+
+# Status - renaming mailbox
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusRenamingMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated.
+# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name
+# of the folder being renamed.
+imapStatusRenamingMailbox=A renomear a pasta %S…
+
+# Status - looking for mailboxes
+imapStatusLookingForMailbox=A procurar pastas...
+
+# Status - subscribing to mailbox
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated.
+# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name
+# of the folder being subscribed to.
+imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox=A subscrever a pasta %S...
+
+# Status - unsubscribing from mailbox
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox): The "%S" below should not be translated.
+# Instead, insert "%S" in your translation where you wish to display the name
+# of the folder being unsubscribed from.
+imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox=A cancelar a subscrição da pasta %S...
+
+# Status - searching imap folder
+imapStatusSearchMailbox=A pesquisar pasta…
+
+# Status - closing a folder
+imapStatusCloseMailbox=A fechar pasta...
+
+# Status - compacting a folder
+imapStatusExpungingMailbox=A compactar pasta...
+
+# Status - logging out
+imapStatusLoggingOut=A terminar sessão...
+
+# Status - checking server capabilities
+imapStatusCheckCompat=A verificar capacidades do servidor...
+
+# Status - logging on
+imapStatusSendingLogin=A enviar informações de início de sessão...
+
+# Status - auth logon
+imapStatusSendingAuthLogin=A enviar informações de início de sessão...
+
+# Status - downloading message
+imapDownloadingMessage=A transferir mensagem…
+
+# Status - getting acl for folder
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapGettingACLForFolder): Do not translate the word "ACL" below.
+imapGettingACLForFolder=A obter ACL da pasta...
+
+# Status - getting server info
+imapGettingServerInfo=A obter informações da configuração do servidor…
+
+# Status - getting mailbox info
+imapGettingMailboxInfo=A obter informações de configuração da caixa de correio…
+
+# Status - empty mime part
+imapEmptyMimePart=Esta parte do corpo será transferida a pedido.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapReceivingMessageHeaders3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below.
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the header being downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of headers to be downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear.
+# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message.
+# Example: "Joe's Account: Downloading message header 100 of 1000 in Drafts…"
+imapReceivingMessageHeaders3=A transferir cabeçalho de mensagem %1$S de %2$S em %3$S…
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapReceivingMessageFlags3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below.
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the flag being downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of flags to be downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear.
+# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message.
+# Example: "Jim's Account: Downloading message flag 100 of 1000 in INBOX…"
+imapReceivingMessageFlags3=A transferir etiqueta de mensagem %1$S de %2$S em %3$S…
+
+imapDeletingMessages=A apagar mensagens...
+
+imapDeletingMessage=A apagar mensagem...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMovingMessages): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+imapMovingMessages=A mover mensagens para %S...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMovingMessage): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+imapMovingMessage=A mover mensagem para %S...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessages): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+imapCopyingMessages=A copiar mensagens para %S...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessage): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+imapCopyingMessage=A copiar mensagem para %S...
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapFolderReceivingMessageOf3): Do not translate the words "%1$S", "%2$S", and "%3$S" below.
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the number of the message being downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the total number of messages to be downloaded should appear.
+# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the folder being processed should appear.
+# Note: The account name and separators (e.g. colon, space) are automatically added to the status message.
+# Example: "Juan's Account: Downloading message 100 of 1000 in Sent…"
+imapFolderReceivingMessageOf3=A transferir mensagem %1$S de %2$S em %3$S…
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapDiscoveringMailbox): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+imapDiscoveringMailbox=Pasta encontrada: %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapEnterServerPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the words %1$S and %2$S below.
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the username should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the servername should appear.
+imapEnterServerPasswordPrompt=Introduza a palavra-passe para %1$S em %2$S:
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerNotImap4): Do not translate the word "IMAP4" below.
+imapServerNotImap4=O servidor de correio %S não é um servidor IMAP4.
+
+# This is intentionally left blank.
+imapDone=
+
+imapEnterPasswordPromptTitle=Requer palavra-passe do servidor de correio
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername): Do not translate the
+# word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear.
+imapEnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername=Introduza a sua palavra-passe para %1$S
+
+imapUnknownHostError=Falha ao ligar ao servidor %S.
+imapOAuth2Error=Falha de autenticação ao ligar-se ao servidor %S.
+
+imapConnectionRefusedError=Não foi possível estabelecer ligação ao servidor %S. A ligação foi recusada.
+
+imapNetTimeoutError=A ligação ao servidor %S expirou.
+
+# Status - no messages to download 
+imapNoNewMessages=Não existem novas mensagens no servidor.
+
+imapDefaultAccountName=Correio para %S
+
+imapSpecialChar2=O caractere %S está reservado neste servidor imap. Por favor escolha outro nome. 
+
+imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeName=Pasta pessoal
+
+imapPublicFolderTypeName=Pasta pública
+
+imapOtherUsersFolderTypeName=Pastas de outros utilizadores
+
+imapPersonalFolderTypeDescription=Esta é uma pasta de correio pessoal.  Não é partilhada.
+
+imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeDescription=Esta é uma pasta de correio pessoal.  Foi partilhada.
+
+imapPublicFolderTypeDescription=Esta é uma pasta pública.
+
+imapOtherUsersFolderTypeDescription=Esta é uma pasta de correio partilhada pelo utilizador '%S'.
+
+imapAclFullRights=Controlo total
+
+imapAclLookupRight=Procurar
+
+imapAclReadRight=Lida
+
+imapAclSeenRight=Definir estado lida/não lida
+
+imapAclWriteRight=Escrever
+
+imapAclInsertRight=Inserir (copiar para)
+
+imapAclPostRight=Publicar
+
+imapAclCreateRight=Criar subpasta
+
+imapAclDeleteRight=Apagar mensagens
+
+imapAclAdministerRight=Pasta de administração
+
+imapServerDoesntSupportAcl=Este servidor não tem suporte a pastas partilhadas.
+
+imapAclExpungeRight=Apagar
+
+imapServerDisconnected= O servidor %S terminou a ligação. Pode ter sido encerrado ou pode existir um problema de rede.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSubscribeText): %1$S is the imap folder.
+imapSubscribePrompt=Gostaria de subscrever a pasta %1$S?
+
+imapServerDroppedConnection=Não foi possível estabelecer ligação ao seu servidor IMAP. Pode ter excedido o número máximo de ligações ao servidor. Se sim, utilize o diálogo de definições avançadas do servidor IMAP para reduzir o número de ligações em cache.
+
+# This will occur when a folder that has never been imap selected or opened
+# (left-clicked) is first right-clicked to access quota properties.
+imapQuotaStatusFolderNotOpen=A informação de quotas não está disponível porque a pasta não está aberta.
+
+# The imap capability response reports that QUOTA is not supported.
+imapQuotaStatusNotSupported=Este servidor não tem suporte a quotas.
+
+imapQuotaStatusNoQuota=Não existem quotas de armazenamento para esta pasta.
+
+# The getqutaroot command succeeded but reported no quota information.
+imapQuotaStatusNoQuota2=Esta pasta não reporta informações de quota.
+
+# Folder properties were requested by the user (right-click) before the getquotaroot
+# command was sent.
+imapQuotaStatusInProgress=Ainda não estão disponíveis informações sobre a quota.
+
+# Out of memory
+imapOutOfMemory=A aplicação está sem memória.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapCopyingMessageOf2): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the name of the destination folder should appear.
+# Place the word %1$S where the currently copying message should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S where the total number of messages should appear.
+imapCopyingMessageOf2=A copiar mensagem %1$S de %2$S para %3$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapMoveFolderToTrash): Do not translate the word %S below.
+# "%S" is the name of the folder.
+imapMoveFolderToTrash=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a pasta '%S'?
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapDeleteNoTrash): Do not translate the word %S below.
+# "%S" is the name of the folder.
+imapDeleteNoTrash=Se eliminar esta pasta, não a poderá recuperar e todas as respetivas mensagens e sub-pastas, serão perdidas. Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a pasta '%S'?
+
+imapDeleteFolderDialogTitle=Apagar pasta
+
+imapDeleteFolderButtonLabel=&Apagar pasta
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL): %S is the server hostname
+imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL=Parece que o servidor IMAP %S não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente mudar para 'Palavra-passe normal' como 'Método de autenticação' em 'Definições de contas -> Definições do servidor'. Se este método funcionava anteriormente, contacte o fornecedor de email.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt): %S is the server hostname
+imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt=O servidor IMAP %S não permite palavras-passe em texto simples. Por favor tente alterar para 'Palavra-passe encriptada' como' Método de autenticação' em 'Definições de contas -> Definições do servidor'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL): %S is the server hostname
+imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL=Parece que o servidor IMAP %S não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente mudar para 'Palavra-passe, enviada sem segurança' como 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições de contas -> Definições do servidor'. Se este método funcionava anteriormente, é possível que alguém tenha obtido a sua palavra-passe.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthMechNotSupported): %S is the server hostname
+imapAuthMechNotSupported=O servidor IMAP %S não suporta o método de autenticação selecionado. Por favor, altere o 'Método de autenticação' nas ' Definições de conta | Definições do servidor'.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapAuthGssapiFailed): %S is the server hostname
+imapAuthGssapiFailed=O método Kerberos/GSSAPI não foi aceite pelo servidor IMAP %S. Por favor verifique se iniciou a sessão no armazenamento Kerberos/GSSAPI.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerCommandFailed): 
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account name should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the server response should appear.
+imapServerCommandFailed=O comando não foi bem sucedido. O servidor de correio da conta %1$S devolveu: %2$S\u0020
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapFolderCommandFailed): Do not translate the word %S below.
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the name of the folder should appear.
+# Place the word %3$S in your translation where the server response should appear.
+imapFolderCommandFailed=A operação atual em '%2$S' não foi bem sucedida. O servidor de correio da conta %1$S devolveu: %3$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapServerAlert):
+# Place the word %1$S in your translation where the name of the account should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S in your translation where the alert from the server should appear.
+imapServerAlert=Alerta da conta %1$S: %2$S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..76d464e830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY importDialog.windowTitle "Importar">
+<!ENTITY importAll.label          "Importar tudo">
+<!ENTITY importAll.accesskey      "t">
+<!ENTITY importMail.label         "Correio">
+<!ENTITY importMail.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY importFeeds.label        "Fontes subscritas">
+<!ENTITY importFeeds.accesskey    "o">
+<!ENTITY importAddressbook.label  "Livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY importAddressbook.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY importSettings.label     "Definições">
+<!ENTITY importSettings.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY importFilters.label      "Filtros">
+<!ENTITY importFilters.accesskey  "F">
+
+<!ENTITY  window.width            "40em">
+<!ENTITY  window.macWidth         "45em">
+
+<!ENTITY importTitle.label        "Assistente de importação de correio do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY importShortDesc.label    "Importar correio, livro de endereços, definições e filtros de outros programas">
+
+<!ENTITY importDescription1.label "Este assistente vai importar mensagens de correio, entradas do Livro de Endereços, e/ou personalizações de outros programas de correio e formatos de livros de endereços comuns para o Correio do &brandShortName;.">
+<!ENTITY importDescription2.label "Ao serem importadas, poderá aceder a elas a partir do Correio e/ou Livro de Endereços do &brandShortName;.">
+
+<!ENTITY selectDescription.label  "Por favor selecione o tipo de ficheiro que deseja importar:">
+<!ENTITY selectDescriptionB.label "Por favor selecione uma conta existente ou crie uma nova:">
+<!ENTITY selectDescription.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY acctName.label           "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY acctName.accesskey       "N">
+<!ENTITY noModulesFound.label     "Não foi encontrada qualquer aplicação ou ficheiro para importar dados.">
+
+<!ENTITY back.label               "&lt; Recuar">
+<!ENTITY forward.label            "Avançatr &gt;">
+<!ENTITY finish.label             "Concluir">
+<!ENTITY cancel.label             "Cancelar">
+
+<!ENTITY select.label             "ou selecione o tipo de dados a importar:">
+
+<!ENTITY title.label              "Título">
+<!ENTITY processing.label         "A importar…">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f6756a049d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the import code to display status/error 
+# and informational messages
+#
+
+# Success message when no address books are found to import
+## @name IMPORT_NO_ADDRBOOKS
+## @loc None
+2000=Nenhum livro de endereços encontrado para importar.
+
+# Error: Address book import not intialized		
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTINITIALIZED
+## @loc None
+2001=Impossível importar livro de endereços: erro de inicialização.
+
+# Error: Unable to create the import thread
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_AB_NOTHREAD
+## @loc None
+2002=Impossível importar livro de endereços: impossível criar importação do tópico.
+
+# Error: Unable to create the import thread
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_GETABOOK
+## @loc None
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2003): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+2003=Erro ao importar %S: impossível criar livro de endereços.
+
+# Success message when no mailboxes are found to import
+## @name IMPORT_NO_MAILBOXES
+## @loc None
+2004=Não foi encontrada uma caixa de correio para importar
+
+# Error: Mailbox import not intialized		
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTINITIALIZED
+## @loc None
+2005=Impossível importar caixas de correio, erro ao inicializar
+
+# Error: Unable to create the import thread
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOTHREAD
+## @loc None
+2006=Impossível importar caixas de correio, impossível criar tópico para importar
+
+# Error: Unable to create the proxy object for importing mailboxes
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NOPROXY
+## @loc None
+2007=Impossível importar caixas de correio, impossível criar objeto proxy para o destino das caixas de correio
+
+# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_FINDCHILD
+## @loc None
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2008): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear.
+2008=Erro ao criar as caixas de correio. Não foi possível localizar a caixa de correio %S.
+
+# Error: Error creating destination mailboxes
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_CREATE
+## @loc None
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error 2009): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place %S in your translation where the name of the mailbox should appear.
+2009=Erro ao importar a caixa de correio %S, impossível criar destino da caixa de correio
+
+# Error: No destination folder to import mailboxes
+## @name IMPORT_ERROR_MB_NODESTFOLDER
+## @loc None
+2010=Impossível de criar pasta de destino para importar o correio
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_START
+## @loc None
+2100=Nome
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2101=Apelido
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2102=Nome exibido
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2103=Alcunha
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2104=Email primário
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2105=Email secundário
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2106=Telefone profissional
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2107=Telefone de casa
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2108=Número de fax
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2109=Número do pager
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2110=Número do telemóvel
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2111=Endereço de casa
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2112=Endereço de casa 2
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2113=Cidade da residência
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2114=Distrito da residência
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2115=Código postal
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2116=Nacionalidade
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2117=Endereço do trabalho
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2118=Endereço do trabalho 2
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2119=Cidade do trabalho
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2120=Estado do local de trabalho
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2121=Código postal do trabalho
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2122=País do trabalho
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2123=Profissão
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2124=Departamento
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2125=Organização
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2126=Página Web 1
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2127=Página Web 2
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2128=Ano de nascimento
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2129=Mês de nascimento
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2130=Dia de nascimento
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2131=Personalizado 1
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2132=Personalizado 2
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2133=Personalizado 3
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2134=Personalizado 4
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC
+## @loc None
+2135=Notas
+
+# Description: Address book field name
+## @name IMPORT_FIELD_DESC_END
+## @loc None
+2136=Nome a mostrar
+
+#Error strings
+ImportAlreadyInProgress=Já está a decorrer uma operação importante. Tente novamente depois de concluir a importação.
+
+#Error strings for settings import
+ImportSettingsBadModule=Não foi possível carregar o módulo de definições
+ImportSettingsNotFound=Não foi possível encontrar as definições.  Confirme se a aplicação está instalada no seu computador.
+ImportSettingsFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao importar as definições.  Todas, ou algumas das definições não foram importadas.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportSettingsSuccess=As definições foram importadas do %S
+
+#Error string for mail import
+ImportMailBadModule=Não foi possível carregar o módulo de importação do correio
+ImportMailNotFound=Não foi possível encontrar correio para importar.  Confirme se a aplicação está corretamente instalada no seu computador.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportMailFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao importar o correio de %S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportMailSuccess=O correio de %S foi importado com sucesso
+
+# Error string for address import
+ImportAddressBadModule=Não foi possível carregar o módulo do livro de endereços para importar.
+ImportAddressNotFound=Não foi possível encontrar qualquer livro de endereços para importar.  Confirme se a aplicação selecionada ou o formato está corretamente instalado no seu computador.
+ImportEmptyAddressBook=Não é possível importar o livro de endereços %S porque está vazio.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportAddressFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao importar os endereços de %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportAddressSuccess=Endereços de %S importados com sucesso.
+
+# Error string for filters import
+ImportFiltersBadModule=Não foi possível carregar o módulo de importação dos filtros.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module.
+ImportFiltersFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao importar os filtros de %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module.
+ImportFiltersSuccess=Filtros importados com sucesso a partir de %S.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : The %S will get replaced by the name of the import module.
+ImportFiltersPartial=Filtros parcialmente importados de %S.  Avisos abaixo:
+
+#Progress strings
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+MailProgressMeterText=A converter caixas de correio de %S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+AddrProgressMeterText=A converter o livro de endereços de %S
+
+#Import file dialog strings
+ImportSelectSettings=Selecionar ficheiro de definições
+ImportSelectMailDir=Selecione o diretório de correio
+ImportSelectAddrDir=Selecione o diretório do livro de endereços
+ImportSelectAddrFile=Selecionar o ficheiro do livro de endereços
+
+# Folder Names for imported Mail
+DefaultFolderName=Correio importado
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+ImportModuleFolderName=Importação de %S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aff3473499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLog.title "Registo inteligente de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLogInfo.label "Registo inteligente de controlo da atividade do lixo eletrónico.">
+<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Limpar registo">
+<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "F">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1bedc63352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY window.title  "Acerca do lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY window.width  "450">
+<!ENTITY info1a.label  "O correio deteta automaticamente as mensagens recebidas e que parecem lixo eletrónico (também conhecidas como spam). As mensagens que o correio ache que são lixo eletrónico mostram um ícone de Lixo">
+<!ENTITY info1b.label  ".">
+<!ENTITY info2.label   "Primeiro, tem de treinar o correio e identificar o lixo eletrónico, utilizando o botão Lixo na barra de ferramentas para marcar mensagens como lixo eletrónico ou não.">
+<!ENTITY info3.label   "Uma vez que o correio está a identificar corretamente o lixo eletrónico, pode usar os controlos de lixo eletrónico para mover o lixo eletrónico para a pasta de Lixo eletrónico.">
+<!ENTITY info4.label   "Para mais informações, clique em Ajuda.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e60b2bab3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the local mail code to display progress/status/error messages
+#
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ErrorDialogTitle): Do not translate the word "%S"
+# below. Place the word %S where the account name should appear.
+pop3ErrorDialogTitle=Erro na conta %S
+
+pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitle=Introduza a sua palavra-passe
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername): Do not translate the
+#  word %1$S. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear.
+pop3EnterPasswordPromptTitleWithUsername=Introduza a sua palavra-passe para %1$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3EnterPasswordPrompt): Do not translate the words "%1$S"
+# and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear, and
+# %2$S where the host name should appear.
+pop3EnterPasswordPrompt=Introduza a palavra-passe para %1$S em %2$S:
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt): Do not
+# translate the words "%1$S" and "%2$S" below. Place the word %1$S where the
+# user name should appear, and %2$S where the host name should appear.
+pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt=Introduza uma nova palavra-passe para o utilizador %1$S em %2$S:
+
+# Status - Downloading message n of m
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (receivingMessages): Do not translate %1$S or %2$S in the following lines.
+# Place the word %1$S where the number of messages downloaded so far should appear.
+# Place the word %2$S where the total number of messages to receive should appear;
+receivingMessages=A transferir mensagem %1$S de %2$S…
+
+# Status - connecting to host
+hostContact=Servidor contactado, a enviar informação de autenticação…
+
+# Status - no messages to download
+noNewMessages=Não existem novas mensagens.
+
+# Status - messages received after the download
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate %1$S or %2$S in the following line.
+# %1$S will receive the number of messages received
+# %2$S will receive the total number of messages
+receivedMsgs=Recebida %1$S de %2$S mensagens
+
+# Status - parsing folder
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (buildingSummary): Do not translate %S in the following line.
+# Place the word %S where the name of the mailbox should appear
+buildingSummary=A criar o sumário do ficheiro para %S…
+
+# Status - parsing folder
+localStatusDocumentDone=Feito
+
+# Status - pop3 server error
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerError): Do not translate POP3 in the following line.
+pop3ServerError=Ocorreu um erro com o servidor de correio POP3.
+
+# Status - pop3 user name failed
+pop3UsernameFailure=O envio do nome de utilizador não teve sucesso.
+
+# Status - password failed
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3PasswordFailed): Do not translate "%1$S" below.
+# Place the word %1$S where the user name should appear.
+pop3PasswordFailed=O envio da palavra-passe do utilizador %1$S não foi bem sucedido.
+
+# Status - write error occurred
+pop3MessageWriteError=Não foi possível guardar a mensagem na caixa de correio. Verifique se tem acesso de escrita ao sistema de ficheiros ou se possui espaço em suficiente para copiar a caixa de correio.
+
+# Status - pop3 server or folder busy
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerBusy): Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+# Place %S where the account name should appear.
+pop3ServerBusy=A conta %S está a ser processada. Por favor, aguarde até terminar para obter a mensagem.
+
+# Status - retr failure from the server
+pop3RetrFailure=O comando RETR não foi bem sucedido. Erro ao obter a mensagem.
+
+# Status - password undefined 
+pop3PasswordUndefined=Erro ao obter a palavra-passe do correio.
+
+# Status - username undefined 
+pop3UsernameUndefined=Não forneceu o nome de utilizador para este servidor.  Por favor forneça um no menu de configuração da conta e tente novamente.
+
+# Status - list failure
+pop3ListFailure=O comando LIST não teve sucesso. Erro ao obter o ID e o tamanho da mensagem.
+
+# Status - delete error 
+pop3DeleFailure=O comando DELE não teve sucesso. Erro ao marcar a mensagem como apagada.
+
+# Status - stat failed
+pop3StatFail=O comando STAT não foi bem sucedido. Erro ao obter o número e o tamanho das mensagens.
+
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3ServerSaid): Do not remove the leading space during translation.
+pop3ServerSaid= O servidor de correio %S devolveu:\u0020
+
+copyingMessagesStatus=A copiar %S de %S mensagens para %S
+
+movingMessagesStatus=A mover %S de %S mensagens para %S
+
+movemailCantOpenSpoolFile=Não foi possível abrir o ficheiro %S.
+
+movemailCantCreateLock=Não foi possível criar o ficheiro de bloqueio %S. Para mover o correio, tem que criar os ficheiros no diretório de spool. Em muitos sistemas, a melhor forma de o fazer é aplicar o modo 01777 no diretório.
+
+movemailCantDeleteLock=Impossível apagar o ficheiro bloqueado %S.
+
+movemailCantTruncateSpoolFile=Impossível truncar o ficheiro spool %S.
+
+movemailSpoolFileNotFound=Impossível localizar o ficheiro spool de correio.
+
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE (movemailCantParseSpool): %S is file name
+movemailCantParseSpool=Impossível fazer ao ficheiro spool %S. O ficheiro pode estar corrompido ou não é válido.
+
+pop3TmpDownloadError=Ocorreu um um erro ao transferir a seguinte mensagem:   \nDe: %S\n   Assunto: %S\n Esta mensagem pode conter um vírus ou não existe espaço suficiente em disco. Ignorar esta mensagem?
+
+# Status - the server doesn't support UIDL…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc): The following sentence should be translated in this way:
+# Do not translate "POP3"
+# Do not translate "%S". Place %S in your translation where the name of the server should appear.
+# Do not translate "UIDL"
+pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc=O servidor de correio POP3 (%S) não suporta UIDL ou XTND XLST, que são necessárias para implementar as opções ``Manter no servidor'', ``Tamanho máximo da mensagem'' ou ``Obter apenas os cabeçalhos''. Para receber o seu correio, aceda às definições da conta e desative estas opções nas definições do seu servidor de correio.
+
+# Status - the server doesn't support the top command
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand): The following sentence should be translated in this way:
+# Do not translate "POP3"
+# Do not translate "%S". Place %S in your translation where the name of the server should appear.
+# Do not translate "TOP"
+pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand=O servidor de correio POP3 (%S) não suporta o comando TOP. Sem suporte do servidor para esta opção, as opções ``Tamanho máximo da mensagem'' e ``Obter apenas os cabeçalhos'' não estão disponíveis.  Esta opção foi desativada e as mensagens serão transferidas, independentemente do seu tamanho.
+
+nsErrorCouldNotConnectViaTls=Não foi possível estabelecer a ligação TLS ao servidor POP3. O servidor pode estar desligado ou estar incorretamente configurado. Verifique se as definições do servidor estão corretas e tente novamente.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (pop3MoveFolderToTrash): Do not translate the word %S below.
+# "%S" is the name of the folder.
+pop3MoveFolderToTrash=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a pasta '%S'?
+
+pop3DeleteFolderDialogTitle=Apagar pasta
+
+pop3DeleteFolderButtonLabel=&Apagar pasta
+
+pop3AuthInternalError=Erro interno durante a autenticação do servidor POP3. Este é um erro interno e inesperado da aplicação. Por favor reporte-o.
+
+pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL=Parece que este servidor POP3 não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente alterar as definições para 'Palavra-passe, enviada sem segurança' como 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições de contas -> Definições do servidor'. Se este método funcionava anteriormente, é possível que alguém tenha obtido a sua palavra-passe.
+
+pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL=Parece que este servidor POP3 não tem suporte a palavras-passe encriptadas. Se acabou de configurar a conta, tente alterar as definições para 'Palavra-passe, enviada sem segurança' como 'Método de autenticação' nas definições da conta. Se o acesso à conta funcionava anteriormente e agora não, contacte o fornecedor de correio ou o administrador de sistemas.
+
+pop3AuthChangePlainToEncrypt=Parece que este servidor POP3 não permite palavras-passe em texto simples. Tente alterar as definições para 'Palavra-passe encriptada' como 'Método de autenticação' nas definições da conta.
+
+# Authentication server caps and pref don't match
+pop3AuthMechNotSupported=Parece que este servidor não tem suporte ao método de autenticação escolhido. Por favor altere o 'Método de autenticação' nas 'Definições da conta | Definições do servidor'.
+
+# Status - Could not log in to GSSAPI, and it was the only method
+pop3GssapiFailure=Os dados Kerberos/GSSAPI não foram aceites pelo servidor POP. Por favor verifique se está ligado ao Kerberos/GSSAPI.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4a0047fa3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY sendPage.label                   "Enviar página">
+<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey               "E">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2125222ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.label     "Como lida">
+<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.key       "m">
+
+<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.label     "Etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.key       "i">
+
+<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.label     "Abrir mensagem">
+<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.key       "o">
+
+<!ENTITY tagCmd0.key "0">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd1.key "1">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd2.key "2">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd3.key "3">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd4.key "4">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd5.key "5">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd6.key "6">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd7.key "7">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd8.key "8">
+<!ENTITY tagCmd9.key "9">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f66ab49a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY  newMessageCmd.key               "m">
+<!ENTITY  newMessageCmd.label             "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY  newMessageCmd.accesskey         "m">
+ 
+<!ENTITY  newContactCmd.label             "Contacto...">
+<!ENTITY  newContactCmd.accesskey         "C">
+ 
+<!ENTITY printButton.label "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Imprimir esta mensagem">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f66f28bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (messengerCmd.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY messengerCmd.label     "Mail &amp; Newsgroups">
+<!ENTITY messengerCmd.accesskey    "m">
+<!ENTITY messengerCmd.commandkey   "2">
+<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.label    "Livro de endereços">  
+<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.accesskey   "i">
+<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.commandkey   "5">
+
+<!ENTITY taskMessenger.tooltip  "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY taskAddressBook.tooltip  "Livro de endereços">
+<!-- searchAddressesCmd is also used by addressbook -->
+
+<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label                       "Pesquisar endereços…">
+<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey                   "a">
+
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Pesquisar mensagens…">
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "f">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..851688b149
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY mailViewListTitle.label "Modos de visualização">
+<!ENTITY viewName.label "Ver nome">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75fbe0a72b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY mailViewSetupTitle.label "Configuração da vista de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.label "Nome da visualização de mensagem :">
+<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "Ao selecionar esta vista, mostrar apenas mensagens que:">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10c47f826a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# Mail Views
+#
+
+mailViewPeopleIKnow=Pessoas que conheço
+mailViewRecentMail=Correio recente
+mailViewLastFiveDays=Últimos 5 dias
+mailViewNotJunk=Não é lixo eletrónico
+mailViewHasAttachments=Tem anexos
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9a992be7af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# MAPI Messages
+loginText=Por favor introduza a sua palavra-passe para %S:
+loginTextwithName=Por favor introduza o seu nome de utilizador e palavra-passe\u0020
+loginTitle=Correio %S
+PasswordTitle=Correio %S
+
+# MAPI Security Messages
+mapiBlindSendWarning=Outra aplicação está a tentar enviar correio utilizando o seu perfil. Tem a certeza que pretende enviar correio?
+mapiBlindSendDontShowAgain=Avisar-me quando outras aplicações tentarem enviar correio
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51d83d8094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY messageMarkByDate.label "Marcar mensagens como lidas">
+<!ENTITY markByDateLower.label "Marcar como lidas para:">
+<!ENTITY markByDateLower.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.label "Para:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..523f199fc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,552 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY messengerWindow.title "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY titleModifier.label "&brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY titleSeparator.label " - ">
+
+<!-- tabmail -->
+<!ENTITY tabmailClose.label "Fechar separador">
+<!ENTITY tabmailClose.tooltip "Fechar separador">
+<!ENTITY tabmailNewButton.tooltip "Duplicar separador atual">
+<!ENTITY tabmailCloseButton.tooltip "Fechar separador atual">
+<!ENTITY tabmailAllTabs.tooltip "Listar todos os separadores">
+
+<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet -->
+
+<!-- File menu items -->
+<!ENTITY newMessage.label "Nova mensagem">
+<!ENTITY newMessage.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.label "Pasta...">
+<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.label "Pesquisa guardada…">
+<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY newTabCmd.label "Duplicar separador">
+<!ENTITY newTabCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY newTabCmd.key "t">
+<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.label "Fechar separador">
+<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.label "Conta...">
+<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.label "Abrir ficheiro...">
+<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Anexos">
+<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.label "Guardar como">
+<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.key "s">
+<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Modelo">
+<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.label "Obter mensagens">
+<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd2.key "d">
+<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.label "Obter mensagens de">
+<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.label "Todas as contas">
+<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd2.key "d">
+<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.label "Obter as próximas 500 mensagens de notícias">
+<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.label "Enviar mensagens não enviadas">
+<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.label "Subscrever...">
+<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY renameFolder.label "Renomear pasta…">
+<!ENTITY renameFolder.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY compactFolders.label "Compactar pastas">
+<!ENTITY compactFolders.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.label "Esvaziar lixo">
+<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY offlineMenu.label "Modo desligado">
+<!ENTITY offlineMenu.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.label "Transferir ou sincronizar agora…">
+<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.label "Definições do modo offline…">
+<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.label "Obter mensagens selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.label "Obter mensagens assinaladas">
+<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.accesskey "a">
+
+<!-- Edit Menu -->
+<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.label "Apagar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.label "Restaurar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.label "Cancelar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.label "Apagar mensagens selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.label "Restaurar mensagens selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.label "Apagar pasta">
+<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.label "Cancelar subscrição">
+<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY selectMenu.label "Selecionar">
+<!ENTITY selectMenu.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.label "Tópico">
+<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.key "a">
+<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.label "Mensagens marcadas">
+<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY menuFavoriteFolder.label "Pasta favorita">
+<!ENTITY menuFavoriteFolder.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.label "Propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY folderPropsFolderCmd.label "Propriedades da pasta…">
+<!ENTITY folderPropsNewsgroupCmd.label "Propriedades do grupo de notícias…">
+<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias...">
+<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY undoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Anular (apagar mensagem)">
+<!ENTITY redoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Refazer (apagar mensagem)">
+<!ENTITY undoMoveMsgCmd.label "Anular movimentação de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY redoMoveMsgCmd.label "Refazer movimentação de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY undoCopyMsgCmd.label "Anular cópia de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY redoCopyMsgCmd.label "Refazer cópia de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY undoMarkAllCmd.label "Anular marcação de todas lidas">
+<!ENTITY redoMarkAllCmd.label "Refazer marcação de todas lidas">
+<!ENTITY undoDefaultCmd.label "Desfazer">
+<!ENTITY redoDefaultCmd.label "Refazer">
+
+<!-- View Menu -->
+<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.label "Barra de correio">
+<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.label "Barra de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.label "Barra de separadores">
+<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.label "Esquema">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.label "Clássico">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.label "Grande">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.label "Vertical">
+<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.label "Painel de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.label "Painel do tópicos">
+<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.label "Painel de pastas">
+<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (toggleFolderPaneCmd.key): This is only used on the
+     mac platform, other platforms use VK_F9. -->
+<!ENTITY toggleFolderPaneCmd.key "S">
+
+<!-- sortMenu is also used by addressbook -->
+<!ENTITY sortMenu.label "Ordenar por">
+<!ENTITY sortMenu.accesskey "O">
+
+<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.label "Data">
+<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.label "Recebida">
+<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.label "Marca">
+<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.label "Prioridade">
+<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.label "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.label "Estado">
+<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.label "Etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.accesskey "q">
+<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.label "Estado de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.label "Assunto">
+<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.label "De">
+<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.label "Destinatário">
+<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.label "Lida">
+<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.label "Ordem de receção">
+<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.accesskey "O">
+<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.label "Anexos">
+<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Ordem crescente">
+<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Descendente">
+<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY sortThreaded.label "Agrupar por tópicos">
+<!ENTITY sortThreaded.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.label "Não agrupar">
+<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY groupBySort.label "Agrupar pela ordem">
+<!ENTITY groupBySort.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY msgsMenu.label "Mensagens">
+<!ENTITY msgsMenu.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY threads.label "Tópicos">
+<!ENTITY threads.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.label "Todas">
+<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.label "Expandir todos os tópicos">
+<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.key "*">
+<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.label "Colapsar todos os tópicos">
+<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.key "\">
+<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.label "Não lidas">
+<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Tópicos não lidos">
+<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Tópicos monitorizados mas não lidos">
+<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.label "Tópicos ignorados">
+<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.accesskey "i">
+
+<!ENTITY headersMenu.label "Cabeçalhos">
+<!ENTITY headersMenu.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.label "Todos">
+<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.label "Normal">
+<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY bodyMenu.label "Corpo da mensagem como">
+<!ENTITY bodyMenu.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.label "HTML original">
+<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.accesskey "H">
+<!ENTITY bodySanitized.label "HTML simples">
+<!ENTITY bodySanitized.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.label "Texto simples">
+<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.label "Todas as partes do corpo">
+<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.accesskey "a">
+
+<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.label "Corpo da mensagem de fonte como">
+<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.label "Página Web">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.accesskey "w">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.label "Sumário">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.label "Formato pré-definido">
+<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.accesskey "d">
+
+<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.label "Mostrar anexos inline">
+<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Recarregar">
+<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Código fonte">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.key "u">
+
+<!ENTITY findCmd.label "Localizar nesta mensagem…">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (quickFilterBar.show.key2):
+     This is the key used to show the Lightning quick filter bar. -->
+<!ENTITY quickFilterBar.show.key2 "K">
+
+<!-- Go Menu -->
+
+<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Ir">
+<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY nextMenu.label "Seguinte">
+<!ENTITY nextMenu.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.label "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.key "F">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.label "Mensagem não lida">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.key "N">
+<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Mensagem marcada">
+<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.label "Tópico não lido">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.key "T">
+<!ENTITY prevMenu.label "Anterior">
+<!ENTITY prevMenu.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.label "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.key "b">
+<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.label "Mensagem não lida">
+<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "l">
+<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.key "P">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Recuar">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "[">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]">
+<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Mensagem marcada">
+<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY folderMenu.label "Pasta">
+<!ENTITY folderMenu.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY startPageCmd.label "Página inicial">
+<!ENTITY startPageCmd.accesskey "c">
+
+<!-- Message Menu -->
+<!ENTITY msgMenu.label "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY msgMenu.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.label "Nova mensagem">
+<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.label "Mensagem">
+<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.label "Responder">
+<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.key "r">
+<!ENTITY replyListCmd.label "Responder à lista">
+<!ENTITY replyListCmd.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.label "Responder ao grupo">
+<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.label "Responder ao remetente">
+<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.label "Responder a todos">
+<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.key "r">
+<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.label "Responder ao remetente e ao grupo">
+<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.label "Responder a todos os destinatários">
+<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.label "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.key "l">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.label "Reencaminhar como">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.label "Inline">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.label "Anexo">
+<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY editMsgAsNewCmd.label "Editar como nova">
+<!ENTITY editMsgAsNewCmd.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY editMsgAsNewCmd.key "E">
+<!ENTITY createFilter.label "Criar filtro da mensagem...">
+<!ENTITY createFilter.accesskey "f">
+<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.label "Arquivo">
+<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.key "a">
+<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.label "Mover para">
+<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.label "Copiar localização da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.label "Copiar para">
+<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Recente">
+<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.label "Ignorar tópico">
+<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.key "k">
+<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.label "Ignorar subtópico">
+<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.key "k">
+<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.label "Monitorizar tópico">
+<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.key "w">
+<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "Ficheiro aqui">
+<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.label "Copiar aqui">
+<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY tagMenu.label "Etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY tagMenu.accesskey "q">
+<!ENTITY tagCustomize.label "Personalizar...">
+<!ENTITY tagCustomize.accesskey "z">
+<!ENTITY markMenu.label "Marcar">
+<!ENTITY markMenu.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.label "Tópico como lido">
+<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.key "R">
+<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.label "Como lido por data...">
+<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.key "C">
+<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.label "Tudo lido">
+<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.key "C">
+<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.label "É lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.key "J">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.label "Não é lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.key "J">
+<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.label "Aplicar controlos de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.label "Mostrar conteúdo remoto">
+<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.key "r">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.label "Como não sendo fraude">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.key "p">
+<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.label "Abrir mensagem da fonte">
+<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.label "Página Web numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.accesskey "w">
+<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.label "Sumário numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.label "Alternar página Web e sumário no painel de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.accesskey "t">
+
+<!-- Tools Menu -->
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Pesquisar mensagens…">
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "s">
+<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Pesquisar endereços…">
+<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY filtersCmd.label "Filtros de mensagem…">
+<!ENTITY filtersCmd.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY filtersApply.label "Executar filtros na pasta">
+<!ENTITY filtersApply.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.label "Executar filtros nas mensagens selecionadas">
+<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.label "Executar filtros na mensagem">
+<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY runJunkControls.label "Executar filtros de lixo eletrónico na pasta">
+<!ENTITY runJunkControls.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY deleteJunk.label "Apagar correio marcado como lixo na pasta">
+<!ENTITY deleteJunk.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Importar...">
+<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "I">
+
+<!-- Folder Pane -->
+<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Nome">
+<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Não lidas">
+<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Total">
+
+<!-- Toolbar items -->
+<!ENTITY getMsgButton.label "Obter mensagens">
+<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.label "Obter todas as novas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.accesskey "O">
+<!ENTITY newMsgButton.label "Escrever">
+<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.label "Criar em HTML">
+<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.accesskey "H">
+<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.label "Criar em texto simples">
+<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY replyButton.label "Responder">
+<!ENTITY replyAllButton.label "Responder a todos">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Reencaminhar">
+<!ENTITY fileButton.label "Ficheiro">
+<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Seguinte">
+<!ENTITY goBackButton.label "Retroceder">
+<!ENTITY goForwardButton.label "Avançar">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY undeleteButton.label "Restaurar">
+<!ENTITY markButton.label "Marcar">
+<!ENTITY printButton.label "Imprimir">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Parar">
+<!ENTITY junkButton.label "Lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY notJunkButton.label "Não é lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.title "Pesquisa avançada">
+
+<!-- Tooltips -->
+<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Barra de menu">
+<!ENTITY mailToolbar.tooltip "Barra de correio">
+<!ENTITY searchToolbar.tooltip "Barra de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Pesquisa avançada de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY getMsgButton.tooltip "Obter novas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY newMsgButton.tooltip "Criar nova mensagem">
+<!ENTITY replyButton.tooltip "Responder à mensagem">
+<!ENTITY replyAllButton.tooltip "Responder ao remetente e a todos os destinatários">
+<!ENTITY replyAllButtonNews.tooltip "Responder ao remetente e ao grupo">
+<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Reencaminhar mensagem selecionada">
+<!ENTITY fileButton.tooltip "Selecione a mensagem">
+<!ENTITY nextButton.tooltip "Ir para a próxima mensagem não lida">
+<!ENTITY goBackButton.tooltip "Recuar uma mensagem">
+<!ENTITY goForwardButton.tooltip "Avançar uma mensagem">
+<!ENTITY deleteButton.tooltip "Apagar pasta ou mensagem selecionada">
+<!ENTITY undeleteButton.tooltip "Restaurar mensagem selecionada">
+<!ENTITY markButton.tooltip "Marcar mensagens">
+<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Imprimir esta mensagem">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Parar descarga em curso">
+<!ENTITY junkButton.tooltip "Marcar mensagens selecionadas como lixo">
+<!ENTITY notJunkButton.tooltip "Marcar mensagens selecionadas como não sendo lixo">
+
+<!-- Remote Content Button Popup -->
+<!ENTITY remoteContentOptionsAllowForMsg.label "Mostrar conteúdo remoto desta mensagem">
+<!ENTITY remoteContentOptionsAllowForMsg.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY editRemoteContentSettings.label "Editar permissões para conteúdo remoto…">
+<!ENTITY editRemoteContentSettings.accesskey "E">
+
+<!-- Statusbar -->
+<!ENTITY statusText.label "Feito">
+
+<!-- Thread Pane Context Menu -->
+<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.label "Abrir mensagem numa nova janela">
+<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.label "Abrir mensagem num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY contextEditAsNew.label "Editar como nova...">
+<!ENTITY contextEditAsNew.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY contextReplySender.label "Responder apenas ao remetente">
+<!ENTITY contextReplySender.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyList.label "Responder à lista">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyList.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.label "Responder ao grupo">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.label "Responder a todos">
+<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.label "Responder ao remetente e ao grupo">
+<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY contextForward.label "Reencaminhar">
+<!ENTITY contextForward.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.label "Reenviar como anexos">
+<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Arquivo">
+<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.label "Mover para">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.label "Copiar para">
+<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Recente">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgFavoritesMenu.label "Favoritos">
+<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgFavoritesMenu.accesskey "F">
+<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.label "Guardar como...">
+<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY contextPrint.label "Imprimir…">
+<!ENTITY contextPrint.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.label "Pré-visualizar impressão">
+<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.accesskey "v">
+
+<!-- Folder Pane Context Menu -->
+<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.label "Obter mensagens da conta">
+<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.accesskey "O">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkAllFoldersRead.label "Marcar todas as pastas como lidas">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkAllFoldersRead.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.label "Abrir numa nova janela de correio">
+<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "j">
+<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.label "Abrir num novo separador">
+<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY folderContextRename.label "Renomear">
+<!ENTITY folderContextRename.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.label "Compactar esta pasta">
+<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.label "Esvaziar lixo">
+<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.label "Esvaziar lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.accesskey "z">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.label "Enviar mensagens não enviadas">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.label "Cancelar subscrição">
+<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.label "Marcar grupo como lido">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.label "Marcar pasta como lida">
+<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY folderContextNew.label "Nova subpasta...">
+<!ENTITY folderContextNew.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.label "Subscrever…">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.label "Pesquisar mensagens…">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.label "Propriedades…">
+<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY folderContextFavoriteFolder.label "Pasta favorita">
+<!ENTITY folderContextFavoriteFolder.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.label "Definições…">
+<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.accesskey "e">
+
+<!-- focusSearchInput.key also used by addressbook -->
+<!ENTITY focusSearchInput.key "k">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Avançadas…">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Pesquisar mensagens…">
+<!ENTITY searchButton.accesskey "s">
+
+<!ENTITY all.label "Todas">
+<!ENTITY all.accesskey "T">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb4de0e29c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,495 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# The following are used by the messenger application
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(statusMessage):
+# Do not translate the words %1$S and %2$S below. Place the word %1$S where the
+# account name should appear and %2$S where the status message should appear.
+# EXAMPLE: Jim's Account: Downloading messages...
+statusMessage=%1$S: %2$S
+
+renameFolder=Renomear pasta…
+compactFolder=Compactar esta pasta
+compactFolders=Comprimir esta pasta;Comprimir estas pastas
+removeAccount=Apagar conta…
+removeFolder=Apagar pasta
+newFolderMenuItem=Pasta…
+newSubfolderMenuItem=Subpasta…
+newFolder=Nova pasta…
+newSubfolder=Nova subpasta…
+markFolderRead=Marcar pasta como lida;Marcar pastas como lidas
+markNewsgroupRead=Marcar grupo de notícias como lido;Marcar grupos de notícias como lidos
+folderProperties=Propriedades da pasta
+getMessages=Obter mensagens
+getMessagesFor=Obter mensagens para a conta
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (getNextNewsMessages): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# #1 is the number of news messages to get.
+getNextNewsMessages=Obter a próxima #1 mensagem de notícias;Obter as próximas #1 mensagens de notícias
+advanceNextPrompt=Avançar para a próxima mensagem não lida em %S?
+titleNewsPreHost=em
+titleMailPreHost=para
+replyToSender=Responder ao remetente
+reply=Responder
+EMLFiles=Ficheiros de correio
+OpenEMLFiles=Abrir mensagem
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(defaultSaveMessageAsFileName): Do not translate ".eml"
+# in the line below. Also, the complete file name should be 8.3.
+defaultSaveMessageAsFileName=mensagem.eml
+SaveMailAs=Guardar mensagem como
+SaveAttachment=Guardar anexos
+SaveAllAttachments=Guardar todos os anexos
+DetachAttachment=Retirar o anexo
+DetachAllAttachments=Retirar todos os anexos
+ChooseFolder=Escolher pasta
+LoadingMessageToPrint=A carregar mensagem para impressão...
+MessageLoaded=Mensagem carregada...
+PrintingMessage=A imprimir mensagem...
+PrintPreviewMessage=Pré-visualizar impressão da mensagem...
+PrintingContact=A imprimir contacto...
+PrintPreviewContact=Pré-visualizar contacto...
+PrintingAddrBook=A imprimir livro de endereços...
+PrintPreviewAddrBook=Pré-visualizar impressão do livro de endereços...
+PrintingComplete=Feita.
+PreviewTitle=%S - %S
+LoadingMailMsgForPrint=(A carregar conteúdo para impressão)
+LoadingMailMsgForPrintPreview=(A carregar conteúdo para pré-visualização da impressão)
+saveAttachmentFailed=Impossível guardar anexo. Verifique o nome do ficheiro e tente novamente.
+saveMessageFailed=Impossível guardar mensagem. Verifique o nome do ficheiro e tente novamente.
+fileExists=%S já existe. Deseja substituí-lo?
+
+downloadingNewsgroups=A transferir grupos de notícias para utilização offline
+downloadingMail=A transferir correio para utilização offline
+sendingUnsent=A enviar mensagens não enviadas
+
+folderExists=Já existe uma pasta com esse nome. Por favor introduza um nome diferente.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(confirmDuplicateFolderRename): %1$S is name of folder being moved, %2$S is parent folder name, %3$S is proposed new folder name
+confirmDuplicateFolderRename=Uma subpasta com o nome '%1$S' já existe na pasta '%2$S'. Gostaria de mover esta pasta utilizando o novo nome '%3$S'?
+folderCreationFailed=A pasta não pôde ser criada porque o nome especificado contém um carácter desconhecido. Por favor introduza um nome diferente e tente novamente.
+
+compactingFolder=A compactar a pasta %S…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(compactingDone): %1$S is the compaction gain.
+compactingDone=Compactação feita (aprox. %1$S recuperados).
+autoCompactAllFoldersTitle=Compactar pastas
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(autoCompactAllFoldersMsg): %1$S will be replaced by size gain of the compaction (including the unit), %2$S will be replaced by application name
+autoCompactAllFoldersMsg=As mensagens que apagou podem ser purgadas do disco. Esta operação irá salvar cerca de %1$S de espaço em disco. Selecione a opção abaixo para permitir que o %2$S faça isto automaticamente sem lhe perguntar.
+autoCompactNeverAskCheckbox=Remover exclusões de mensagens automaticamente e não me perguntar.
+proceedButton=&Proceder
+
+confirmFolderDeletionForFilter=Se eliminar a pasta '%S', desativa o(s) respetivo(s) filtro(s) associado(s). Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a pasta?
+alertFilterChanged=Os filtros associados a esta pasta vão ser atualizados.
+filterDisabled=A pasta '%S' não foi encontrada, os filtros associados a esta pasta vão ser desativados. Verifique se a pasta existe, e que os filtros apontam para um destino válido.
+filterFolderDeniedLocked=As mensagens não foram filtradas para a pasta '%S' porque outra operação já está em progresso.
+parsingFolderFailed=Não foi possível abrir a pasta %S, uma vez está a ser usada por outra aplicação. Aguarde pela conclusão da operação e selecione-a novamente.
+deletingMsgsFailed=A pasta %S não pode ser apagada, porque está a ser utilizada por outra operação. Aguarde pela conclusão da operação e selecione-a novamente.
+alertFilterCheckbox=Não avisar novamente.
+compactFolderDeniedLock=A pasta '%S' não pode ser compactada porque outra operação já está em progresso. Tente novamente mais tarde.
+compactFolderWriteFailed=A pasta '%S' não pode ser compactada porque a escrita para a pasta falhou. Verifique se tem espaço suficiente em disco, se tem privilégios de escrita nos ficheiros de sistema e tente novamente.
+compactFolderInsufficientSpace=Algumas pastas (por exemplo, '%S') não podem ser compactadas porque não existe espaço suficiente em disco. Por favor apague alguns ficheiros e tente novamente.
+filterFolderHdrAddFailed=As mensagens não podem ser filtradas para a pasta '%S' porque a adição de uma mensagem na pasta falhou. Confirme se a pasta está a ser corretamente apresentada ou tente reparar a mesma a partir das propriedades da pasta.
+filterFolderWriteFailed=As mensagens não podem ser filtradas para a pasta '%S' porque a escrita na pasta falhou. Verifique se tem espaço suficiente em disco, se tem privilégios de escrita nos ficheiros de sistema e tente novamente.
+copyMsgWriteFailed=As mensagens não foram copiadas ou movidas para a pasta '%S' porque a escrita para a pasta falhou. Para ganhar espaço em disco, no menu Ficheiro, escolha Esvaziar lixo e depois escolha Compactar pastas, e tente novamente.
+cantMoveMsgWOBodyOffline=Se estiver no modo offline, não pode mover ou copiar mensagens que não foram transferidas. Na janela de correio, abra o menu Ficheiro, escolha Offline, desmarque a opção Trabalhar offline e tente novamente.
+operationFailedFolderBusy=A operação falhou porque uma outra operação está a usar a pasta. Aguarde que a operação termine e tente novamente.
+folderRenameFailed=Não foi possível alterar o nome da pasta. Talvez a pasta esteja a ser reanalisada ou o novo nome não é válido .
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(verboseFolderFormat): %1$S is folder name, %2$S is server name
+verboseFolderFormat=%1$S em %2$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(filterFolderTruncateFailed): %1$S is replaced by the folder name, %2$S is replaced by the brandShortName
+filterFolderTruncateFailed=Ocorreu um erro ao truncar a caixa de entrada após filtrar a mensagem para a pasta '%1$S'. Pode ser necessário fechar o %2$S e apagar o ficheiro INBOX.msf.
+
+mailboxTooLarge=A pasta %S está cheia e não pode guardar mais mensagens. Para libertar espaço na pasta, apague mensagens antigas ou desnecessárias e compacte a pasta.
+outOfDiskSpace=Não existe espaço em disco para transferir as novas mensagens. Tente apagar mensagens antigas, esvaziar o lixo, compactar as suas pastas e tente novamente.
+errorGettingDB=Não é possível abrir o ficheiro de resumo para '%S'. Talvez tenha ocorrido um erro no disco, ou o caminho completo é muito extenso.
+
+defaultServerTag=(Pré-definido)
+
+# Used in message database list view to provide a text value for graphic based cells.
+messageUnread=Não lida
+messageHasFlag=Etiquetada
+messageHasAttachment=Tem anexo
+messageJunk=Lixo eletrónico
+messageExpanded=Expandida
+messageCollapsed=Colapsada
+
+# Used in the SMTP Account Settings panel when a server value has no properties
+smtpServerList-NotSpecified=<não especificado>
+smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-0=Nenhuma
+smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-1=STARTTLS, se disponível
+smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-2=STARTTLS
+smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-3=SSL/TLS
+smtpServers-confirmServerDeletionTitle=Apagar servidor
+smtpServers-confirmServerDeletion=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar o servidor:\n %S?
+
+# Account Settings - Both Incoming and SMTP server
+authNo=Sem autenticação
+authOld=Palavra-passe, método original (inseguro)
+authPasswordCleartextInsecurely=Palavra-passe, enviada sem segurança
+authPasswordCleartextViaSSL=Palavra-passe normal
+authPasswordEncrypted=Palavra-passe encriptada
+authKerberos=Kerberos / GSSAPI
+authExternal=Certificado TLS
+authNTLM=NTLM
+authOAuth2=OAuth2
+authAnySecure=Qualquer método seguro (preferencial)
+authAny=Qualquer método (inseguro)
+
+# OAuth2 window title
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(oauth2WindowTitle):
+# %1$S is the username (or full email address) used for authentication.
+# %2$S is the hostname of the account being authenticated.
+oauth2WindowTitle=Introduza as credenciais para %1$S no %2$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-nntp): Do not translate "NNTP" in the line below
+serverType-nntp=Servidor de notícias (NNTP)
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-pop3): Do not translate "POP" in the line below
+serverType-pop3=Servidor de correio POP
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-imap): Do not translate "IMAP" in the line below
+serverType-imap=Servidor de correio IMAP
+serverType-none=Armazenamento local de mensagens
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(serverType-movemail): DONT_TRANSLATE
+serverType-movemail=Unix Movemail
+
+sizeColumnTooltip2=Ordenar por tamanho
+sizeColumnHeader=Tamanho
+linesColumnTooltip2=Ordenar por linhas
+linesColumnHeader=Linhas
+
+# status feedback stuff
+documentDone=
+documentLoading=A carregar mensagem......
+
+unreadMsgStatus=Não lidas: %S
+selectedMsgStatus=Selecionada: %S
+totalMsgStatus=Total: %S
+
+# localized folder names
+
+localFolders=Pastas locais
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (inboxFolderName): OK to translate all foldernames, bugzilla #57440 & bugzilla #23625 fixed
+inboxFolderName=Caixa de entrada
+trashFolderName=Lixo
+sentFolderName=Enviados
+draftsFolderName=Rascunhos
+templatesFolderName=Modelos
+outboxFolderName=Caixa de saída
+junkFolderName=Lixo eletrónico
+archivesFolderName=Arquivos
+
+# "Normal" priority is often blank,
+# depending on the consumers of these strings
+priorityLowest=Muito baixa
+priorityLow=Baixa
+priorityNormal=Normal
+priorityHigh=Alta
+priorityHighest=Muito alta
+
+#Group by date thread pane titles
+today=Hoje
+yesterday=Ontem
+lastWeek=Semana passada
+last7Days=Últimos 7 dias
+twoWeeksAgo=2 semanas atrás
+last14Days=Últimos 14 dias
+older=Correio antigo
+futureDate=Futuro
+
+#Grouped By Tags
+untaggedMessages=Mensagens não etiquetadas
+
+# Grouped by status
+messagesWithNoStatus=Sem estado
+
+#Grouped by priority
+noPriority=Sem prioridade
+
+#Grouped by has attachments
+noAttachments=Sem anexos
+attachments=Anexos
+
+#Grouped by flagged
+notFlagged=Sem estrela
+groupFlagged=Com estrela
+
+# defaults descriptions for tag prefs listed in mailnews.js
+# (we keep the .labels. names for backwards compatibility)
+mailnews.tags.remove=Remover todas as etiquetas
+mailnews.labels.description.1=Importante
+mailnews.labels.description.2=Trabalho
+mailnews.labels.description.3=Pessoal
+mailnews.labels.description.4=Compromisso
+mailnews.labels.description.5=Mais tarde
+
+# Format definition tag menu texts.
+# This is necessary in order to get the accesskeys to be the on the first
+# character of the menu text instead of after the menu text.
+# If a key definition exists for the tag at index n, that key's key will be
+# taken as the accesskey, eg.
+#   <key id="key_tag3" key="&tagCmd3.key;" oncommand="ToggleMessageTagKey(3);"/>
+# makes the third tag have the accesskey &tagCmd3.key;.
+# In the menuitem's label, this accesskey appears at %1$S below; %2$S will be
+# replaced by the tag label.
+mailnews.tags.format=%1$S %2$S
+
+replied=Respondida
+forwarded=Reencaminhada
+new=Nova
+read=Lida
+flagged=Etiquetada
+
+# for junk status picker in search and mail views
+junk=Lixo eletrónico
+
+# for junk score origin picker in search and mail views
+junkScoreOriginPlugin=Plugin
+junkScoreOriginFilter=Filtro
+junkScoreOriginWhitelist=Lista branca
+junkScoreOriginUser=Utilizador
+junkScoreOriginImapFlag=Etiqueta IMAP
+
+# for the has attachment picker in search and mail views
+hasAttachments=Tem anexos
+
+# for the Tag picker in search and mail views.
+tag=Etiqueta
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(andOthers):
+# for multiple authors, add this abbreviation to the first author to indicate
+# there are more; for the From column in the threadpane message list.
+andOthers=et al.
+
+# mailnews.js
+mailnews.send_default_charset=UTF-8
+mailnews.view_default_charset=ISO-8859-1
+
+# whether to generate display names in last first order
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst):
+# the only valid values are: true OR false (choose from the untranslated English words)
+mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst=false
+
+# whether to also show phonetic fields in the addressbook
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields):
+# the only valid values are: true OR false (choose from the untranslated English words)
+mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields=false
+
+# valid format options are:
+# 1: yyyy/mm/dd
+# 2: yyyy/dd/mm
+# 3: mm/dd/yyyy
+# 4: mm/yyyy/dd
+# 5: dd/mm/yyyy
+# 6: dd/yyyy/mm
+#
+# 0: auto-detect the current locale format
+#    a separator has to be either '/', '-', '.' and the year in Chistian year
+#    otherwise mm/dd/yyyy (option 3) is used
+#
+mailnews.search_date_format=0
+# separator for search date (e.g. "/", "-"), or empty when search_date_format is zero
+mailnews.search_date_separator=
+# leading zeros for day and month values, not used if mailnews.search_date_format is not zero
+mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros=true
+
+# offline msg
+nocachedbodybody2=O corpo desta mensagem não foi transferido para utilização no modo offline. Para ler esta mensagem, tem de se religar à rede, escolher Offline no menu Ficheiro e desmarcar a opção Trabalhar offline. No futuro, poderá selecionar as mensagens ou pastas para leitura no modo offline. Para o fazer escolha Offline no menu Ficheiro e selecione Transferir/Sincronizar agora. Pode ajustar o espaço em disco para impedir a transferência de mensagens grandes.
+
+# accountCentral
+mailnews.account_central_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/msgAccountCentral.xul
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(acctCentralTitleFormat): %1$S is brand, %2$S is account type, %3$S is account name
+acctCentralTitleFormat=%1$S %2$S - %3$S
+mailAcctType=Correio
+newsAcctType=Notícias
+feedsAcctType=Fontes
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(nocachedbodytitle): Do not translate "<TITLE>" or "</TITLE>" in the line below
+nocachedbodytitle=<TITLE>Ative o modo online para ver esta mensagem</TITLE>\n
+
+# mailWindowOverlay.js
+confirmUnsubscribeTitle=Confirmar cancelação de subscrição
+confirmUnsubscribeText=Tem a certeza que pretende cancelar a subscrição de %S?
+
+confirmUnsubscribeManyText=Tem a certeza que quer cancelar a subscrição destes grupos de notícias?
+
+# msgHdrViewOverlay.js
+deleteAttachments=Os anexos seguintes vão ser apagados permanentemente desta mensagem:\n%S\nEsta ação não pode ser desfeita. Deseja continuar?
+detachAttachments=Os anexos seguintes foram guardados com sucesso e serão apagados permanentemente desta mensagem:\n%S\nEsta ação não pode ser desfeita. Deseja continuar?
+deleteAttachmentFailure=Falha ao apagar os anexos selecionados.
+
+# This is the format for prepending accesskeys to the
+# each of the attachments in the file|attachments menu:
+#   ie: 1 file.txt
+#       2 another file.txt
+attachmentDisplayNameFormat=%S %S
+
+# This is the heading for the attachment summary when printing an email
+attachmentsPrintHeader=Anexos:
+
+# Connection Error Messages
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(unknownHostError): %S is the server name
+unknownHostError=A ligação ao servidor %S falhou.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(connectionRefusedError): %S is the server name
+connectionRefusedError=A ligação ao servidor %S falhou; a ligação foi recusada.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netTimeoutError): %S is the server name
+netTimeoutError=A ligação ao servidor %S expirou.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netResetError): %S is the server name
+netResetError=A ligação ao servidor %S foi reposta.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(netInterruptError): %S is the server name
+netInterruptError=A ligação ao servidor %S foi interrompida.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(biffNotification): %1$S is the number of new messages
+biffNotification_message=tem %1$S nova mensagem
+biffNotification_messages=tem %1$S novas mensagens
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(macBiffNotification is Mac only):
+#  %1$S is the number of new messages
+#  %2$S is a list of names and/or email addresses separated by biffNotification_separator
+#  %3$S is the number of new messages not displayed in the biff alert
+macBiffNotification_message=%1$S mensagem nova de %2$S.
+macBiffNotification_messages=%1$S mensagens novas de %2$S.
+macBiffNotification_messages_extra=%1$S mensagens novas de %2$S e ainda mais %3$S.
+# Used to separate names/email addresses in a list.  Note the trailing space ', '
+macBiffNotification_separator=,\u0020
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailNotification_message): %1$S is the name of the account %2$S is the number of new messages
+newMailNotification_message=%1$S recebeu %2$S nova mensagem
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailNotification_messages): %1$S is the name of the account %2$S is the number of new messages
+newMailNotification_messages=%1$S recebeu %2$S novas mensagens
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(newMailAlert_message):
+# Semi-colon list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# #1 is the name of the account, #2 is the number of new messages
+newMailAlert_message=#1 recebeu #2 nova mensagem;#1 recebeu #2 novas mensagens
+
+# For the Quota tab in the mail folder properties dialog
+quotaPercentUsed=%S%% cheio
+
+# for message views
+confirmViewDeleteTitle=Confirmar
+confirmViewDeleteMessage=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar esta vista?
+
+# for virtual folders
+confirmSavedSearchDeleteTitle=Apagar pesquisa guardada
+confirmSavedSearchDeleteMessage=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar esta pesquisa guardada?
+confirmSavedSearchDeleteButton=Apagar pesquisa guar&dada
+
+## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT
+## @loc None
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (passwordPrompt): Do not translate the word %S below.
+# Place the word "%S" in your translation where the email address
+# or the username should appear
+passwordPrompt=Introduza a palavra-passe para %1$S em %2$S:
+
+## @name ENTER_PASSWORD_PROMPT_TITLE
+## @loc None
+passwordTitle=Requer palavra-passe do servidor de correio
+
+# for checking if the user really wants to open lots of messages in separate windows.
+openWindowWarningTitle=Confirmar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (openWindowWarningConfirmation): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+# #1 is the number of messages the user is attempting to open.
+openWindowWarningConfirmation=Abrir #1 mensagem pode ser lento.  Continuar?;Abrir #1 mensagens pode ser lento.  Continuar?
+
+# for warning the user that a tag he's trying to create already exists
+tagExists=Já existe uma etiqueta com esse nome.
+
+# for checking if the user really wants to delete the adaptive filter training set
+confirmResetJunkTrainingTitle=Confirmar
+confirmResetJunkTrainingText=Tem a certeza que pretende repor os dados de treino do filtro adaptativo?
+
+# for the virtual folder list dialog title
+# %S is the name of the saved search folder
+editVirtualFolderPropertiesTitle=Editar propriedades de pesquisa guardada para %S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (foldersChosen): #1 number of chosen folders
+virtualFolderSourcesChosen=#1 pasta escolhida;#1 pastas escolhidas
+
+#alert to inform the user to choose one or more folders to search for a saved search folder
+alertNoSearchFoldersSelected=Tem que escolher uma pasta para pesquisar a pasta da pesquisa.
+
+# These are displayed in the message and folder pane windows
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE %.*f is the abbreviated size in the appropriate units
+byteAbbreviation2=%.*f bytes
+kiloByteAbbreviation2=%.*f KB
+megaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f MB
+gigaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f GB
+teraByteAbbreviation2=%.*f TB
+petaByteAbbreviation2=%.*f PB
+
+# Error message if message for a message id wasn't found
+errorOpenMessageForMessageIdTitle=Erro ao abrir message-id
+errorOpenMessageForMessageIdMessage=A mensagem com o ID %S não foi encontrada
+
+# Warnings to alert users about phishing urls
+confirmPhishingTitle=Alerta de correio SCAM
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE %1$S is the brand name, %2$S is the host name of the url being visited
+confirmPhishingUrl1=O %1$S acha que este site é suspeito! Este pode estar a tentar imitar a página de Internet que pretende visitar. A maior parte dos sites legítimos utiliza letras em vez de números. Tem a certeza que pretende visitar %2$S?
+confirmPhishingUrl2=O %1$S acha que este site é suspeito! Este pode estar a tentar imitar a página de Internet que pretende visitar. Tem a certeza que pretende visitar %2$S?
+
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE(mdnBarMessageNormal) %1$S is the name of the sender
+mdnBarMessageNormal=%1$S pediu para ser notificado quando você ler esta mensagem.
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE(mdnBarMessageAddressDiffers) %1$S is the name of the sender, %2$S is the address(es) to send return receipt to
+mdnBarMessageAddressDiffers=%1$S pediu para ser notificado para %2$S, quando você ler esta mensagem.
+
+# mailCommands.js
+emptyJunkTitle=Confirmar
+emptyJunkMessage=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar de forma permanente todas as mensagens e sub-pastas da pasta Lixo eletrónico?
+emptyJunkDontAsk=Não perguntar novamente.
+emptyTrashTitle=Confirmar
+emptyTrashMessage=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar de forma permanente todas as mensagens e sub-pastas da pasta Lixo?
+emptyTrashDontAsk=Não perguntar novamente.
+
+# junkCommands.js
+junkAnalysisPercentComplete=Análise de lixo a %S terminada
+processingJunkMessages=A processar mensagens de lixo eletrónico
+
+# Messenger bootstrapping messages
+fileNotFoundTitle = Ficheiro não encontrado
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE(fileNotFoundMsg): %S is the filename
+fileNotFoundMsg = O ficheiro %S não existe.
+
+confirmMsgDelete.title=Confirmar eliminação
+confirmMsgDelete.collapsed.desc=Isto irá eliminar as mensagens em tópicos colapsados. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+confirmMsgDelete.deleteNoTrash.desc=Irá eliminar mensagens imediatamente, sem guardar uma cópia no lixo. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+confirmMsgDelete.deleteFromTrash.desc=Irá apagar as mensagens no Lixo de forma permanente. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+confirmMsgDelete.dontAsk.label=Não perguntar novamente.
+confirmMsgDelete.delete.label=Apagar
+
+mailServerLoginFailedTitle=Falha ao iniciar sessão
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailServerLoginFailedTitleWithAccount):
+# "%S" is the account name.
+mailServerLoginFailedTitleWithAccount=Início de sessão para a conta "%S" falhou
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mailServerLoginFailed2):
+# %1$S is the host name of the server, %2$S is the user name.
+mailServerLoginFailed2=Início de sessão para o servidor %1$S com o nome de utilizador %2$S falhou
+mailServerLoginFailedRetryButton=Volta&r a tentar
+mailServerLoginFailedEnterNewPasswordButton=Intro&duza a nova palavra-passe
+
+confirmMarkAllFoldersReadTitle=Marcar todas as pastas como lidas
+confirmMarkAllFoldersReadMessage=Tem a certeza de que pretende marcar todas as mensagens em todas as pastas desta conta como lidas?
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (junkBarMessage): %S is the brandname
+junkBarMessage=O %S acha que esta mensagem é lixo eletrónico.
+junkBarButton=Não é lixo eletrónico
+junkBarButtonKey=N
+junkBarInfoButton=?
+junkBarInfoButtonKey=?
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (remoteContentBarMessage): %S is the brandname
+remoteContentBarMessage=Para proteger a sua privacidade, o %S bloqueou o conteúdo remoto nesta mensagem.
+remoteContentPrefLabel=Opções
+remoteContentPrefAccesskey=O
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(remoteContentAllow): %S is host name
+remoteContentAllow=Permitir conteúdo remoto para %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (phishingBarMessage): %S is the brandname
+phishingBarMessage=O %S acha que esta mensagem é um engodo.
+phishingBarIgnoreButton=Ignorar aviso
+phishingBarIgnoreButtonKey=I
+mdnBarMessage=O remetente desta mensagem pediu para ser notificado quando ler esta mensagem. Deseja notificar o remetente?
+mdnBarIgnoreButton=Ignorar pedido
+mdnBarIgnoreButtonKey=I
+mdnBarSendReqButton=Enviar recibo
+mdnBarSendReqButtonKey=E
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (saveAsType): replace %S with the extension of the file to be saved.
+saveAsType=Ficheiro %S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..df6c330699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by libmime to emit header display in HTML
+#
+
+# Mail subject
+## @name MIME_MHTML_SUBJECT
+## @loc None
+1000=Assunto
+
+# Resent-Comments
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_COMMENTS
+## @loc 
+1001=Comentários reenviados
+
+# Resent-Date
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_DATE
+## @loc 
+1002=Reenviar-Data
+
+# Resent-Sender
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_SENDER
+## @loc 
+1003=Reenviar-Remetente
+
+# Resent-From
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_FROM
+## @loc 
+1004=Reenviar-De
+
+# Resent-To
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_TO
+## @loc 
+1005=Reenviar-Para
+
+# Resent-CC
+## @name MIME_MHTML_RESENT_CC
+## @loc 
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1006): Do not translate "CC" below.
+1006=Reenviar-CC
+
+# Date
+## @name MIME_MHTML_DATE
+## @loc 
+1007=Data
+
+# Sender
+## @name MIME_MHTML_SENDER
+## @loc 
+1008=Remetente
+
+# From
+## @name MIME_MHTML_FROM
+## @loc 
+1009=De
+
+# Reply-To
+## @name MIME_MHTML_REPLY_TO
+## @loc 
+1010=Responder-Para
+
+# Organization
+## @name MIME_MHTML_ORGANIZATION
+## @loc 
+1011=Organização
+
+# To
+## @name MIME_MHTML_TO
+## @loc 
+1012=Para
+
+# CC
+## @name MIME_MHTML_CC
+## @loc 
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1013): Do not translate "CC" below.
+1013=CC
+
+# Newsgroups
+## @name MIME_MHTML_NEWSGROUPS
+## @loc 
+1014=Grupos de notícias
+
+# Followup-To
+## @name MIME_MHTML_FOLLOWUP_TO
+## @loc 
+1015=Reencaminhar-Para
+
+# References
+## @name MIME_MHTML_REFERENCES
+## @loc 
+1016=Referências
+
+# Message ID
+## @name MIME_MHTML_MESSAGE_ID
+## @loc 
+1021=ID-Mensagem
+
+# BCC
+## @name MIME_MHTML_BCC
+## @loc 
+1023=BCC
+
+# Link to doc
+## @name MIME_MSG_LINK_TO_DOCUMENT
+## @loc 
+1026=Ligação para o documento
+
+# Get Doc info
+## @name MIME_MSG_DOCUMENT_INFO
+## @loc 
+1027=<B>Informação do documento:</B>
+
+# Msg Attachment
+## @name MIME_MSG_ATTACHMENT
+## @loc 
+1028=Anexo
+
+# default attachment name
+## @name MIME_MSG_DEFAULT_ATTACHMENT_NAME
+## @loc 
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (1040): Do not translate "%s" below.
+# Place the %s where you wish the part number of the attachment to appear
+1040=Parte %s
+
+# default forwarded message prefix
+## @name MIME_FORWARDED_MESSAGE_HTML_USER_WROTE
+## @loc 
+1041=-------- Mensagem original --------
+
+# Partial Message Truncated
+## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED
+## @loc
+MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED=Truncado!
+
+# Partial Message Truncated Explanation
+## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION
+## @loc
+MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION=Esta mensagem excede o tamanho máximo da mensagem definido nas definições da conta, por isso apenas transferiu as primeiras linhas do servidor de correio.
+
+# Partial Message Not Downloaded
+## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED
+## @loc
+MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED=Por transferir
+
+# Partial Message Not Downloaded Explanation
+## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION
+## @loc
+MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION=Apenas os cabeçalhos desta mensagem foram transferidos do servidor.
+
+# MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST
+## @name MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST
+## @loc
+MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST=Transferir o resto da mensagem.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cef745c72c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by libmime for header display in XML & HTML
+#
+TO=Para
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (BCC); DONT_TRANSLATE
+BCC=BCC
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (CC); DONT_TRANSLATE
+CC=CC
+DATE=Data
+DISTRIBUTION=Distribuição
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (FCC); DONT_TRANSLATE
+FCC=FCC
+FOLLOWUP-TO=Reencaminhar-Para
+FROM=De
+STATUS=Estado
+LINES=Linhas
+MESSAGE-ID=Id de mensagem
+MIME-VERSION=Versão MIME
+NEWSGROUPS=Grupos de notícias
+ORGANIZATION=Organização
+REFERENCES=Referencias
+REPLY-TO=Responder-Para
+RESENT-COMMENTS=Comentários reenviados
+RESENT-DATE=Reenviar-Data
+RESENT-FROM=Reenviar-De
+RESENT-MESSAGE-ID=Reenviar-ID da Mensagem
+RESENT-SENDER=Reenviar-Remetente
+RESENT-TO=Reenviar-Para
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (RESENT-CC); Do not translate "CC"
+RESENT-CC=Reenviar-CC
+SENDER=Remetente
+SUBJECT=Assunto
+APPROVED-BY=Aprovado por
+USER-AGENT=User-Agent
+FILENAME=Nome do ficheiro
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eae8538d49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY emailSectionHdr.label        "Email"> 
+<!ENTITY readMsgsLink.label           "Ler mensagens"> 
+<!ENTITY composeMsgLink.label         "Escrever nova mensagem"> 
+
+<!ENTITY newsSectionHdr.label         "Grupos de notícias"> 
+<!ENTITY subscribeNewsLink.label      "Gerir grupos de notícias"> 
+
+<!ENTITY accountsSectionHdr.label     "Contas"> 
+<!ENTITY subscribeImapFolders.label   "Gerir pasta de subscrições"> 
+<!ENTITY settingsLink.label           "Ver definições desta conta"> 
+<!ENTITY newAcctLink.label            "Criar uma nova conta"> 
+
+<!ENTITY advFeaturesSectionHdr.label  "Definições avançadas"> 
+<!ENTITY searchMsgsLink.label         "Pesquisar mensagens"> 
+<!ENTITY filtersLink.label            "Gerir filtros de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY junkSettings.label           "Definições de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY offlineLink.label            "Definições do modo offline">
+
+<!ENTITY feedsSectionHdr.label        "Fontes">
+<!ENTITY subscribeFeeds.label         "Gerir subscrições">
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgFolderPickerOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgFolderPickerOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..36a479d046
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgFolderPickerOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Labels -->
+
+<!ENTITY newfolderchoosethis.label   "escolha isto para o parente">
+<!ENTITY filemessageschoosethis.label   "escolher esta pasta">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1a89b0aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY toField.label "Para: ">
+<!ENTITY fromField.label "De: ">
+<!ENTITY senderField.label "Remetente: ">
+<!ENTITY organizationField.label "Organização: ">
+<!ENTITY replyToField.label "Responder-Para: ">
+
+<!ENTITY subjectField.label "Assunto: ">
+<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccField.label): DONT_TRANSLATE -->
+<!ENTITY ccField.label "Cc: ">
+<!ENTITY bccField.label "Bcc: ">
+<!ENTITY newsgroupsField.label "Grupos de notícias: ">
+<!ENTITY followupToField.label "Reencaminhar-Para: ">
+
+<!ENTITY tagsHdr.label "Etiquetas: ">
+<!ENTITY dateField.label "Data: ">
+<!ENTITY userAgentField.label "User-Agent: ">
+<!ENTITY referencesField.label "Referências: ">
+<!ENTITY messageIdField.label "ID da mensagem: ">
+<!ENTITY inReplyToField.label "Em-Resposta-Para: ">
+<!ENTITY originalWebsite.label "Website: ">
+
+<!ENTITY editMessage.label                 "Editar rascunho…">
+<!ENTITY editMessage.accesskey             "d">
+
+<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.label             "Anexos:">
+<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.accesskey         "x">
+<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label           "Abrir">
+<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey       "A">
+<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.label           "Ver fonte">
+<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.accesskey       "V">
+<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.label         "Guardar como...">
+<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey     "G">
+<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.label         "Separar ...">
+<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.accesskey     "p">
+<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.label         "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.accesskey     "g">
+<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.label       "Guardar tudo…">
+<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey   "u">
+<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.label     "Separar todos...">
+<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.label     "Apagar tudo…">
+<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "A">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26e6f7d9a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Message Header View Popup -->
+<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.label            "Adicionar ao livro de endereços…">
+<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.accesskey        "A">
+<!ENTITY EditContact.label                 "Editar contacto…">
+<!ENTITY EditContact.accesskey             "E">
+<!ENTITY ViewContact.label                 "Ver contacto">
+<!ENTITY ViewContact.accesskey             "V">
+<!ENTITY SendMailTo.label                  "Criar mensagem para…">
+<!ENTITY SendMailTo.accesskey              "s">
+<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.label            "Copiar endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY CopyNameAndEmailAddress.label     "Copiar nome e endereço de email">
+<!ENTITY CopyNameAndEmailAddress.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.label            "Criar filtro de...">
+<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.accesskey        "f">
+<!ENTITY openInBrowser.label               "Abrir no navegador">
+<!ENTITY openInBrowser.accesskey           "o">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label             "Adicionar ligação aos marcadores…">
+<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey         "A">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label                 "Copiar localização da ligação">
+<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey             "C">
+<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.label               "Copiar o ID da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.label         "Abrir mensagem para o ID">
+<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.accesskey     "o">
+<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.label        "Abrir o navegador com o ID da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.accesskey    "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08139ffaf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgPrintEngine.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (printCmd.key, closeCmd.key):
+     As defined in msgPrintEngine.xul, Ctrl plus the command keys defined here
+     will be the keyboard shortcuts effective in print preview, e.g. Ctrl+P
+     -->
+
+<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P">
+<!ENTITY closeCmd.key "W">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6682a5fb81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from MsgSynchronize.xul and msgSelectOfflineFolders.xul-->
+
+<!ENTITY MsgSynchronize.label "Transferir e sincronizar mensagens">
+<!ENTITY MsgSelect.label "Itenss para utilização offline">
+<!ENTITY MsgSyncDesc.label "Se já selecionou as pastas de correio ou de grupos de notícias para serem utilizados no modo offline, pode transferir e/ou sincronizar os itens. Caso contrário, utilize o botão &quot;Selecionar&quot; para escolher as pastas de correio e grupos de discussão para utilização offline.">
+<!ENTITY MsgSyncDirections.label "Transferir e/ou sincronizar o seguinte:">
+<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.label "Mensagens de correio">
+<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.label "Mensagens de grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY sendMessage.label "Enviar mensagens por enviar">
+<!ENTITY sendMessage.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY workOffline.label "Trabalhar offline assim que terminar de transferir e/ou sincronizar">
+<!ENTITY workOffline.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY selectButton.label "Selecione...">
+<!ENTITY selectButton.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY MsgSelectDesc.label "Escolha as pastas de correio e grupos de notícias para utilização offline.">
+<!ENTITY MsgSelectInd.label "Transferir">
+<!ENTITY MsgSelectItems.label "Pastas e grupos de notícias">
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..450e424cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY viewPicker.label "Ver:">
+<!ENTITY viewPicker.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY viewAll.label "Todos">
+<!ENTITY viewAll.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY viewUnread.label "Não lidas">
+<!ENTITY viewUnread.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.label "Não apagadas">
+<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY viewTags.label "Etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY viewTags.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.label "Modos de visualização personalizados...">
+<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.label "Guardar como pasta…">
+<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.label "Personalizar...">
+<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.accesskey "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3c64038ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+## Msg Mdn Report strings
+MsgMdnDisplayed=Nota: este recibo de leitura apenas informa que a mensagem foi mostrada no computador do destinatário. Não existe a garantia que o destinatário tenha lido ou compreendido o conteúdo da mensagem.
+MsgMdnDispatched=A mensagem ou foi impressa, ou enviada por fax, ou reenviada sem ser mostrada ao destinatário. Não existe a garantia que o destinatário irá ler a mensagem mais tarde.
+MsgMdnProcessed=A mensagem foi processada pelo cliente de correio do destinatário sem ser mostrada. Não existe a garantia que o destinatário irá ler a mensagem mais tarde.
+MsgMdnDeleted=A mensagem foi apagada. A pessoa a quem a enviou pode não a ter recebido. O destinatário poderá recuperar a mensagem para a ler mais tarde.
+MsgMdnDenied=O destinatário da mensagem não deseja enviar um recibo de leitura de volta para si.
+MsgMdnFailed=Ocorreu uma falha. Um recibo de leitura não pôde ser gerado ou enviado para si.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE : Do not translate the word "%S" below.
+MsgMdnMsgSentTo=Este é o recibo de leitura da mensagem que enviou para %S.
+MdnDisplayedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (mostrado)
+MdnDispatchedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (enviado)
+MdnProcessedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (processado)
+MdnDeletedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (apagada)
+MdnDeniedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (negado)
+MdnFailedReceipt=Recibo de leitura (falha)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..276c44f510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- Labels -->
+
+<!ENTITY newFolderDialog.title      "Nova pasta">
+<!ENTITY name.label                 "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY name.accesskey             "N">
+<!ENTITY description.label          "Criar como subpasta de:">
+<!ENTITY description.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY folderRestriction1.label   "Este servidor restringe pastas de duas maneiras especiais.">
+<!ENTITY folderRestriction2.label   "Permitir que a sua pasta contenha:">
+<!ENTITY foldersOnly.label          "Apenas pastas">
+<!ENTITY messagesOnly.label         "Apenas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY accept.label               "Criar pasta">
+<!ENTITY accept.accesskey           "r">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0bffcc244a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+downloadHeadersTitlePrefix=Transferir cabeçalhos
+downloadHeadersInfoText=Existem %S novos cabeçalhos de mensagens para transferir neste grupo de notícias.
+cancelDisallowed=Esta mensagem parece não ser sua.  Apenas pode cancelar os seus tópicos, não aqueles feitos por outros.
+cancelConfirm=Tem a certeza que quer cancelar esta mensagem?
+messageCancelled=Mensagem cancelada.
+enterUserPassTitle=Requer nome de utilizador e palavra-passe do servidor de notícias
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (enterUserPassServer): %S is the server being accessed
+enterUserPassServer=Por favor introduza o nome de utilizador e a palavra-passe para %S:
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (enterUserPassGroup): %1$S is a specific newsgroup to set
+# the password for; %2$S is the server from which the newsgroup is accessed
+enterUserPassGroup=Por favor introduza o nome de utilizador e a palavra-passe para %1$S em %2$S:
+okButtonText=Transferir
+
+noNewMessages=Não existem novas mensagens no servidor.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupHeaders): %1$S is the number of the current
+# header being downloaded, %2$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and
+# %3$S is the newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded.
+newNewsgroupHeaders=A transferir %1$S de %2$S cabeçalhos em %3$S
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders): %1$S is the name of the MIME
+# header being filtered on, %2$S is the number of the current header being
+# downloaded, %3$S is the number of headers to be downloaded, and %4$S is the
+# newsgroup whose headers are being downloaded.
+newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders=A obter cabeçalhos para os filtros: %1$S (%2$S/%3$S) em %4$S
+downloadingArticles=A transferir artigos %S-%S
+bytesReceived=A transferir grupos de discussão: %S recebidos (%SKB lidos a %SKB/seg)
+downloadingArticlesForOffline=A transferir artigos %S-%S em %S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoUnsubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup and %2$S is the newsgroup-server it is being removed from.
+autoUnsubscribeText=Parece que o grupo de notícias %1$S não existe no servidor %2$S.  Gostaria de cancelar a subscrição do mesmo?
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSubscribeText): %1$S is the newsgroup.
+autoSubscribeText=Deseja subscrever %1$S?
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Error -304): In the following item, don't translate "NNTP"
+# Error - server error
+## @name NNTP_ERROR_MESSAGE
+## @loc None
+-304=Ocorreu um erro de notícias (NNTP) : \u0020
+
+# Error - newsgroup scan error
+## @name NNTP_NEWSGROUP_SCAN_ERROR
+## @loc None
+-305=Ocorreu um erro de notícias.  A procura por todos os grupos de discussão está incompleta.  Tente a opção Ver todos os grupos de notícias.
+
+# Error - NNTP authinfo failure
+## @name NNTP_AUTH_FAILED
+## @loc None
+-260=Ocorreu um erro de autorização.  Tente introduzir novamente o seu nome e/ou palavra-passe.
+
+# Error - TCP error
+## @name TCP_ERROR
+## @loc None
+-206=Ocorreu um erro de comunicação.  Tente ligar-se novamente.  Erro TCP:
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..48642d886c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsError.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newsError.title): The title of the news error page.
+     Not generally visible. -->
+<!ENTITY newsError.title "Problema ao carregar artigo">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleNotFound.title): The main heading for the news
+     error page. -->
+<!ENTITY articleNotFound.title "Artigo não encontrado">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleNotFound.desc): A longer description for the news
+     error page. -->
+<!ENTITY articleNotFound.desc "O servidor de grupo de notícias reporta que não consegue encontrar o artigo.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (serverResponded.title): A string preceding the text
+     response from the newsgroup server describing the error. -->
+<!ENTITY serverResponded.title "O servidor de grupo de notícias respondeu:">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (articleExpired.title): A string explaining that the
+     article may have expired. -->
+<!ENTITY articleExpired.title "Talvez o artigo expirou?">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (trySearching.title): A string preceding the message's
+     ID. -->
+<!ENTITY trySearching.title "Tentar pesquisar pelo artigo:">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (removeExpiredArticles.title): The label for the button
+     to remove all expired articles from the newsgroup. -->
+<!ENTITY removeExpiredArticles.title "Remover todos os artigos expirados">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..daf68adf6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.label "Procurar novos artigos ao iniciar">
+<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY biffAll.label "Ativar atualizações para todas as fontes">
+<!ENTITY biffAll.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY newFeedSettings.label "Definições predefinidas para novas fontes">
+
+<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.label "Gerir subscrições…">
+<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.accesskey "G">
+<!-- entities from rss.rdf -->
+
+<!ENTITY feeds.accountName "Blogues e fontes">
+<!ENTITY feeds.wizardShortName "Fontes">
+<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName "Blogues e fontes de notícias">
+<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName.accesskey "F">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3842767700
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Subscription Dialog -->
+<!ENTITY feedSubscriptions.label     "Subscrição de fontes">
+<!ENTITY learnMore.label             "Saber mais sobre fontes">
+
+<!ENTITY feedTitle.label             "Título:">
+<!ENTITY feedTitle.accesskey         "T">
+
+<!ENTITY feedLocation.label          "URL da fonte:">
+<!ENTITY feedLocation.accesskey      "f">
+<!ENTITY feedLocation2.placeholder   "Introduza um url de fonte válido">
+<!ENTITY locationValidate.label      "Validar">
+<!ENTITY validateText.label          "Validar e obter um URL válido.">
+
+<!ENTITY feedFolder.label            "Guardar artigos em:">
+<!ENTITY feedFolder.accesskey        "s">
+
+<!-- Account Settings and Subscription Dialog -->
+<!ENTITY biffStart.label             "Procurar novos artigos a cada ">
+<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey         "r">
+<!ENTITY biffMinutes.label           "minutos">
+<!ENTITY biffMinutes.accesskey       "n">
+<!ENTITY biffDays.label              "dias">
+<!ENTITY biffDays.accesskey          "d">
+<!ENTITY recommendedUnits.label      "O publicador recomenda:">
+
+<!ENTITY quickMode.label             "Mostrar o sumário do artigo em vez de carregar a página web">
+<!ENTITY quickMode.accesskey         "M">
+
+<!ENTITY autotagEnable.label         "Criar etiquetas automaticamente a partir dos nomes de &lt;categorias&gt; da fonte">
+<!ENTITY autotagEnable.accesskey     "C">
+<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.label      "Adicionar um prefixo às etiquetas:">
+<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.accesskey  "p">
+<!ENTITY autoTagPrefix.placeholder   "Introduza um prefixo para as etiquetas">
+
+<!-- Subscription Dialog -->
+<!ENTITY button.addFeed.label        "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY button.addFeed.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY button.verifyFeed.label     "Verificar">
+<!ENTITY button.verifyFeed.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY button.updateFeed.label     "Editar">
+<!ENTITY button.updateFeed.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.label     "Remover">
+<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY button.importOPML.label     "Importar">
+<!ENTITY button.importOPML.accesskey "I">
+<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.label     "Exportar">
+<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.tooltip   "Exporta fontes com a estrutura da pasta; ctrl+clique ou ctrl+enter para exportar fontes como uma lista">
+
+<!ENTITY cmd.close.commandKey        "W">
+<!ENTITY button.close.label          "Fechar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8df61ad4c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+subscribe-validating-feed=A verificar a fonte...
+subscribe-cancelSubscription=Tem certeza de que deseja cancelar a inscrição na fonte atual?
+subscribe-cancelSubscriptionTitle=A subscrever fonte...
+subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed=Já tem uma inscrição para esta fonte.
+subscribe-errorOpeningFile=Não foi possível abrir o ficheiro.
+subscribe-feedAdded=Fonte adicionada.
+subscribe-feedUpdated=Fonte atualizada.
+subscribe-feedMoved=Movida subscrição da fonte.
+subscribe-feedCopied=Copiada subscrição da fonte.
+subscribe-feedRemoved=Fonte não subscrita.
+subscribe-feedNotValid=O URL da fonte não é válido.
+subscribe-feedVerified=O URL da fonte foi verificado.
+subscribe-networkError=O URL da fonte não foi encontrado. Verifique o nome e tente novamente.
+subscribe-noAuthError=O URL da fonte não é autorizado.
+subscribe-loading=A carregar, por favor aguarde…
+
+subscribe-OPMLImportTitle=Selecione o ficheiro OPML a importar
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList):
+## %S is the name of the feed account folder name.
+subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList=Exportar %S como um ficheiro OPML - lista de fontes
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct):
+## %S is the name of the feed account folder name.
+subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct=Exportar %S como um ficheiro OPML - fontes com uma pasta estruturada
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle):
+## %1$S is the brandShortName, %2$S is the name of the feed account folder name.
+subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle=%1$S Exportar OPML - %2$S
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName):
+## %1$S is the brandShortName (Thunderbird for example), %2$S is the account name.
+## The default extension (.opml) is added here as it is not automatically appended in the file picker on MacOS.
+subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName=MinhasFontes%1$S-%2$S.opml
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile): %S is the name of the OPML file the user tried to import.
+subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile=O ficheiro %S não parece ser um ficheiro OPML válido.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+## See: http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+## #1 is the count of new imported entries.
+subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount=Importada #1 nova fonte.;Importadas #1 novas fontes.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds): Semi-colon list of plural forms.
+## #1 is the count of new imported entries
+subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds=Importada #1 nova fonte a que ainda não está subscrita;Importadas #1 novas fontes a que ainda não está subscrita
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds):
+## #1 is total number of elements found in the file
+subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds=(#1 entrada encontrada);(#1 entradas encontradas)
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLImportStatus):
+## This is the concatenation of the two strings defined above to compose 1 sentence.
+## %1$S = subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds
+## %2$S = subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds
+subscribe-OPMLImportStatus=%1$S %2$S.
+
+subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText=Ficheiros OPML
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-OPMLExportDone): %S is the export file name.
+subscribe-OPMLExportDone=As fontes desta conta foram exportadas para %S.
+
+subscribe-confirmFeedDeletionTitle=Remover fonte
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion): %S is the name of the feed the user wants to unsubscribe from.
+subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion=Tem a certeza que pretende cancelar a subscrição da fonte: \n %S?
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(subscribe-gettingFeedItems):
+##  - The first %S is the number of articles processed so far;
+##  - The second %S is the total number of items
+subscribe-gettingFeedItems=A transferir artigos da fonte (%S de %S)…
+
+newsblog-noNewArticlesForFeed=Não existem novos artigos nesta fonte.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-networkError): %S is the feed URL
+newsblog-networkError=%S não foi encontrado. verifique o nome e tente novamente.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-feedNotValid): %S is the feed URL
+newsblog-feedNotValid=%S não é uma fonte válida.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-badCertError): %S is the feed URL host
+newsblog-badCertError=%S utiliza um certificado de segurança inválido.
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(newsblog-noAuthError): %S is the feed URL
+newsblog-noAuthError=%S não está autorizado.
+newsblog-getNewMsgsCheck=A procurar novos itens nas fontes…
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(feeds-accountname): This string should be the same as feeds.accountName in am-newsblog.dtd
+feeds-accountname=Blogues e fontes de notícias
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(externalAttachmentMsg): Content in the MIME part for external link attachments.
+externalAttachmentMsg=Este anexo MIME será guardado separadamente da mensagem.
+
+## Import wizard.
+ImportFeedsCreateNewListItem=* Nova conta *
+ImportFeedsNewAccount=Criar e importar para uma nova conta de fontes
+ImportFeedsExistingAccount=Importar para uma conta de fontes existente
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE(ImportFeedsDone):
+##  - The first %S is the import file name;
+##  - The second %S is the value of either ImportFeedsNew or ImportFeedsExisting;
+##  - The third %S is the feed account name.
+ImportFeedsNew=nova
+ImportFeedsExisting=existente
+ImportFeedsDone=A importação de subscrições de fontes do ficheiro %1$S para %2$S para a conta '%3$S' foi concluída.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/oeImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/oeImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..451505b5f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/oeImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error 
+# and informational messages
+#
+
+# Short name of import module
+## @name OEIMPORT_NAME
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE
+2000=Outlook Express
+
+# Description of import module
+## @name OEIMPORT_DESCRIPTION
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2011): In this item, don't translate "Outlook Express"
+2011=Correio e livro de endereços do Outlook Express
+
+# Success message
+## @name OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%S" or "%d"
+## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+## The variable %d will contain the number of messages
+
+2002=Caixa de correio %S, %d mensagens importadas
+
+# Error message
+## @name OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2003=Parâmetro inválido ao importar a caixa de correio.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+2004=Erro ao aceder à caixa de correio %S.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OEIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+2005=Erro ao importar caixa de correio %S, nem todas as mensagens foram importadas desta caixa de correio.
+
+# Default name of imported addressbook
+## @name OEIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME
+## @loc None
+2006=Livro de endereços do Outlook Express
+
+# Autofind description
+## @name OEIMPORT_AUTOFIND
+## @loc None
+2007=Livro de endereços do Outlook Express (livro de endereços do Windows)
+
+# Description
+## @name OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2008=Importado livro de endereços %S
+
+# Error message
+## @name OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2009=Erro ao importar o livro de endereços %S. Nem todos os endereços foram importados.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OEIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2010=Ocorreu um erro ao importar o livro de endereços.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d515f828c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#   LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+#   do not localize "\n".  use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog.
+
+# 
+# Download Messages Prompt
+#
+downloadMessagesWindowTitle=Trabalhar offline 
+
+#   LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+#   do not localize "\n".  use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog.
+downloadMessagesLabel=Deseja transferir as mensagens\nantes de entrar no modo offline?\n\n
+
+downloadMessagesCheckboxLabel=Perguntar sempre
+downloadMessagesDownloadButtonLabel=Transferir
+downloadMessagesNoDownloadButtonLabel=Não transferir
+downloadMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancelar
+
+# 
+# Send Messages Prompt
+#
+sendMessagesWindowTitle=Trabalhar online 
+
+sendMessagesLabel2=Enviar agora as mensagens não enviadas?
+sendMessagesCheckboxLabel=Perguntar-me sempre que eu fico online
+sendMessagesSendButtonLabel=Enviar
+sendMessagesNoSendButtonLabel=Não enviar
+sendMessagesCancelButtonLabel=Cancelar
+
+#
+# GetMessages Offline Prompt 
+#
+getMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Obter mensagens 
+
+#   LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+#   do not localize "\n".  use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog.
+getMessagesOfflineLabel=Você está no modo offline. Gostaria de ativar \no modo online para receber as suas novas mensagens?\n\n
+getMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Ativar modo online
+
+# 
+# Send Messages Offline Prompt
+#
+sendMessagesOfflineWindowTitle=Enviar mensagens\u0020
+
+#   LOCALIZATION NOTE :
+#   do not localize "\n".  use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog.
+sendMessagesOfflineLabel=Você está no modo offline. Gostaria de ativar o \nmodo online e enviar as suas mensagens não enviadas?\n\n
+sendMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel=Ativar modo online
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..def368a9ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+title=Trabalhar online
+desc=Deseja ativar agora o modo online?\n\n(Se optar por trabalhar offline, pode ativar o modo online escolhendo `Offline' no menu `Ficheiro', e desmarcando a opção `Trabalhar offline'.)
+workOnline=Trabalhar online
+workOffline=Trabalhar offline
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..86a4a84c9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error 
+# and informational messages
+#
+
+# Short name of import module
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_NAME
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE
+2000=Outlook
+
+# Description of import module
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_DESCRIPTION
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2010): In this item, don't translate "Outlook"
+2010=Correio e livros de endereços do Outlook
+
+# Success message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%S" or "%d"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox
+## The variable %d will receive the number of messages
+2002=Caixa de correio %S, importadas %d mensagens
+
+# Error message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2003=Parâmetro incorreto ao importar a caixa de correio.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the mailbox
+2004=Erro na importação da caixa de correio %S. Nem todas as mensagens foram importadas desta caixa de correio.
+
+# Address book name
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRNAME
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "Outlook"
+2005=Livro de endereços do Outlook
+
+# Description
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2006=Livro de endereços %S importado.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2007=Parâmetro incorreto para importar o livro de endereços.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2008): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2008=Erro ao aceder ao ficheiro do livro de endereços %S.
+
+# Error message
+## @name OUTLOOKIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2009=Erro ao importar o livro de endereços %S. Os endereços podem não ter sido todos importados.
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ebff8886e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the pgpmime content type handler
+#
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE(pgpMimeNeedsAddon): The text can contain HTML tags.
+# %S is the url to Enigmail on AMO supplied from preferences.
+pgpMimeNeedsAddon=Esta é uma mensagem OpenPGP encriptada.<br>Para poder desencriptar esta mensagem, tem de instalar um <a href="%S">extra OpenPGP</a>.
+
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..94dccf16ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from AccountManager.xul -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY accountManagerTitle.label "Definições da conta de correio e grupo de notícias">
+
+<!ENTITY addAccountButton.label "Adicionar conta...">
+<!ENTITY addAccountButton.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Predefinir">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Remover conta">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "R">
+<!-- AccountManager.xul -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : this is part of an inline-style attribute on the account
+     setting dialog, which specifies the width and height in em units of the dialog.
+     Localizers ONLY can increase these widths if they are having difficulty getting
+     panel content to fit.
+     1ch = The width of the "0" (ZERO, U+0030) glyph for the current font.
+     1em = The height of the font.
+     XUL/FE DEVELOPERS: DO NOT MODIFY THIS VALUE. It represents the correct size of
+     this window for en-US. -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountManager.size "width: 110ch; height: 60em;">
+<!ENTITY accountTree.width "width: 32ch;">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f910113a56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- Entities for AccountWizard -->
+
+<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Assistente de contas">
+<!ENTITY accountWizard.size "width: 55em; height: 44em;">
+
+<!-- Entities for Account Type page -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountSetupInfo2.label "Para poder receber mensagens, tem que configurar uma conta.">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeTitle.label "Configurar nova conta">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeDesc2.label "Este assistente vai reunir as informações necessárias para configurar uma conta de correio ou de um grupo de discussão. Se não souber a informação necessária, contacte o seu administrador de sistema ou fornecedor de serviço Internet.">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeDirections.label "Selecione o tipo de conta que você deseja configurar:">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.label "Conta de e-mail">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.label "Conta de grupo de discussão">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.accesskey "n">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE(accountTypeMovemail.label): do not translate 'Movemail' -->
+<!ENTITY accountTypeMovemail.label "Unix Mailspool (Movemail)">
+<!ENTITY accountTypeMovemail.accesskey "U">
+
+<!-- Entities for Identity page -->
+
+<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Identidade">
+<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Cada conta tem uma identidade, que é a informação que o identifica quando outros recebem as suas mensagens.">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameDesc.label) : do not translate two of "&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY fullnameDesc.label "Introduza o nome a mostrar no campo &quot;De&quot; das mensagens enviadas">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (fullnameExample.label) : use following directions for below line
+  1, do not translate two of "&quot;"
+  2, Use localized full name instead of "John Smith"
+-->
+<!ENTITY fullnameExample.label "(exemplo: &quot;Seu Nome&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.label "O seu nome:">
+<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.accesskey "n">
+
+<!ENTITY emailLabel.label "Endereço de email:">
+<!ENTITY emailLabel.accesskey "E">
+
+<!-- Entities for Incoming Server page -->
+
+<!ENTITY incomingTitle.label "Informação do servidor de receção">
+<!ENTITY incomingServerTypeDesc.label "Selecione o tipo de servidor de receção que está a usar.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (imapType.label) : Do not translate "IMAP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY imapType.label "IMAP">
+<!ENTITY imapType.accesskey "I">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (popType.label) : Do not translate "POP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY popType.label "POP">
+<!ENTITY popType.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY portNum.label "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY portNum.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY defaultPortLabel.label "Pré-definido:">
+<!ENTITY defaultPortValue.label "">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (incomingServerNameDesc.label) : Do not translate "&quot;pop.example.net&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY incomingServer.description "Introduza o nome do seu servidor de receção (por exemplo, &quot;mail.example.net&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY incomingServer.label "Servidor de receção:">
+<!ENTITY incomingServer.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.label "Manter mensagens no servidor">
+<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.accesskey "M">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (incomingUsername.description) : do not translate "&quot;jsmith&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY incomingUsername.description "Introduza o nome de utilizador de receção que lhe foi dado pelo seu fornecedor de correio (por exemplo, &quot;jsmith&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY incomingUsername.label "Nome de utilizador:">
+<!ENTITY incomingUsername.accesskey "u">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (newsServerNameDesc.label) : Do not translate "NNTP" or the "&quot;" entities in below line -->
+<!ENTITY newsServerNameDesc.label "Introduza o nome do seu servidor de notícias (NNTP) (por exemplo, &quot;news.example.net&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.label "Servidor de grupos de discussão:">
+<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.accesskey "S">
+
+<!-- Entities for Outgoing Server page -->
+
+<!ENTITY outgoingTitle.label "Informações do servidor de envio">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (outgoingServer.description) : Do not translate "SMTP" and "&quot;smtp.example.net&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY outgoingServer.description "Introduza o nome do servidor de envio (SMTP) (por exemplo, &quot;smtp.example.com&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY outgoingServer.label "Servidor de envio:">
+<!ENTITY outgoingServer.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.description "Introduza o nome de utilizador de envio que lhe foi dado pelo seu fornecedor de correio eletrónico (normalmente, é igual ao nome de receção).">
+<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.label "Nome de utilizador do servidor de envio:">
+<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.accesskey "u">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (modifyOutgoing.suffix) : This string will be appended after each of
+     haveSmtp1.suffix3, haveSmtp2.suffix3, haveSmtp3.suffix3 .
+-->
+<!ENTITY modifyOutgoing.suffix "Pode alterar as definições do servidor de envio nas definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and "&quot;" in
+     these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp1.prefix and haveSmtp1.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting
+     text after the "&quot;" entity in haveSmtp1.suffix3, if required grammatically.
+-->
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.prefix "O servidor de envio existente (SMTP), &quot;">
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.suffix3 "&quot;, será usado.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and "&quot;" in
+     these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp2.prefix and haveSmtp2.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting
+     text after the "&quot;" entity in haveSmtp2.suffix3, if required grammatically.
+-->
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.prefix "O nome de utilizador do servidor de envio (SMTP), &quot;">
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.suffix3 "&quot;, será usado.">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix3) : Do not translate "SMTP" and "&quot;" in
+     these variables. Also, translate haveSmtp3.prefix and haveSmtp3.suffix3 as a single sentence, inserting
+     text after the "&quot;" entity in haveSmtp3.suffix3, if required grammatically.
+-->
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.prefix "O servidor de envio (SMTP), &quot;">
+<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.suffix3 "&quot;, é idêntico ao do servidor de receção. Será usado o mesmo nome de utilizador.">
+
+<!-- Entities for Account name page -->
+
+<!ENTITY accnameTitle.label "Nome da conta">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (accnameDesc.label) : do not translate any "&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY accnameDesc.label "Forneça o nome pelo qual você quer identificar esta conta (por exemplo: &quot;Conta do trabalho&quot;, &quot;Casa&quot; ou &quot;Conta de Notícias&quot;).">
+<!ENTITY accnameLabel.label "Nome da conta:">
+<!ENTITY accnameLabel.accesskey "t">
+
+<!-- Entities for Done (Congratulations) page -->
+
+<!ENTITY completionTitle.label "Parabéns!">
+<!ENTITY completionText.label "Verifique se a informação em baixo está correta.">
+<!ENTITY serverTypePrefix.label "Tipo do servidor de receção:">
+<!ENTITY serverNamePrefix.label "Nome do servidor de receção:">
+<!ENTITY smtpServerNamePrefix.label "Nome do servidor de envio (SMTP):">
+<!ENTITY newsServerNamePrefix.label "Nome do servidor de notícias (NNTP):">
+<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.label "Transferir mensagens agora">
+<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY deferStorageDesc.label "Desmarque a caixa de verificação para guardar o correio desta conta na sua própria pasta. Isto vai tornar a sua conta como uma conta principal. De outra maneira, fará parte da pasta geral do correio a receber.">
+<!ENTITY deferStorage.label "Utilizar caixa de correio global (guardar correio em pastas locais)">
+<!ENTITY deferStorage.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY clickFinish.label "Clique em Concluir para guardar estas definições e sair do assistente.">
+<!ENTITY clickFinish.labelMac "Clique em Feito para guardar estas definições e sair do assistente.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..656fb3dba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from am-addressing.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY addressing.label          "Endereçamento e composição">
+<!ENTITY addressingGroupTitle.label "Endereçamento">
+<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.label     "Anexar automaticamente o meu domínio aos endereços">
+<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY addressingText.label      "Ao procurar por endereços:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (override.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY useGlobal.label           "Usar as preferências do meu servidor global LDAP para esta conta">
+<!ENTITY useGlobal.accesskey       "s">
+<!ENTITY editDirectories.label     "Editar diretórios…">
+<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "E">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY directories.label         "Utilizar um servidor LDAP diferente:">
+<!ENTITY directories.accesskey     "D">
+<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label     "Nenhum">
+
+<!-- am-addressing.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY compositionGroupTitle.label          "Composição">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (useHtml.label) : do not translate "html" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY useHtml.label                        "Compor mensagens no formato HTML">
+<!ENTITY useHtml.accesskey                    "C">
+<!ENTITY autoQuote.label                      "Citar automaticamente a mensagem original ao responder">
+<!ENTITY autoQuote.accesskey                  "a">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (then.label): This will concatenate with the 4 strings that follow. -->
+<!ENTITY then.label                           "Então,">
+<!ENTITY then.accesskey                       "t">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (quoting.label): This will concatenate with the 4 strings that follow. -->
+<!ENTITY quoting.label                        "Ao citar,">
+<!ENTITY quoting.accesskey                    "c">
+<!ENTITY aboveQuote.label                     "iniciar a minha resposta acima da citação">
+<!ENTITY belowQuote.label                     "iniciar a minha resposta abaixo da citação">
+<!ENTITY selectAndQuote.label                 "selecionar a citação">
+<!ENTITY place.label                          "e colocar a minha assinatura">
+<!ENTITY place.accesskey                      "s">
+<!ENTITY belowText.label                      "abaixo da citação (recomendado)">
+<!ENTITY aboveText.label                      "abaixo da resposta (acima da citação)">
+<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.label              "Incluir assinatura nas respostas">
+<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.accesskey          "I">
+<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.label            "Incluir assinatura nos reencaminhamentos">
+<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.accesskey        "h">
+
+<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.label           "Preferências globais de composição…">
+<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.accesskey       "g">
+
+<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.label          "Preferências globais de endereçamento…">
+<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.accesskey      "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27ebdfe79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpServer.label): do not translate "SMTP" in below line -->
+
+<!ENTITY smtpServer.label "Definições do servidor de envio (SMTP)">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpDescription.label): do not translate "SMTP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY smtpDescription.label "Ao gerir as suas identidades, pode utilizar um servidor desta lista selecionando-o como servidor de envio (SMTP), ou pode utilizar o servidor pré-definido indicado nesta lista selecionando &quot;Usar servidor pré-definido&quot;.">
+
+<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.label  "Adicionar...">
+<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.accesskey  "A">
+<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.label "Editar…">
+<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.accesskey "g">
+<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.label "Definir como predefinido">
+<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.accesskey "D">
+
+<!ENTITY serverDetails.label "Detalhes do servidor selecionado:">
+<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Descrição: ">
+<!ENTITY serverName.label "Nome do servidor: ">
+<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Porta: ">
+<!ENTITY userName.label   "Nome do utilizador: ">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Segurança da ligação: ">
+<!ENTITY authMethod.label   "Método de autenticação: ">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..776d7bc760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- extracted from am-archiveoptions.xul -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY dialogTitle.label "Opções de arquivamento">
+<!ENTITY archiveGranularityPrefix.label "Ao arquivar mensagens, colocá-las em:">
+<!ENTITY archiveFlat.label "Uma única pasta">
+<!ENTITY archiveFlat.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY archiveYearly.label "Pastas arquivadas por ano">
+<!ENTITY archiveYearly.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.label "Pastas arquivadas por mês">
+<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.label "Manter estrutura de pastas existente das mensagens arquivadas">
+<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY archiveExample.label "Exemplo">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (archiveFolderName.label): this should match the default
+     name for the "Archives" folder -->
+<!ENTITY archiveFolderName.label "Arquivos">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (inboxFolderName.label): this should match the default
+     name for the "Inbox" folder -->
+<!ENTITY inboxFolderName.label "Caixa de entrada">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aa5c46509
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from am-copies.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY copyAndFolderTitle.label "Cópias e pastas">
+<!ENTITY sendingPrefix.label "Ao enviar mensagens, automaticamente:">
+<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.label "Guardar uma cópia em:">
+<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.label "Guardar respostas na pasta da mensagem a ser respondida para">
+<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.accesskey "d">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (ccAddress.label): do not translate "Cc" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY ccAddress.label "Cc para estes endereços de email:">
+<!ENTITY ccAddress.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY ccAddressList.placeholder "Separar endereços com vírgulas">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (bccAddress.label): do not translate "Bcc" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY bccAddress.label "Bcc para estes endereços de email:">
+<!ENTITY bccAddress.accesskey "B">
+<!ENTITY bccAddressList.placeholder "Separar endereços com vírgulas">
+<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.label "Mostrar diálogo de confirmação ao guardar as mensagens">
+<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.accesskey "s">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (sentFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 -->
+<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.label "Pasta &quot;Enviadas&quot; em:">
+<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.label "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.accesskey "O">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (archivesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 -->
+<!ENTITY archivesTitle.label "Arquivos de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY keepArchives.label "Manter os arquivos de mensagens em:">
+<!ENTITY keepArchives.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.label "Opções d3 arquivos…">
+<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.label "Pasta de &quot;Arquivos&quot; em:">
+<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.accesskey "q">
+<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.label "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY specialFolders.label "Rascunhos e modelos">
+<!ENTITY keepDrafts2.label "Manter mensagens de rascunho em:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (draftsFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 -->
+<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.label "Pasta &quot;Rascunhos&quot; em:">
+<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.label "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY keepTemplates.label "Guardar modelos em:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (templatesFolderOn.label): OK to translate this, bug #57440 -->
+<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.label "Pasta &quot;Modelos&quot; em:">
+<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.label "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.accesskey "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..adabafd5d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY identitiesListManageDesc.label "Faça a gestão das identidades para esta conta. A primeira identidade é a predefinida.">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.label  "Adicionar...">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.accesskey  "A">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.label "Editar…">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.label "Utilizar como pré-definida">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.label "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.accesskey "c">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8a54333cf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (identityDialog.style): This value should be roughly
+     equal to the value of accountManager.size entity minus the value
+     of accountTree.width entity. -->
+
+<!ENTITY identityDialog.style "min-width: 75ch;">
+<!ENTITY identityListDesc.label "Configure as definições para esta identidade:">
+
+<!ENTITY settingsTab.label       "Definições">
+<!ENTITY copiesFoldersTab.label "Cópias e pastas">
+<!ENTITY addressingTab.label    "Composição e endereçamento">
+
+<!ENTITY publicData.label        "Dados públicos">
+<!ENTITY privateData.label       "Dados privados">
+<!ENTITY identityAlias.label     "Etiqueta de identidade:">
+<!ENTITY identityAlias.accesskey "t">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..962431682b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Definições de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY trainingDescription.label "Se ativado, tem primeiro de treinar o &brandShortName; para identificar o lixo eletrónico utilizando o botão lixo na barra de ferramentas para marcar a mensagem como sendo lixo ou não. Tem de identificar as mensagens como sendo lixo ou não. A partir daí o &brandShortName; poderá marcar o lixo automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY level.label "Ativar controlos de lixo adaptativos para esta conta">
+<!ENTITY level.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY move.label "Mover novas mensagens de lixo eletrónico para:">
+<!ENTITY move.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.label "A pasta &quot;Lixo eletrónico&quot; em:">
+<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY otherFolder.label "Outro:">
+<!ENTITY otherFolder.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY purge1.label "Apagar automaticamente o correio indesejado com mais de">
+<!ENTITY purge1.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY purge2.label "dias">
+
+<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.label "Não marcar a mensagem como lixo eletrónico se o remetente estiver no: ">
+<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.accesskey "N">
+
+<!ENTITY ispHeadersWarning.label "Se ativado, o &brandShortName; vai considerar automaticamente as mensagens marcadas por este classificador externo como lixo.">
+<!ENTITY ispHeaders.label "Confiar nos cabeçalhos de lixo eletrónico do: ">
+<!ENTITY ispHeaders.accesskey "C">
+
+<!ENTITY junkClassification.label "Seleção">
+<!ENTITY junkActions.label "Destino e retenção">
+
+<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.label "Preferências globais de lixo eletrónico…">
+<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.accesskey "g">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..afca7cf9c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from am-main.xul -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Definições da conta">
+<!ENTITY accountName.label "Nome da conta:">
+<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Identidade predefinida">
+<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Cada conta tem uma identidade, que é a informação que as outras pessoas veem quando leem as suas mensagens.">
+<!ENTITY name.label "O seu nome:">
+<!ENTITY name.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY email.label "Endereço de e-mail:">
+<!ENTITY email.accesskey "E">
+<!ENTITY catchAll.label "Resposta desta identidade quando os cabeçalhos de entrega correspondem:">
+<!ENTITY catchAll.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY replyTo.label "Responder ao endereço:">
+<!ENTITY replyTo.accesskey "R">
+<!ENTITY replyTo.placeholder "Os destinatários responde para este outro endereço">
+<!ENTITY organization.label "Organização:">
+<!ENTITY organization.accesskey "O">
+<!ENTITY signatureText.label "Texto da assinatura:">
+<!ENTITY signatureText.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY signatureHtml.label "Utilizar HTML">
+<!ENTITY signatureHtml.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY signatureFile.label "Anexar assinatura a partir de um ficheiro:">
+<!ENTITY signatureFile.accesskey "t">
+<!ENTITY choose.label "Escolher...">
+<!ENTITY choose.accesskey "c">
+<!ENTITY editVCard.label "Editar cartão...">
+<!ENTITY editVCard.accesskey "d">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (attachVCard.label) : do not translate "vCard" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY attachVCard.label "Anexar o meu vCard à mensagem">
+<!ENTITY attachVCard.accesskey "u">
+
+<!ENTITY manageIdentities.label "Gerir identidades...">
+<!ENTITY manageIdentities.accesskey "i">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (smtpName.label) : do not translate "SMTP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY smtpName.label "Servidor de saída (SMTP):">
+<!ENTITY smtpName.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY smtpDefaultServer.label "Usar servidor predefinido">
+
+<!ENTITY smtpServerEdit.label "Editar servidor SMTP…">
+<!ENTITY smtpServerEdit.accesskey "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4daa98b586
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pane.title                   "Recibos de leitura">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.label         "Usar as minhas preferências gerais dos recibos de leitura para esta conta">
+<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.accesskey     "a">
+<!ENTITY globalReceipts.label         "Preferências globais…">
+<!ENTITY globalReceipts.accesskey     "g">
+<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.label         "Personalizar recibos de leitura para esta conta">
+<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.accesskey     "P">
+<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label         "Ao enviar mensagens, pedir sempre um recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey     "o">
+<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label          "Quando chega um recibo:">
+<!ENTITY leaveIt.label                "Deixá-lo na caixa de Entrada">
+<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey            "D">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE moveToSent.label Translate: 'Sent' according to Netscape glossary -->
+<!ENTITY moveToSent.label             "Movê-lo para a pasta &quot;Enviados&quot;">
+<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey         "v">
+<!ENTITY requestMDN.label             "Quando recebo um pedido de um recibo de leitura:">
+<!ENTITY returnSome.label             "Permitir recibos de leitura para algumas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY never.label                  "Nunca enviar um recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY never.accesskey              "N">
+<!ENTITY notInToCc.label              "Se eu não estiver no campo Para ou Cc da mensagem:">
+<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey          "u">
+<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label          "Se o remetente está fora do meu domínio:">
+<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey      "m">
+<!ENTITY otherCases.label             "Nos outros casos:">
+<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey         "o">
+<!ENTITY askMe.label                  "Perguntar-me">
+<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label             "Enviar sempre">
+<!ENTITY neverSend.label              "Nunca enviar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..07cf673196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## Strings used in prefs.
+prefPanel-mdn=Recibos de leitura
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fc7a697357
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY doNotDownloadPop3Movemail.label "Para poupar espaço em disco, não transferir:">
+<!ENTITY doNotDownloadNntp.label "Para poupar espaço em disco, não transferir para utilização offline:">
+<!ENTITY doNotDownloadImap.label "Para poupar espaço em disco, a transferência de mensagens do servidor e a manutenção de cópias offline pode ser restringida por data ou tamanho.">
+<!ENTITY allFoldersOffline2.label "Manter as mensagens em todas as pastas para esta conta neste computador.">
+<!ENTITY allFoldersOffline2.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY allFoldersOfflineNote.label "Nota: Alterar isto afeta todas as pastas nesta conta. Para definir pastas individuais, utilize o botão Avançadas…">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.label "Mensagens maiores que">
+<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.accesskey "M">
+<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.label "Não transferir mensagens maiores do que">
+<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY kb.label "KB">
+<!ENTITY daysOld.label "dias de idade">
+<!ENTITY message.label "mensagens">
+<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.label "Ler mensagens">
+<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.label "Mais mensagens que">
+<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Para ganhar espaço em disco, as mensagens antigas podem ser permanentemente apagadas.">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Para ganhar espaço em disco, as mensagens antigas podem ser permanentemente apagadas, tanto as cópias locais como os originais no servidor remoto.">
+<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Para ganhar espaço em disco, as mensagens antigas podem ser permanentemente apagadas, incluindo os originais no servidor remoto.">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.label "Apagar mensagens com mais de">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Não apagar quaisquer mensagens">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Apagar todas, exceto as mais recentes">
+<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Manter sempre mensagens com estrela">
+<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.label "Remover corpo das mensagens maiores que">
+<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.label "Selecionar grupos de notícias para utilização offline...">
+<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.label "Avançadas…">
+<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY syncGroupTitle.label "Sincronização de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY diskspaceGroupTitle.label "Espaço em disco">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, ageAutosyncAfter.label):
+  The entities ageAutosyncBefore.label, ageAutosyncMiddle.label, and ageAutosyncAfter.label appear
+  on a single line within the scope of useAutosync.ByAge as follows:
+
+  &ageAutosyncBefore.label [textbox for autosync value] &ageAutosyncMiddle.label; [dropdown for autosync interval] &ageAutosyncAfter.label;
+-->
+<!ENTITY allAutosync.label               "Sincronizar localmente todas as mensagens ignorando a idade">
+<!ENTITY allAutosync.accesskey           "c">
+<!ENTITY ageAutosyncBefore.label         "Sincronizar as mais recentes">
+<!ENTITY ageAutosync.accesskey           "z">
+<!ENTITY ageAutosyncMiddle.label         "">
+<!ENTITY dayAgeInterval.label            "Dias">
+<!ENTITY weekAgeInterval.label           "Semanas">
+<!ENTITY monthAgeInterval.label          "Meses">
+<!ENTITY yearAgeInterval.label           "Anos">
+<!ENTITY ageAutosyncAfter.label          "">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e61ac342d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY serverAdvanced.label "Definições avançadas">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (serverDirectory.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" -->
+<!ENTITY serverDirectory.label "IMAP server directory:">
+<!ENTITY serverDirectory.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY usingSubscription.label "Mostrar apenas pastas subscritas">
+<!ENTITY usingSubscription.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.label "O servidor suporta pastas que contenham Sub-pastas e mensagens">
+<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.label "Número máximo de ligações para a cache">
+<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.accesskey "m">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (namespaceDesc.label): DONT_TRANSLATE "IMAP" -->
+<!ENTITY namespaceDesc.label "These preferences specify the namespaces on your IMAP server">
+<!ENTITY personalNamespace.label "Namespace pessoal:">
+<!ENTITY personalNamespace.accesskey "p">
+<!ENTITY publicNamespace.label "Pública (partilhada):">
+<!ENTITY publicNamespace.accesskey "b">
+<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.label "Outros Utilizadores:">
+<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.accesskey "O">
+<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.label "Permitir ao servidor sobrepor estes namespaces">
+<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY pop3DeferringDesc.label "Ao transferir correio desta conta de servidor, utilizar a seguinte pasta para guardar as mensagens:" >
+<!ENTITY accountInbox.label "Caixa de entrada desta conta">
+<!ENTITY accountInbox.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY deferToServer.label "Caixa de entrada para uma conta diferente">
+<!ENTITY deferToServer.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.label "Incluir este servidor na receção de correio">
+<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.accesskey "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..486c7d40f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY messageStorage.label "Armazenamento de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY securitySettings.label "Definições de segurança">
+<!ENTITY serverSettings.label "Definições do servidor">
+<!ENTITY serverType.label "Tipo de servidor:">
+<!ENTITY serverName.label "Nome do servidor:">
+<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY userName.label "Nome de utilizador:">
+<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY port.label "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY port.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Predefinida:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (biffStart.label) : translate below 2 line with grammer dependency
+        For example, in Japanese cases:
+                biffStart.label "every"
+                biffEnd.label   "minutes for new messages Check"
+-->
+<!ENTITY biffStart.label "Procurar novas mensagens a cada ">
+<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY biffEnd.label "minutos">
+<!ENTITY useIdleNotifications.label "Permitir notificações imediatas do servidor quando chegam novas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY useIdleNotifications.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Segurança da ligação:">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "Nenhuma">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, se disponível">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Método de autenticação">
+<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i">
+<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.label "Manter mensagens no servidor">
+<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.accesskey "v">
+<!ENTITY headersOnly.label "Obter apenas os cabeçalhos">
+<!ENTITY headersOnly.accesskey "h">
+<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.label "Durante">
+<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY daysEnd.label "dias">
+<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.label "Até eu as apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.label "Transferir novas mensagens automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.accesskey "m">
+<!ENTITY deleteMessagePrefix.label "Se eu apagar uma mensagem:">
+<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.label "Mover para esta pasta:">
+<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.label "Marcar como apagada">
+<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.label "Remover imediatamente">
+<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.accesskey "d">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (expungeOnExit.label) : do not translate two of "&quot;" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.label "Ao sair, limpar mensagens (&quot;eliminadas&quot;) da caixa de entrada">
+<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.accesskey "e">
+<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.label "Esvaziar lixo ao sair">
+<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey "x">
+<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.label "Procurar novas mensagens ao iniciar">
+<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.accesskey "c">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesStart.label) : translate below 2 lines with grammar dependency
+     maxMessengerStart.label will be followed by maxMessagesEnd.label with the number
+     of messages between them
+-->
+<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.label "Perguntar antes de transferir mais do que">
+<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.accesskey "m">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (maxMessagesEnd.label) : see note for maxMessagesStart.label -->
+<!ENTITY maxMessagesEnd.label "mensagens">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.label "Pedir sempre autenticação ao ligar a este servidor">
+<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY newsrcFilePath.label "Ficheiro newsrc:">
+<!ENTITY newsrcPicker.label "Selecione o ficheiro newsrc">
+<!ENTITY abbreviate.label "Mostrar nome dos grupos de notícias no painel de correio como:">
+<!ENTITY abbreviateOn.label "Nome completo (por exemplo: 'netscape.public.mozilla.mail-news')">
+<!ENTITY abbreviateOff.label "Nome abreviado (por exemplo: 'n.p.m.mail-news')">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Avançado...">
+<!ENTITY serverDefaultCharset2.label "Codificação predefinida:">
+<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "a">
+<!ENTITY localPath.label "Diretório local:">
+<!ENTITY localFolderPicker.label "Selecione o diretório local">
+<!ENTITY browseFolder.label "Procurar...">
+<!ENTITY browseFolder.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.label "Procurar...">
+<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.accesskey "r">
+
+<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Definições da conta">
+<!ENTITY accountSettingsDesc.label "Esta é uma conta especial. Não existem quaisquer identidades associadas.">
+<!ENTITY storeType.label "Tipo de armazenamento das mensagens:">
+<!ENTITY storeType.accesskey "T">
+<!ENTITY mboxStore2.label "Um ficheiro por pasta (mbox)">
+<!ENTITY maildirStore.label "Um ficheiro por mensagem (maildir)">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5390a6c81b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY accountName.label "Nome da conta:">
+<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "N">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae46fa66e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- These are added to the Advanced - Scripts & Plugins panel -->
+
+<!ENTITY enbPluginCheckMailNews.label     "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY enbPluginCheckMailNews.accesskey "o">
+<!-- These are added to the Window menu -->
+
+<!ENTITY mail.label                       "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY mail.accesskey                   "C">
+<!ENTITY addressbook.label                "Livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY addressbook.accesskey            "L">
+<!-- These are added to Preferences dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY viewingMessages.label            "Exibição da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY notifications.label              "Notificações">
+<!ENTITY composingMessages.label          "Composição">
+<!ENTITY format.label                     "Formato de envio">
+<!ENTITY address.label                    "Endereçamento">
+<!ENTITY junk.label                       "Lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY tags.label                       "Etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY return.label                     "Recibos de leitura">
+<!ENTITY characterEncoding2.label         "Codificação de texto">
+<!ENTITY networkStorage.label             "Rede e armazenamento">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..180574af4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.addressing.title                 "Endereçamento">
+<!ENTITY emailCollectiontitle.label            "Coleção de endereços de email">
+<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.label           "Adicionar endereços de email ao meu:">
+<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.accesskey       "d">
+<!ENTITY emailCollectiontext.label             "Os endereços de email de mensagens enviadas podem ser adicionados automaticamente ao livro de endereços local.">
+
+<!-- Autocompletion -->
+<!ENTITY addressingTitle.label                 "Conclusão automática de endereços">
+<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.label             "Realçar endereços que não se auto-completam">
+<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY addressingEnable.label                "Livro de endereços local">
+<!ENTITY addressingEnable.accesskey            "L">
+<!ENTITY autocompleteText.label                "Ao endereçar mensagens, procurar por equivalências na:">
+<!ENTITY directories.label                     "Diretório do servidor:">
+<!ENTITY directories.accesskey                 "D">
+<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label                 "Nenhuma">
+<!ENTITY editDirectories.label                 "Editar diretórios…">
+<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey             "E">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e91961e83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.character.encoding2.title  "Codificação de texto">
+<!ENTITY messageDisplay.caption          "Exibição da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset2.label      "Codificação de texto de recurso:">
+<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset2.accesskey  "r">
+<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset.desc        "(Usado para conteúdo legado que não declara qual a codificação.)">
+
+<!ENTITY composingMessages.caption       "Compor mensagens">
+<!ENTITY useMIME.label                   "Para mensagens que contenham caracteres de 8-bit, usar 'quoted printable' codificação MIME. Não selecionar para enviar mensagens como estão.">
+<!ENTITY useMIME.accesskey               "a">
+<!ENTITY sendDefaultCharset2.label       "Codificação de texto:">
+<!ENTITY sendDefaultCharset2.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY replyInDefaultCharset3.label    "Sempre que for possível, utilizar esta codificação de texto nas respostas. (Se desativada, apenas as novas mensagens irão utilizar este valor.)">
+<!ENTITY replyInDefaultCharset3.accesskey "S">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b83d7aa4a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.composing.messages.title        "Composição">
+<!ENTITY generalComposing.label               "Geral">
+<!ENTITY forwardMsg.label                     "Reencaminhamento de mensagens:">
+<!ENTITY inline.label                         "Em linha">
+<!ENTITY inline.accesskey                     "n">
+<!ENTITY asAttachment.label                   "Como anexo">
+<!ENTITY asAttachment.accesskey               "a">
+
+<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.label               "Citar anexos vistos inline nas respostas">
+<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.accesskey           "C">
+<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.label             "Confirmar quando utilizar atalhos de teclado para enviar mensagem">
+<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.accesskey         "t">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (autoSave.label): This will concatenate with
+     "xxx minutes", using a number and (autoSaveEnd.label). -->
+<!ENTITY autoSave.label                       "Guardar mensagem automaticamente a cada">
+<!ENTITY autoSave.accesskey                   "u">
+<!ENTITY autoSaveEnd.label                    "minutos">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (wrapOutMsg.label): This will concatenate with "xxx characters", using a number and (char.label). -->
+<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.label                     "Encapsular mensagens de texto simples a">
+<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.accesskey                 "E">
+<!ENTITY char.label                           "caracteres">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultMessagesHeader.label          "Predefinições para mensagens HTML">
+<!ENTITY font.label                           "Tipo de letra:">
+<!ENTITY font.accesskey                       "l">
+<!ENTITY size.label                           "Tamanho:">
+<!ENTITY size.accesskey                       "a">
+<!ENTITY fontColor.label                      "Texto:">
+<!ENTITY fontColor.accesskey                  "T">
+<!ENTITY bgColor.label                        "Fundo:">
+<!ENTITY bgColor.accesskey                    "u">
+<!ENTITY defaultCompose.label                 "Formato pré-definido de composição:">
+<!ENTITY defaultBodyText.label                "Texto do corpo (tecla Enter introduz uma nova linha)">
+<!ENTITY defaultBodyText.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY defaultParagraph.label               "Parágrafo (tecla Enter cria um novo parágrafo)">
+<!ENTITY defaultParagraph.accesskey           "P">
+
+<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.label               "Selecione o tipo de cabeçalho de resposta :">
+<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.accesskey           "e">
+<!ENTITY noReplyOption.label                  "Sem cabeçalho de resposta">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (authorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the
+  mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle preference. [Author] needs to be
+  translated. -->
+<!ENTITY authorWroteOption.label              "[Autor] escreveu:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (onDateAuthorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the
+  mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote preference. [Author] and [date]
+  need to be translated. -->
+<!ENTITY onDateAuthorWroteOption.label        "Em [data], [autor] escreveu:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (onDateAuthorWroteOption.label): this is tied to the
+  mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate preference. [Author] and [date]
+  need to be translated. -->
+<!ENTITY authorWroteOnDateOption.label        "[Autor] em [data] escreveu:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e613e997e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY directoryName.label               "Nome: ">
+<!ENTITY directoryName.accesskey           "N">
+<!ENTITY directoryHostname.label           "Nome do servidor: ">
+<!ENTITY directoryHostname.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.label             "DN base: ">
+<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.accesskey         "b">
+<!ENTITY findButton.label                  "Localizar">
+<!ENTITY findButton.accesskey              "L">
+<!ENTITY directorySecure.label             "Utilizar ligação segura (SSL)">
+<!ENTITY directorySecure.accesskey         "U">
+<!ENTITY directoryLogin.label              "Bind DN: ">
+<!ENTITY directoryLogin.accesskey          "i">
+<!ENTITY General.tab                       "Geral">
+<!ENTITY Offline.tab                       "Offline">
+<!ENTITY Advanced.tab                      "Avançadas">
+<!ENTITY portNumber.label                  "Porta: ">
+<!ENTITY portNumber.accesskey              "P">
+<!ENTITY searchFilter.label                "Filtro de pesquisa: ">
+<!ENTITY searchFilter.accesskey            "F">
+<!ENTITY scope.label                       "Âmbito: ">
+<!ENTITY scope.accesskey                   "m">
+<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.label               "Um nível">
+<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.accesskey           "l">
+<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.label                "Subárvore">
+<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.accesskey            "S">
+<!ENTITY return.label                      "Não devolver mais do que">
+<!ENTITY return.accesskey                  "r">
+<!ENTITY results.label                     "resultados">
+<!ENTITY offlineText.label                 "Pode transferir uma cópia deste diretório para que fique disponível no modo offline.">
+<!ENTITY saslMechanism.label               "Método de acesso: ">
+<!ENTITY saslMechanism.accesskey           "M">
+<!ENTITY saslOff.label                     "Simples">
+<!ENTITY saslOff.accesskey                 "l">
+<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.label                  "Kerberos (GSSAPI)">
+<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.accesskey              "K">
+
+<!-- Localization note: this is here because the width of the dialog
+     is determined by the width of the base DN box; and that is likely
+     to vary somewhat with the language.
+-->
+<!ENTITY newDirectoryWidth                 "48em">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cd302d9b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (window.title) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.ldap.window.title    "Servidores de diretório LDAP">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directories.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY directories.label         "Servidor de diretório LDAP:">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (directoriesText.label) : do not translate "LDAP" in below line -->
+<!ENTITY directoriesText.label     "Selecione um servidor de diretório LDAP:">
+<!ENTITY directoriesText.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY addDirectory.label        "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY addDirectory.accesskey    "A">
+<!ENTITY editDirectory.label       "Editar">
+<!ENTITY editDirectory.accesskey   "E">
+<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.label     "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.accesskey "A">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..830d932cd8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.formatting.title        "Formato de envio">
+<!ENTITY sendMaildesc.label           "Ao enviar mensagens formatadas (HTML) e um ou mais destinatários não estão indicados como habilitados a receber HTML:">
+<!ENTITY askMe.label                  "Perguntar-me o que fazer (o correio pede para escolher o formato)">
+<!ENTITY askMe.accesskey              "g">
+<!ENTITY convertPlain2.label          "Converter a mensagem para texto simples (poderá perder-se alguma formatação)">
+<!ENTITY convertPlain2.accesskey      "C">
+<!ENTITY sendHTML2.label              "Enviar a mensagem como apenas HTML (poderá causar problemas de apresentação)">
+<!ENTITY sendHTML2.accesskey          "E">
+<!ENTITY sendBoth2.label              "Enviar a mensagem tanto em texto simples como em HTML (maior tamanho)">
+<!ENTITY sendBoth2.accesskey          "n">
+
+<!-- Html and Plain Text Domains  -->
+<!ENTITY domain.title                 "Domínios HTML e texto">
+<!ENTITY domaindesc.label             "Quando envia uma mensagem para um endereço com um dos nomes de domínio listados abaixo, o correio envia a mensagem automaticamente no formato pré-definido (texto formatado ou texto simples).">
+<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.label        "Domínio HTML">
+<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.accesskey    "M">
+<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.label         "Domínios em texto">
+<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.accesskey     "D">
+<!ENTITY AddButton.label              "Adicionar…">
+<!ENTITY AddHtmlDomain.accesskey      "A">
+<!ENTITY AddPlainText.accesskey       "d">
+<!ENTITY DeleteButton.label           "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY DeleteHtmlDomain.accesskey   "e">
+<!ENTITY DeletePlainText.accesskey    "l">
+
+<!-- Add Domain Name -->
+<!ENTITY add.htmltitle                "Adicionar nome de domínio HTML">
+<!ENTITY add.htmldomain               "Nome do domínio HTML:">
+<!ENTITY add.plaintexttitle           "Adicionar nome de domínio de texto">
+<!ENTITY add.plaintextdomain          "Nome do domínio de texto:">
+
+<!ENTITY domainnameError.title        "Erro no nome de domínio">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: do not translate @string@ -->
+<!ENTITY invalidEntryError.label      "O nome do domínio @string@ é inválido e será ignorado. Nomes de domínio válidos devem incluir pelo menos um '.' e caracteres de cada lado.">
+
+<!-- Global auto-detect switch -->
+<!ENTITY autoDowngrade.label          "Automaticamente enviar a mensagem como texto simples se nenhuma formatação significante estiver presente (sobrepõe outras opções)">
+<!ENTITY autoDowngrade.accesskey      "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e60213f987
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.junk.title "Lixo e correio suspeito">
+<!ENTITY junkSettings.caption "Definições globais de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY junkMail.intro "Aceda às definições da conta para configurar definições especiais de lixo eletrónico.">
+<!-- Junk Mail Controls -->
+
+<!ENTITY manualMark.label               "Ao marcar mensagens como lixo:">
+<!ENTITY manualMark.accesskey           "A">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.label       "Mover para a pasta &quot;Lixo eletrónico&quot;">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.accesskey   "M">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.label     "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.accesskey "A">
+
+<!ENTITY markAsRead.intro               "Marcar mensagem como lida:">
+<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label           "Quando o &brandShortName; determina que elas são lixo">
+<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.label         "Ao marcar manualmente como lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.accesskey     "m">
+
+<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.label        "Ativar registo do lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY openJunkLog.label              "Mostrar registo">
+<!ENTITY openJunkLog.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.label        "Repor dados de treino">
+<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.accesskey    "R">
+
+<!ENTITY pref.suspectMail.caption       "Correio suspeito">
+<!-- Phishing Detector -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.phishing.caption            "Mensagem de engodo">
+<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.label     "Avisar-me se a mensagem de correio que estou a ler pode ser uma fraude">
+<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.accesskey "e">
+<!-- Anti Virus -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.antivirus.caption           "Antivírus">
+<!ENTITY antiVirus.label                  "Permitir que os antivírus verifiquem as mensagens a receber mais facilmente">
+<!ENTITY antiVirus.accesskey              "P">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c1105fa2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.mailnews.title              "Correio e grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY generalSettings.caption          "Definições gerais">
+<!ENTITY confirmMove.label                "Confirmar ao mover pastas para o Lixo">
+<!ENTITY confirmMove.accesskey            "C">
+<!ENTITY preserveThreading.label          "Manter tópicos ao ordenar as mensagens">
+<!ENTITY preserveThreading.accesskey      "M">
+<!ENTITY loadInBackground.label           "Mudar para os novos separadores quando abertos">
+<!ENTITY loadInBackground.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.label        "Verificar por novo correio apenas depois de abrir o correio e os grupos de notícias">
+<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.accesskey    "V">
+
+<!ENTITY defaultMailSettings.description  "Tornar o &brandShortName; a aplicação predefinida para:">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultMail.label             "Correio">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultMail.accesskey         "C">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultNews.label             "Notícias">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultNews.accesskey         "N">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultFeed.label             "Fontes">
+<!ENTITY setDefaultFeed.accesskey         "e">
+
+<!ENTITY useInternalSettings.description  "Utilizar o &brandShortName; para abrir a ligação de navegador para:">
+<!ENTITY useInternalMail.label            "Correio (mailto:)">
+<!ENTITY useInternalMail.accesskey        "C">
+<!ENTITY useInternalNews.label            "Grupos de notícias (news:, snews:, nntp:)">
+<!ENTITY useInternalNews.accesskey        "d">
+
+<!ENTITY messengerStartPage.caption       "Página inicial do correio">
+<!ENTITY enableStartPage.label            "Quando o correio é iniciado, mostrar a página inicial na área das mensagens">
+<!ENTITY enableStartPage.accesskey        "Q">
+<!ENTITY location.label                   "Localização:">
+<!ENTITY location.accesskey               "L">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.label                 "Restaurar predefinição">
+<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey             "d">
+<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.label            "Memorizar a última mensagem selecionada">
+<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.accesskey        "a">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c3d8fc1363
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.notifications.title         "Notificações">
+<!ENTITY notifications.caption            "Notificações">
+<!ENTITY newMessagesArrive.label          "Ao chegarem novas mensagens:">
+
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (showAlertFor.label, showAlertTimeEnd.label)
+     showAlertFor.label is associated with the checkbox to show the alert,
+     leading into a numerical field to enter a time in seconds, followed by
+     showAlertTimeEnd.label which in en-US is the unit of the value -->
+
+<!ENTITY showAlertFor.label               "Mostrar um alerta após">
+<!ENTITY showAlertFor.accesskey           "s">
+<!ENTITY showAlertTimeEnd.label           "segundos">
+
+<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.label       "Mostrar pré-visualização do texto da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.accesskey   "v">
+<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.label           "Mostrar o assunto">
+<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.accesskey       "u">
+<!ENTITY showAlertSender.label            "Mostrar o remetente">
+<!ENTITY showAlertSender.accesskey        "n">
+<!ENTITY useSystemAlert.label             "Utilizar as notificações do ambiente de trabalho do sistema operativo">
+<!ENTITY useSystemAlert.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY useBuiltInAlert.label            "Utilizar as janelas de notificação do &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY useBuiltInAlert.accesskey        "n">
+
+<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.label               "Mostrar um ícone">
+<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.accesskey           "t">
+<!ENTITY showBalloon.label                "Mostrar um balão de alerta">
+<!ENTITY showBalloon.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.label       "Animar o ícone da doca">
+<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.accesskey   "A">
+
+<!ENTITY playSound.label                  "Reproduzir um som">
+<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey              "R">
+<!ENTITY playButton.label                 "Reproduzir">
+<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey             "z">
+<!ENTITY systemsound.label                "Som predefinido do sistema">
+<!ENTITY systemsound.accesskey            "m">
+<!ENTITY customsound.label                "Ficheiro áudio personalizado">
+<!ENTITY customsound.accesskey            "F">
+<!ENTITY browse.label                     "Navegar...">
+<!ENTITY browse.accesskey                 "N">
+<!ENTITY browse.title                     "Escolher ficheiro">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9d90cd1fe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!-- extracted from content/pref-offline.xul -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The 'Offline' preferences dialog -->
+<!ENTITY pref.network.title               "Rede e armazenamento">
+<!ENTITY pref.offline.caption             "Offline">
+<!ENTITY textStartUp                      "Ao iniciar:">
+<!ENTITY textStartUp.accesskey            "o">
+<!ENTITY menuitemRememberPrevState        "Memorizar estado online anterior">
+<!ENTITY menuitemAskMe                    "Perguntar-me pelo estado online no arranque">
+<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOnline             "Iniciar sempre no modo online">
+<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOffline            "Iniciar sempre no modo offline">
+<!ENTITY menuitemAutomatic                "Detetar automaticamente (se disponível)">
+<!ENTITY textGoingOnline                  "Enviar mensagens não enviadas ao ficar online?">
+<!ENTITY radioAutoSend                    "Sim">
+<!ENTITY radioAutoSend.accesskey          "S">
+<!ENTITY radioNotSend                     "Não">
+<!ENTITY radioNotSend.accesskey           "N">
+<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent                   "Perguntar-me">
+<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent.accesskey         "P">
+<!ENTITY textGoingOffline                 "Transferir mensagens para utilização no modo offline?">
+<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload                "Sim">
+<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload.accesskey      "i">
+<!ENTITY radioNotDownload                 "Não">
+<!ENTITY radioNotDownload.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY radioAskDownload                 "Perguntar-me">
+<!ENTITY radioAskDownload.accesskey       "e">
+<!ENTITY mailConnections.caption          "Ligações de correio">
+<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.label            "Ligação expira em:">
+<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.accesskey        "m">
+<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeoutSeconds.label     "segundos">
+<!ENTITY Diskspace                        "Espaço em disco">
+<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.label      "Compactar todas as pastas se puder poupar mais de">
+<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.accesskey  "C">
+<!ENTITY offlineCompactFoldersMB.label    "Total em MB">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c46ce9e686
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE pref-receipts.dtd: UI for Mail/News Return Receipts prefs -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.receipts.title          "Recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY prefReceipts.caption         "Recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label         "Ao enviar mensagens, pedir sempre um recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey     "o">
+<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label          "Quando chega um recibo:">
+<!ENTITY leaveIt.label                "Deixar na caixa de entrada">
+<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey            "d">
+<!ENTITY moveToSent.label             "Mover para a minha pasta &quot;Enviados&quot;">
+<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey         "v">
+<!ENTITY requestMDN.label             "Quando recebo um pedido de um recibo de leitura:">
+<!ENTITY returnSome.label             "Permitir recibos de leitura para algumas mensagens">
+<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey         "e">
+<!ENTITY never.label                  "Nunca enviar um recibo de leitura">
+<!ENTITY never.accesskey              "n">
+<!ENTITY notInToCc.label              "Se não estiver na mensagem em Para ou Cc:">
+<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey          "s">
+<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label          "Se o remetente estiver fora do meu domínio:">
+<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey      "t">
+<!ENTITY otherCases.label             "Em todos os outros casos:">
+<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey         "o">
+<!ENTITY askMe.label                  "Perguntar-me">
+<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label             "Enviar Sempre">
+<!ENTITY neverSend.label              "Nunca enviar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e23d76a636
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.tags.title            "Etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY pref.tags.caption          "Personalizar etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY pref.tags.description      "As etiquetas podem ser utilizadas para categorizar e dar prioridade às suas mensagens. Modificar a aparência e a importância das etiquetas usando as definições abaixo. Etiquetas perto do topo são mais importantes do que as que estão mais abaixo.">
+<!ENTITY tagColumn.label            "Etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY colorColumn.label          "Cor">
+<!ENTITY defaultTagName.label       "Etiqueta sem nome">
+<!ENTITY addTagButton.label         "Adicionar">
+<!ENTITY addTagButton.accesskey     "A">
+<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.label      "Apagar">
+<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.accesskey  "A">
+<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.label       "Aumentar importância">
+<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.accesskey   "u">
+<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.label       "Baixar Importância">
+<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.accesskey   "B">
+<!ENTITY restoreButton.label        "Restaurar predefinições">
+<!ENTITY restoreButton.accesskey    "s">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5bf39fdc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY pref.viewing.messages.title      "Exibição de mensagem">
+<!ENTITY style.label                      "Estilo:">
+<!ENTITY style.accesskey                  "s">
+<!ENTITY regular.label                    "Regular">
+<!ENTITY bold.label                       "Negrito">
+<!ENTITY italic.label                     "Itálico">
+<!ENTITY boldItalic.label                 "Itálico Negrito">
+<!ENTITY size.label                       "Tamanho:">
+<!ENTITY size.accesskey                   "n">
+<!ENTITY bigger.label                     "Maior">
+<!ENTITY smaller.label                    "Menor">
+<!ENTITY color.label                      "Cor:">
+<!ENTITY color.accesskey                  "C">
+<!ENTITY displayPlainText.caption         "Mensagens de texto">
+<!ENTITY fontPlainText.label              "Tipo de letra:">
+<!ENTITY fontPlainText.accesskey          "l">
+<!ENTITY displayQuoted.label              "Definição para citação de mensagens:">
+<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.label                  "Encapsular texto para caber na largura da janela">
+<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.accesskey              "E">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : (convertEmoticons.label) 'Emoticons' are also known as 'Smileys', e.g. :-)   -->
+<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.label           "Mostrar ícones emotivos como gráficos">
+<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.accesskey       "o">
+<!ENTITY generalMessageDisplay.caption    "Geral">
+<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label             "Marcar mensagens como lidas automaticamente">
+<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey         "a">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (markAsReadAfter.label): This will concatenate to
+     "Only after displaying for [___] seconds",
+     using (markAsReadAfter.label) and a number (secondsLabel.label). -->
+<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.label            "Apenas depois de mostrar por">
+<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.accesskey        "t">
+<!ENTITY secondsLabel.label               "segundos">
+
+<!ENTITY openingMessages.label            "Ao abrir as mensagens, mostrar em:">
+<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.label             "Uma nova janela">
+<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.accesskey         "n">
+<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.label        "Uma janela existente">
+<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.accesskey    "e">
+<!ENTITY disableContent.label             "Bloquear imagens e outros conteúdos de fontes remotas">
+<!ENTITY disableContent.accesskey         "B">
+<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.label     "Mostrar apenas os nomes para pessoas do meu livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.label     "Fechar janela de mensagem ao apagar a mensagem">
+<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.accesskey "l">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..24e0b4add8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the Account Wizard
+#
+enterValidEmail=Introduza um endereço de e-mail válido.
+accountNameExists=Já existe uma conta com este nome. Por favor introduza um nome diferente.
+accountNameEmpty=O nome da conta não pode estar vazio.
+modifiedAccountExists=Já existe uma conta com o mesmo nome de utilizador e servidor. Introduza um nome de utilizador e/ou de servidor diferente.
+userNameChanged=O seu nome de utilizador foi atualizado. Poderá ter que atualizar o seu endereço eletrónico e/ou nome de utilizador associado a esta conta.
+serverNameChanged=O nome do servidor foi alterado. Por favor verifique que quaisquer pastas utilizadas pelos filtros existem no novo servidor.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (junkSettingsBroken): %1$S is the account name
+junkSettingsBroken=As definições do lixo eletrónico da conta "%1$S" podem ter problemas. Gostaria de as rever antes de guardar as definições da conta?
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryChanged): %1$S is program name (&brandShortName;)
+localDirectoryChanged=Tem que reiniciar o %1$S para aplicar as alterações à definição do diretório local.
+localDirectoryRestart=Reiniciar
+userNameEmpty=O nome de utilizador não pode estar vazio.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryInvalid): %1$S is path to folder
+localDirectoryInvalid=O caminho do diretório local "%1$S" não é válido. Por favor selecione outro diretório.
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (localDirectoryNotAllowed): %1$S is path to folder
+localDirectoryNotAllowed=O caminho do diretório local local "%1$S" não é adequado para guardar as mensagens. Por favor selecione outro diretório.
+# if the user chooses to cancel the wizard when no accounts are there throw a message
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (cancelWizard)
+# do not localize "\n\n"
+cancelWizard=Tem a certeza que pretende sair do assistente de contas?\n\nSe sair agora, qualquer informação que introduziu será perdida e a conta não será criada.
+accountWizard=Assistente de contas
+WizardExit=Sair
+WizardContinue=Cancelar
+# when the wizard already has a domain (Should we say something different?)
+enterValidServerName=Introduza um nome de servidor válido.
+failedRemoveAccount=Falha ao remover esta conta.
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S is server name, %2$S is user name
+accountName=%1$S - %2$S
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE: confirmDeferAccountWarning: do not localize "\n\n", it means a new empty line in the string.
+confirmDeferAccountWarning=Se guardar esta nova conta de correio numa caixa de entrada diferente, não poderá aceder às mensagens anteriormente transferidas. Se tem correio nesta conta, copie-o para outra conta.\n\nSe tem filtros aplicados a esta conta, deve desativá-los ou mudar a pasta de destino. Se qualquer conta tem pastas especiais (Enviadas, Rascunhos, Modelos, Arquivos, Lixo eletrónico), deve mudá-las para outra conta.\n\nAinda deseja guardar esta conta de correio numa conta diferente?
+confirmDeferAccountTitle=Definir conta?
+
+directoryAlreadyUsedByOtherAccount=O diretório especificado na definição do diretório local já está a ser utilizado pela conta "%S". Por favor selecione outro diretório.
+directoryParentUsedByOtherAccount=Um diretório parente da pasta especificada na definição do diretório local já está a ser utilizado pela conta "%S". Por favor selecione outro diretório.
+directoryChildUsedByOtherAccount=Um subdiretório do diretório especificado na definição do diretório local já está a ser utilizado pela conta "%S". Por favor selecione outro diretório.
+#Provide default example values for sample email address
+exampleEmailUserName=utilizador
+exampleEmailDomain=example.net
+emailFieldText=Endereço de email:
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE: defaultEmailText: %1$S is user name, %2$S is domain
+defaultEmailText=Introduza o seu endereço de email. Este é o endereço que outros utilizarão para lhe enviar correio (por exemplo, "%1$S@%2$S"). 
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE: customizedEmailText: %1$S is provider, %2$S is email username, %3$S is sample email, %4$S is sample username
+customizedEmailText=Introduza o seu %1$S e %2$S (por exemplo, se o seu endereço de email %1$S for "%3$S", o seu %2$S é "%4$S"). 
+
+# account manager stuff
+prefPanel-server=Definições do servidor
+prefPanel-copies=Cópias e pastas
+prefPanel-synchronization=Sincronização e armazenamento
+prefPanel-diskspace=Espaço em disco
+prefPanel-addressing=Composição e endereçamento
+prefPanel-junk=Definições de lixo eletrónico
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (prefPanel-smtp): Don't translate "SMTP"
+prefPanel-smtp=Servidor de envio (SMTP)
+
+# account manager multiple identity support
+#LOCALIZATION NOTE: accountName: %1$S
+identity-list-title=Identidades para %1$S
+
+identityDialogTitleAdd=Nova identidade
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identityDialogTitleEdit): %S is the identity name
+identityDialogTitleEdit=Editar %S
+
+identity-edit-req=Tem de especificar um endereço de email válido para esta identidade.
+identity-edit-req-title=Erro ao criar identidade
+
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identity-delete-confirm): %S is the identity name
+# and should be put on a new line. The new line is produced with the "\n" string.
+identity-delete-confirm=Tem a certeza que pretende eliminar a identidade\n%S?
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (identity-delete-confirm-title): %S is the account name
+identity-delete-confirm-title=A remover identidade para %S
+identity-delete-confirm-button=Apagar
+
+choosefile=Escolher um ficheiro
+
+forAccount=Para a conta "%S"
+
+removeFromServerTitle=Confirmar eliminação automática e permanente de mensagens
+removeFromServer=Esta definição irá eliminar de forma permanente as mensagens antigas do servidor remoto e do seu armazenamento local. Tem a certeza que pretende continuar?
+
+confirmSyncChangesTitle=Confirmar alterações de sincronização
+confirmSyncChanges=As definições de sincronização de mensagens foi alterada.\n\nDeseja guardá-las?
+confirmSyncChangesDiscard=Descartar
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e29f9d39f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY dialogTitle                  "Remover conta e dados">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.label           "Remover">
+<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey       "R">
+<!ENTITY removeAccount.label          "Remover informação da conta">
+<!ENTITY removeAccount.accesskey      "a">
+<!ENTITY removeAccount.desc           "Apenas remove o conhecimento desta conta no &brandShortName;. Não afeta a conta existente no servidor.">
+<!ENTITY removeData.label             "Remover dados da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY removeData.accesskey         "d">
+<!ENTITY removeDataChat.label         "Remover dados de conversas">
+<!ENTITY removeDataChat.accesskey     "d">
+<!ENTITY removeDataLocalAccount.desc  "Remove do disco local todas as mensagens, pastas e filtros associados a esta conta. Não afeta as mensagens que ainda estejam no servidor. Não escolha esta opção se quiser arquivar os dados locais para os reutilizar posteriormente no &brandShortName;.">
+<!ENTITY removeDataServerAccount.desc "Remove do disco local todas as mensagens, pastas e filtros associados a esta conta. As suas mensagens e pastas serão mantidas no servidor.">
+<!ENTITY removeDataChatAccount.desc   "Remove todos os registos de conversas armazenados para esta conta no seu disco local.">
+<!ENTITY showData.label               "Mostrar localização dos dados">
+<!ENTITY showData.accesskey           "s">
+<!ENTITY progressPending              "Remover dados selecionados…">
+<!ENTITY progressSuccess              "Remoção efetuada.">
+<!ENTITY progressFailure              "Falha na remoção.">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b59200b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/removeAccount.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+removeQuestion=Tem a certeza que pretende remover a conta "%S"?
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..562d1d6973
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+replicationStarted=Replicação iniciada...
+changesStarted=Foi iniciada a pesquisa de alterações a replicar...
+replicationSucceeded=Replicação efetuada
+replicationFailed=Replicação falhou
+replicationCancelled=Replicação cancelada
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE
+# do not localize %S.  %S is the current entry number (an integer)
+currentCount=A replicar a entrada do diretório: %S
+
+downloadButton=Transferir agora
+downloadButton.accesskey=T
+cancelDownloadButton=Cancelar transferência
+cancelDownloadButton.accesskey=C
+
+directoryTitleNew=Novo diretório LDAP
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (directoryTitleEdit): %S will be replaced by the LDAP directory's display name
+directoryTitleEdit=Propriedades de %S
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ececa0fd62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY settings.caption "Definições">
+<!ENTITY security.caption "Autenticação e Segurança">
+<!ENTITY serverName.label "Nome do servidor:">
+<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "s">
+<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Descrição:">
+<!ENTITY serverDescription.accesskey "D">
+<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Porta:">
+<!ENTITY serverPort.accesskey "P">
+<!ENTITY userName.label "Nome de utilizador:">
+<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Segurança da ligação:">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "n">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "Nenhuma">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, se disponível">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS">
+<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS">
+<!ENTITY smtpEditTitle.label "Servidor SMTP">
+<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Pré-definido:">
+<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Método de autenticação:">
+<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "i">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..68d134064d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# messenger.properties
+# mailnews.js
+mailnews.start_page.url=chrome://messenger/content/start.xhtml
+messenger.throbber.url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/
+compose.throbber.url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/
+addressbook.throbber.url=http://www.seamonkey-project.org/
+# To make mapit buttons to disappear in the addressbook, specify empty string.  For example:
+# mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format=
+# The mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format should start with the URL of the mapping
+# service and then the query part with placeholders to be subsituted from values
+# from the addressbook contact's address.
+# Available placeholders are:
+# @A1 == address, part 1
+# @A2 == address, part 2
+# @CI == city
+# @ST == state
+# @ZI == zip code
+# @CO == country
+# Default map service:
+mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format=http://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO
+# List of available map services (up to 5 can be defined here):
+mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.name=Google Maps
+mail.addr_book.mapit_url.1.format=http://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO
+mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.name=OpenStreetMap
+mail.addr_book.mapit_url.2.format=http://nominatim.openstreetmap.org/search.php?polygon=1&q=@A1%2C@A2%2C@CI%2C@ST%2C@ZI%2C@CO
+mailnews.messageid_browser.url=http://groups.google.com/search?as_umsgid=%mid
+# Recognize non-standard versions of "Re:" in subjects from localized versions of MS Outlook et al.
+# Specify a comma-separated list without spaces. For example: mailnews.localizedRe=AW,SV
+mailnews.localizedRe=
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..797cac667b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY renameFolderDialog.title          "Renomear pasta">
+<!ENTITY rename.label                      "Introduza o novo nome da pasta:">
+<!ENTITY rename.accesskey                  "I">
+<!ENTITY accept.label                      "Renomear">
+<!ENTITY accept.accesskey                  "R">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f771f62925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#these need to match nsMsgSearchAttrib interface in nsMsgSearchCore.idl
+#and nsMsgSearchAttribMap in nsMsgSearchAdapter.cpp
+Subject=Assunto
+From=De
+Body=Corpo
+Date=Data
+Priority=Prioridade
+Status=Estado
+To=Para
+Cc=Cc
+ToOrCc=Para ou Cc
+AgeInDays=Idade em dias
+SizeKB=Tamanho (KB)
+Tags=Etiquetas
+# for AB and LDAP
+AnyName=Qualquer nome
+DisplayName=Nome exibido
+Nickname=Alcunha
+ScreenName=Nome a mostrar
+Email=Email
+AdditionalEmail=Email alternativo
+AnyNumber=Qualquer número
+WorkPhone=Telefone do trabalho
+HomePhone=Telefone de casa
+Fax=Fax
+Pager=Pager
+Mobile=Telemóvel
+City=Cidade
+Street=Rua
+Title=Título
+Organization=Organização
+Department=Departamento
+# more mailnews
+FromToCcOrBcc=De, Para, Cc ou Bcc
+JunkScoreOrigin=Origem da pontuação do lixo eletrónico
+JunkPercent=Percentagem de lixo eletrónico
+AttachmentStatus=Estado do anexo
+JunkStatus=Estado do lixo eletrónico
+Label=Etiqueta
+Customize=Personalizar...
+MissingCustomTerm=Termo personalizado em falta
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd579cd0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+0=contém
+1=não contém
+2=é
+3=não é
+4=está vazio
+
+5=é antes
+6=é depois
+    
+7=é mais alto que
+8=é menor do que
+
+9=começa com
+10=termina com
+
+11=similar a
+12=LdapDwim
+
+13=é maior do que
+14=é menor do que
+
+15=ConclusãodeNome
+16=está no meu livro de endereços
+17=não está no meu livro de endereços
+18=não está vazio
+19=corresponde
+20=não corresponde
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0cee0a0bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# search and filter strings
+#
+# these are the fields that get inserted in the search line
+# for "and" searches, this looks like:
+#
+# searchAnd0 <attribute> searchAnd1 <operator> searchAnd2 <value> searchAnd4
+#
+# for example, in english this looks like:
+# and the [Sender ] [doesn't contain] [John]
+#
+# TODO: need to special-case the first line (filterindex==0)
+
+# filter stuff
+searchingMessage=A pesquisar…
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (matchesFound): #1 number of matches found
+matchesFound=#1 correspondência encontrada;#1 correspondências encontradas
+noMatchesFound=Nenhuma correspondência encontrada
+labelForStopButton=Parar
+labelForSearchButton=Pesquisar
+labelForStopButton.accesskey=P
+labelForSearchButton.accesskey=P
+
+moreButtonTooltipText=Adicionar nova regra
+lessButtonTooltipText=Remover esta regra
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..467036fbd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY matchAll.label     "Coincidir com todos os seguintes">
+<!ENTITY matchAll.accesskey "C">
+<!ENTITY matchAny.label     "Coincidir em qualquer dos seguintes">
+<!ENTITY matchAny.accesskey "o">
+<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.label     "Coincidir com todas as mensagens">
+<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.accesskey "m">
+<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE
+  The values below are used to control the widths of the search widgets.
+  Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus
+  are truncated in the widgets.
+ -->
+<!ENTITY searchTermListAttributesFlexValue "5">
+<!ENTITY searchTermListOperatorsFlexValue "5">
+<!ENTITY searchTermListValueFlexValue "5">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7783ba36c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+
+# These strings are loaded and represented by the XUL dialog.
+shutdownDialogTitle=Janela do progresso do encerramento
+taskProgress=A processar %1$S de %2$S Tarefas\u0020
+
+# These strings are loaded by the individual shutdown tasks.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8552b08d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the smime content type handler
+#
+
+## @name NS_MSG_UNABLE_TO_OPEN_FILE
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE: the text can contain HTML tags. 
+1000=Esta é uma mensagem <B>ENCRIPTADA</B> ou <B>ASSINADA</B>.<br> Esta aplicação de correio não suporta correio encriptado ou assinado.
+
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89f6b084c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY securityTitle.label "Segurança">
+<!ENTITY securityTab.label "Segurança">
+<!ENTITY securityHeading.label "Para enviar ou receber mensagens encriptadas, deve especificar um certificado assinando digitalmente e um certificado de encriptado.">
+<!ENTITY encryptionGroupTitle.label "Encriptação">
+<!ENTITY encryptionChoiceLabel.label "Configuração da encriptação predefinida ao enviar mensagens:">
+<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.label "Nunca (não utilizar encriptação)">
+<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.accesskey "N">
+<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.label "Requerido (impossível enviar mensagens a menos que os receptores tenham um certificado)">
+<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.accesskey "u">
+<!ENTITY encryptionCert.message "Utilizar este certificado para encriptar e desencriptar mensagens enviadas para si:">
+<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.button "Selecionar...">
+<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.button "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.button "Selecionar...">
+<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.accesskey "S">
+<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.button "Limpar">
+<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.accesskey "r">
+<!ENTITY signingGroupTitle.label "Assinatura digital">
+<!ENTITY signMessage.label "Assinar mensagens digitalmente (pré-definição)">
+<!ENTITY signMessage.accesskey "d">
+<!ENTITY signingCert.message "Utilizar este certificado para assinar digitalmente as mensagens enviadas:">
+
+<!ENTITY certificates.label "Certificados">
+<!ENTITY manageCerts2.label "Gerir certificados…">
+<!ENTITY manageCerts2.accesskey "G">
+<!ENTITY manageDevices.label "Gerir dispositivos de segurança…">
+<!ENTITY manageDevices.accesskey "e">
+<!-- Strings for the cert picker dialog -->
+
+<!ENTITY certPicker.title "Selecionar certificado">
+<!ENTITY certPicker.info  "Certificado:">
+<!ENTITY certPicker.detailsLabel "Detalhes do certificado selecionado:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c278fcfcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## S/MIME error strings.
+## Note to localization: %S is a placeholder
+NoSenderSigningCert=Você especificou que esta mensagem deveria ser digitalmente assinada, mas ou a aplicação não encontrou o certificado especificado nas definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias, ou o certificado expirou.
+NoSenderEncryptionCert=Você especificou que esta mensagem deve ser encriptada, mas ou a aplicação não encontrou o certificado especificado nas definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias, ou o certificado expirou.
+MissingRecipientEncryptionCert=Você especificou que esta mensagem deve ser encriptada, mas a aplicação falhou a procura de um certificado de encriptação para %S.
+ErrorEncryptMail=Não foi possível encriptar a mensagem. Verifique se tem um um certificado de correio válido para cada destinatário. Verifique nas definições da conta de correio e grupos de notícias se o certificado especificado para esta conta de correio é válido e seguro.
+ErrorCanNotSignMail=Não é possível assinar a mensagem. Verifique se os certificados especificados nas definições da conta são válidos e fiáveis para correio eletrónico.
+
+## Strings used for in the prefs.
+prefPanel-smime=Segurança
+NoSigningCert=O gestor de certificados não consegue localizar um certificado válido que possa ser usado para assinar digitalmente as suas mensagens.
+NoSigningCertForThisAddress=O gestor de certificados não consegue localizar um certificado válido que possa ser utilizado para assinar as suas mensagens com um endereço <%S>.
+NoEncryptionCert=O gestor de certificados não consegue localizar um certificado válido para que outras pessoas lhe possam enviar mensagens de correio encriptadas.
+NoEncryptionCertForThisAddress=O gestor de certificados não consegue localizar um certificado válido para que outras pessoas possam enviar-lhe mensagens encriptadas para o endereço <%S>.
+
+encryption_needCertWantSame=Deve também especificar um certificado para outras pessoas usarem quando lhe enviam mensagens encriptadas. Deseja usar o mesmo certificado para encriptar e desencriptar as mensagens enviadas para si?
+encryption_wantSame=Deseja usar o mesmo certificado para encriptar e desencriptar as mensagens enviadas para si?
+encryption_needCertWantToSelect=Deve também especificar um certificado para outras pessoas usarem quando lhe enviam mensagens encriptadas. Deseja configurar agora um certificado de encriptação?
+signing_needCertWantSame=Deve também especificar um certificado para assinar digitalmente as suas mensagens. Deseja usar o mesmo certificado para assinar digitalmente as suas mensagens?
+signing_wantSame=Deseja utilizar o mesmo certificado para assinar digitalmente as suas mensagens?
+signing_needCertWantToSelect=Deve também especificar um certificado para usar como assinatura digital nas suas mensagens. Deseja configurar agora um certificado para assinar digitalmente as suas mensagens?
+
+## Strings used by nsMsgComposeSecure
+mime_smimeEncryptedContentDesc=Mensagem encriptada S/MIME
+mime_smimeSignatureContentDesc=Assinatura criptográfica S/MIME
+
+## Strings used by the cert picker.
+CertInfoIssuedFor=Emitido para:
+CertInfoIssuedBy=Emitido por:
+CertInfoValid=Válido
+CertInfoFrom=de
+CertInfoTo=para
+CertInfoPurposes=Objetivos
+CertInfoEmail=Email
+CertInfoStoredIn=Guardado em:
+NicknameExpired=(expirado)
+NicknameNotYetValid=(ainda não válido)
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ca8997796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE shown while obtaining certificates from a directory -->
+
+<!ENTITY title.label "A transferir certificados">
+<!ENTITY info.message "A pesquisar no diretório de certificados dos destinatários. Pode demorar alguns minutos.">
+<!ENTITY stop.label "Parar pesquisa">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ecab12512e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message composition -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.label "Encriptar esta mensagem">
+<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey "E">
+
+<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.label "Assinar digitalmente esta mensagem">
+<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.accesskey "m">
+
+<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Ver informação de segurança">
+<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "i">
+
+<!ENTITY securityButton.label "Segurança">
+<!ENTITY securityButton.tooltip "Ver ou alterar as definições de segurança">
+
+<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.label "Mensagem de Informação sobre a Segurança">
+<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.accesskey "n">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..341c9e7565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## S/MIME mail compose window error strings.
+NeedSetup=Tem de configurar um ou mais certificados pessoais para poder usar esta configuração de segurança. Deseja fazê-lo agora?
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bba89de5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when composing a message -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY title.label "Mensagem de Segurança">
+<!ENTITY subject.plaintextWarning "NOTA: as linhas de assunto nunca são encriptadas.">
+<!ENTITY status.heading "O conteúdo das sua mensagem será enviado da seguinte maneira:">
+<!ENTITY status.signed "Assinatura digital:">
+<!ENTITY status.encrypted "Encriptada:">
+<!ENTITY status.certificates "Certificados:">
+<!ENTITY view.label "Ver">
+<!ENTITY view.accesskey "V">
+<!ENTITY tree.recipient "Destinatário">
+<!ENTITY tree.status "Estado">
+<!ENTITY tree.issuedDate "Emitido">
+<!ENTITY tree.expiresDate "Válido até">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1152af630b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+StatusNotFound=Não Encontrado
+StatusValid=Válido
+StatusExpired=Expirado
+StatusUntrusted=Não fidedigno
+StatusRevoked=Revogado
+StatusInvalid=Inválido
+StatusYes=Sim
+StatusNo=Não
+StatusNotPossible=Não é Possível
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..270adbee8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message reading -->
+
+
+<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Mensagem de Informação sobre a Segurança">
+<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "I">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8aea2cd50c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+ImapOnDemand=A mensagem foi assinada digitalmente, mas nem todos os seus anexos foram transferidos. Portanto, a assinatura não pode ser validada. Clique OK para transferir toda a mensagem e validar a assinatura.
+#
+#NOTE To translater, anything between %..% and <..> should not be translated.
+# the former will be replaced by java script, and the latter is HTML formatting.
+#
+CantDecryptTitle=O %brand% não consegue desencriptar esta mensagem
+CantDecryptBody=O remetente encriptou esta mensagem para si, usando um dos seus certificados digitais. No entanto o %brand% não conseguiu encontrar este certificado e a correspondente chave privada. <br> Soluções possíveis: <br><ul><li>Se tiver um smartcard, por favor insira-o agora. <li>Se está a usar uma nova máquina, ou se está a usar um novo perfil do %brand%, terá que restaurar o seu certificado e chave privada a partir de um backup. Os backups de certificados normalmente terminam em".p12".</ul>\u0020
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..259a6b4da2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when reading a received message -->
+
+<!ENTITY status.label "Segurança da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY signatureCert.label "Ver certificado da assinatura">
+<!ENTITY encryptionCert.label "Ver certificado da encriptação">
+
+<!ENTITY signer.name "Assinado por:">
+<!ENTITY recipient.name "Encriptada por:">
+<!ENTITY email.address "Endereço de email:">
+<!ENTITY issuer.name "Certificado emitido por:">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d123223fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+## Signature Information strings
+SINoneLabel=A Mensagem não tem uma Assinatura Digital
+SINone=Esta mensagem não inclui a assinatura digital do remetente. A ausência de uma assinatura digital significa que a mensagem pode ter sido enviada por alguém que pretende dar a entender que tem este endereço de email. É também possível que a mensagem tenha sido alterada ao transitar pela rede. No entanto, é improvável que tal evento tenha acontecido.
+
+SIValidLabel=A mensagem está assinada
+SIValid=Esta mensagem inclui uma assinatura digital válida. A mensagem não foi alterada desde que foi enviada.
+
+SIInvalidLabel=A assinatura digital não é válida
+SIInvalidHeader=Esta mensagem contém uma assinatura digital, mas que não é válida.
+
+SIContentAltered=A assinatura não corresponde ao conteúdo. A mensagem parece ter sido alterada depois do remetente a ter assinado. Não deve confiar na validade desta mensagem até verificar o seu conteúdo com o remetente.
+SIExpired=O certificado utilizado para assinar a mensagem parece ter expirado. Verifique se o relógio do seu computador está certo.
+SIRevoked=O certificado usado para assinar a mensagem foi revogado. Não deve confiar na validade desta mensagem até verificar o seu conteúdo com o remetente.
+SINotYetValid=O certificado utilizado para assinar a mensagem parece não ser ainda válido. Verifique se o relógio do seu computador está certo.
+SIUnknownCA=O certificado utilizado para assinar a mensagem foi emitido por uma autoridade certificada desconhecida.
+SIUntrustedCA=O certificado usado para assinar a mensagem foi lançado por uma autoridade certificada em que você não confia para este tipo de certificado.
+SIExpiredCA=O certificado usado para assinar a mensagem foi lançado por uma autoridade certificada em que o próprio certificado expirou. Verifique se o relógio de seu computador está acertado.
+SIRevokedCA=O certificado usado para assinar a mensagem foi lançado por uma autoridade certificada em que o próprio certificado foi revogado. Não deve confiar na validade desta mensagem até verificar o seu conteúdo com o remetente.
+SINotYetValidCA=O certificado usado para assinar a mensagem foi lançado por uma autoridade certificada em que o próprio certificado ainda não é válido. Verifique se o relógio de seu computador está acertado.
+SIInvalidCipher=A mensagem foi assinada usando uma força de encriptação que esta versão do seu software não suporta.
+SIClueless=Existem problemas desconhecidos com esta assinatura digital. Não deve confiar na validade desta mensagem até verificar o seu conteúdo com o remetente.
+
+SIPartiallyValidLabel=A mensagem está assinada
+SIPartiallyValidHeader=Apesar da assinatura digital ser válida, não se sabe se o remetente e o assinante são a mesma pessoa.
+
+SIHeaderMismatch=O endereço de email listado no assinante do certificado é diferente do endereço de e-mail usado para enviar esta mensagem. Verifique os detalhes do certificado da assinatura para saber quem assinou a mensagem.
+SICertWithoutAddress=O certificado usado para assinar esta mensagem não contém um endereço de email. Verifique os detalhes do certificado da assinatura para saber quem assinou a mensagem.
+
+## Encryption Information strings
+EINoneLabel2=A mensagem não está encriptada
+EINone=Esta mensagem não foi encriptada antes de ser enviada. Informação enviada através da Internet sem encriptação pode ser vista por outras pessoas enquanto esta está em trânsito.
+
+EIValidLabel=A mensagem está encriptada
+EIValid=Esta mensagem foi encriptada antes de ser enviada para si. A encriptação torna muito difícil para outras pessoas ver a informação enquanto ela viaja pela rede.
+
+EIInvalidLabel=A mensagem não pode ser desencriptada
+EIInvalidHeader=Esta mensagem foi encriptada antes de ser enviada para si, mas não pode ser desencriptada.
+
+EIContentAltered=O conteúdo da mensagem parece ter sido alterado durante a transmissão.
+EIClueless=Existem problemas desconhecidos com esta mensagem encriptada.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc6b262499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY startpage.title "Bem-vindo(a) ao correio e listas de notícias do &brandShortName;">
+<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (headline.label): the URL for <a id="vendorURL"> is fetched from brand.properties -->
+<!ENTITY headline.label
+'Bem-vindo(a) ao correio e listas de notícias do <a id="vendorURL" href="">&brandShortName;</a>!'>
+<!ENTITY description.label
+"O &brandShortName; é uma aplicação open-source de correio e de grupos de notícias, com suporte a deteção avançada de lixo eletrónico e outras funcionalidade úteis.">
+<!ENTITY features.title "Funcionalidades">
+<!ENTITY feat_multiacc.label "Suporte para múltiplas contas">
+<!ENTITY feat_junk.label "Deteção de lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY feat_feeds.label "Leitor de fontes">
+<!ENTITY feat_filters.label "Filtros de mensagens">
+<!ENTITY feat_htmlmsg.label "Suporte de mensagens HTML">
+<!ENTITY feat_abook.label "Livro de endereços">
+<!ENTITY feat_tags.label "Etiquetas e vistas do correio personalizáveis">
+<!ENTITY feat_integration.label
+"elevada integração com a suite &brandShortName;">
+<!ENTITY dict.title "Dicionários">
+<!ENTITY dict_intro.label "Os dicionários são usados para verificar a escrita nas suas mensagens.">
+<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (dict_info.label): the URL for <a id="dictURL"> is fetched from brand.properties -->
+<!ENTITY dict_info.label
+'Muitos idiomas adicionais podem ser instalados a partir da secção de <a id="dictURL" href="">dicionários</a> em <a href="https://addons.mozilla.org/seamonkey/">Extras da Mozilla</a>.'>
+<!ENTITY dict_info.label2
+'Muitos idiomas adicionais podem ser instalados a partir da secção
+<a id="dictURL" href="">dicionários</a> nos
+<a href="https://addons.thunderbird.net/seamonkey/">extras do SeaMonkey e Thunderbird</a>.'>
+<!ENTITY info.title "Mais informação">
+<!--# LOCALIZATION NOTE (info_bugs.label): the URL for <a id="releaseNotesURL"> is fetched from brand.properties -->
+<!ENTITY info_bugs.label
+'<a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Mozilla/Projects/MailNews">Nós</a> agradecemos os relatórios de bugs e pedidos de funcionalidades, mas por favor leia as <a id="releaseNotesURL" href="">notas de lançamento</a> e consulte o <a href="https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/query.cgi">Bugzilla</a> primeiro.'>
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c014f2caae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY subscribeDialog.title        "Subscrever">
+<!ENTITY subscribeButton.label        "Subscrever">
+<!ENTITY subscribeButton.accesskey    "S">
+<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.label      "Cancelar subscrição">
+<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.accesskey  "u">
+<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.label           "Novos grupos">
+<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.accesskey       "N">
+<!ENTITY refreshButton.label          "Atualizar">
+<!ENTITY refreshButton.accesskey      "r">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.label             "Parar">
+<!ENTITY stopButton.accesskey         "a">
+<!ENTITY server.label                 "Conta:">
+<!ENTITY server.accesskey             "t">
+<!ENTITY subscribedHeader.label       "Subscrever">
+<!-- commenting out until bug 38906 is fixed 
+<!ENTITY messagesHeader.label         "Messages"> -->
+<!ENTITY namefield.label              "Mostrar itens que contenham:">
+<!ENTITY namefield.accesskey          "o">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d31a0c800
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+columnHeader-nntp=Nome do grupo de notícias
+columnHeader-imap=Nome da pasta
+subscribeLabel-nntp=Selecione os grupos de notícias a se inscrever:
+subscribeLabel-imap=Selecione as pastas que deseja subscrever:
+currentListTab-nntp.label=Lista do grupo atual
+currentListTab-nntp.accesskey=L
+currentListTab-imap.label=Lista de pastas
+currentListTab-imap.accesskey=L
+pleaseWaitString=Por favor, aguarde...
+offlineState=Está offline. Os itens não puderam ser obtidos a partir do servidor.
+errorPopulating=Erro ao obter itens do servidor.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e38f317c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/tabmail.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+tabs.closeWarningTitleAll=Confirmar fechar
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (tabs.closeWarningAll):
+# Semicolon-separated list of plural forms. See:
+# http://developer.mozilla.org/en/docs/Localization_and_Plurals
+# The singular form is not considered since this string is used only for
+# multiple tabs.
+tabs.closeWarningAll=;Esta janela do messenger tem #1 separadores abertos. Deseja fechar a mesma e todos os respetivos separadores?
+tabs.closeButtonAll=Fechar todos os separadores
+tabs.closeWarningPromptMeAll=Avisar ao fechar múltiplos separadores
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5ce01c8f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error 
+# and informational messages
+#
+
+# Short name of import module
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_NAME
+## @loc None
+2000=Ficheiro de texto (LDIF, .tab, .csv, .txt)
+
+# Description of import module
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_DESCRIPTION
+## @loc None
+2001=Importar livro de endereços de um ficheiro de texto, incluindo formatos:  LDIF (.ldif, .ldi), delimitados por tab (.tab, .txt) ou separados por vírgulas(.csv) .
+
+# Description of import module
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_NAME
+## @loc None
+2002=Livro de endereços em texto
+
+# Description
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+2003=Livro de endereços importado: %S
+
+# Error message
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2004=Parâmetro incorreto para importar o livro de endereços.
+
+# Error message
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADSOURCEFILE
+## @loc None
+2005=Erro ao aceder ao ficheiro do livro de endereços %S.
+
+# Error message
+## @name TEXTIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+2006=Erro ao importar o livro de endereços %S. Os endereços podem não ter sido todos importados.
+
+
+
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ad5f3c720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY threadColumn.label "Tópico">
+<!ENTITY fromColumn.label "De">
+<!ENTITY recipientColumn.label "Destinatário">
+<!ENTITY attachmentColumn.label "Anexos">
+<!ENTITY subjectColumn.label "Assunto">
+<!ENTITY dateColumn.label "Data">
+<!ENTITY priorityColumn.label "Prioridade">
+<!ENTITY tagsColumn.label "Etiqueta">
+<!ENTITY accountColumn.label "Conta">
+<!ENTITY statusColumn.label "Estado">
+<!ENTITY sizeColumn.label "Tamanho">
+<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn.label "Estado do lixo eletrónico">
+<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Não lidas no tópico">
+<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Totais no tópico">
+<!ENTITY readColumn.label "Ler">
+<!ENTITY receivedColumn.label "Recebido">
+<!ENTITY flagColumn.label "Com Marca">
+<!ENTITY locationColumn.label "Localização">
+<!ENTITY idColumn.label "Ordem de receção">
+
+<!--Tooltips-->
+<!ENTITY columnChooser2.tooltip "Selecione as colunas a mostrar">
+<!ENTITY threadColumn2.tooltip "Mostrar tópicos da mensagem">
+<!ENTITY fromColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por de">
+<!ENTITY recipientColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por destinatário">
+<!ENTITY attachmentColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por anexos">
+<!ENTITY subjectColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por assunto">
+<!ENTITY dateColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por data">
+<!ENTITY priorityColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por prioridade">
+<!ENTITY tagsColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por etiquetas">
+<!ENTITY accountColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por conta">
+<!ENTITY statusColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por estado">
+<!ENTITY sizeColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por tamanho">
+<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar pelo estado do lixo">
+<!ENTITY unreadColumn2.tooltip "Número de mensagens não lidas do tópico">
+<!ENTITY totalColumn2.tooltip "Número total de mensagens neste tópico">
+<!ENTITY readColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por lidas">
+<!ENTITY receivedColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por data de receção">
+<!ENTITY flagColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por marca">
+<!ENTITY locationColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por localização">
+<!ENTITY idColumn2.tooltip "Ordenar por ordem de receção">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4881c763d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the vCard import code to display status, error, and
+# informational messages
+#
+
+vCardImportName=Ficheiro vCard (.vcf)
+
+vCardImportDescription=Importar um livro de endereços do formato vCard
+
+vCardImportAddressName=Livro de endereços vCard
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the
+# name of the address book being imported.
+vCardImportAddressSuccess=Livro de endereços %S importado
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the
+# name of the address book being imported.
+vCardImportAddressBadSourceFile=Erro ao aceder ao ficheiro do livro de endereços %S.
+
+# LOCALIZATION NOTE (vCardImportAddressSuccess): %S is replaced by the
+# name of the address book being imported.
+vCardImportAddressConvertError=Erro ao importar o livro de endereços %S, os endereços poderão não ter sido todos importados.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b50cb4feb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY viewLog.title "Registo dos filtros">
+<!ENTITY viewLogInfo.text "O registo do filtro documenta os filtros que funcionaram nesta conta. Utilize a caixa de verificação abaixo para ativar a entrada.">
+<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Limpar registo">
+<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "L">
+<!ENTITY enableLog.label "Ativar o registo do filtro">
+<!ENTITY enableLog.accesskey "A">
+<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Fechar">
+<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "F">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c55558d129
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY server.label "Conta: ">
+<!ENTITY server.accesskey "t">
+
+<!ENTITY virtualFolderListTitle.title        "Selecione a(s) pasta(s)">
+<!ENTITY virtualFolderDesc.label       "Selecione as pastas a pesquisar:">
+
+
+<!ENTITY folderName.label "Nome da pasta">
+<!ENTITY folderSearch.label "Pesquisar">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..91c87d4796
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+   - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+   - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. -->
+
+<!ENTITY virtualFolderProperties.title "Nova pasta de pesquisa">
+<!ENTITY name.label                    "Nome:">
+<!ENTITY name.accesskey                "N">
+<!ENTITY description.label             "Criar como sub-pasta de:">
+<!ENTITY description.accesskey         "c">
+
+<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label       "Configura o critério de pesquisa usado por esta pesquisa guardada: ">
+
+<!ENTITY folderSelectionCaption.label  "Selecione as pastas a pesquisar: ">
+<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.label     "Selecionar...">
+<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.accesskey "S">
+
+<!ENTITY searchOnline.label            "Pesquisa online (fornece resultados atualizados para as pastas IMAP e de notícias, mas aumenta o tempo de abertura da pasta)">
+<!ENTITY searchOnline.accesskey        "s">
+<!ENTITY newFolderButton.label         "Criar">
+<!ENTITY newFolderButton.accesskey     "r">
+<!ENTITY editFolderButton.label        "Atualizar">
+<!ENTITY editFolderButton.accesskey    "u">
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b1f95a99f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+#
+# The following are used by the windows live mail import code to display status/error
+# and informational messages
+#
+
+# Short name of import module
+## @name WMIMPORT_NAME
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2000): DONT_TRANSLATE
+2000=Windows Live Mail
+
+# Description of import module
+## @name WMIMPORT_DESCRIPTION
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2001): In this item, don't translate "Windows Live Mail"
+2001=Definições do Windows Live Mail
+
+# Success message
+## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2002): In this item, don't translate "%1$S" or "%2$d"
+## The variable %1$S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+## The variable %2$d will contain the number of messages
+2002=Caixa de correio %1$S, importadas %2$d mensagens
+
+# Error message
+## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2003=Parâmetro incorreto ao importar a caixa de correio.
+
+# Error message
+## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_BADSOURCEFILE
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2004): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+2004=Erro ao aceder à caixa de correio %S.
+
+# Error message
+## @name WMIMPORT_MAILBOX_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2005): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will contain the name of the Mailbox
+2005=Erro ao importar a caixa de correio %S, all messages may not be imported from this mailbox.
+
+# Default name of imported addressbook
+## @name WMIMPORT_DEFAULT_NAME
+## @loc None
+2006=Livro de endereços do Windows Live Mail
+
+# Autofind description
+## @name WMIMPORT_AUTOFIND
+## @loc None
+2007=Livro de endereços do Windows Live Mail (livro de endereços do windows)
+
+# Description
+## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_SUCCESS
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2006): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2008=Livro de endereços %S importado
+
+# Error message
+## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_CONVERTERROR
+## @loc None
+## LOCALIZATION NOTE (2009): In this item, don't translate "%S"
+## The variable %S will receive the name of the address book
+2009=Erro ao importar o livro de endereços %S, os endereços podem não ter sido todos importados.
+
+# Error message
+## @name WMIMPORT_ADDRESS_BADPARAM
+## @loc None
+2010=Parâmetro incorreto ao importar a caixa de correio.
diff --git a/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3e881b4e28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/l10n-pt-PT/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+# 
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# The following two strings are used when prompting the user for authentication
+# information:
+
+## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TITLE
+## @loc none
+authPromptTitle=Requer palavra-passe do servidor LDAP
+
+## @name AUTH_PROMPT_TEXT
+## @loc %1$S should not be localized.  It is the hostname of the LDAP server.
+authPromptText=Introduza a sua palavra-passe para %1$S.
+
+# These are string versions of all the errors defined in
+# nsILDAPErrors.idl, as well as the nsresult codes based on those
+# errors.  See that file for the genesis of these codes, as well as 
+# for info about how to get documentation about their precise
+# meanings.
+
+## @name OPERATIONS_ERROR
+## @loc none
+1=Erro de operações
+
+## @name PROTOCOL_ERROR
+## @loc none
+2=Erro de protocolo
+
+## @name TIMELIMIT_EXCEEDED
+## @loc none
+3=Tempo limite excedido
+
+## @name SIZELIMIT_EXCEEDED
+## @loc none
+4=Limite do tamanho excedido
+
+## @name COMPARE_FALSE
+## @loc none
+5=Comparar falso
+
+## @name COMPARE_TRUE
+## @loc none
+6=Comparar verdadeiro
+
+## @name STRONG_AUTH_NOT_SUPPORTED
+## @loc none
+7=Método de autenticação não suportado
+
+## @name STRONG_AUTH_REQUIRED
+## @loc none
+8=Necessária autenticação forte
+
+## @name PARTIAL_RESULTS
+## @loc none
+9=Resultados e referências parciais recebidas
+
+## @name REFERRAL
+## @loc none
+10=Recebido referral
+
+## @name ADMINLIMIT_EXCEEDED
+## @loc none
+11=Limite administrativo excedido
+
+## @name UNAVAILABLE_CRITICAL_EXTENSION
+## @loc none
+12=Extensão crítica não disponível
+
+## @name CONFIDENTIALITY_REQUIRED
+## @loc none
+13=Confidencialidade necessária
+
+## @name SASL_BIND_IN_PROGRESS
+## @loc none
+14=Associação SASL em curso
+
+## @name NO_SUCH_ATTRIBUTE
+## @loc none
+16=Atributo não existente
+
+## @name UNDEFINED_TYPE
+## @loc none
+17=Tipo de atributo indefinido
+
+## @name INAPPROPRIATE MATCHIN
+## @loc none
+18=Igualdade inapropriada
+
+## @name CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION
+## @loc none
+19=Violação de constrangimento
+
+## @name TYPE_OR_VALUE_EXISTS
+## @loc none
+20=Tipo ou valor existe
+
+## @name INVALID_SYNTAX
+## @loc none
+21=Sintaxe inválida
+
+## @name NO_SUCH_OBJECT
+## @loc none
+32=Objeto não existente
+
+## @name ALIAS_PROBLEM
+## @loc none
+33=Problema de alcunha
+
+## @name INVALID_DN_ SYNTAX
+## @loc none
+34=Sintaxe DN inválida
+
+## @name IS_LEAF
+## @loc none
+35=Objeto é uma folha
+
+## @name ALIAS_DEREF_PROBLEM
+## @loc none
+36=Problema de diferença de alcunha
+
+## @name INAPPROPRIATE_AUTH
+## @loc none
+48=Autenticação imprópria
+
+## @name INVALID_CREDENTIALS
+## @loc none
+49=Credenciais inválidas
+
+## @name INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS
+## @loc none
+50=Acesso insuficiente
+
+## @name BUSY
+## @loc none
+51=O servidor LDAP está ocupado
+
+## @name UNAVAILABLE
+## @loc none
+52=O servidor LDAP está indisponível
+
+## @name UNWILLING_TO_PERFORM
+## @loc none
+53=O servidor LDAP não quer funcionar
+
+## @name LOOP_DETECT
+## @loc none
+54=Ciclo detetado
+
+## @name SORT_CONTROL_MISSING
+## @loc none
+60=Falta o controlo Sort
+
+## @name INDEX_RANGE_ERROR
+## @loc none
+61=Os resultados da pesquisa excedem o intervalo especificado pelos limites
+
+## @name NAMING_VIOLATION
+## @loc none
+64=Violação de nome
+
+## @name OBJECT_CLASS_VIOLATION
+## @loc none
+65=Violação da classe do objeto
+
+## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_NONLEAF
+## @loc none
+66=A operação não é permitida numa não-folha
+
+## @name NOT_ALLOWED_ON_RDN
+## @loc none
+67=Operação RDN não permitida
+
+## @name ALREADY_EXISTS
+## @loc none
+68=Já existe
+
+## @name NO_OBJECT_CLASS_MODS
+## @loc none
+69=Não se pode mudar a classe do objeto
+
+## @name RESULTS_TOO_LARGE
+## @loc none
+70=Resultado muito grande
+
+## @name AFFECTS_MULTIPLE_DSAS
+## @loc none
+71=Afeta múltiplos servidores
+
+## @name OTHER
+## @loc none
+80=Erro desconhecido
+
+## @name SERVER_DOWN
+## @loc none
+81=Não foi possível contactar o servidor LDAP
+
+## @name LOCAL_ERROR
+## @loc none
+82=Erro local
+
+## @name ENCODING_ERROR
+## @loc none
+83=Erro de codificação
+
+## @name DECODING_ERROR
+## @loc none
+84=Erro de descodificação
+
+## @name TIMEOUT
+## @loc none
+85=O servidor LDAP atingiu o tempo limite
+
+## @name AUTH_UNKNOWN
+## @loc none
+86=Método de autenticação desconhecido
+
+## @name FILTER_ERROR
+## @loc none
+87=Filtro de pesquisa inválido
+
+## @name USER_CANCELLED
+## @loc none
+88=Operação cancelada pelo utilizador
+
+## @name PARAM_ERROR
+## @loc none
+89=Parâmetro incorreto para uma rotina LDAP
+
+## @name NO_MEMORY
+## @loc none
+90=Sem memória
+
+## @name CONNECT_ERROR
+## @loc none
+91=Não foi possível ligar-se ao servidor LDAP
+
+## @name NOT_SUPPORTED
+## @loc none
+92=Não suportado por esta versão do protocolo LDAP
+
+## @name CONTROL_NOT_FOUND
+## @loc none
+93=Controlo LDAP necessário não encontrado
+
+## @name NO_RESULTS_RETURNED
+## @loc none
+94=Nenhum resultado obtido
+
+## @name MORE_RESULTS_TO_RETURN
+## @loc none
+95=Mais resultados para obter
+
+## @name CLIENT_LOOP
+## @loc none
+96=Detetado ciclo do cliente
+
+## @name REFERRAL_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
+## @loc none
+97=Excedido limite referral hop